3.1
Copyright © 2004-2011 Rod Johnson, Juergen Hoeller, Keith Donald, Colin Sampaleanu, Rob Harrop, Alef Arendsen, Thomas Risberg, Darren Davison, Dmitriy Kopylenko, Mark Pollack, Thierry Templier, Erwin Vervaet, Portia Tung, Ben Hale, Adrian Colyer, John Lewis, Costin Leau, Mark Fisher, Sam Brannen, Ramnivas Laddad, Arjen Poutsma, Chris Beams, Tareq Abedrabbo, Andy Clement, Dave Syer, Oliver Gierke, Rossen Stoyanchev
Table of Contents
The Spring Framework is a lightweight solution and a potential one-stop-shop for building your enterprise-ready applications. However, Spring is modular, allowing you to use only those parts that you need, without having to bring in the rest. You can use the IoC container, with Struts on top, but you can also use only the Hibernate integration code or the JDBC abstraction layer. The Spring Framework supports declarative transaction management, remote access to your logic through RMI or web services, and various options for persisting your data. It offers a full-featured MVC framework, and enables you to integrate AOP transparently into your software.
Spring is designed to be non-intrusive, meaning that your domain logic code generally has no dependencies on the framework itself. In your integration layer (such as the data access layer), some dependencies on the data access technology and the Spring libraries will exist. However, it should be easy to isolate these dependencies from the rest of your code base.
This document is a reference guide to Spring Framework features. If you have any requests, comments, or questions on this document, please post them on the user mailing list or on the support forums at http://forum.springsource.org/.
Spring Framework is a Java platform that provides comprehensive infrastructure support for developing Java applications. Spring handles the infrastructure so you can focus on your application.
Spring enables you to build applications from “plain old Java objects” (POJOs) and to apply enterprise services non-invasively to POJOs. This capability applies to the Java SE programming model and to full and partial Java EE.
Examples of how you, as an application developer, can use the Spring platform advantage:
Make a Java method execute in a database transaction without having to deal with transaction APIs.
Make a local Java method a remote procedure without having to deal with remote APIs.
Make a local Java method a management operation without having to deal with JMX APIs.
Make a local Java method a message handler without having to deal with JMS APIs.
Java applications -- a loose term that runs the gamut from constrained applets to n-tier server-side enterprise applications -- typically consist of objects that collaborate to form the application proper. Thus the objects in an application have dependencies on each other.
Although the Java platform provides a wealth of application development functionality, it lacks the means to organize the basic building blocks into a coherent whole, leaving that task to architects and developers. True, you can use design patterns such as Factory, Abstract Factory, Builder, Decorator, and Service Locator to compose the various classes and object instances that make up an application. However, these patterns are simply that: best practices given a name, with a description of what the pattern does, where to apply it, the problems it addresses, and so forth. Patterns are formalized best practices that you must implement yourself in your application.
The Spring Framework Inversion of Control (IoC) component addresses this concern by providing a formalized means of composing disparate components into a fully working application ready for use. The Spring Framework codifies formalized design patterns as first-class objects that you can integrate into your own application(s). Numerous organizations and institutions use the Spring Framework in this manner to engineer robust, maintainable applications.
The Spring Framework consists of features organized into about 20 modules. These modules are grouped into Core Container, Data Access/Integration, Web, AOP (Aspect Oriented Programming), Instrumentation, and Test, as shown in the following diagram.

Overview of the Spring Framework
The Core Container consists of the Core, Beans, Context, and Expression Language modules.
The Core and
Beans modules provide the fundamental parts of the
framework, including the IoC and Dependency Injection features. The
BeanFactory is a sophisticated implementation of
the factory pattern. It removes the need for programmatic singletons and
allows you to decouple the configuration and specification of
dependencies from your actual program logic.
The Context
module builds on the solid base provided by the Core and Beans
modules: it is a means to access objects in a framework-style manner
that is similar to a JNDI registry. The Context module inherits its
features from the Beans module and adds support for internationalization
(using, for example, resource bundles), event-propagation,
resource-loading, and the transparent creation of contexts by, for
example, a servlet container. The Context module also supports Java EE
features such as EJB, JMX ,and basic remoting. The
ApplicationContext interface is the focal point
of the Context module.
The Expression Language module provides a powerful expression language for querying and manipulating an object graph at runtime. It is an extension of the unified expression language (unified EL) as specified in the JSP 2.1 specification. The language supports setting and getting property values, property assignment, method invocation, accessing the context of arrays, collections and indexers, logical and arithmetic operators, named variables, and retrieval of objects by name from Spring's IoC container. It also supports list projection and selection as well as common list aggregations.
The Data Access/Integration layer consists of the JDBC, ORM, OXM, JMS and Transaction modules.
The JDBC module provides a JDBC-abstraction layer that removes the need to do tedious JDBC coding and parsing of database-vendor specific error codes.
The ORM module provides integration layers for popular object-relational mapping APIs, including JPA, JDO, Hibernate, and iBatis. Using the ORM package you can use all of these O/R-mapping frameworks in combination with all of the other features Spring offers, such as the simple declarative transaction management feature mentioned previously.
The OXM module provides an abstraction layer that supports Object/XML mapping implementations for JAXB, Castor, XMLBeans, JiBX and XStream.
The Java Messaging Service (JMS) module contains features for producing and consuming messages.
The Transaction module supports programmatic and declarative transaction management for classes that implement special interfaces and for all your POJOs (plain old Java objects).
The Web layer consists of the Web, Web-Servlet, Web-Struts, and Web-Portlet modules.
Spring's Web module provides basic web-oriented integration features such as multipart file-upload functionality and the initialization of the IoC container using servlet listeners and a web-oriented application context. It also contains the web-related parts of Spring's remoting support.
The Web-Servlet module contains Spring's model-view-controller (MVC) implementation for web applications. Spring's MVC framework provides a clean separation between domain model code and web forms, and integrates with all the other features of the Spring Framework.
The Web-Struts module contains the support classes for integrating a classic Struts web tier within a Spring application. Note that this support is now deprecated as of Spring 3.0. Consider migrating your application to Struts 2.0 and its Spring integration or to a Spring MVC solution.
The Web-Portlet module provides the MVC implementation to be used in a portlet environment and mirrors the functionality of Web-Servlet module.
Spring's AOP module provides an AOP Alliance-compliant aspect-oriented programming implementation allowing you to define, for example, method-interceptors and pointcuts to cleanly decouple code that implements functionality that should be separated. Using source-level metadata functionality, you can also incorporate behavioral information into your code, in a manner similar to that of .NET attributes.
The separate Aspects module provides integration with AspectJ.
The Instrumentation module provides class instrumentation support and classloader implementations to be used in certain application servers.
The building blocks described previously make Spring a logical choice in many scenarios, from applets to full-fledged enterprise applications that use Spring's transaction management functionality and web framework integration.

Typical full-fledged Spring web application
Spring's declarative
transaction management features make the web application fully
transactional, just as it would be if you used EJB container-managed
transactions. All your custom business logic can be implemented with
simple POJOs and managed by Spring's IoC container. Additional services
include support for sending email and validation that is independent of
the web layer, which lets you choose where to execute validation rules.
Spring's ORM support is integrated with JPA, Hibernate, JDO and iBatis;
for example, when using Hibernate, you can continue to use your existing
mapping files and standard Hibernate
SessionFactory configuration. Form
controllers seamlessly integrate the web-layer with the domain model,
removing the need for ActionForms or other classes
that transform HTTP parameters to values for your domain model.

Spring middle-tier using a third-party web framework
Sometimes circumstances do not allow you to completely switch to a
different framework. The Spring Framework does not
force you to use everything within it; it is not an
all-or-nothing solution. Existing front-ends built
with WebWork, Struts, Tapestry, or other UI frameworks can be integrated
with a Spring-based middle-tier, which allows you to use Spring
transaction features. You simply need to wire up your business logic using
an ApplicationContext and use a
WebApplicationContext to integrate your web
layer.

Remoting usage scenario
When you need to access existing code through web services, you can
use Spring's Hessian-, Burlap-,
Rmi- or JaxRpcProxyFactory
classes. Enabling remote access to existing applications is not
difficult.

EJBs - Wrapping existing POJOs
The Spring Framework also provides an access and abstraction layer for Enterprise JavaBeans, enabling you to reuse your existing POJOs and wrap them in stateless session beans for use in scalable, fail-safe web applications that might need declarative security.
Dependency management and dependency injection are different
things. To get those nice features of Spring into your application (like
dependency injection) you need to assemble all the libraries needed (jar
files) and get them onto your classpath at runtime, and possibly at
compile time. These dependencies are not virtual components that are
injected, but physical resources in a file system (typically). The
process of dependency management involves locating those resources,
storing them and adding them to classpaths. Dependencies can be direct
(e.g. my application depends on Spring at runtime), or indirect (e.g. my
application depends on commons-dbcp which depends on
commons-pool). The indirect dependencies are also known as
"transitive" and it is those dependencies that are hardest to identify
and manage.
If you are going to use Spring you need to get a copy of the jar
libraries that comprise the pieces of Spring that you need. To make this
easier Spring is packaged as a set of modules that separate the
dependencies as much as possible, so for example if you don't want to
write a web application you don't need the spring-web modules. To refer
to Spring library modules in this guide we use a shorthand naming
convention spring-* or spring-*.jar, where "*"
represents the short name for the module (e.g. spring-core,
spring-webmvc, spring-jms, etc.). The actual
jar file name that you use may be in this form (see below) or it may
not, and normally it also has a version number in the file name (e.g.
spring-core-3.0.0.RELEASE.jar).
In general, Spring publishes its artifacts to four different places:
On the community download site http://www.springsource.org/downloads/community.
Here you find all the Spring jars bundled together into a zip file
for easy download. The names of the jars here since version 3.0
are in the form
org.springframework.*-<version>.jar.
Maven Central, which is the default repository that Maven
queries, and does not require any special configuration to use.
Many of the common libraries that Spring depends on also are
available from Maven Central and a large section of the Spring
community uses Maven for dependency management, so this is
convenient for them. The names of the jars here are in the form
spring-*-<version>.jar and the Maven groupId is
org.springframework.
The Enterprise Bundle Repository (EBR), which is run by
SpringSource and also hosts all the libraries that integrate with
Spring. Both Maven and Ivy repositories are available here for all
Spring jars and their dependencies, plus a large number of other
common libraries that people use in applications with Spring. Both
full releases and also milestones and development snapshots are
deployed here. The names of the jar files are in the same form as
the community download
(org.springframework.*-<version>.jar), and the
dependencies are also in this "long" form, with external libraries
(not from SpringSource) having the prefix
com.springsource. See the FAQ
for more information.
In a public Maven repository hosted on Amazon S3 for development snapshots and milestone releases (a copy of the final releases is also held here). The jar file names are in the same form as Maven Central, so this is a useful place to get development versions of Spring to use with other libraries depoyed in Maven Central.
So the first thing you need to decide is how to manage your dependencies: most people use an automated system like Maven or Ivy, but you can also do it manually by downloading all the jars yourself. When obtaining Spring with Maven or Ivy you have then to decide which place you'll get it from. In general, if you care about OSGi, use the EBR, since it houses OSGi compatible artifacts for all of Spring's dependencies, such as Hibernate and Freemarker. If OSGi does not matter to you, either place works, though there are some pros and cons between them. In general, pick one place or the other for your project; do not mix them. This is particularly important since EBR artifacts necessarily use a different naming convention than Maven Central artifacts.
Table 1.1. Comparison of Maven Central and SpringSource EBR Repositories
| Feature | Maven Central | EBR |
|---|---|---|
| OSGi Compatible | Not explicit | Yes |
| Number of Artifacts | Tens of thousands; all kinds | Hundreds; those that Spring integrates with |
| Consistent Naming Conventions | No | Yes |
| Naming Convention: GroupId | Varies. Newer artifacts often use domain name, e.g. org.slf4j. Older ones often just use the artifact name, e.g. log4j. | Domain name of origin or main package root, e.g. org.springframework |
| Naming Convention: ArtifactId | Varies. Generally the project or module name, using a hyphen "-" separator, e.g. spring-core, logj4. | Bundle Symbolic Name, derived from the main package root, e.g. org.springframework.beans. If the jar had to be patched to ensure OSGi compliance then com.springsource is appended, e.g. com.springsource.org.apache.log4j |
| Naming Convention: Version | Varies. Many new artifacts use m.m.m or m.m.m.X (with m=digit, X=text). Older ones use m.m. Some neither. Ordering is defined but not often relied on, so not strictly reliable. | OSGi version number m.m.m.X, e.g. 3.0.0.RC3. The text qualifier imposes alphabetic ordering on versions with the same numeric values. |
| Publishing | Usually automatic via rsync or source control updates. Project authors can upload individual jars to JIRA. | Manual (JIRA processed by SpringSource) |
| Quality Assurance | By policy. Accuracy is responsibility of authors. | Extensive for OSGi manifest, Maven POM and Ivy metadata. QA performed by Spring team. |
| Hosting | Contegix. Funded by Sonatype with several mirrors. | S3 funded by SpringSource. |
| Search Utilities | Various | http://www.springsource.com/repository |
| Integration with SpringSource Tools | Integration through STS with Maven dependency management | Extensive integration through STS with Maven, Roo, CloudFoundry |
Although Spring provides integration and support for a huge range of enterprise and other external tools, it intentionally keeps its mandatory dependencies to an absolute minimum: you shouldn't have to locate and download (even automatically) a large number of jar libraries in order to use Spring for simple use cases. For basic dependency injection there is only one mandatory external dependency, and that is for logging (see below for a more detailed description of logging options).
Next we outline the basic steps needed to configure an application that depends on Spring, first with Maven and then with Ivy. In all cases, if anything is unclear, refer to the documentation of your dependency management system, or look at some sample code - Spring itself uses Ivy to manage dependencies when it is building, and our samples mostly use Maven.
If you are using Maven for dependency management you don't even need to supply the logging dependency explicitly. For example, to create an application context and use dependency injection to configure an application, your Maven dependencies will look like this:
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.springframework</groupId>
<artifactId>spring-context</artifactId>
<version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
</dependencies> That's it. Note the scope can be declared as runtime if you don't need to compile against Spring APIs, which is typically the case for basic dependency injection use cases.
We used the Maven Central naming conventions in the example above, so that works with Maven Central or the SpringSource S3 Maven repository. To use the S3 Maven repository (e.g. for milestones or developer snaphots), you need to specify the repository location in your Maven configuration. For full releases:
<repositories>
<repository>
<id>com.springsource.repository.maven.release</id>
<url>http://maven.springframework.org/release/</url>
<snapshots><enabled>false</enabled></snapshots>
</repository>
</repositories>For milestones:
<repositories>
<repository>
<id>com.springsource.repository.maven.milestone</id>
<url>http://maven.springframework.org/milestone/</url>
<snapshots><enabled>false</enabled></snapshots>
</repository>
</repositories>And for snapshots:
<repositories>
<repository>
<id>com.springsource.repository.maven.snapshot</id>
<url>http://maven.springframework.org/snapshot/</url>
<snapshots><enabled>true</enabled></snapshots>
</repository>
</repositories>To use the SpringSource EBR you would need to use a different naming convention for the dependencies. The names are usually easy to guess, e.g. in this case it is:
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.springframework</groupId>
<artifactId>org.springframework.context</artifactId>
<version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
</dependencies>You also need to declare the location of the repository explicitly (only the URL is important):
<repositories>
<repository>
<id>com.springsource.repository.bundles.release</id>
<url>http://repository.springsource.com/maven/bundles/release/</url>
</repository>
</repositories>If you are managing your dependencies by hand, the URL in the repository declaration above is not browseable, but there is a user interface at http://www.springsource.com/repository that can be used to search for and download dependencies. It also has handy snippets of Maven and Ivy configuration that you can copy and paste if you are using those tools.
If you prefer to use Ivy to manage dependencies then there are similar names and configuration options.
To configure Ivy to point to the SpringSource EBR add the
following resolvers to your
ivysettings.xml:
<resolvers>
<url name="com.springsource.repository.bundles.release">
<ivy pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/release/
[organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" />
<artifact pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/release/
[organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" />
</url>
<url name="com.springsource.repository.bundles.external">
<ivy pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/external/
[organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" />
<artifact pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/external/
[organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" />
</url>
</resolvers>The XML above is not valid because the lines are too long - if you copy-paste then remove the extra line endings in the middle of the url patterns.
Once Ivy is configured to look in the EBR adding a dependency is
easy. Simply pull up the details page for the bundle in question in
the repository browser and you'll find an Ivy snippet ready for you to
include in your dependencies section. For example (in
ivy.xml):
<dependency org="org.springframework"
name="org.springframework.core" rev="3.0.0.RELEASE" conf="compile->runtime"/>Logging is a very important dependency for Spring because a) it is the only mandatory external dependency, b) everyone likes to see some output from the tools they are using, and c) Spring integrates with lots of other tools all of which have also made a choice of logging dependency. One of the goals of an application developer is often to have unified logging configured in a central place for the whole application, including all external components. This is more difficult than it might have been since there are so many choices of logging framework.
The mandatory logging dependency in Spring is the Jakarta Commons
Logging API (JCL). We compile against JCL and we also make JCL
Log objects visible for classes that extend the
Spring Framework. It's important to users that all versions of Spring
use the same logging library: migration is easy because backwards
compatibility is preserved even with applications that extend Spring.
The way we do this is to make one of the modules in Spring depend
explicitly on commons-logging (the canonical implementation
of JCL), and then make all the other modules depend on that at compile
time. If you are using Maven for example, and wondering where you picked
up the dependency on commons-logging, then it is from
Spring and specifically from the central module called
spring-core.
The nice thing about commons-logging is that you
don't need anything else to make your application work. It has a runtime
discovery algorithm that looks for other logging frameworks in well
known places on the classpath and uses one that it thinks is appropriate
(or you can tell it which one if you need to). If nothing else is
available you get pretty nice looking logs just from the JDK
(java.util.logging or JUL for short). You should find that your Spring
application works and logs happily to the console out of the box in most
situations, and that's important.
Unfortunately, the runtime discovery algorithm in
commons-logging, while convenient for the end-user, is
problematic. If we could turn back the clock and start Spring now
as a new project it would use a different logging dependency. The
first choice would probably be the Simple Logging Facade for Java (SLF4J), which is also used by a lot
of other tools that people use with Spring inside their
applications.
Switching off commons-logging is easy: just make
sure it isn't on the classpath at runtime. In Maven terms you exclude
the dependency, and because of the way that the Spring dependencies
are declared, you only have to do that once.
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.springframework</groupId>
<artifactId>spring-context</artifactId>
<version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
<exclusions>
<exclusion>
<groupId>commons-logging</groupId>
<artifactId>commons-logging</artifactId>
</exclusion>
</exclusions>
</dependency>
</dependencies> Now this application is probably broken because there is no implementation of the JCL API on the classpath, so to fix it a new one has to be provided. In the next section we show you how to provide an alternative implementation of JCL using SLF4J as an example.
SLF4J is a cleaner dependency and more efficient at runtime than
commons-logging because it uses compile-time bindings
instead of runtime discovery of the other logging frameworks it
integrates. This also means that you have to be more explicit about what
you want to happen at runtime, and declare it or configure it
accordingly. SLF4J provides bindings to many common logging frameworks,
so you can usually choose one that you already use, and bind to that for
configuration and management.
SLF4J provides bindings to many common logging frameworks,
including JCL, and it also does the reverse: bridges between other
logging frameworks and itself. So to use SLF4J with Spring you need to
replace the commons-logging dependency with the SLF4J-JCL
bridge. Once you have done that then logging calls from within Spring
will be translated into logging calls to the SLF4J API, so if other
libraries in your application use that API, then you have a single place
to configure and manage logging.
A common choice might be to bridge Spring to SLF4J, and then
provide explicit binding from SLF4J to Log4J. You need to supply 4
dependencies (and exclude the existing commons-logging):
the bridge, the SLF4J API, the binding to Log4J, and the Log4J
implementation itself. In Maven you would do that like this
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.springframework</groupId>
<artifactId>spring-context</artifactId>
<version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
<exclusions>
<exclusion>
<groupId>commons-logging</groupId>
<artifactId>commons-logging</artifactId>
</exclusion>
</exclusions>
</dependency>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
<artifactId>jcl-over-slf4j</artifactId>
<version>1.5.8</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
<artifactId>slf4j-api</artifactId>
<version>1.5.8</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.slf4j</groupId>
<artifactId>slf4j-log4j12</artifactId>
<version>1.5.8</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
<dependency>
<groupId>log4j</groupId>
<artifactId>log4j</artifactId>
<version>1.2.14</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
</dependencies> That might seem like a lot of dependencies just to get some
logging. Well it is, but it is optional, and it
should behave better than the vanilla commons-logging with
respect to classloader issues, notably if you are in a strict container
like an OSGi platform. Allegedly there is also a performance benefit
because the bindings are at compile-time not runtime.
A more common choice amongst SLF4J users, which uses fewer steps
and generates fewer dependencies, is to bind directly to Logback. This removes the extra
binding step because Logback implements SLF4J directly, so you only need
to depend on two libaries not four (jcl-over-slf4j and
logback). If you do that you might also need to exlude the
slf4j-api dependency from other external dependencies (not Spring),
because you only want one version of that API on the classpath.
Many people use Log4j as a logging framework for configuration and management purposes. It's efficient and well-established, and in fact it's what we use at runtime when we build and test Spring. Spring also provides some utilities for configuring and initializing Log4j, so it has an optional compile-time dependency on Log4j in some modules.
To make Log4j work with the default JCL dependency
(commons-logging) all you need to do is put Log4j on the
classpath, and provide it with a configuration file
(log4j.properties or log4j.xml in the root
of the classpath). So for Maven users this is your dependency
declaration:
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>org.springframework</groupId>
<artifactId>spring-context</artifactId>
<version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
<dependency>
<groupId>log4j</groupId>
<artifactId>log4j</artifactId>
<version>1.2.14</version>
<scope>runtime</scope>
</dependency>
</dependencies> And here's a sample log4j.properties for logging to the console:
log4j.rootCategory=INFO, stdout
log4j.appender.stdout=org.apache.log4j.ConsoleAppender
log4j.appender.stdout.layout=org.apache.log4j.PatternLayout
log4j.appender.stdout.layout.ConversionPattern=%d{ABSOLUTE} %5p %t %c{2}:%L - %m%n
log4j.category.org.springframework.beans.factory=DEBUGMany people run their Spring applications in a container that
itself provides an implementation of JCL. IBM Websphere Application
Server (WAS) is the archetype. This often causes problems, and
unfortunately there is no silver bullet solution; simply excluding
commons-logging from your application is not enough in
most situations.
To be clear about this: the problems reported are usually not
with JCL per se, or even with commons-logging: rather
they are to do with binding commons-logging to another
framework (often Log4J). This can fail because
commons-logging changed the way they do the runtime
discovery in between the older versions (1.0) found in some
containers and the modern versions that most people use now (1.1).
Spring does not use any unusual parts of the JCL API, so nothing
breaks there, but as soon as Spring or your application tries to do
any logging you can find that the bindings to Log4J are not
working.
In such cases with WAS the easiest thing to do is to invert the class loader hierarchy (IBM calls it "parent last") so that the application controls the JCL dependency, not the container. That option isn't always open, but there are plenty of other suggestions in the public domain for alternative approaches, and your mileage may vary depending on the exact version and feature set of the container.
If you have been using the Spring Framework for some time, you will be aware that Spring has undergone two major revisions: Spring 2.0, released in October 2006, and Spring 2.5, released in November 2007. It is now time for a third overhaul resulting in Spring 3.0.
The entire framework code has been revised to take advantage of Java 5 features like generics, varargs and other language improvements. We have done our best to still keep the code backwards compatible. We now have consistent use of generic Collections and Maps, consistent use of generic FactoryBeans, and also consistent resolution of bridge methods in the Spring AOP API. Generic ApplicationListeners automatically receive specific event types only. All callback interfaces such as TransactionCallback and HibernateCallback declare a generic result value now. Overall, the Spring core codebase is now freshly revised and optimized for Java 5.
Spring's TaskExecutor abstraction has been updated for close integration with Java 5's java.util.concurrent facilities. We provide first-class support for Callables and Futures now, as well as ExecutorService adapters, ThreadFactory integration, etc. This has been aligned with JSR-236 (Concurrency Utilities for Java EE 6) as far as possible. Furthermore, we provide support for asynchronous method invocations through the use of the new @Async annotation (or EJB 3.1's @Asynchronous annotation).
The Spring reference documentation has also substantially been updated to reflect all of the changes and new features for Spring 3.0. While every effort has been made to ensure that there are no errors in this documentation, some errors may nevertheless have crept in. If you do spot any typos or even more serious errors, and you can spare a few cycles during lunch, please do bring the error to the attention of the Spring team by raising an issue.
There are many excellent articles and tutorials that show how to get started with Spring 3 features. Read them at the Spring Documentation page.
The samples have been improved and updated to take advantage of the new features in Spring 3. Additionally, the samples have been moved out of the source tree into a dedicated SVN repository available at:
https://anonsvn.springframework.org/svn/spring-samples/
As such, the samples are no longer distributed alongside Spring 3 and need to be downloaded separately from the repository mentioned above. However, this documentation will continue to refer to some samples (in particular Petclinic) to illustrate various features.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
For more information on Subversion (or in short SVN), see the project homepage at:
http://subversion.apache.org/ |
The framework modules have been revised and are now managed separately with one source-tree per module jar:
org.springframework.aop
org.springframework.beans
org.springframework.context
org.springframework.context.support
org.springframework.expression
org.springframework.instrument
org.springframework.jdbc
org.springframework.jms
org.springframework.orm
org.springframework.oxm
org.springframework.test
org.springframework.transaction
org.springframework.web
org.springframework.web.portlet
org.springframework.web.servlet
org.springframework.web.struts
We are now using a new Spring build system as known from Spring Web Flow 2.0. This gives us:
Ivy-based "Spring Build" system
consistent deployment procedure
consistent dependency management
consistent generation of OSGi manifests
This is a list of new features for Spring 3.0. We will cover these features in more detail later in this section.
Spring Expression Language
IoC enhancements/Java based bean metadata
General-purpose type conversion system and field formatting system
Object to XML mapping functionality (OXM) moved from Spring Web Services project
Comprehensive REST support
@MVC additions
Declarative model validation
Early support for Java EE 6
Embedded database support
BeanFactory interface returns typed bean instances as far as possible:
T getBean(Class<T> requiredType)
T getBean(String name, Class<T> requiredType)
Map<String, T> getBeansOfType(Class<T> type)
Spring's TaskExecutor interface now extends
java.util.concurrent.Executor:
extended AsyncTaskExecutor supports standard Callables with Futures
New Java 5 based converter API and SPI:
stateless ConversionService and Converters
superseding standard JDK PropertyEditors
Typed ApplicationListener<E>
Spring introduces an expression language which is similar to Unified EL in its syntax but offers significantly more features. The expression language can be used when defining XML and Annotation based bean definitions and also serves as the foundation for expression language support across the Spring portfolio. Details of this new functionality can be found in the chapter Spring Expression Language (SpEL).
The Spring Expression Language was created to provide the Spring community a single, well supported expression language that can be used across all the products in the Spring portfolio. Its language features are driven by the requirements of the projects in the Spring portfolio, including tooling requirements for code completion support within the Eclipse based SpringSource Tool Suite.
The following is an example of how the Expression Language can be used to configure some properties of a database setup
<bean class="mycompany.RewardsTestDatabase"> <property name="databaseName" value="#{systemProperties.databaseName}"/> <property name="keyGenerator" value="#{strategyBean.databaseKeyGenerator}"/> </bean>
This functionality is also available if you prefer to configure your components using annotations:
@Repository public class RewardsTestDatabase { @Value("#{systemProperties.databaseName}") public void setDatabaseName(String dbName) { … } @Value("#{strategyBean.databaseKeyGenerator}") public void setKeyGenerator(KeyGenerator kg) { … } }
Some core features from the JavaConfig project have been added to the Spring Framework now. This means that the following annotations are now directly supported:
@Configuration
@Bean
@DependsOn
@Primary
@Lazy
@Import
@ImportResource
@Value
Here is an example of a Java class providing basic configuration using the new JavaConfig features:
package org.example.config; @Configuration public class AppConfig { private @Value("#{jdbcProperties.url}") String jdbcUrl; private @Value("#{jdbcProperties.username}") String username; private @Value("#{jdbcProperties.password}") String password; @Bean public FooService fooService() { return new FooServiceImpl(fooRepository()); } @Bean public FooRepository fooRepository() { return new HibernateFooRepository(sessionFactory()); } @Bean public SessionFactory sessionFactory() { // wire up a session factory AnnotationSessionFactoryBean asFactoryBean = new AnnotationSessionFactoryBean(); asFactoryBean.setDataSource(dataSource()); // additional config return asFactoryBean.getObject(); } @Bean public DataSource dataSource() { return new DriverManagerDataSource(jdbcUrl, username, password); } }
To get this to work you need to add the following component scanning entry in your minimal application context XML file.
<context:component-scan base-package="org.example.config"/> <util:properties id="jdbcProperties" location="classpath:org/example/config/jdbc.properties"/>
Or you can bootstrap a @Configuration class directly using
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); FooService fooService = ctx.getBean(FooService.class); fooService.doStuff(); }
See Section 4.12.2, “Instantiating the Spring container using
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext” for full information on
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext.
@Bean annotated methods are also supported
inside Spring components. They contribute a factory bean definition to
the container. See Defining bean metadata within
components for more information
A general purpose type conversion system has been introduced. The system is currently used by SpEL for type conversion, and may also be used by a Spring Container and DataBinder when binding bean property values.
In addition, a formatter SPI has been introduced for formatting field values. This SPI provides a simpler and more robust alternative to JavaBean PropertyEditors for use in client environments such as Spring MVC.
Object to XML mapping functionality (OXM) from the Spring Web
Services project has been moved to the core Spring Framework now. The
functionality is found in the org.springframework.oxm
package. More information on the use of the OXM
module can be found in the Marshalling XML using O/X
Mappers chapter.
The most exciting new feature for the Web Tier is the support for building RESTful web services and web applications. There are also some new annotations that can be used in any web application.
Server-side support for building RESTful applications has been
provided as an extension of the existing annotation driven MVC web
framework. Client-side support is provided by the
RestTemplate class in the spirit of other
template classes such as JdbcTemplate and
JmsTemplate. Both server and client side REST
functionality make use of
HttpConverters to facilitate the
conversion between objects and their representation in HTTP requests
and responses.
The MarshallingHttpMessageConverter uses
the Object to XML mapping functionality mentioned
earlier.
Refer to the sections on MVC and the RestTemplate for more information.
A mvc namespace has been introduced that greatly simplifies Spring MVC configuration.
Additional annotations such as
@CookieValue and
@RequestHeaders have been added. See Mapping cookie values with the
@CookieValue annotation and Mapping request header attributes with
the @RequestHeader annotation for more information.
Several validation enhancements, including JSR 303 support that uses Hibernate Validator as the default provider.
We provide support for asynchronous method invocations through the use of the new @Async annotation (or EJB 3.1's @Asynchronous annotation).
JSR 303, JSF 2.0, JPA 2.0, etc
Convenient support for embedded Java database engines, including HSQL, H2, and Derby, is now provided.
Building on the support introduced in Spring 3.0, Spring 3.1 is currently under development, and at the time of this writing Spring 3.1 RC1 is being prepared for release.
This is a list of new features for Spring 3.1. Most features do not yet have dedicated reference documentation but do have Javadoc. In such cases, fully-qualified class names are given.
Cache Abstraction (SpringSource team blog)
XML profiles (SpringSource Team Blog)
Introducing @Profile (SpringSource Team Blog)
See org.springframework.context.annotation.Configuration Javadoc
See org.springframework.context.annotation.Profile Javadoc
Environment Abstraction (SpringSource Team Blog)
See org.springframework.core.env.Environment Javadoc
Unified Property Management (SpringSource Team Blog)
See org.springframework.core.env.Environment Javadoc
See org.springframework.core.env.PropertySource Javadoc
See org.springframework.context.annotation.PropertySource Javadoc
Code-based equivalents to popular Spring XML namespace elements
<context:component-scan/>, <tx:annotation-driven/>
and <mvc:annotation-driven> have been developed, most in the
form of @Enable annotations. These are
designed for use in conjunction with Spring's
@Configuration classes, which were
introduced in Spring 3.0.
See org.springframework.context.annotation.Configuration Javadoc
See org.springframework.context.annotation.ComponentScan Javadoc
See org.springframework.transaction.annotation.EnableTransactionManagement Javadoc
See org.springframework.cache.annotation.EnableCaching Javadoc
See org.springframework.web.servlet.config.annotation.EnableWebMvc Javadoc
See org.springframework.scheduling.annotation.EnableScheduling Javadoc
See org.springframework.scheduling.annotation.EnableAsync Javadoc
See org.springframework.context.annotation.EnableAspectJAutoProxy Javadoc
See org.springframework.context.annotation.EnableLoadTimeWeaving Javadoc
See org.springframework.beans.factory.aspectj.EnableSpringConfigured Javadoc
See Javadoc for classes within the new org.springframework.orm.hibernate4 package
The @ContextConfiguration
annotation now supports supplying
@Configuration classes for configuring
the Spring TestContext. In addition, a new
@ActiveProfiles annotation has been
introduced to support declarative configuration of active bean
definition profiles in ApplicationContext
integration tests.
Spring 3.1 M2: Testing with @Configuration Classes and Profiles (SpringSource Team Blog)
See the section called “Context configuration with @Configuration classes”
and
org.springframework.test.context.ContextConfiguration
Javadoc
See
org.springframework.test.context.ActiveProfiles
Javadoc
See
org.springframework.test.context.SmartContextLoader
Javadoc
See
org.springframework.test.context.support.DelegatingSmartContextLoader
Javadoc
See
org.springframework.test.context.support.AnnotationConfigContextLoader
Javadoc
Prior to Spring 3.1, in order to inject against a property method it had to conform strictly to JavaBeans property signature rules, namely that any 'setter' method must be void-returning. It is now possible in Spring XML to specify setter methods that return any object type. This is useful when considering designing APIs for method-chaining, where setter methods return a reference to 'this'.
The new WebApplicationInitializer
builds atop Servlet 3.0's
ServletContainerInitializer support to
provide a programmatic alternative to the traditional web.xml.
See org.springframework.web.WebApplicationInitializer Javadoc
Diff from Spring's
Greenhouse reference application demonstrating migration
from web.xml to
WebApplicationInitializer
See org.springframework.web.multipart.support.StandardServletMultipartResolver Javadoc
In standard JPA, persistence units get defined through
META-INF/persistence.xml files in specific jar files
which will in turn get searched for @Entity classes.
In many cases, persistence.xml does not contain more than a unit name
and relies on defaults and/or external setup for all other concerns
(such as the DataSource to use, etc). For that reason, Spring 3.1
provides an alternative:
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean accepts a
'packagesToScan' property, specifying base packages to scan for
@Entity classes. This is analogous to
AnnotationSessionFactoryBean's property of the
same name for native Hibernate setup, and also to Spring's
component-scan feature for regular Spring beans. Effectively, this
allows for XML-free JPA setup at the mere expense of specifying a base
package for entity scanning: a particularly fine match for Spring
applications which rely on component scanning for Spring beans as well,
possibly even bootstrapped using a code-based Servlet 3.0
initializer.
Spring 3.1 introduces a new set of support classes for processing requests with annotated controllers:
RequestMappingHandlerMapping
RequestMappingHandlerAdapter
ExceptionHandlerExceptionResolver
These classes are a replacement for the existing:
DefaultAnnotationHandlerMapping
AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter
AnnotationMethodHandlerExceptionResolver
The new classes were developed in response to many requests to make annotation controller support classes more customizable and open for extension. Whereas previously you could configure a custom annotated controller method argument resolver, with the new support classes you can customize the processing for any supported method argument or return value type.
See org.springframework.web.method.support.HandlerMethodArgumentResolver Javadoc
See org.springframework.web.method.support.HandlerMethodReturnValueHandler Javadoc
A second notable difference is the introduction of a
HandlerMethod abstraction to represent an
@RequestMapping method. This abstraction is used
throughout by the new support classes as the handler
instance. For example a HandlerInterceptor can
cast the handler from Object
to HandlerMethod and get access to the target
controller method, its annotations, etc.
The new classes are enabled by default by the MVC namespace and by Java-based configuration via @EnableWebMvc. The existing classes will continue to be available but use of the new classes is recommended going forward.
See Section 16.3.2.1, “New Support Classes for @RequestMapping methods in Spring MVC 3.1” for additional details and a list of features not available with the new support classes.
Improved support for specifying media types consumed by a method
through the 'Content-Type' header as well as for
producible types specified through the 'Accept'
header. See Section 16.3.2.5, “Consumable Media Types” and Section 16.3.2.6, “Producible Media Types”
Flash attributes can now be stored in a
FlashMap and saved in the HTTP session to survive
a redirect. For an overview of the general support for flash attributes
in Spring MVC see Section 16.6, “Using flash attributes”.
In annotated controllers, an
@RequestMapping method can add flash
attributes by declaring a method argument of type
RedirectAttributes. This method argument
can now also be used to get precise control over the attributes used in
a redirect scenario. See Section 16.3.3.10, “Specifying redirect and flash attributes”
for more details.
URI template variables from the current request are used in more places:
URI template variables are used in addition to request
parameters when binding a request to
@ModelAttribute method
arguments.
@PathVariable method argument values are merged into the model before rendering, except in views that generate content in an automated fashion such as JSON serialization or XML marshalling.
A redirect string can contain placeholders for URI variables
(e.g. "redirect:/blog/{year}/{month}"). When
expanding the placeholders, URI template variables from the
current request are automatically considered.
An @ModelAttribute method
argument can be instantiated from a URI template variable provided
there is a registered Converter or PropertyEditor to convert from
a String to the target object type.
An @RequestBody method argument can be
annotated with @Valid to invoke automatic
validation similar to the support for
@ModelAttribute method arguments. A resulting
MethodArgumentNotValidException is handled in the
DefaultHandlerExceptionResolver and results in a
400 response code.
This new annotation provides access to the content of a "multipart/form-data" request part. See Section 16.10.5, “Handling a file upload request from programmatic clients” and Section 16.10, “Spring's multipart (file upload) support”.
A new UriComponents class has been added,
which is an immutable container of URI components providing
access to all contained URI components.
A nenw UriComponentsBuilder class is also
provided to help create UriComponents instances.
Together the two classes give fine-grained control over all
aspects of preparing a URI including construction, expansion
from URI template variables, and encoding.
In most cases the new classes can be used as a more flexible
alternative to the existing UriTemplate
especially since UriTemplate relies on those
same classes internally.
A ServletUriComponentsBuilder sub-class
provides static factory methods to copy information from
a Servlet request. See Section 16.7, “Building URIs”.
This part of the reference documentation covers all of those technologies that are absolutely integral to the Spring Framework.
Foremost amongst these is the Spring Framework's Inversion of Control (IoC) container. A thorough treatment of the Spring Framework's IoC container is closely followed by comprehensive coverage of Spring's Aspect-Oriented Programming (AOP) technologies. The Spring Framework has its own AOP framework, which is conceptually easy to understand, and which successfully addresses the 80% sweet spot of AOP requirements in Java enterprise programming.
Coverage of Spring's integration with AspectJ (currently the richest - in terms of features - and certainly most mature AOP implementation in the Java enterprise space) is also provided.
Finally, the adoption of the test-driven-development (TDD) approach to software development is certainly advocated by the Spring team, and so coverage of Spring's support for integration testing is covered (alongside best practices for unit testing). The Spring team has found that the correct use of IoC certainly does make both unit and integration testing easier (in that the presence of setter methods and appropriate constructors on classes makes them easier to wire together in a test without having to set up service locator registries and suchlike)... the chapter dedicated solely to testing will hopefully convince you of this as well.
This chapter covers the Spring Framework implementation of the Inversion of Control (IoC) [1]principle. IoC is also known as dependency injection (DI). It is a process whereby objects define their dependencies, that is, the other objects they work with, only through constructor arguments, arguments to a factory method, or properties that are set on the object instance after it is constructed or returned from a factory method. The container then injects those dependencies when it creates the bean. This process is fundamentally the inverse, hence the name Inversion of Control (IoC), of the bean itself controlling the instantiation or location of its dependencies by using direct construction of classes, or a mechanism such as the Service Locator pattern.
The org.springframework.beans and
org.springframework.context packages are the basis for
Spring Framework's IoC container. The BeanFactory interface provides an advanced
configuration mechanism capable of managing any type of object.
ApplicationContext is a sub-interface of
BeanFactory. It adds easier integration
with Spring's AOP features; message resource handling (for use in
internationalization), event publication; and application-layer specific
contexts such as the WebApplicationContext
for use in web applications.
In short, the BeanFactory provides the
configuration framework and basic functionality, and the
ApplicationContext adds more
enterprise-specific functionality. The
ApplicationContext is a complete superset
of the BeanFactory, and is used exclusively
in this chapter in descriptions of Spring's IoC container.
For
more information on using the BeanFactory instead
of the ApplicationContext, refer to Section 4.15, “The BeanFactory”.
In Spring, the objects that form the backbone of your application and that are managed by the Spring IoC container are called beans. A bean is an object that is instantiated, assembled, and otherwise managed by a Spring IoC container. Otherwise, a bean is simply one of many objects in your application. Beans, and the dependencies among them, are reflected in the configuration metadata used by a container.
The interface
org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext
represents the Spring IoC container and is responsible for instantiating,
configuring, and assembling the aforementioned beans. The container gets
its instructions on what objects to instantiate, configure, and assemble
by reading configuration metadata. The configuration metadata is
represented in XML, Java annotations, or Java code. It allows you to
express the objects that compose your application and the rich
interdependencies between such objects.
Several implementations of the
ApplicationContext interface are supplied
out-of-the-box with Spring. In standalone applications it is common to
create an instance of ClassPathXmlApplicationContext or FileSystemXmlApplicationContext.
While XML has been the traditional format
for defining configuration metadata you can instruct the container to use
Java annotations or code as the metadata format by providng a small amount
of XML configuration to declaratively enable support for these additional
metadata formats.
In most application scenarios, explicit user code is not required to
instantiate one or more instances of a Spring IoC container. For example,
in a web application scenario, a simple eight (or so) lines of boilerplate
J2EE web descriptor XML in the web.xml file of the
application will typically suffice (see Section 4.14.4, “Convenient ApplicationContext
instantiation for web applications”).
If you are using the SpringSource Tool Suite Eclipse-powered development environment
or Spring Roo this
boilerplate configuration can be easily created with few mouse clicks or
keystrokes.
The following diagram is a high-level view of how Spring works. Your
application classes are combined with configuration metadata so that after
the ApplicationContext is created and initialized,
you have a fully configured and executable system or application.

The Spring IoC container
As the preceding diagram shows, the Spring IoC container consumes a form of configuration metadata; this configuration metadata represents how you as an application developer tell the Spring container to instantiate, configure, and assemble the objects in your application.
Configuration metadata is traditionally supplied in a simple and intuitive XML format, which is what most of this chapter uses to convey key concepts and features of the Spring IoC container.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
XML-based metadata is not the only allowed form of configuration metadata. The Spring IoC container itself is totally decoupled from the format in which this configuration metadata is actually written. |
For information about using other forms of metadata with the Spring container, see:
Annotation-based configuration: Spring 2.5 introduced support for annotation-based configuration metadata.
Java-based configuration:
Starting with Spring 3.0, many features provided by the Spring JavaConfig
project became part of the core Spring Framework. Thus you
can define beans external to your application classes by using Java
rather than XML files. To use these new features, see the
@Configuration, @Bean,
@Import and
@DependsOn annotations.
Spring configuration consists of at least one and typically more
than one bean definition that the container must manage. XML-based
configuration metadata shows these beans configured as
<bean/> elements inside a top-level
<beans/> element.
These bean definitions correspond to the actual objects that make up
your application. Typically you define service layer objects, data
access objects (DAOs), presentation objects such as Struts
Action instances, infrastructure objects
such as Hibernate SessionFactories, JMS
Queues, and so forth. Typically one does
not configure fine-grained domain objects in the container, because it
is usually the responsibility of DAOs and business logic to create and
load domain objects. However, you can use Spring's integration with
AspectJ to configure objects that have been created outside the control
of an IoC container. See Using
AspectJ to dependency-inject domain objects with Spring.
The following example shows the basic structure of XML-based configuration metadata:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="..." class="..."> <!-- collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <bean id="..." class="..."> <!-- collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions go here --> </beans>
The id attribute is a string that you use to
identify the individual bean definition. The class
attribute defines the type of the bean and uses the fully qualified
classname. The value of the id attribute refers to collaborating
objects. The XML for referring to collaborating objects is not shown in
this example; see Dependencies
for more information.
Instantiating a Spring IoC container is straightforward. The
location path or paths supplied to an
ApplicationContext constructor are
actually resource strings that allow the container to load configuration
metadata from a variety of external resources such as the local file
system, from the Java CLASSPATH, and so on.
ApplicationContext context =
new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"});![]() | Note |
|---|---|
After you learn about Spring's IoC container, you may want to know
more about Spring's |
The following example shows the service layer objects
(services.xml) configuration file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <!-- services --> <bean id="petStore" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.services.PetStoreServiceImpl"> <property name="accountDao" ref="accountDao"/> <property name="itemDao" ref="itemDao"/> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions for services go here --> </beans>
The following example shows the data access objects
daos.xml file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="accountDao" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.dao.ibatis.SqlMapAccountDao"> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <bean id="itemDao" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.dao.ibatis.SqlMapItemDao"> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions for data access objects go here --> </beans>
In the preceding example, the service layer consists of the class
PetStoreServiceImpl, and two data access objects
of the type SqlMapAccountDao and SqlMapItemDao
are based on the iBatis
Object/Relational mapping framework. The property
name element refers to the name of the JavaBean property, and
the ref element refers to the name of another bean
definition. This linkage between id and ref elements expresses the
dependency between collaborating objects. For details of configuring an
object's dependencies, see Dependencies.
It can be useful to have bean definitions span multiple XML files. Often each individual XML configuration file represents a logical layer or module in your architecture.
You can use the application context constructor to load bean
definitions from all these XML fragments. This constructor takes
multiple Resource locations, as was
shown in the previous section. Alternatively, use one or more
occurrences of the <import/> element to load
bean definitions from another file or files. For example:
<beans> <import resource="services.xml"/> <import resource="resources/messageSource.xml"/> <import resource="/resources/themeSource.xml"/> <bean id="bean1" class="..."/> <bean id="bean2" class="..."/> </beans>
In the preceding example, external bean definitions are loaded
from three files, services.xml,
messageSource.xml, and
themeSource.xml. All location paths are relative to
the definition file doing the importing, so
services.xml must be in the same directory or
classpath location as the file doing the importing, while
messageSource.xml and
themeSource.xml must be in a
resources location below the location of the
importing file. As you can see, a leading slash is ignored, but given
that these paths are relative, it is better form not to use the slash
at all. The contents of the files being imported, including the top
level <beans/> element, must be valid XML
bean definitions according to the Spring Schema or DTD.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
It is possible, but not recommended, to reference files in parent directories using a relative "../" path. Doing so creates a dependency on a file that is outside the current application. In particular, this reference is not recommended for "classpath:" URLs (for example, "classpath:../services.xml"), where the runtime resolution process chooses the "nearest" classpath root and then looks into its parent directory. Classpath configuration changes may lead to the choice of a different, incorrect directory. You can always use fully qualified resource locations instead of relative paths: for example, "file:C:/config/services.xml" or "classpath:/config/services.xml". However, be aware that you are coupling your application's configuration to specific absolute locations. It is generally preferable to keep an indirection for such absolute locations, for example, through "${...}" placeholders that are resolved against JVM system properties at runtime. |
The ApplicationContext is the
interface for an advanced factory capable of maintaining a registry of
different beans and their dependencies. Using the method T
getBean(Stringname, Class<T> requiredType) you can
retrieve instances of your beans.
The ApplicationContext enables you to
read bean definitions and access them as follows:
// create and configure beans ApplicationContext context = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"}); // retrieve configured instance PetStoreServiceImpl service = context.getBean("petStore", PetStoreServiceImpl.class); // use configured instance List userList service.getUsernameList();
You use getBean() to retrieve instances of
your beans. The ApplicationContext
interface has a few other methods for retrieving beans, but ideally your
application code should never use them. Indeed, your application code
should have no calls to the getBean() method at
all, and thus no dependency on Spring APIs at all. For example, Spring's
integration with web frameworks provides for dependency injection for
various web framework classes such as controllers and JSF-managed
beans.
A Spring IoC container manages one or more beans.
These beans are created with the configuration metadata that you supply to
the container, for example, in the form of XML
<bean/> definitions.
Within the container itself, these bean definitions are represented as
BeanDefinition objects, which contain
(among other information) the following metadata:
A package-qualified class name: typically the actual implementation class of the bean being defined.
Bean behavioral configuration elements, which state how the bean should behave in the container (scope, lifecycle callbacks, and so forth).
References to other beans that are needed for the bean to do its work; these references are also called collaborators or dependencies.
Other configuration settings to set in the newly created object, for example, the number of connections to use in a bean that manages a connection pool, or the size limit of the pool.
This metadata translates to a set of properties that make up each bean definition.
Table 4.1. The bean definition
| Property | Explained in... |
|---|---|
| class | |
| name | |
| scope | |
| constructor arguments | |
| properties | |
| autowiring mode | |
| lazy-initialization mode | |
| initialization method | |
| destruction method |
In addition to bean definitions that contain information on how to
create a specific bean, the
ApplicationContext implementations also
permit the registration of existing objects that are created outside the
container, by users. This is done by accessing the ApplicationContext's
BeanFactory via the method getBeanFactory() which
returns the BeanFactory implementation
DefaultListableBeanFactory.
DefaultListableBeanFactory supports this
registration through the methods
registerSingleton(..) and
registerBeanDefinition(..). However, typical
applications work solely with beans defined through metadata bean
definitions.
Every bean has one or more identifiers. These identifiers must be unique within the container that hosts the bean. A bean usually has only one identifier, but if it requires more than one, the extra ones can be considered aliases.
In XML-based configuration metadata, you use the
id and/or name attributes to
specify the bean identifier(s). The id attribute
allows you to specify exactly one id. Conventionally these names are
alphanumeric ('myBean', 'fooService', etc), but may special characters
as well. If you want to introduce other aliases to the bean, you can
also specify them in the name attribute, separated by
a comma (,), semicolon (;), or
white space. As a historical note, in versions prior to Spring 3.1, the
id attribute was typed as an
xsd:ID, which constrained possible characters. As of
3.1, it is now xsd:string. Note that bean id
uniqueness is still enforced by the container, though no longer by XML
parsers.
You are not required to supply a name or id for a bean. If no name
or id is supplied explicitly, the container generates a unique name for
that bean. However, if you want to refer to that bean by name, through
the use of the ref element or Service Locator style lookup,
you must provide a name. Motivations for not supplying a name are
related to using inner beans
and autowiring
collaborators.
In a bean definition itself, you can supply more than one name for
the bean, by using a combination of up to one name specified by the
id attribute, and any number of other names in the
name attribute. These names can be equivalent
aliases to the same bean, and are useful for some situations, such as
allowing each component in an application to refer to a common
dependency by using a bean name that is specific to that component
itself.
Specifying all aliases where the bean is actually defined is not
always adequate, however. It is sometimes desirable to introduce an
alias for a bean that is defined elsewhere. This is commonly the case
in large systems where configuration is split amongst each subsystem,
each subsystem having its own set of object definitions. In XML-based
configuration metadata, you can use the
<alias/> element to accomplish this.
<alias name="fromName" alias="toName"/>
In this case, a bean in the same container which is named
fromName, may also after the use of this alias
definition, be referred to as toName.
For example, the configuration metadata for subsystem A may refer to a DataSource via the name 'subsystemA-dataSource. The configuration metadata for subsystem B may refer to a DataSource via the name 'subsystemB-dataSource'. When composing the main application that uses both these subsystems the main application refers to the DataSource via the name 'myApp-dataSource'. To have all three names refer to the same object you add to the MyApp configuration metadata the following aliases definitions:
<alias name="subsystemA-dataSource" alias="subsystemB-dataSource"/> <alias name="subsystemA-dataSource" alias="myApp-dataSource" />
Now each component and the main application can refer to the dataSource through a name that is unique and guaranteed not to clash with any other definition (effectively creating a namespace), yet they refer to the same bean.
A bean definition essentially is a recipe for creating one or more objects. The container looks at the recipe for a named bean when asked, and uses the configuration metadata encapsulated by that bean definition to create (or acquire) an actual object.
If you use XML-based configuration metadata, you specify the type
(or class) of object that is to be instantiated in the
class attribute of the
<bean/> element. This class
attribute, which internally is a Class property
on a BeanDefinition instance, is usually
mandatory. (For exceptions, see Section 4.3.2.3, “Instantiation using an instance factory method” and Section 4.7, “Bean definition inheritance”.) You use the
Class property in one of two ways:
Typically, to specify the bean class to be constructed in the
case where the container itself directly creates the bean by calling
its constructor reflectively, somewhat equivalent to Java code using
the new operator.
To specify the actual class containing the
static factory method that will be invoked to
create the object, in the less common case where the container
invokes a static, factory
method on a class to create the bean. The object type returned from
the invocation of the static factory method may
be the same class or another class entirely.
When you create a bean by the constructor approach, all normal classes are usable by and compatible with Spring. That is, the class being developed does not need to implement any specific interfaces or to be coded in a specific fashion. Simply specifying the bean class should suffice. However, depending on what type of IoC you use for that specific bean, you may need a default (empty) constructor.
The Spring IoC container can manage virtually any class you want it to manage; it is not limited to managing true JavaBeans. Most Spring users prefer actual JavaBeans with only a default (no-argument) constructor and appropriate setters and getters modeled after the properties in the container. You can also have more exotic non-bean-style classes in your container. If, for example, you need to use a legacy connection pool that absolutely does not adhere to the JavaBean specification, Spring can manage it as well.
With XML-based configuration metadata you can specify your bean class as follows:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"/> <bean name="anotherExample" class="examples.ExampleBeanTwo"/>
For details about the mechanism for supplying arguments to the constructor (if required) and setting object instance properties after the object is constructed, see Injecting Dependencies.
When defining a bean that you create with a static factory method,
you use the class attribute to specify the class
containing the static factory method and an
attribute named factory-method to specify the name
of the factory method itself. You should be able to call this method
(with optional arguments as described later) and return a live object,
which subsequently is treated as if it had been created through a
constructor. One use for such a bean definition is to call
static factories in legacy code.
The following bean definition specifies that the bean will be
created by calling a factory-method. The definition does not specify
the type (class) of the returned object, only the class containing the
factory method. In this example, the
createInstance() method must be a
static method.
<bean id="clientService" class="examples.ClientService" factory-method="createInstance"/>
public class ClientService { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientService(); private ClientService() {} public static ClientService createInstance() { return clientService; } }
For details about the mechanism for supplying (optional) arguments to the factory method and setting object instance properties after the object is returned from the factory, see Dependencies and configuration in detail.
Similar to instantiation through a static factory
method, instantiation with an instance factory method invokes a
non-static method of an existing bean from the container to create a
new bean. To use this mechanism, leave the class
attribute empty, and in the factory-bean
attribute, specify the name of a bean in the current (or
parent/ancestor) container that contains the instance method that is
to be invoked to create the object. Set the name of the factory method
itself with the factory-method attribute.
<!-- the factory bean, which contains a method called createInstance() --> <bean id="serviceLocator" class="examples.DefaultServiceLocator"> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this locator bean --> </bean> <!-- the bean to be created via the factory bean --> <bean id="clientService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createClientServiceInstance"/>
public class DefaultServiceLocator { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); private DefaultServiceLocator() {} public ClientService createClientServiceInstance() { return clientService; } }
One factory class can also hold more than one factory method as shown here:
<bean id="serviceLocator" class="examples.DefaultServiceLocator"> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this locator bean --> </bean> <bean id="clientService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createClientServiceInstance"/> <bean id="accountService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createAccountServiceInstance"/>
public class DefaultServiceLocator { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); private static AccountService accountService = new AccountServiceImpl(); private DefaultServiceLocator() {} public ClientService createClientServiceInstance() { return clientService; } public AccountService createAccountServiceInstance() { return accountService; } }
This approach shows that the factory bean itself can be managed and configured through dependency injection (DI). See Dependencies and configuration in detail.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In Spring documentation, factory bean
refers to a bean that is configured in the Spring container that
will create objects through an instance or static
factory method. By contrast,
|
A typical enterprise application does not consist of a single object (or bean in the Spring parlance). Even the simplest application has a few objects that work together to present what the end-user sees as a coherent application. This next section explains how you go from defining a number of bean definitions that stand alone to a fully realized application where objects collaborate to achieve a goal.
Dependency injection (DI) is a process whereby objects define their dependencies, that is, the other objects they work with, only through constructor arguments, arguments to a factory method, or properties that are set on the object instance after it is constructed or returned from a factory method. The container then injects those dependencies when it creates the bean. This process is fundamentally the inverse, hence the name Inversion of Control (IoC), of the bean itself controlling the instantiation or location of its dependencies on its own by using direct construction of classes, or the Service Locator pattern.
Code is cleaner with the DI principle and decoupling is more effective when objects are provided with their dependencies. The object does not look up its dependencies, and does not know the location or class of the dependencies. As such, your classes become easier to test, in particular when the dependencies are on interfaces or abstract base classes, which allow for stub or mock implementations to be used in unit tests.
DI exists in two major variants, Constructor-based dependency injection and Setter-based dependency injection.
Constructor-based DI is accomplished by the
container invoking a constructor with a number of arguments, each
representing a dependency. Calling a static factory
method with specific arguments to construct the bean is nearly
equivalent, and this discussion treats arguments to a constructor and to
a static factory method similarly. The following
example shows a class that can only be dependency-injected with
constructor injection. Notice that there is nothing
special about this class, it is a POJO that has no
dependencies on container specific interfaces, base classes or
annotations.
public class SimpleMovieLister { // the SimpleMovieLister has a dependency on a MovieFinder private MovieFinder movieFinder; // a constructor so that the Spring container can 'inject' a MovieFinder public SimpleMovieLister(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // business logic that actually 'uses' the injected MovieFinder is omitted... }
Constructor argument resolution matching occurs using the argument's type. If no potential ambiguity exists in the constructor arguments of a bean definition, then the order in which the constructor arguments are defined in a bean definition is the order in which those arguments are supplied to the appropriate constructor when the bean is being instantiated. Consider the following class:
package x.y; public class Foo { public Foo(Bar bar, Baz baz) { // ... } }
No potential ambiguity exists, assuming that
Bar and Baz classes are
not related by inheritance. Thus the following configuration works
fine, and you do not need to specify the constructor argument indexes
and/or types explicitly in the
<constructor-arg/> element.
<beans> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <constructor-arg ref="bar"/> <constructor-arg ref="baz"/> </bean> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar"/> <bean id="baz" class="x.y.Baz"/> </beans>
When another bean is referenced, the type is known, and matching
can occur (as was the case with the preceding example). When a simple
type is used, such as
<value>true<value>, Spring cannot
determine the type of the value, and so cannot match by type without
help. Consider the following class:
package examples; public class ExampleBean { // No. of years to the calculate the Ultimate Answer private int years; // The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything private String ultimateAnswer; public ExampleBean(int years, String ultimateAnswer) { this.years = years; this.ultimateAnswer = ultimateAnswer; } }
In the preceding scenario, the container
can use type matching with simple types if you
explicitly specify the type of the constructor argument using the
type attribute. For example:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg type="int" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg type="java.lang.String" value="42"/> </bean>
Use the index attribute to specify explicitly
the index of constructor arguments. For example:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg index="0" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg index="1" value="42"/> </bean>
In addition to resolving the ambiguity of multiple simple values, specifying an index resolves ambiguity where a constructor has two arguments of the same type. Note that the index is 0 based.
As of Spring 3.0 you can also use the constructor parameter name for value disambiguation:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg name="years" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg name="ultimateanswer" value="42"/> </bean>
Keep in mind that to make this work out of the box your code
must be compiled with the debug flag enabled so that Spring can
look up the parameter name from the constructor. If you can't compile
your code with debug flag (or don't want to) you can use
@ConstructorProperties
JDK annotation to explicitly name your constructor arguments. The
sample class would then have to look as follows:
package examples; public class ExampleBean { // Fields omitted @ConstructorProperties({"years", "ultimateAnswer"}) public ExampleBean(int years, String ultimateAnswer) { this.years = years; this.ultimateAnswer = ultimateAnswer; } }
Setter-based DI is accomplished by the
container calling setter methods on your beans after invoking a
no-argument constructor or no-argument static factory
method to instantiate your bean.
The following example shows a class that can only be dependency-injected using pure setter injection. This class is conventional Java. It is a POJO that has no dependencies on container specific interfaces, base classes or annotations.
public class SimpleMovieLister { // the SimpleMovieLister has a dependency on the MovieFinder private MovieFinder movieFinder; // a setter method so that the Spring container can 'inject' a MovieFinder public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // business logic that actually 'uses' the injected MovieFinder is omitted... }
The ApplicationContext supports
constructor- and setter-based DI for the beans it manages. It also
supports setter-based DI after some dependencies are already injected
through the constructor approach. You configure the dependencies in the
form of a BeanDefinition, which you use
with PropertyEditor instances to convert
properties from one format to another. However, most Spring users do not
work with these classes directly (programmatically), but rather with an
XML definition file that is then converted internally into instances of
these classes, and used to load an entire Spring IoC container
instance.
The container performs bean dependency resolution as follows:
The ApplicationContext is created
and initialized with configuration metadata that describes all the
beans. Configuration metadata can be specified via XML, Java code or
annotations.
For each bean, its dependencies are expressed in the form of properties, constructor arguments, or arguments to the static-factory method if you are using that instead of a normal constructor. These dependencies are provided to the bean, when the bean is actually created.
Each property or constructor argument is an actual definition of the value to set, or a reference to another bean in the container.
Each property or constructor argument which is a value is
converted from its specified format to the actual type of that
property or constructor argument. By default Spring can convert a
value supplied in string format to all built-in types, such as
int, long,
String, boolean, etc.
The Spring container validates the configuration of each bean as the container is created, including the validation of whether bean reference properties refer to valid beans. However, the bean properties themselves are not set until the bean is actually created. Beans that are singleton-scoped and set to be pre-instantiated (the default) are created when the container is created. Scopes are defined in Section 4.5, “Bean scopes” Otherwise, the bean is created only when it is requested. Creation of a bean potentially causes a graph of beans to be created, as the bean's dependencies and its dependencies' dependencies (and so on) are created and assigned.
You can generally trust Spring to do the right thing. It detects
configuration problems, such as references to non-existent beans and
circular dependencies, at container load-time. Spring sets properties
and resolves dependencies as late as possible, when the bean is actually
created. This means that a Spring container which has loaded correctly
can later generate an exception when you request an object if there is a
problem creating that object or one of its dependencies. For example,
the bean throws an exception as a result of a missing or invalid
property. This potentially delayed visibility of some configuration
issues is why ApplicationContext
implementations by default pre-instantiate singleton beans. At the cost
of some upfront time and memory to create these beans before they are
actually needed, you discover configuration issues when the
ApplicationContext is created, not later.
You can still override this default behavior so that singleton beans
will lazy-initialize, rather than be pre-instantiated.
If no circular dependencies exist, when one or more collaborating beans are being injected into a dependent bean, each collaborating bean is totally configured prior to being injected into the dependent bean. This means that if bean A has a dependency on bean B, the Spring IoC container completely configures bean B prior to invoking the setter method on bean A. In other words, the bean is instantiated (if not a pre-instantiated singleton), its dependencies are set, and the relevant lifecycle methods (such as a configured init method or the InitializingBean callback method) are invoked.
The following example uses XML-based configuration metadata for setter-based DI. A small part of a Spring XML configuration file specifies some bean definitions:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <!-- setter injection using the nested <ref/> element --> <property name="beanOne"><ref bean="anotherExampleBean"/></property> <!-- setter injection using the neater 'ref' attribute --> <property name="beanTwo" ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <property name="integerProperty" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="anotherExampleBean" class="examples.AnotherBean"/> <bean id="yetAnotherBean" class="examples.YetAnotherBean"/>
public class ExampleBean { private AnotherBean beanOne; private YetAnotherBean beanTwo; private int i; public void setBeanOne(AnotherBean beanOne) { this.beanOne = beanOne; } public void setBeanTwo(YetAnotherBean beanTwo) { this.beanTwo = beanTwo; } public void setIntegerProperty(int i) { this.i = i; } }
In the preceding example, setters are declared to match against the properties specified in the XML file. The following example uses constructor-based DI:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <!-- constructor injection using the nested <ref/> element --> <constructor-arg> <ref bean="anotherExampleBean"/> </constructor-arg> <!-- constructor injection using the neater 'ref' attribute --> <constructor-arg ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <constructor-arg type="int" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="anotherExampleBean" class="examples.AnotherBean"/> <bean id="yetAnotherBean" class="examples.YetAnotherBean"/>
public class ExampleBean { private AnotherBean beanOne; private YetAnotherBean beanTwo; private int i; public ExampleBean( AnotherBean anotherBean, YetAnotherBean yetAnotherBean, int i) { this.beanOne = anotherBean; this.beanTwo = yetAnotherBean; this.i = i; } }
The constructor arguments specified in the bean definition will be
used as arguments to the constructor of the
ExampleBean.
Now consider a variant of this example, where instead of using a
constructor, Spring is told to call a static factory
method to return an instance of the object:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" factory-method="createInstance"> <constructor-arg ref="anotherExampleBean"/> <constructor-arg ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <constructor-arg value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="anotherExampleBean" class="examples.AnotherBean"/> <bean id="yetAnotherBean" class="examples.YetAnotherBean"/>
public class ExampleBean { // a private constructor private ExampleBean(...) { ... } // a static factory method; the arguments to this method can be // considered the dependencies of the bean that is returned, // regardless of how those arguments are actually used. public static ExampleBean createInstance ( AnotherBean anotherBean, YetAnotherBean yetAnotherBean, int i) { ExampleBean eb = new ExampleBean (...); // some other operations... return eb; } }
Arguments to the static factory method are
supplied via <constructor-arg/> elements,
exactly the same as if a constructor had actually been used. The type of
the class being returned by the factory method does not have to be of
the same type as the class that contains the static
factory method, although in this example it is. An instance (non-static)
factory method would be used in an essentially identical fashion (aside
from the use of the factory-bean attribute instead of
the class attribute), so details will not be
discussed here.
As mentioned in the previous section, you can define bean properties
and constructor arguments as references to other managed beans
(collaborators), or as values defined inline. Spring's XML-based
configuration metadata supports sub-element types within its
<property/> and
<constructor-arg/> elements for this
purpose.
The value attribute of the
<property/> element specifies a property or
constructor argument as a human-readable string representation. As mentioned previously,
JavaBeans PropertyEditors are used to convert these
string values from a String to the actual type of
the property or argument.
<bean id="myDataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <!-- results in a setDriverClassName(String) call --> <property name="driverClassName" value="com.mysql.jdbc.Driver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/mydb"/> <property name="username" value="root"/> <property name="password" value="masterkaoli"/> </bean>
The following example uses the p-namespace for even more succinct XML configuration.
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myDataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close" p:driverClassName="com.mysql.jdbc.Driver" p:url="jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/mydb" p:username="root" p:password="masterkaoli"/> </beans>
The preceding XML is more succinct; however, typos are discovered at runtime rather than design time, unless you use an IDE such as IntelliJ IDEA or the SpringSource Tool Suite (STS) that support automatic property completion when you create bean definitions. Such IDE assistance is highly recommended.
You can also configure a java.util.Properties
instance as:
<bean id="mappings" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <!-- typed as a java.util.Properties --> <property name="properties"> <value> jdbc.driver.className=com.mysql.jdbc.Driver jdbc.url=jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/mydb </value> </property> </bean>
The Spring container converts the text inside the
<value/> element into a
java.util.Properties instance by using the
JavaBeans PropertyEditor mechanism. This
is a nice shortcut, and is one of a few places where the Spring team do
favor the use of the nested <value/> element
over the value attribute style.
The idref element is simply an error-proof way
to pass the id (string value - not a reference)
of another bean in the container to a
<constructor-arg/> or
<property/> element.
<bean id="theTargetBean" class="..."/> <bean id="theClientBean" class="..."> <property name="targetName"> <idref bean="theTargetBean" /> </property> </bean>
The above bean definition snippet is exactly equivalent (at runtime) to the following snippet:
<bean id="theTargetBean" class="..." /> <bean id="client" class="..."> <property name="targetName" value="theTargetBean" /> </bean>
The first form is preferable to the second, because using the
idref tag allows the container to validate
at deployment time that the referenced, named
bean actually exists. In the second variation, no validation is
performed on the value that is passed to the
targetName property of the
client bean. Typos are only discovered (with most
likely fatal results) when the client bean is
actually instantiated. If the client bean is a
prototype bean, this typo
and the resulting exception may only be discovered long after the
container is deployed.
Additionally, if the referenced bean is in the same XML unit, and
the bean name is the bean id, you can use the
local attribute, which allows the XML parser itself
to validate the bean id earlier, at XML document parse time.
<property name="targetName"> <!-- a bean with id 'theTargetBean' must exist; otherwise an exception will be thrown --> <idref local="theTargetBean"/> </property>
A common place (at least in versions earlier than Spring 2.0)
where the <idref/> element brings value is in the configuration
of AOP interceptors in a
ProxyFactoryBean bean definition. Using
<idref/> elements when you specify the interceptor names
prevents you from misspelling an interceptor id.
The ref element is the final element inside a
<constructor-arg/> or
<property/> definition element. Here you set
the value of the specified property of a bean to be a reference to
another bean (a collaborator) managed by the container. The referenced
bean is a dependency of the bean whose property will be set, and it is
initialized on demand as needed before the property is set. (If the
collaborator is a singleton bean, it may be initialized already by the
container.) All references are ultimately a reference to another object.
Scoping and validation depend on whether you specify the id/name of the
other object through the
bean, or
local,parent attributes.
Specifying the target bean through the bean
attribute of the <ref/> tag is the most general
form, and allows creation of a reference to any bean in the same
container or parent container, regardless of whether it is in the same
XML file. The value of the bean attribute may be the
same as the id attribute of the target bean, or as
one of the values in the name attribute of the target
bean.
<ref bean="someBean"/>
Specifying the target bean through the local
attribute leverages the ability of the XML parser to validate XML id
references within the same file. The value of the
local attribute must be the same as the
id attribute of the target bean. The XML parser
issues an error if no matching element is found in the same file. As
such, using the local variant is the best choice (in order to know about
errors as early as possible) if the target bean is in the same XML
file.
<ref local="someBean"/>
Specifying the target bean through the parent
attribute creates a reference to a bean that is in a parent container of
the current container. The value of the parent
attribute may be the same as either the id attribute
of the target bean, or one of the values in the name
attribute of the target bean, and the target bean must be in a parent
container of the current one. You use this bean reference variant mainly
when you have a hierarchy of containers and you want to wrap an existing
bean in a parent container with a proxy that will have the same name as
the parent bean.
<!-- in the parent context --> <bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.SimpleAccountService"> <!-- insert dependencies as required as here --> </bean>
<!-- in the child (descendant) context --> <bean id="accountService" <-- bean name is the same as the parent bean --> class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="target"> <ref parent="accountService"/> <!-- notice how we refer to the parent bean --> </property> <!-- insert other configuration and dependencies as required here --> </bean>
A <bean/> element inside the
<property/> or
<constructor-arg/> elements defines a so-called
inner bean.
<bean id="outer" class="..."> <!-- instead of using a reference to a target bean, simply define the target bean inline --> <property name="target"> <bean class="com.example.Person"> <!-- this is the inner bean --> <property name="name" value="Fiona Apple"/> <property name="age" value="25"/> </bean> </property> </bean>
An inner bean definition does not require a defined id or name; the
container ignores these values. It also ignores the
scope flag. Inner beans are
always anonymous and they are
always scoped as prototypes. It is
not possible to inject inner beans into
collaborating beans other than into the enclosing bean.
In the <list/>,
<set/>, <map/>, and
<props/> elements, you set the properties and
arguments of the Java Collection types
List, Set,
Map, and
Properties, respectively.
<bean id="moreComplexObject" class="example.ComplexObject"> <!-- results in a setAdminEmails(java.util.Properties) call --> <property name="adminEmails"> <props> <prop key="administrator">administrator@example.org</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.org</prop> <prop key="development">development@example.org</prop> </props> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeList(java.util.List) call --> <property name="someList"> <list> <value>a list element followed by a reference</value> <ref bean="myDataSource" /> </list> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeMap(java.util.Map) call --> <property name="someMap"> <map> <entry key="an entry" value="just some string"/> <entry key ="a ref" value-ref="myDataSource"/> </map> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeSet(java.util.Set) call --> <property name="someSet"> <set> <value>just some string</value> <ref bean="myDataSource" /> </set> </property> </bean>
The value of a map key or value, or a set value, can also again be any of the following elements:
bean | ref | idref | list | set | map | props | value | null
As of Spring 2.0, the container supports the
merging of collections. An application developer
can define a parent-style <list/>,
<map/>, <set/> or
<props/> element, and have child-style
<list/>, <map/>,
<set/> or <props/>
elements inherit and override values from the parent collection. That
is, the child collection's values are the result of merging the
elements of the parent and child collections, with the child's
collection elements overriding values specified in the parent
collection.
This section on merging discusses the parent-child bean mechanism. Readers unfamiliar with parent and child bean definitions may wish to read the relevant section before continuing.
The following example demonstrates collection merging:
<beans> <bean id="parent" abstract="true" class="example.ComplexObject"> <property name="adminEmails"> <props> <prop key="administrator">administrator@example.com</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.com</prop> </props> </property> </bean> <bean id="child" parent="parent"> <property name="adminEmails"> <!-- the merge is specified on the *child* collection definition --> <props merge="true"> <prop key="sales">sales@example.com</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.co.uk</prop> </props> </property> </bean> <beans>
Notice the use of the merge=true attribute on
the <props/> element of the
adminEmails property of the
child bean definition. When the
child bean is resolved and instantiated by the
container, the resulting instance has an
adminEmails Properties
collection that contains the result of the merging of the child's
adminEmails collection with the parent's
adminEmails collection.
administrator=administrator@example.com sales=sales@example.com support=support@example.co.uk
The child Properties collection's value set
inherits all property elements from the parent
<props/>, and the child's value for the
support value overrides the value in the parent
collection.
This merging behavior applies similarly to the
<list/>, <map/>, and
<set/> collection types. In the specific case
of the <list/> element, the semantics
associated with the List collection type, that
is, the notion of an ordered collection of values,
is maintained; the parent's values precede all of the child list's
values. In the case of the Map,
Set, and
Properties collection types, no
ordering exists. Hence no ordering semantics are in effect for the
collection types that underlie the associated
Map,
Set, and
Properties implementation types that
the container uses internally.
You cannot merge different collection types (such as a
Map and a
List), and if you do attempt to do so
an appropriate Exception is thrown. The
merge attribute must be specified on the lower,
inherited, child definition; specifying the merge
attribute on a parent collection definition is redundant and will not
result in the desired merging. The merging feature is available only
in Spring 2.0 and later.
In Java 5 and later, you can use strongly typed collections (using
generic types). That is, it is possible to declare a
Collection type such that it can only
contain String elements (for example). If you
are using Spring to dependency-inject a strongly-typed
Collection into a bean, you can take
advantage of Spring's type-conversion support such that the elements
of your strongly-typed Collection
instances are converted to the appropriate type prior to being added
to the Collection.
public class Foo { private Map<String, Float> accounts; public void setAccounts(Map<String, Float> accounts) { this.accounts = accounts; } }
<beans> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <property name="accounts"> <map> <entry key="one" value="9.99"/> <entry key="two" value="2.75"/> <entry key="six" value="3.99"/> </map> </property> </bean> </beans>
When the accounts property of the
foo bean is prepared for injection, the generics
information about the element type of the strongly-typed
Map<String, Float> is available by
reflection. Thus Spring's type conversion infrastructure recognizes
the various value elements as being of type
Float, and the string values 9.99,
2.75, and 3.99 are converted into an
actual Float type.
Spring
treats empty arguments for properties and the like as empty
Strings. The following XML-based configuration
metadata snippet sets the email property to the empty
String value ("")
<bean class="ExampleBean"> <property name="email" value=""/> </bean>
The preceding example is equivalent to the following Java code:
exampleBean.setEmail(""). The
<null/> element handles null
values. For example:
<bean class="ExampleBean"> <property name="email"><null/></property> </bean>
The above configuration is equivalent to the following Java code:
exampleBean.setEmail(null).
The p-namespace enables you to use the bean
element's attributes, instead of nested
<property/> elements, to describe your property
values and/or collaborating beans.
Spring 2.0 and later supports extensible configuration formats with namespaces, which are based on an XML
Schema definition. The beans configuration format
discussed in this chapter is defined in an XML Schema document. However,
the p-namespace is not defined in an XSD file and exists only in the
core of Spring.
The following example shows two XML snippets that resolve to the same result: The first uses standard XML format and the second uses the p-namespace.
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean name="classic" class="com.example.ExampleBean"> <property name="email" value="foo@bar.com"/> </bean> <bean name="p-namespace" class="com.example.ExampleBean" p:email="foo@bar.com"/> </beans>
The example shows an attribute in the p-namespace called email in the bean definition. This tells Spring to include a property declaration. As previously mentioned, the p-namespace does not have a schema definition, so you can set the name of the attribute to the property name.
This next example includes two more bean definitions that both have a reference to another bean:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean name="john-classic" class="com.example.Person"> <property name="name" value="John Doe"/> <property name="spouse" ref="jane"/> </bean> <bean name="john-modern" class="com.example.Person" p:name="John Doe" p:spouse-ref="jane"/> <bean name="jane" class="com.example.Person"> <property name="name" value="Jane Doe"/> </bean> </beans>
As you can see, this example includes not only a property value
using the p-namespace, but also uses a special format to declare
property references. Whereas the first bean definition uses
<property name="spouse" ref="jane"/> to create
a reference from bean john to bean
jane, the second bean definition uses
p:spouse-ref="jane" as an attribute to do the exact
same thing. In this case spouse is the property name,
whereas the -ref part indicates that this is not a
straight value but rather a reference to another bean.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The p-namespace is not as flexible as the standard XML format. For
example, the format for declaring property references clashes with
properties that end in |
Similar to the Section 4.4.2.6, “XML shortcut with the p-namespace”, the c-namespace, newly introduced in Spring 3.1,
allows usage of inlined attributes for configuring the constructor arguments rather then nested constructor-arg
elements.
Let's review the examples from Section 4.4.1.1, “Constructor-based dependency injection” with the c namespace:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:c="http://www.springframework.org/schema/c" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans.xsd"> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar"/> <bean id="baz" class="x.y.Baz"/> <-- 'traditional' declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <constructor-arg ref="bar"/> <constructor-arg ref="baz"/> <constructor-arg value="foo@bar.com"/> </bean> <-- 'c-namespace' declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo" c:bar-ref="bar" c:baz-ref="baz" c:email="foo@bar.com"> </beans>
The c: namespace uses the same conventions as the p: one (trailing -ref for bean references)
for setting the constructor arguments by their names. And just as well, it needs to be declared even though it is not defined in an XSD schema
(but it exists inside the Spring core).
For the rare cases where the constructor argument names are not available (usually if the bytecode was compiled without debugging information), one can use fallback to the argument indexes:
<-- 'c-namespace' index declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo" c:_0-ref="bar" c:_1-ref="baz">
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
| Due to the XML grammar, the index notation requires the presence of the leading _ as XML attribute names cannot start with a number (even though some IDE allow it). |
In practice, the constructor resolution mechanism is quite efficient in matching arguments so unless one really needs to, we recommend using the name notation through-out your configuration.
You can use compound or nested property names when you set bean
properties, as long as all components of the path except the final
property name are not null. Consider the following
bean definition.
<bean id="foo" class="foo.Bar"> <property name="fred.bob.sammy" value="123" /> </bean>
The foo bean has a fred
property, which has a bob property, which has a
sammy property, and that final
sammy property is being set to the value
123. In order for this to work, the
fred property of foo, and the
bob property of fred must not be
null after the bean is constructed, or a
NullPointerException is thrown.
If a bean is a dependency of another that usually means that one bean
is set as a property of another. Typically you accomplish this with the
<ref/>
element in XML-based configuration metadata. However, sometimes
dependencies between beans are less direct; for example, a static
initializer in a class needs to be triggered, such as database driver
registration. The depends-on attribute can explicitly
force one or more beans to be initialized before the bean using this
element is initialized. The following example uses the
depends-on attribute to express a dependency on a
single bean:
<bean id="beanOne" class="ExampleBean" depends-on="manager"/> <bean id="manager" class="ManagerBean" />
To express a dependency on multiple beans, supply a list of bean names
as the value of the depends-on attribute, with commas,
whitespace and semicolons, used as valid delimiters:
<bean id="beanOne" class="ExampleBean" depends-on="manager,accountDao"> <property name="manager" ref="manager" /> </bean> <bean id="manager" class="ManagerBean" /> <bean id="accountDao" class="x.y.jdbc.JdbcAccountDao" />
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
By default, ApplicationContext
implementations eagerly create and configure all singleton beans as part of
the initialization process. Generally, this pre-instantiation is
desirable, because errors in the configuration or surrounding environment
are discovered immediately, as opposed to hours or even days later. When
this behavior is not desirable, you can prevent
pre-instantiation of a singleton bean by marking the bean definition as
lazy-initialized. A lazy-initialized bean tells the IoC container to
create a bean instance when it is first requested, rather than at
startup.
In XML, this behavior is controlled by the
lazy-init attribute on the
<bean/> element; for example:
<bean id="lazy" class="com.foo.ExpensiveToCreateBean" lazy-init="true"/> <bean name="not.lazy" class="com.foo.AnotherBean"/>
When the preceding configuration is consumed by an
ApplicationContext, the bean named
lazy is not eagerly pre-instantiated when the
ApplicationContext is starting up, whereas
the not.lazy bean is eagerly pre-instantiated.
However, when a lazy-initialized bean is a dependency of a singleton
bean that is not lazy-initialized, the
ApplicationContext creates the
lazy-initialized bean at startup, because it must satisfy the singleton's
dependencies. The lazy-initialized bean is injected into a singleton bean
elsewhere that is not lazy-initialized.
You can also control lazy-initialization at the container level by
using the default-lazy-init attribute on the
<beans/> element; for example:
<beans default-lazy-init="true"> <!-- no beans will be pre-instantiated... --> </beans>
The Spring container can autowire relationships
between collaborating beans. You can allow Spring to resolve collaborators
(other beans) automatically for your bean by inspecting the contents of
the ApplicationContext. Autowiring has the
following advantages:
Autowiring can significantly reduce the need to specify properties or constructor arguments. (Other mechanisms such as a bean template discussed elsewhere in this chapter are also valuable in this regard.)
Autowiring can update a configuration as your objects evolve. For example, if you need to add a dependency to a class, that dependency can be satisfied automatically without you needing to modify the configuration. Thus autowiring can be especially useful during development, without negating the option of switching to explicit wiring when the code base becomes more stable.
When using XML-based configuration metadata[2], you specify autowire mode for a bean definition with the
autowire attribute of the
<bean/> element. The autowiring functionality has
five modes. You specify autowiring per bean and thus
can choose which ones to autowire.
Table 4.2. Autowiring modes
| Mode | Explanation |
|---|---|
| no | (Default) No autowiring. Bean references must be
defined via a |
| byName | Autowiring by property name. Spring looks for a bean
with the same name as the property that needs to be autowired. For
example, if a bean definition is set to autowire by name, and it
contains a master property (that is, it has a
setMaster(..) method), Spring looks for a
bean definition named |
| byType | Allows a property to be autowired if exactly one bean of the property type exists in the container. If more than one exists, a fatal exception is thrown, which indicates that you may not use byType autowiring for that bean. If there are no matching beans, nothing happens; the property is not set. |
| constructor | Analogous to byType, but applies to constructor arguments. If there is not exactly one bean of the constructor argument type in the container, a fatal error is raised. |
With byType or constructor
autowiring mode, you can wire arrays and typed-collections. In such cases
all autowire candidates within the container that
match the expected type are provided to satisfy the dependency. You can
autowire strongly-typed Maps if the expected key type is
String. An autowired Maps values will consist of
all bean instances that match the expected type, and the Maps keys will
contain the corresponding bean names.
You can combine autowire behavior with dependency checking, which is performed after autowiring completes.
Autowiring works best when it is used consistently across a project. If autowiring is not used in general, it might be confusing to developers to use it to wire only one or two bean definitions.
Consider the limitations and disadvantages of autowiring:
Explicit dependencies in property and
constructor-arg settings always override
autowiring. You cannot autowire so-called
simple properties such as primitives,
Strings, and Classes
(and arrays of such simple properties). This limitation is
by-design.
Autowiring is less exact than explicit wiring. Although, as noted in the above table, Spring is careful to avoid guessing in case of ambiguity that might have unexpected results, the relationships between your Spring-managed objects are no longer documented explicitly.
Wiring information may not be available to tools that may generate documentation from a Spring container.
Multiple bean definitions within the container may match the type specified by the setter method or constructor argument to be autowired. For arrays, collections, or Maps, this is not necessarily a problem. However for dependencies that expect a single value, this ambiguity is not arbitrarily resolved. If no unique bean definition is available, an exception is thrown.
In the latter scenario, you have several options:
Abandon autowiring in favor of explicit wiring.
Avoid autowiring for a bean definition by setting its
autowire-candidate attributes to
false as described in the next section.
Designate a single bean definition as the
primary candidate by setting the
primary attribute of its
<bean/> element to
true.
If you are using Java 5 or later, implement the more fine-grained control available with annotation-based configuration, as described in Section 4.9, “Annotation-based container configuration”.
On a per-bean basis, you can exclude a bean from autowiring. In
Spring's XML format, set the autowire-candidate
attribute of the <bean/> element to
false; the container makes that specific bean
definition unavailable to the autowiring infrastructure (including
annotation style configurations such as @Autowired).
You can also limit autowire candidates based on pattern-matching
against bean names. The top-level <beans/>
element accepts one or more patterns within its
default-autowire-candidates attribute. For example,
to limit autowire candidate status to any bean whose name ends with
Repository, provide a value of *Repository. To
provide multiple patterns, define them in a comma-separated list. An
explicit value of true or false
for a bean definitions autowire-candidate attribute
always takes precedence, and for such beans, the pattern matching rules
do not apply.
These techniques are useful for beans that you never want to be injected into other beans by autowiring. It does not mean that an excluded bean cannot itself be configured using autowiring. Rather, the bean itself is not a candidate for autowiring other beans.
In most application scenarios, most beans in the container are singletons. When a singleton bean needs to collaborate with another singleton bean, or a non-singleton bean needs to collaborate with another non-singleton bean, you typically handle the dependency by defining one bean as a property of the other. A problem arises when the bean lifecycles are different. Suppose singleton bean A needs to use non-singleton (prototype) bean B, perhaps on each method invocation on A. The container only creates the singleton bean A once, and thus only gets one opportunity to set the properties. The container cannot provide bean A with a new instance of bean B every time one is needed.
A solution is to forego some inversion of control. You can make bean A aware of the container by
implementing the ApplicationContextAware
interface, and by making a
getBean("B") call to the container ask for (a typically new) bean B
instance every time bean A needs it. The following is an example of this
approach:
// a class that uses a stateful Command-style class to perform some processing package fiona.apple; // Spring-API imports import org.springframework.beans.BeansException; import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContextAware; public class CommandManager implements ApplicationContextAware { private ApplicationContext applicationContext; public Object process(Map commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } protected Command createCommand() { // notice the Spring API dependency! return this.applicationContext.getBean("command", Command.class); } public void setApplicationContext(ApplicationContext applicationContext) throws BeansException { this.applicationContext = applicationContext; } }
The preceding is not desirable, because the business code is aware of and coupled to the Spring Framework. Method Injection, a somewhat advanced feature of the Spring IoC container, allows this use case to be handled in a clean fashion.
Lookup method injection is the ability of the container to override methods on container managed beans, to return the lookup result for another named bean in the container. The lookup typically involves a prototype bean as in the scenario described in the preceding section. The Spring Framework implements this method injection by using bytecode generation from the CGLIB library to generate dynamically a subclass that overrides the method.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
For this dynamic subclassing to work, you must have the CGLIB
jar(s) in your classpath. The class that the Spring container will
subclass cannot be |
Looking at the CommandManager class in the
previous code snippet, you see that the Spring container will
dynamically override the implementation of the
createCommand() method. Your
CommandManager class will not have any Spring
dependencies, as can be seen in the reworked example:
package fiona.apple; // no more Spring imports! public abstract class CommandManager { public Object process(Object commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command interface Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } // okay... but where is the implementation of this method? protected abstract Command createCommand(); }
In the client class containing the method to be injected (the
CommandManager in this case), the method to be
injected requires a signature of the following form:
<public|protected> [abstract] <return-type> theMethodName(no-arguments);
If the method is abstract, the
dynamically-generated subclass implements the method. Otherwise, the
dynamically-generated subclass overrides the concrete method defined in
the original class. For example:
<!-- a stateful bean deployed as a prototype (non-singleton) --> <bean id="command" class="fiona.apple.AsyncCommand" scope="prototype"> <!-- inject dependencies here as required --> </bean> <!-- commandProcessor uses statefulCommandHelper --> <bean id="commandManager" class="fiona.apple.CommandManager"> <lookup-method name="createCommand" bean="command"/> </bean>
The bean identified as commandManager calls its
own method createCommand() whenever it needs a
new instance of the command bean. You must be
careful to deploy the command bean as a prototype, if
that is actually what is needed. If it is deployed as a singleton, the same
instance of the command bean is returned each
time.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
The interested reader may also find the
|
A less useful form of method injection than lookup method Injection is the ability to replace arbitrary methods in a managed bean with another method implementation. Users may safely skip the rest of this section until the functionality is actually needed.
With XML-based configuration metadata, you can use the
replaced-method element to replace an existing method
implementation with another, for a deployed bean. Consider the following
class, with a method computeValue, which we want to override:
public class MyValueCalculator { public String computeValue(String input) { // some real code... } // some other methods... }
A class implementing the
org.springframework.beans.factory.support.MethodReplacer
interface provides the new method definition.
/** meant to be used to override the existing computeValue(String) implementation in MyValueCalculator */ public class ReplacementComputeValue implements MethodReplacer { public Object reimplement(Object o, Method m, Object[] args) throws Throwable { // get the input value, work with it, and return a computed result String input = (String) args[0]; ... return ...; } }
The bean definition to deploy the original class and specify the method override would look like this:
<bean id="myValueCalculator" class="x.y.z.MyValueCalculator"> <!-- arbitrary method replacement --> <replaced-method name="computeValue" replacer="replacementComputeValue"> <arg-type>String</arg-type> </replaced-method> </bean> <bean id="replacementComputeValue" class="a.b.c.ReplacementComputeValue"/>
You can use one or more contained
<arg-type/> elements within the
<replaced-method/> element to indicate the
method signature of the method being overridden. The signature for the
arguments is necessary only if the method is overloaded and multiple
variants exist within the class. For convenience, the type string for an
argument may be a substring of the fully qualified type name. For
example, the following all match
java.lang.String:
java.lang.String String Str
Because the number of arguments is often enough to distinguish between each possible choice, this shortcut can save a lot of typing, by allowing you to type only the shortest string that will match an argument type.
When you create a bean definition, you create a recipe for creating actual instances of the class defined by that bean definition. The idea that a bean definition is a recipe is important, because it means that, as with a class, you can create many object instances from a single recipe.
You can control not only the various dependencies and configuration
values that are to be plugged into an object that is created from a
particular bean definition, but also the scope of the
objects created from a particular bean definition. This approach is powerful
and flexible in that you can choose the scope of the
objects you create through configuration instead of having to bake in the
scope of an object at the Java class level. Beans can be defined to be
deployed in one of a number of scopes: out of the box, the Spring Framework
supports five scopes, three of which are available only if you use a
web-aware ApplicationContext.
The following scopes are supported out of the box. You can also create a custom scope.
Table 4.3. Bean scopes
| Scope | Description |
|---|---|
(Default) Scopes a single bean definition to a single object instance per Spring IoC container. | |
Scopes a single bean definition to any number of object instances. | |
Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of a
single HTTP request; that is, each HTTP request has its own instance
of a bean created off the back of a single bean definition. Only
valid in the context of a web-aware Spring
| |
Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of an
HTTP | |
Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of a
global HTTP |
![]() | Thread-scoped beans |
|---|---|
As of Spring 3.0, a thread scope is available, but is not registered by default. For more information, see the documentation for SimpleThreadScope. For instructions on how to register this or any other custom scope, see Section 4.5.5.2, “Using a custom scope”. |
Only one shared instance of a singleton bean is managed, and all requests for beans with an id or ids matching that bean definition result in that one specific bean instance being returned by the Spring container.
To put it another way, when you define a bean definition and it is scoped as a singleton, the Spring IoC container creates exactly one instance of the object defined by that bean definition. This single instance is stored in a cache of such singleton beans, and all subsequent requests and references for that named bean return the cached object.

Spring's concept of a singleton bean differs from the Singleton
pattern as defined in the Gang of Four (GoF) patterns book. The GoF
Singleton hard-codes the scope of an object such that one and
only one instance of a particular class is created
per ClassLoader. The scope of the Spring
singleton is best described as per container and per
bean. This means that if you define one bean for a particular
class in a single Spring container, then the Spring container creates one
and only one instance of the class defined by that
bean definition. The singleton scope is the default scope in
Spring. To define a bean as a singleton in XML, you would
write, for example:
<bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.DefaultAccountService"/> <!-- the following is equivalent, though redundant (singleton scope is the default) --> <bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.DefaultAccountService" scope="singleton"/>
The non-singleton, prototype scope of bean deployment results in the
creation of a new bean instance every time a request
for that specific bean is made. That is, the bean is injected into another
bean or you request it through a getBean() method call
on the container. As a rule, use the prototype scope for all stateful
beans and the singleton scope for stateless beans.
The following diagram illustrates the Spring prototype scope. A data access object (DAO) is not typically configured as a prototype, because a typical DAO does not hold any conversational state; it was just easier for this author to reuse the core of the singleton diagram.

The following example defines a bean as a prototype in XML:
<!-- using spring-beans-2.0.dtd --> <bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.DefaultAccountService" scope="prototype"/>
In contrast to the other scopes, Spring does not manage the complete lifecycle of a prototype bean: the container instantiates, configures, and otherwise assembles a prototype object, and hands it to the client, with no further record of that prototype instance. Thus, although initialization lifecycle callback methods are called on all objects regardless of scope, in the case of prototypes, configured destruction lifecycle callbacks are not called. The client code must clean up prototype-scoped objects and release expensive resources that the prototype bean(s) are holding. To get the Spring container to release resources held by prototype-scoped beans, try using a custom bean post-processor, which holds a reference to beans that need to be cleaned up.
In some respects, the Spring container's role in regard to a
prototype-scoped bean is a replacement for the Java new
operator. All lifecycle management past that point must be handled by the
client. (For details on the lifecycle of a bean in the Spring container,
see Section 4.6.1, “Lifecycle callbacks”.)
When you use singleton-scoped beans with dependencies on prototype beans, be aware that dependencies are resolved at instantiation time. Thus if you dependency-inject a prototype-scoped bean into a singleton-scoped bean, a new prototype bean is instantiated and then dependency-injected into the singleton bean. The prototype instance is the sole instance that is ever supplied to the singleton-scoped bean.
However, suppose you want the singleton-scoped bean to acquire a new instance of the prototype-scoped bean repeatedly at runtime. You cannot dependency-inject a prototype-scoped bean into your singleton bean, because that injection occurs only once, when the Spring container is instantiating the singleton bean and resolving and injecting its dependencies. If you need a new instance of a prototype bean at runtime more than once, see Section 4.4.6, “Method injection”
The request, session, and
global session scopes are only
available if you use a web-aware Spring
ApplicationContext implementation (such as
XmlWebApplicationContext). If you use these scopes
with regular Spring IoC containers such as the
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext, you get an
IllegalStateException complaining about an unknown
bean scope.
To support the scoping of beans at the request,
session, and global session levels
(web-scoped beans), some minor initial configuration is required before
you define your beans. (This initial setup is not
required for the standard scopes, singleton and prototype.)
How you accomplish this initial setup depends on your particular Servlet environment..
If you access scoped beans within Spring Web MVC, in effect, within
a request that is processed by the Spring
DispatcherServlet, or
DispatcherPortlet, then no special setup is
necessary: DispatcherServlet and
DispatcherPortlet already expose all relevant
state.
If you use a Servlet 2.4+ web container, with requests processed
outside of Spring's DispatcherServlet (for example, when using JSF or
Struts), you need to add the following
javax.servlet.ServletRequestListener to
the declarations in your web applications web.xml
file:
<web-app> ... <listener> <listener-class> org.springframework.web.context.request.RequestContextListener </listener-class> </listener> ... </web-app>
If you use an older web container (Servlet 2.3), use the provided
javax.servlet.Filter implementation. The
following snippet of XML configuration must be included in the
web.xml file of your web application if you want to
access web-scoped beans in requests outside of Spring's
DispatcherServlet on a Servlet 2.3 container. (The filter mapping
depends on the surrounding web application configuration, so you must
change it as appropriate.)
<web-app> .. <filter> <filter-name>requestContextFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>org.springframework.web.filter.RequestContextFilter</filter-class> </filter> <filter-mapping> <filter-name>requestContextFilter</filter-name> <url-pattern>/*</url-pattern> </filter-mapping> ... </web-app>
DispatcherServlet,
RequestContextListener and
RequestContextFilter all do exactly the same
thing, namely bind the HTTP request object to the
Thread that is servicing that request. This makes
beans that are request- and session-scoped available further down the
call chain.
Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="loginAction" class="com.foo.LoginAction" scope="request"/>
The Spring container creates a new instance of the
LoginAction bean by using the
loginAction bean definition for each and every HTTP
request. That is, the loginAction bean is scoped at
the HTTP request level. You can change the internal state of the
instance that is created as much as you want, because other instances
created from the same loginAction bean definition
will not see these changes in state; they are particular to an
individual request. When the request completes processing, the bean that
is scoped to the request is discarded.
Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"/>
The Spring container creates a new instance of the
UserPreferences bean by using the
userPreferences bean definition for the lifetime of a
single HTTP Session. In other words, the
userPreferences bean is effectively scoped at the
HTTP Session level. As with
request-scoped beans, you can change the internal
state of the instance that is created as much as you want, knowing that
other HTTP Session instances that are
also using instances created from the same
userPreferences bean definition do not see these
changes in state, because they are particular to an individual HTTP
Session. When the HTTP
Session is eventually discarded, the bean
that is scoped to that particular HTTP
Session is also discarded.
Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="globalSession"/>
The global session scope is similar to the
standard HTTP Session scope (described above), and
applies only in the context of portlet-based web applications. The
portlet specification defines the notion of a global
Session that is shared among all portlets
that make up a single portlet web application. Beans defined at the
global session scope are scoped (or bound) to the
lifetime of the global portlet
Session.
If you write a standard Servlet-based web application and you define
one or more beans as having global session scope, the
standard HTTP Session scope is used, and
no error is raised.
The Spring IoC container manages not only the instantiation of your objects (beans), but also the wiring up of collaborators (or dependencies). If you want to inject (for example) an HTTP request scoped bean into another bean, you must inject an AOP proxy in place of the scoped bean. That is, you need to inject a proxy object that exposes the same public interface as the scoped object but that can also retrieve the real, target object from the relevant scope (for example, an HTTP request) and delegate method calls onto the real object.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You do not need to use the
|
The configuration in the following example is only one line, but it is important to understand the “why” as well as the “how” behind it.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- an HTTP Session-scoped bean exposed as a proxy --> <bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"> <!-- instructs the container to proxy the surrounding bean --> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <!-- a singleton-scoped bean injected with a proxy to the above bean --> <bean id="userService" class="com.foo.SimpleUserService"> <!-- a reference to the proxied userPreferences bean --> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean> </beans>
To create such a proxy, you insert a child
<aop:scoped-proxy/> element into a scoped bean
definition.
(If
you choose class-based proxying, you also need the CGLIB library in your
classpath. See the section called “Choosing the type of proxy to create” and Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration.) Why do definitions of beans scoped at the
request, session,
globalSession and custom-scope levels require the
<aop:scoped-proxy/> element ? Let's examine the
following singleton bean definition and contrast it with what you need
to define for the aforementioned scopes. (The following
userPreferences bean definition as it stands is
incomplete.)
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"/> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
In the preceding example, the singleton bean
userManager is injected with a reference to the HTTP
Session-scoped bean
userPreferences. The salient point here is that the
userManager bean is a singleton: it will be
instantiated exactly once per container, and its
dependencies (in this case only one, the
userPreferences bean) are also injected only once.
This means that the userManager bean will only
operate on the exact same userPreferences object,
that is, the one that it was originally injected with.
This is not the behavior you want when
injecting a shorter-lived scoped bean into a longer-lived scoped bean,
for example injecting an HTTP
Session-scoped collaborating bean as a
dependency into singleton bean. Rather, you need a single
userManager object, and for the lifetime of an HTTP
Session, you need a
userPreferences object that is specific to said HTTP
Session. Thus the container creates an
object that exposes the exact same public interface as the
UserPreferences class (ideally an object that
is a UserPreferences
instance) which can fetch the real
UserPreferences object from the scoping mechanism
(HTTP request, Session, etc.). The
container injects this proxy object into the
userManager bean, which is unaware that this
UserPreferences reference is a proxy. In this
example, when a UserManager instance
invokes a method on the dependency-injected
UserPreferences object, it actually is invoking a
method on the proxy. The proxy then fetches the real
UserPreferences object from (in this case) the
HTTP Session, and delegates the method
invocation onto the retrieved real
UserPreferences object.
Thus you need the following, correct and complete, configuration
when injecting request-, session-,
and globalSession-scoped beans into collaborating
objects:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
By default, when the Spring container creates a proxy for a bean
that is marked up with the
<aop:scoped-proxy/> element, a
CGLIB-based class proxy is created. This means that you
need to have the CGLIB library in the classpath of your
application.
Note: CGLIB proxies only intercept public method calls! Do not call non-public methods on such a proxy; they will not be delegated to the scoped target object.
Alternatively, you can configure the Spring container to create
standard JDK interface-based proxies for such scoped beans, by
specifying false for the value of the
proxy-target-class attribute of the
<aop:scoped-proxy/> element. Using JDK
interface-based proxies means that you do not need additional
libraries in your application classpath to effect such proxying.
However, it also means that the class of the scoped bean must
implement at least one interface, and that all
collaborators into which the scoped bean is injected must reference
the bean through one of its interfaces.
<!-- DefaultUserPreferences implements the UserPreferences interface --> <bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.DefaultUserPreferences" scope="session"> <aop:scoped-proxy proxy-target-class="false"/> </bean> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
For more detailed information about choosing class-based or interface-based proxying, see Section 8.6, “Proxying mechanisms”.
As of Spring 2.0, the bean scoping mechanism is extensible. You can
define your own scopes, or even redefine existing scopes, although the
latter is considered bad practice and you cannot
override the built-in singleton and
prototype scopes.
To integrate your custom scope(s) into the Spring container, you
need to implement the
org.springframework.beans.factory.config.Scope
interface, which is described in this section. For an idea of how to
implement your own scopes, see the Scope
implementations that are supplied with the Spring Framework itself and
the Scope Javadoc, which explains the methods you need to implement
in more detail.
The Scope interface has four methods to get
objects from the scope, remove them from the scope, and allow them to be
destroyed.
The following method returns the object from the underlying scope. The session scope implementation, for example, returns the session-scoped bean (and if it does not exist, the method returns a new instance of the bean, after having bound it to the session for future reference).
Object get(String name, ObjectFactory objectFactory)
The following method removes the object from the underlying scope. The session scope implementation for example, removes the session-scoped bean from the underlying session. The object should be returned, but you can return null if the object with the specified name is not found.
Object remove(String name)
The following method registers the callbacks the scope should execute when it is destroyed or when the specified object in the scope is destroyed. Refer to the Javadoc or a Spring scope implementation for more information on destruction callbacks.
void registerDestructionCallback(String name, Runnable destructionCallback)The following method obtains the conversation identifier for the underlying scope. This identifier is different for each scope. For a session scoped implementation, this identifier can be the session identifier.
String getConversationId()
After you write and test one or more custom
Scope implementations, you need to make
the Spring container aware of your new scope(s). The following method is
the central method to register a new
Scope with the Spring container:
void registerScope(String scopeName, Scope scope);This method is declared on the
ConfigurableBeanFactory interface, which
is available on most of the concrete
ApplicationContext implementations that
ship with Spring via the BeanFactory property.
The first argument to the registerScope(..)
method is the unique name associated with a scope; examples of such
names in the Spring container itself are singleton
and prototype. The second argument to the
registerScope(..) method is an actual instance
of the custom Scope implementation that
you wish to register and use.
Suppose that you write your custom
Scope implementation, and then register
it as below.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The example below uses |
Scope threadScope = new SimpleThreadScope(); beanFactory.registerScope("thread", threadScope);
You then create bean definitions that adhere to the scoping rules of
your custom Scope:
<bean id="..." class="..." scope="thread">
With a custom Scope implementation,
you are not limited to programmatic registration of the scope. You can
also do the Scope registration
declaratively, using the CustomScopeConfigurer
class:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.CustomScopeConfigurer"> <property name="scopes"> <map> <entry key="thread"> <bean class="org.springframework.context.support.SimpleThreadScope"/> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar" scope="thread"> <property name="name" value="Rick"/> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <property name="bar" ref="bar"/> </bean> </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
When you place <aop:scoped-proxy/> in a
|
To interact with the container's management of the bean lifecycle, you
can implement the Spring InitializingBean
and DisposableBean interfaces. The
container calls afterPropertiesSet() for the
former and destroy() for the latter to allow the
bean to perform certain actions upon initialization and destruction of
your beans. You can also achieve the same integration with the container
without coupling your classes to Spring interfaces through the use of
init-method and destroy method object definition metadata.
Internally, the Spring Framework uses
BeanPostProcessor implementations to
process any callback interfaces it can find and call the appropriate
methods. If you need custom features or other lifecycle behavior Spring
does not offer out-of-the-box, you can implement a
BeanPostProcessor yourself. For more
information, see Section 4.8, “Container Extension Points”.
In addition to the initialization and destruction callbacks,
Spring-managed objects may also implement the
Lifecycle interface so that those objects
can participate in the startup and shutdown process as driven by the
container's own lifecycle.
The lifecycle callback interfaces are described in this section.
The
org.springframework.beans.factory.InitializingBean
interface allows a bean to perform initialization work after all
necessary properties on the bean have been set by the container. The
InitializingBean interface specifies a
single method:
void afterPropertiesSet() throws Exception;
It is recommended that you do not use the
InitializingBean interface because it
unnecessarily couples the code to Spring. Alternatively, specify a POJO
initialization method. In the case of XML-based configuration metadata,
you use the init-method attribute to specify the name
of the method that has a void no-argument signature. For example, the
following definition:
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" init-method="init"/>
public class ExampleBean { public void init() { // do some initialization work } }
...is exactly the same as...
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.AnotherExampleBean"/>
public class AnotherExampleBean implements InitializingBean { public void afterPropertiesSet() { // do some initialization work } }
... but does not couple the code to Spring.
Implementing the
org.springframework.beans.factory.DisposableBean
interface allows a bean to get a callback when the container containing
it is destroyed. The DisposableBean
interface specifies a single method:
void destroy() throws Exception;
It is recommended that you do not use the
DisposableBean callback interface because
it unnecessarily couples the code to Spring. Alternatively, specify a
generic method that is supported by bean definitions. With XML-based
configuration metadata, you use the destroy-method
attribute on the <bean/>. For example, the
following definition:
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" destroy-method="cleanup"/>
public class ExampleBean { public void cleanup() { // do some destruction work (like releasing pooled connections) } }
...is exactly the same as...
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.AnotherExampleBean"/>
public class AnotherExampleBean implements DisposableBean { public void destroy() { // do some destruction work (like releasing pooled connections) } }
... but does not couple the code to Spring.
When you write initialization and destroy method callbacks that do
not use the Spring-specific
InitializingBean and
DisposableBean callback interfaces, you
typically write methods with names such as init(),
initialize(), dispose(), and so
on. Ideally, the names of such lifecycle callback methods are
standardized across a project so that all developers use the same method
names and ensure consistency.
You can configure the Spring container to look
for named initialization and destroy callback method names on
every bean. This means that you, as an application
developer, can write your application classes and use an initialization
callback called init(), without having to configure
an init-method="init" attribute with each bean
definition. The Spring IoC container calls that method when the bean is
created (and in accordance with the standard lifecycle callback contract
described previously). This feature also enforces a consistent naming
convention for initialization and destroy method callbacks.
Suppose that your initialization callback methods are named
init() and destroy callback methods are named
destroy(). Your class will resemble the class in the
following example.
public class DefaultBlogService implements BlogService { private BlogDao blogDao; public void setBlogDao(BlogDao blogDao) { this.blogDao = blogDao; } // this is (unsurprisingly) the initialization callback method public void init() { if (this.blogDao == null) { throw new IllegalStateException("The [blogDao] property must be set."); } } }
<beans default-init-method="init"> <bean id="blogService" class="com.foo.DefaultBlogService"> <property name="blogDao" ref="blogDao" /> </bean> </beans>
The presence of the default-init-method attribute
on the top-level <beans/> element attribute
causes the Spring IoC container to recognize a method called
init on beans as the initialization method callback.
When a bean is created and assembled, if the bean class has such a
method, it is invoked at the appropriate time.
You configure destroy method callbacks similarly (in XML, that is)
by using the default-destroy-method attribute on the
top-level <beans/> element.
Where existing bean classes already have callback methods that are
named at variance with the convention, you can override the default by
specifying (in XML, that is) the method name using the
init-method and destroy-method
attributes of the <bean/> itself.
The Spring container guarantees that a configured initialization callback is called immediately after a bean is supplied with all dependencies. Thus the initialization callback is called on the raw bean reference, which means that AOP interceptors and so forth are not yet applied to the bean. A target bean is fully created first, then an AOP proxy (for example) with its interceptor chain is applied. If the target bean and the proxy are defined separately, your code can even interact with the raw target bean, bypassing the proxy. Hence, it would be inconsistent to apply the interceptors to the init method, because doing so would couple the lifecycle of the target bean with its proxy/interceptors and leave strange semantics when your code interacts directly to the raw target bean.
As of Spring 2.5, you have three options for controlling bean
lifecycle behavior: the InitializingBean and DisposableBean callback
interfaces; custom init() and
destroy() methods; and the @PostConstruct and
@PreDestroy annotations. You can
combine these mechanisms to control a given bean.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If multiple lifecycle mechanisms are configured for a bean, and
each mechanism is configured with a different method name, then each
configured method is executed in the order listed below. However, if
the same method name is configured - for example,
|
Multiple lifecycle mechanisms configured for the same bean, with different initialization methods, are called as follows:
Methods annotated with
@PostConstruct
afterPropertiesSet() as defined by the
InitializingBean callback
interface
A custom configured init() method
Destroy methods are called in the same order:
Methods annotated with
@PreDestroy
destroy() as defined by the
DisposableBean callback
interface
A custom configured destroy() method
The Lifecycle interface defines the
essential methods for any object that has its own lifecycle requirements
(e.g. starts and stops some background process):
public interface Lifecycle { void start(); void stop(); boolean isRunning(); }
Any Spring-managed object may implement that interface. Then, when
the ApplicationContext itself starts and stops, it will cascade those
calls to all Lifecycle implementations defined within that context. It
does this by delegating to a
LifecycleProcessor:
public interface LifecycleProcessor extends Lifecycle { void onRefresh(); void onClose(); }
Notice that the LifecycleProcessor is
itself an extension of the Lifecycle
interface. It also adds two other methods for reacting to the context
being refreshed and closed.
The order of startup and shutdown invocations can be important. If a
"depends-on" relationship exists between any two objects, the dependent
side will start after its dependency, and it will
stop before its dependency. However, at times the
direct dependencies are unknown. You may only know that objects of a
certain type should start prior to objects of another type. In those
cases, the SmartLifecycle interface
defines another option, namely the getPhase()
method as defined on its super-interface,
Phased.
public interface Phased { int getPhase(); } public interface SmartLifecycle extends Lifecycle, Phased { boolean isAutoStartup(); void stop(Runnable callback); }
When starting, the objects with the lowest phase start first, and
when stopping, the reverse order is followed. Therefore, an object that
implements SmartLifecycle and whose
getPhase() method returns Integer.MIN_VALUE would be
among the first to start and the last to stop. At the other end of the
spectrum, a phase value of Integer.MAX_VALUE would
indicate that the object should be started last and stopped first
(likely because it depends on other processes to be running). When
considering the phase value, it's also important to know that the
default phase for any "normal" Lifecycle
object that does not implement
SmartLifecycle would be 0. Therefore, any
negative phase value would indicate that an object should start before
those standard components (and stop after them), and vice versa for any
positive phase value.
As you can see the stop method defined by
SmartLifecycle accepts a callback. Any
implementation must invoke that callback's run()
method after that implementation's shutdown process is complete. That
enables asynchronous shutdown where necessary since the default
implementation of the LifecycleProcessor
interface, DefaultLifecycleProcessor, will wait
up to its timeout value for the group of objects within each phase to
invoke that callback. The default per-phase timeout is 30 seconds. You
can override the default lifecycle processor instance by defining a bean
named "lifecycleProcessor" within the context. If you only want to
modify the timeout, then defining the following would be
sufficient:
<bean id="lifecycleProcessor" class="org.springframework.context.support.DefaultLifecycleProcessor"> <!-- timeout value in milliseconds --> <property name="timeoutPerShutdownPhase" value="10000"/> </bean>
As mentioned, the LifecycleProcessor
interface defines callback methods for the refreshing and closing of the
context as well. The latter will simply drive the shutdown process as if
stop() had been called explicitly, but it will happen when the context
is closing. The 'refresh' callback on the other hand enables another
feature of SmartLifecycle beans. When the
context is refreshed (after all objects have been instantiated and
initialized), that callback will be invoked, and at that point the
default lifecycle processor will check the boolean value returned by
each SmartLifecycle object's
isAutoStartup() method. If "true", then that
object will be started at that point rather than waiting for an explicit
invocation of the context's or its own start() method (unlike the
context refresh, the context start does not happen automatically for a
standard context implementation). The "phase" value as well as any
"depends-on" relationships will determine the startup order in the same
way as described above.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
This section applies only to non-web applications. Spring's
web-based |
If you are using Spring's IoC container in a non-web application environment; for example, in a rich client desktop environment; you register a shutdown hook with the JVM. Doing so ensures a graceful shutdown and calls the relevant destroy methods on your singleton beans so that all resources are released. Of course, you must still configure and implement these destroy callbacks correctly.
To register a shutdown hook, you call the
registerShutdownHook() method that is declared
on the AbstractApplicationContext class:
import org.springframework.context.support.AbstractApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { AbstractApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String []{"beans.xml"}); // add a shutdown hook for the above context... ctx.registerShutdownHook(); // app runs here... // main method exits, hook is called prior to the app shutting down... } }
When an ApplicationContext creates a
class that implements the
org.springframework.context.ApplicationContextAware
interface, the class is provided with a reference to that
ApplicationContext.
public interface ApplicationContextAware { void setApplicationContext(ApplicationContext applicationContext) throws BeansException; }
Thus beans can manipulate programmatically the
ApplicationContext that created them,
through the ApplicationContext interface,
or by casting the reference to a known subclass of this interface, such as
ConfigurableApplicationContext, which exposes
additional functionality. One use would be the programmatic retrieval of
other beans. Sometimes this capability is useful; however, in general you
should avoid it, because it couples the code to Spring and does not follow
the Inversion of Control style, where collaborators are provided to beans
as properties. Other methods of the ApplicationContext provide access to
file resources, publishing application events, and accessing a
MessageSource. These additional features are described in Section 4.14, “Additional Capabilities of the
ApplicationContext”
As of Spring 2.5, autowiring is another alternative to obtain
reference to the ApplicationContext. The
"traditional" constructor and byType
autowiring modes (as described in Section 4.4.5, “Autowiring collaborators”) can provide a dependency of type
ApplicationContext for a constructor
argument or setter method parameter, respectively. For more flexibility,
including the ability to autowire fields and multiple parameter methods,
use the new annotation-based autowiring features. If you do, the
ApplicationFactory is autowired into a
field, constructor argument, or method parameter that is expecting the
BeanFactory type if the field, constructor,
or method in question carries the
@Autowired annotation. For more
information, see Section 4.9.2, “@Autowired”.
When an ApplicationContext creates a class that implements the
org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanNameAware
interface, the class is provided with a reference to the name defined in
its associated object definition.
public interface BeanNameAware { void setBeanName(string name) throws BeansException; }
The callback is invoked after population of normal bean properties but
before an initialization callback such as
InitializingBeans
afterPropertiesSet or a custom init-method.
Besides ApplicationContextAware and
BeanNameAware discussed above, Spring
offers a range of
Aware interfaces that
allow beans to indicate to the container that they require a certain
infrastructure dependency. The most important
Aware interfaces are summarized below - as
a general rule, the name is a good indication of the dependency
type:
Table 4.4. Aware interfaces
| Name | Injected Dependency | Explained in... |
|---|---|---|
| Declaring
| |
| Event publisher of the enclosing
| Section 4.14, “Additional Capabilities of the ApplicationContext” |
| Class loader used to load the bean classes. | |
| Declaring
| |
| Name of the declaring bean | |
| Resource adapter
| |
| Defined weaver for processing class definition at load time | Section 8.8.4, “Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework” |
| Configured strategy for resolving messages (with support for parametrization and internationalization) | Section 4.14, “Additional Capabilities of the ApplicationContext” |
| Spring JMX notification publisher | |
| Current | |
| Current | |
| Configured loader for low-level access to resources | |
| Current | |
| Current |
Note again that usage of these interfaces ties your code to the Spring API and does not follow the Inversion of Control style. As such, they are recommended for infrastructure beans that require programmatic access to the container.
A bean definition can contain a lot of configuration information, including constructor arguments, property values, and container-specific information such as initialization method, static factory method name, and so on. A child bean definition inherits configuration data from a parent definition. The child definition can override some values, or add others, as needed. Using parent and child bean definitions can save a lot of typing. Effectively, this is a form of templating.
If you work with an ApplicationContext
interface programmatically, child bean definitions are represented by the
ChildBeanDefinition class. Most users do not work
with them on this level, instead configuring bean definitions
declaratively in something like the
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext. When you use
XML-based configuration metadata, you indicate a child bean definition by
using the parent attribute, specifying the parent bean
as the value of this attribute.
<bean id="inheritedTestBean" abstract="true" class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean"> <property name="name" value="parent"/> <property name="age" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="inheritsWithDifferentClass" class="org.springframework.beans.DerivedTestBean" parent="inheritedTestBean" init-method="initialize"> <property name="name" value="override"/> <!-- the age property value of 1 will be inherited from parent --> </bean>
A child bean definition uses the bean class from the parent definition if none is specified, but can also override it. In the latter case, the child bean class must be compatible with the parent, that is, it must accept the parent's property values.
A child bean definition inherits constructor argument values, property
values, and method overrides from the parent, with the option to add new
values. Any initialization method, destroy method, and/or
static factory method settings that you specify will
override the corresponding parent settings.
The remaining settings are always taken from the child definition: depends on, autowire mode, dependency check, singleton, scope, lazy init.
The preceding example explicitly marks the parent bean definition as
abstract by using the abstract attribute. If the parent
definition does not specify a class, explicitly marking the parent bean
definition as abstract is required, as follows:
<bean id="inheritedTestBeanWithoutClass" abstract="true"> <property name="name" value="parent"/> <property name="age" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="inheritsWithClass" class="org.springframework.beans.DerivedTestBean" parent="inheritedTestBeanWithoutClass" init-method="initialize"> <property name="name" value="override"/> <!-- age will inherit the value of 1 from the parent bean definition--> </bean>
The parent bean cannot be instantiated on its own because it is
incomplete, and it is also explicitly marked as
abstract. When a definition is
abstract like this, it is usable only as a pure
template bean definition that serves as a parent definition for child
definitions. Trying to use such an abstract parent bean
on its own, by referring to it as a ref property of another bean or doing
an explicit getBean() call with the parent bean
id, returns an error. Similarly, the container's internal
preInstantiateSingletons() method ignores bean
definitions that are defined as abstract.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
Typically, an application developer does not need to subclass
ApplicationContext implementation classes.
Instead, the Spring IoC container can be extended by plugging in
implementations of special integration interfaces. The next few sections
describe these integration interfaces.
The BeanPostProcessor interface defines
callback methods that you can implement to provide
your own (or override the container's default) instantiation logic,
dependency-resolution logic, and so forth. If you want to implement some
custom logic after the Spring container finishes instantiating,
configuring, and initializing a bean, you can plug in one or
more BeanPostProcessor
implementations.
You can configure multiple BeanPostProcessor
instances, and you can control the order in which these
BeanPostProcessors execute by setting the
order property. You can set this property only if the
BeanPostProcessor implements the
Ordered interface; if you write your own
BeanPostProcessor you should consider
implementing the Ordered interface too. For
further details, consult the Javadoc for the
BeanPostProcessor and
Ordered interfaces. See also the note below on
programmatic registration of BeanPostProcessors
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
To change the actual bean definition (i.e., the
blueprint that defines the bean), you instead need to use a
|
The
org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanPostProcessor
interface consists of exactly two callback methods. When such a class is
registered as a post-processor with the container, for each bean instance
that is created by the container, the post-processor gets a callback from
the container both before container initialization
methods (such as InitializingBean's afterPropertiesSet()
and any declared init method) are called as well as after
any bean initialization callbacks. The post-processor can take
any action with the bean instance, including ignoring the callback
completely. A bean post-processor typically checks for callback
interfaces or may wrap a bean with a proxy. Some Spring AOP
infrastructure classes are implemented as bean post-processors in order
to provide proxy-wrapping logic.
An ApplicationContext
automatically detects any beans that are defined in
the configuration metadata which implement the
BeanPostProcessor interface. The
ApplicationContext registers these beans as
post-processors so that they can be called later upon bean creation.
Bean post-processors can be deployed in the container just like any other
beans.
![]() | Programmatically registering BeanPostProcessors |
|---|---|
While the recommended approach for |
![]() | BeanPostProcessors and AOP auto-proxying |
|---|---|
Classes that implement the
For any such bean, you should see an informational log message: “Bean foo is not eligible for getting processed by all BeanPostProcessor interfaces (for example: not eligible for auto-proxying)”. |
The following examples show how to write, register, and use
BeanPostProcessors in an
ApplicationContext.
This first example illustrates basic usage. The example shows a
custom BeanPostProcessor implementation
that invokes the toString() method of each bean
as it is created by the container and prints the resulting string to the
system console.
Find below the custom
BeanPostProcessor implementation class
definition:
package scripting; import org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanPostProcessor; import org.springframework.beans.BeansException; public class InstantiationTracingBeanPostProcessor implements BeanPostProcessor { // simply return the instantiated bean as-is public Object postProcessBeforeInitialization(Object bean, String beanName) throws BeansException { return bean; // we could potentially return any object reference here... } public Object postProcessAfterInitialization(Object bean, String beanName) throws BeansException { System.out.println("Bean '" + beanName + "' created : " + bean.toString()); return bean; } }
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:lang="http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang/spring-lang-3.0.xsd"> <lang:groovy id="messenger" script-source="classpath:org/springframework/scripting/groovy/Messenger.groovy"> <lang:property name="message" value="Fiona Apple Is Just So Dreamy."/> </lang:groovy> <!-- when the above bean (messenger) is instantiated, this custom BeanPostProcessor implementation will output the fact to the system console --> <bean class="scripting.InstantiationTracingBeanPostProcessor"/> </beans>
Notice how the
InstantiationTracingBeanPostProcessor is simply
defined. It does not even have a name, and because it is a bean it can
be dependency-injected just like any other bean. (The preceding
configuration also defines a bean that is backed by a Groovy script. The
Spring 2.0 dynamic language support is detailed in the chapter entitled
Chapter 27, Dynamic language support.)
The following simple Java application executes the preceding code and configuration:
import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import org.springframework.scripting.Messenger; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("scripting/beans.xml"); Messenger messenger = (Messenger) ctx.getBean("messenger"); System.out.println(messenger); } }
The output of the preceding application resembles the following:
Bean 'messenger' created : org.springframework.scripting.groovy.GroovyMessenger@272961 org.springframework.scripting.groovy.GroovyMessenger@272961
Using callback interfaces or annotations in conjunction with a
custom BeanPostProcessor implementation
is a common means of extending the Spring IoC container. An example is
Spring's RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor — a
BeanPostProcessor implementation that
ships with the Spring distribution which ensures that JavaBean
properties on beans that are marked with an (arbitrary) annotation are
actually (configured to be) dependency-injected with a value.
The next extension point that we will look at is the
org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanFactoryPostProcessor.
The semantics of this interface are similar to those of the
BeanPostProcessor, with one major
difference: BeanFactoryPostProcessors operate on the
bean configuration metadata; that is, the Spring IoC
container allows BeanFactoryPostProcessors to read the
configuration metadata and potentially change it
before the container instantiates any beans other
than BeanFactoryPostProcessors.
You can configure multiple
BeanFactoryPostProcessors, and you can control the order in
which these BeanFactoryPostProcessors execute by
setting the order property. However, you can only set
this property if the
BeanFactoryPostProcessor implements the
Ordered interface. If you write your own
BeanFactoryPostProcessor, you should
consider implementing the Ordered interface
too. Consult the Javadoc for the
BeanFactoryPostProcessor and
Ordered interfaces for more details.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If you want to change the actual bean instances
(i.e., the objects that are created from the configuration metadata), then you
instead need to use a Also, |
A bean factory post-processor is executed automatically when it is
declared inside an ApplicationContext,
in order to apply changes to the configuration metadata that define the
container. Spring includes a number of predefined bean factory
post-processors, such as PropertyOverrideConfigurer
and PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer. A custom
BeanFactoryPostProcessor can also be used,
for example, to register custom property editors.
An ApplicationContext automatically
detects any beans that are deployed into it that implement the
BeanFactoryPostProcessor interface. It
uses these beans as bean factory post-processors, at the
appropriate time. You can deploy these post-processor beans as you
would any other bean.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
As with |
You use the
PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer to
externalize property values from a bean definition in a separate
file using the standard Java Properties format.
Doing so enables the person deploying an application to customize
environment-specific properties such as database URLs and passwords,
without the complexity or risk of modifying the main XML definition file
or files for the container.
Consider the following XML-based configuration metadata fragment,
where a DataSource with placeholder
values is defined. The example shows properties configured from an
external Properties file. At runtime, a
PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer is applied to the
metadata that will replace some properties of the DataSource. The values
to replace are specified as placeholders of the form
${property-name} which follows the Ant / log4j / JSP EL style.
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <property name="locations" value="classpath:com/foo/jdbc.properties"/> </bean> <bean id="dataSource" destroy-method="close" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean>
The actual values come from another file in the standard Java
Properties format:
jdbc.driverClassName=org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver jdbc.url=jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://production:9002 jdbc.username=sa jdbc.password=root
Therefore, the string ${jdbc.username} is replaced
at runtime with the value 'sa', and the same applies for other placeholder
values that match keys in the properties file. The
PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer checks for
placeholders in most properties and attributes of a bean definition.
Furthermore, the placeholder prefix and suffix can be customized.
With the context namespace introduced in Spring
2.5, it is possible to configure property placeholders with a dedicated
configuration element. One or more locations can be provided as a
comma-separated list in the location
attribute.
<context:property-placeholder location="classpath:com/foo/jdbc.properties"/>
The PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer not only
looks for properties in the Properties file
you specify. By default it also checks against the Java
System properties if it cannot find a property
in the specified properties files. You can customize this behavior by setting the
systemPropertiesMode property of the configurer with
one of the following three supported integer values:
never (0): Never check system properties
fallback (1): Check system properties if not resolvable in the specified properties files. This is the default.
override (2): Check system properties first, before trying the specified properties files. This allows system properties to override any other property source.
Consult the Javadoc for the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer
for more information.
![]() | Class name substitution |
|---|---|
You can use the
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <property name="locations"> <value>classpath:com/foo/strategy.properties</value> </property> <property name="properties"> <value>custom.strategy.class=com.foo.DefaultStrategy</value> </property> </bean> <bean id="serviceStrategy" class="${custom.strategy.class}"/> If the class cannot be resolved at runtime to a valid class,
resolution of the bean fails when it is about to be created, which is
during the |
The PropertyOverrideConfigurer, another bean
factory post-processor, resembles the
PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer, but unlike
the latter, the original definitions can have default values or no
values at all for bean properties. If an overriding
Properties file does not have an entry for a
certain bean property, the default context definition is used.
Note that the bean definition is not aware of
being overridden, so it is not immediately obvious from the XML
definition file that the override configurer is being used. In case of
multiple PropertyOverrideConfigurer instances
that define different values for the same bean property, the last one
wins, due to the overriding mechanism.
Properties file configuration lines take this format:
beanName.property=value
For example:
dataSource.driverClassName=com.mysql.jdbc.Driver dataSource.url=jdbc:mysql:mydb
This example file can be used with a container definition that contains a bean called dataSource, which has driver and url properties.
Compound property names are also supported, as long as every component of the path except the final property being overridden is already non-null (presumably initialized by the constructors). In this example...
foo.fred.bob.sammy=123
... the sammy property of the
bob property of the fred property
of the foo bean is set to the scalar value
123.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Specified override values are always literal values; they are not translated into bean references. This convention also applies when the original value in the XML bean definition specifies a bean reference. |
With the context namespace introduced in Spring
2.5, it is possible to configure property overriding with a dedicated
configuration element:
<context:property-override location="classpath:override.properties"/>
Implement the
org.springframework.beans.factory.FactoryBean
interface for objects that are themselves
factories.
The FactoryBean interface is a point of
pluggability into the Spring IoC container's instantiation logic. If you
have complex initialization code that is better expressed in Java as
opposed to a (potentially) verbose amount of XML, you can create your own
FactoryBean, write the complex
initialization inside that class, and then plug your custom
FactoryBean into the container.
The FactoryBean interface provides
three methods:
Object getObject(): returns an instance
of the object this factory creates. The instance can possibly be
shared, depending on whether this factory returns singletons or
prototypes.
boolean isSingleton(): returns
true if this
FactoryBean returns singletons,
false otherwise.
Class getObjectType(): returns the object
type returned by the getObject() method or
null if the type is not known in advance.
The FactoryBean concept and interface
is used in a number of places within the Spring Framework; more than 50
implementations of the FactoryBean
interface ship with Spring itself.
When you need to ask a container for an actual
FactoryBean instance itself instead of the bean
it produces, preface the bean's id with the ampersand symbol
(&) when calling the
getBean() method of the
ApplicationContext. So for a given
FactoryBean with an id of
myBean, invoking getBean("myBean")
on the container returns the product of the
FactoryBean; whereas, invoking
getBean("&myBean") returns the
FactoryBean instance
itself.
An alternative to XML setups is provided by annotation-based
configuration which rely on the bytecode metadata for wiring up components
instead of angle-bracket declarations. Instead of using XML to describe a
bean wiring, the developer moves the configuration into the component class
itself by using annotations on the relevant class, method, or field
declaration. As mentioned in Section 4.8.1.2, “Example: The
RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor”, using a
BeanPostProcessor in conjunction with
annotations is a common means of extending the Spring IoC container. For
example, Spring 2.0 introduced the possibility of enforcing required
properties with the @Required annotation. Spring 2.5 made it possible to follow
that same general approach to drive Spring's dependency injection.
Essentially, the @Autowired annotation
provides the same capabilities as described in Section 4.4.5, “Autowiring collaborators” but with more fine-grained control and
wider applicability. Spring 2.5 also added support for JSR-250 annotations
such as @PostConstruct, and
@PreDestroy. Spring 3.0 added support for
JSR-330 (Dependency Injection for Java) annotations contained in the
javax.inject package such as @Inject and
@Named. Details about those annotations can be found in the relevant section.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
| Annotation injection is performed before XML injection, thus the latter configuration will override the former for properties wired through both approaches. |
As always, you can register them as individual bean definitions, but
they can also be implicitly registered by including the following tag in an
XML-based Spring configuration (notice the inclusion of the
context namespace):
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> </beans>
(The implicitly registered post-processors include AutowiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, as
well as the aforementioned RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor.)
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
The @Required annotation applies to
bean property setter methods, as in the following example:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Required public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
This annotation simply indicates that the affected bean property must
be populated at configuration time, through an explicit property value in
a bean definition or through autowiring. The container throws an exception
if the affected bean property has not been populated; this allows for
eager and explicit failure, avoiding
NullPointerExceptions or the like later on. It is
still recommended that you put assertions into the bean class itself, for
example, into an init method. Doing so enforces those required references
and values even when you use the class outside of a container.
As expected, you can apply the
@Autowired annotation to "traditional"
setter methods:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Autowired public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
JSR 330's @Inject annotation can be used in place of Spring's
|
You can also apply the annotation to methods with arbitrary names and/or multiple arguments:
public class MovieRecommender { private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public void prepare(MovieCatalog movieCatalog, CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao) { this.movieCatalog = movieCatalog; this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; } // ... }
You can apply @Autowired to
constructors and fields:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public MovieRecommender(CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao) { this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; } // ... }
It is also possible to provide all beans of a
particular type from the ApplicationContext
by adding the annotation to a field or method that expects an array of
that type:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired private MovieCatalog[] movieCatalogs; // ... }
The same applies for typed collections:
public class MovieRecommender { private Set<MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs; @Autowired public void setMovieCatalogs(Set<MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs) { this.movieCatalogs = movieCatalogs; } // ... }
Even typed Maps can be autowired as long as the expected key type is
String. The Map values will contain all beans of
the expected type, and the keys will contain the corresponding bean
names:
public class MovieRecommender { private Map<String, MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs; @Autowired public void setMovieCatalogs(Map<String, MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs) { this.movieCatalogs = movieCatalogs; } // ... }
By default, the autowiring fails whenever zero candidate beans are available; the default behavior is to treat annotated methods, constructors, and fields as indicating required dependencies. This behavior can be changed as demonstrated below.
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Autowired(required=false) public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Only one annotated constructor per-class can be marked as required, but multiple non-required constructors can be annotated. In that case, each is considered among the candidates and Spring uses the greediest constructor whose dependencies can be satisfied, that is the constructor that has the largest number of arguments.
|
You can also use @Autowired for
interfaces that are well-known resolvable dependencies:
BeanFactory,
ApplicationContext,
Environment,
ResourceLoader,
ApplicationEventPublisher, and
MessageSource. These interfaces and their
extended interfaces, such as
ConfigurableApplicationContext or
ResourcePatternResolver, are automatically
resolved, with no special setup necessary.
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired private ApplicationContext context; public MovieRecommender() { } // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
Because autowiring by type may lead to multiple candidates, it is
often necessary to have more control over the selection process. One way
to accomplish this is with Spring's
@Qualifier annotation. You can associate
qualifier values with specific arguments, narrowing the set of type
matches so that a specific bean is chosen for each argument. In the
simplest case, this can be a plain descriptive value:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @Qualifier("main") private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; // ... }
The @Qualifier annotation can also be
specified on individual constructor arguments or method parameters:
public class MovieRecommender { private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public void prepare(@Qualifier("main") MovieCatalog movieCatalog, CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao) { this.movieCatalog = movieCatalog; this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; } // ... }
The corresponding bean definitions appear as follows. The bean with qualifier value "main" is wired with the constructor argument that is qualified with the same value.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier value="main"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier value="action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean id="movieRecommender" class="example.MovieRecommender"/> </beans>
For a fallback match, the bean name is considered a default qualifier
value. Thus you can define the bean with an id "main" instead of the
nested qualifier element, leading to the same matching result. However,
although you can use this convention to refer to specific beans by name,
@Autowired is fundamentally about
type-driven injection with optional semantic qualifiers. This means that
qualifier values, even with the bean name fallback, always have narrowing
semantics within the set of type matches; they do not semantically express
a reference to a unique bean id. Good qualifier values are "main" or
"EMEA" or "persistent", expressing characteristics of a specific component
that are independent from the bean id, which may be auto-generated in case
of an anonymous bean definition like the one in the preceding
example.
Qualifiers also apply to typed collections, as discussed above, for
example, to Set<MovieCatalog>. In this case, all
matching beans according to the declared qualifiers are injected as a
collection. This implies that qualifiers do not have to be unique; they
rather simply constitute filtering criteria. For example, you can define
multiple MovieCatalog beans with the same qualifier
value "action"; all of which would be injected into a
Set<MovieCatalog> annotated with
@Qualifier("action").
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
If you intend to express annotation-driven injection by name, do not
primarily use As a specific consequence of this semantic difference, beans that
are themselves defined as a collection or map type cannot be injected
through
|
You can create your own custom qualifier annotations. Simply define an
annotation and provide the @Qualifier
annotation within your definition:
@Target({ElementType.FIELD, ElementType.PARAMETER})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Qualifier
public @interface Genre {
String value();
}Then you can provide the custom qualifier on autowired fields and parameters:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @Genre("Action") private MovieCatalog actionCatalog; private MovieCatalog comedyCatalog; @Autowired public void setComedyCatalog(@Genre("Comedy") MovieCatalog comedyCatalog) { this.comedyCatalog = comedyCatalog; } // ... }
Next, provide the information for the candidate bean definitions. You
can add <qualifier/> tags as sub-elements of the
<bean/> tag and then specify the
type and value to match your custom
qualifier annotations. The type is matched against the fully-qualified
class name of the annotation. Or, as a convenience if no risk of
conflicting names exists, you can use the short class name. Both
approaches are demonstrated in the following example.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="Genre" value="Action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="example.Genre" value="Comedy"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean id="movieRecommender" class="example.MovieRecommender"/> </beans>
In Section 4.10, “Classpath scanning and managed components”, you will see an annotation-based alternative to providing the qualifier metadata in XML. Specifically, see Section 4.10.7, “Providing qualifier metadata with annotations”.
In some cases, it may be sufficient to use an annotation without a value. This may be useful when the annotation serves a more generic purpose and can be applied across several different types of dependencies. For example, you may provide an offline catalog that would be searched when no Internet connection is available. First define the simple annotation:
@Target({ElementType.FIELD, ElementType.PARAMETER})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Qualifier
public @interface Offline {
}Then add the annotation to the field or property to be autowired:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @Offline private MovieCatalog offlineCatalog; // ... }
Now the bean definition only needs a qualifier
type:
<bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="Offline"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean>
You can also define custom qualifier annotations that accept named
attributes in addition to or instead of the simple
value attribute. If multiple attribute values are then
specified on a field or parameter to be autowired, a bean definition must
match all such attribute values to be considered an
autowire candidate. As an example, consider the following annotation
definition:
@Target({ElementType.FIELD, ElementType.PARAMETER})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Qualifier
public @interface MovieQualifier {
String genre();
Format format();
}In this case Format is an enum:
public enum Format {
VHS, DVD, BLURAY
}The fields to be autowired are annotated with the custom qualifier and
include values for both attributes: genre and
format.
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.VHS, genre="Action") private MovieCatalog actionVhsCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.VHS, genre="Comedy") private MovieCatalog comedyVhsCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.DVD, genre="Action") private MovieCatalog actionDvdCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.BLURAY, genre="Comedy") private MovieCatalog comedyBluRayCatalog; // ... }
Finally, the bean definitions should contain matching qualifier
values. This example also demonstrates that bean meta
attributes may be used instead of the
<qualifier/> sub-elements. If available, the
<qualifier/> and its attributes take precedence,
but the autowiring mechanism falls back on the values provided within the
<meta/> tags if no such qualifier is present, as
in the last two bean definitions in the following example.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="MovieQualifier"> <attribute key="format" value="VHS"/> <attribute key="genre" value="Action"/> </qualifier> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="MovieQualifier"> <attribute key="format" value="VHS"/> <attribute key="genre" value="Comedy"/> </qualifier> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <meta key="format" value="DVD"/> <meta key="genre" value="Action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <meta key="format" value="BLURAY"/> <meta key="genre" value="Comedy"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> </beans>
The CustomAutowireConfigurer is a
BeanFactoryPostProcessor that enables you
to register your own custom qualifier annotation types even if they are
not annotated with Spring's @Qualifier
annotation.
<bean id="customAutowireConfigurer" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.CustomAutowireConfigurer"> <property name="customQualifierTypes"> <set> <value>example.CustomQualifier</value> </set> </property> </bean>
The particular implementation of
AutowireCandidateResolver that is activated
for the application context depends on the Java version. In versions
earlier than Java 5, the qualifier annotations are not supported, and
therefore autowire candidates are solely determined by the
autowire-candidate value of each bean definition as
well as by any default-autowire-candidates pattern(s)
available on the <beans/> element. In Java 5 or
later, the presence of @Qualifier
annotations and any custom annotations registered with the
CustomAutowireConfigurer will also play a
role.
Regardless of the Java version, when multiple beans qualify as
autowire candidates, the determination of a "primary" candidate is the
same: if exactly one bean definition among the candidates has a
primary attribute set to true, it
will be selected.
Spring also supports injection using the JSR-250
@Resource annotation on fields or bean
property setter methods. This is a common pattern in Java EE 5 and 6, for
example in JSF 1.2 managed beans or JAX-WS 2.0 endpoints. Spring supports
this pattern for Spring-managed objects as well.
@Resource takes a name attribute, and
by default Spring interprets that value as the bean name to be injected.
In other words, it follows by-name semantics, as
demonstrated in this example:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Resource(name="myMovieFinder") public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } }
If no name is specified explicitly, the default name is derived from the field name or setter method. In case of a field, it takes the field name; in case of a setter method, it takes the bean property name. So the following example is going to have the bean with name "movieFinder" injected into its setter method:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Resource public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The name provided with the annotation is resolved as a bean name by
the |
In the exclusive case of @Resource
usage with no explicit name specified, and similar to
@Autowired,
@Resource finds a primary type match
instead of a specific named bean and resolves well-known resolvable
dependencies: the
BeanFactory,
ApplicationContext, ResourceLoader,
ApplicationEventPublisher, and
MessageSource interfaces.
Thus in the following example, the
customerPreferenceDao field first looks for a bean
named customerPreferenceDao, then falls back to a primary type match for
the type CustomerPreferenceDao. The "context" field
is injected based on the known resolvable dependency type
ApplicationContext.
public class MovieRecommender { @Resource private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Resource private ApplicationContext context; public MovieRecommender() { } // ... }
The CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor not only
recognizes the @Resource annotation but
also the JSR-250 lifecycle annotations. Introduced in
Spring 2.5, the support for these annotations offers yet another
alternative to those described in initialization
callbacks and destruction
callbacks. Provided that the
CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor is registered
within the Spring ApplicationContext, a
method carrying one of these annotations is invoked at the same point in
the lifecycle as the corresponding Spring lifecycle interface method or
explicitly declared callback method. In the example below, the cache will
be pre-populated upon initialization and cleared upon destruction.
public class CachingMovieLister { @PostConstruct public void populateMovieCache() { // populates the movie cache upon initialization... } @PreDestroy public void clearMovieCache() { // clears the movie cache upon destruction... } }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
For details about the effects of combining various lifecycle mechanisms, see Section 4.6.1.4, “Combining lifecycle mechanisms”. |
Most examples in this chapter use XML to specify the configuration
metadata that produces each BeanDefinition
within the Spring container. The previous section
(Section 4.9, “Annotation-based container configuration”) demonstrates how to provide a
lot of the configuration metadata through source-level annotations. Even
in those examples, however, the "base" bean definitions are explicitly
defined in the XML file, while the annotations only drive the dependency
injection. This section describes an option for implicitly detecting the
candidate components by scanning the classpath.
Candidate components are classes that match against a filter criteria and
have a corresponding bean definition registered with the container. This
removes the need to use XML to perform bean registration, instead you can
use annotations (for example @Component), AspectJ type expressions, or your
own custom filter criteria to select which classes will have bean
definitions registered with the container.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Starting with Spring 3.0, many features provided by the Spring JavaConfig
project are part of the core Spring Framework. This allows you to
define beans using Java rather than using the traditional XML files. Take
a look at the |
In Spring 2.0 and later, the
@Repository annotation is a marker for any
class that fulfills the role or stereotype (also
known as Data Access Object or DAO) of a repository. Among the uses of
this marker is the automatic translation of exceptions as described in
Section 14.2.2, “Exception translation”.
Spring 2.5 introduces further stereotype annotations:
@Component,
@Service, and
@Controller.
@Component is a generic stereotype for any
Spring-managed component. @Repository,
@Service, and
@Controller are specializations of
@Component for more specific use cases, for
example, in the persistence, service, and presentation layers,
respectively. Therefore, you can annotate your component classes with
@Component, but by annotating them with
@Repository,
@Service, or
@Controller instead, your classes are more
properly suited for processing by tools or associating with aspects. For
example, these stereotype annotations make ideal targets for pointcuts. It
is also possible that @Repository,
@Service, and
@Controller may carry additional semantics
in future releases of the Spring Framework. Thus, if you are choosing
between using @Component or
@Service for your service layer,
@Service is clearly the better choice.
Similarly, as stated above, @Repository is
already supported as a marker for automatic exception translation in your
persistence layer.
Spring can automatically detect stereotyped classes and register
corresponding BeanDefinitions with the
ApplicationContext. For example, the
following two classes are eligible for such autodetection:
@Service public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Autowired public SimpleMovieLister(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } }
@Repository public class JpaMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { // implementation elided for clarity }
To autodetect these classes and register the corresponding beans, you need to include the following element in XML, where the base-package element is a common parent package for the two classes. (Alternatively, you can specify a comma-separated list that includes the parent package of each class.)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"/> </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The scanning of classpath packages requires the presence of corresponding directory entries in the classpath. When you build JARs with Ant, make sure that you do not activate the files-only switch of the JAR task. |
Furthermore, the
AutowiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor and
CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor are both
included implicitly when you use the component-scan element. That means
that the two components are autodetected and wired
together - all without any bean configuration metadata provided in
XML.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You can disable the registration of
|
By default, classes annotated with
@Component,
@Repository,
@Service,
@Controller, or a custom annotation that
itself is annotated with @Component are the
only detected candidate components. However, you can modify and extend
this behavior simply by applying custom filters. Add them as
include-filter or exclude-filter
sub-elements of the component-scan element. Each filter
element requires the type and
expression attributes. The following table describes
the filtering options.
Table 4.5. Filter Types
| Filter Type | Example Expression | Description |
|---|---|---|
| annotation | org.example.SomeAnnotation | An annotation to be present at the type level in target components. |
| assignable | org.example.SomeClass | A class (or interface) that the target components are assignable to (extend/implement). |
| aspectj | org.example..*Service+ | An AspectJ type expression to be matched by the target components. |
| regex | org\.example\.Default.* | A regex expression to be matched by the target components class names. |
| custom | org.example.MyTypeFilter | A custom implementation of the
org.springframework.core.type
.TypeFilter interface. |
The following example shows the XML configuration ignoring all
@Repository annotations and using "stub"
repositories instead.
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"> <context:include-filter type="regex" expression=".*Stub.*Repository"/> <context:exclude-filter type="annotation" expression="org.springframework.stereotype.Repository"/> </context:component-scan> </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You can also disable the default filters by providing
use-default-filters="false" as an attribute of the
<component-scan/> element. This will in effect disable automatic
detection of classes annotated with
|
Spring components can also contribute bean definition metadata to the
container. You do this with the same @Bean annotation
used to define bean metadata within @Configuration
annotated classes. Here is a simple example:
@Component public class FactoryMethodComponent { @Bean @Qualifier("public") public TestBean publicInstance() { return new TestBean("publicInstance"); } public void doWork() { // Component method implementation omitted } }
This class is a Spring component that has application-specific code
contained in its doWork() method. However, it
also contributes a bean definition that has a factory method referring to
the method publicInstance(). The
@Bean annotation identifies the factory method and
other bean definition properties, such as a qualifier value through the
@Qualifier annotation. Other method level
annotations that can be specified are @Scope,
@Lazy, and custom qualifier annotations. Autowired
fields and methods are supported as previously discussed, with additional
support for autowiring of @Bean methods:
@Component public class FactoryMethodComponent { private static int i; @Bean @Qualifier("public") public TestBean publicInstance() { return new TestBean("publicInstance"); } // use of a custom qualifier and autowiring of method parameters @Bean protected TestBean protectedInstance(@Qualifier("public") TestBean spouse, @Value("#{privateInstance.age}") String country) { TestBean tb = new TestBean("protectedInstance", 1); tb.setSpouse(tb); tb.setCountry(country); return tb; } @Bean @Scope(BeanDefinition.SCOPE_SINGLETON) private TestBean privateInstance() { return new TestBean("privateInstance", i++); } @Bean @Scope(value = WebApplicationContext.SCOPE_SESSION, proxyMode = ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS) public TestBean requestScopedInstance() { return new TestBean("requestScopedInstance", 3); } }
The example autowires the String method
parameter country to the value of the
Age property on another bean named
privateInstance. A Spring Expression Language element
defines the value of the property through the notation #{
<expression> }. For @Value annotations,
an expression resolver is preconfigured to look for bean names when
resolving expression text.
The @Bean methods in a Spring component are
processed differently than their counterparts inside a Spring
@Configuration class. The difference is that
@Component classes are not enhanced with CGLIB to
intercept the invocation of methods and fields. CGLIB proxying is the
means by which invoking methods or fields within
@Configuration classes @Bean methods
create bean metadata references to collaborating objects. Methods are
not invoked with normal Java semantics. In contrast,
calling a method or field within a @Component classes
@Bean method has standard Java
semantics.
When a component is autodetected as part of the scanning process, its
bean name is generated by the
BeanNameGenerator strategy known to that
scanner. By default, any Spring stereotype annotation
(@Component,
@Repository,
@Service, and
@Controller) that contains a
name value will thereby provide that name to the
corresponding bean definition.
If such an annotation contains no name value or for
any other detected component (such as those discovered by custom filters),
the default bean name generator returns the uncapitalized non-qualified
class name. For example, if the following two components were detected,
the names would be myMovieLister and movieFinderImpl:
@Service("myMovieLister") public class SimpleMovieLister { // ... }
@Repository public class MovieFinderImpl implements MovieFinder { // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If you do not want to rely on the default bean-naming strategy, you
can provide a custom bean-naming strategy. First, implement the |
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" name-generator="org.example.MyNameGenerator" /> </beans>
As a general rule, consider specifying the name with the annotation whenever other components may be making explicit references to it. On the other hand, the auto-generated names are adequate whenever the container is responsible for wiring.
As with Spring-managed components in general, the default and most
common scope for autodetected components is singleton. However, sometimes
you need other scopes, which Spring 2.5 provides with a new
@Scope annotation. Simply provide the name
of the scope within the annotation:
@Scope("prototype") @Repository public class MovieFinderImpl implements MovieFinder { // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
To provide a custom strategy for scope resolution rather than
relying on the annotation-based approach, implement the |
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" scope-resolver="org.example.MyScopeResolver" /> </beans>
When using certain non-singleton scopes, it may be necessary to generate proxies for the scoped objects. The reasoning is described in Section 4.5.4.5, “Scoped beans as dependencies”. For this purpose, a scoped-proxy attribute is available on the component-scan element. The three possible values are: no, interfaces, and targetClass. For example, the following configuration will result in standard JDK dynamic proxies:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" scoped-proxy="interfaces" /> </beans>
The @Qualifier annotation is discussed
in Section 4.9.3, “Fine-tuning annotation-based autowiring with qualifiers”. The examples
in that section demonstrate the use of the
@Qualifier annotation and custom qualifier
annotations to provide fine-grained control when you resolve autowire
candidates. Because those examples were based on XML bean definitions, the
qualifier metadata was provided on the candidate bean definitions using
the qualifier or meta sub-elements
of the bean element in the XML. When relying upon
classpath scanning for autodetection of components, you provide the
qualifier metadata with type-level annotations on the candidate class. The
following three examples demonstrate this technique:
@Component @Qualifier("Action") public class ActionMovieCatalog implements MovieCatalog { // ... }
@Component @Genre("Action") public class ActionMovieCatalog implements MovieCatalog { // ... }
@Component @Offline public class CachingMovieCatalog implements MovieCatalog { // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
As with most annotation-based alternatives, keep in mind that the annotation metadata is bound to the class definition itself, while the use of XML allows for multiple beans of the same type to provide variations in their qualifier metadata, because that metadata is provided per-instance rather than per-class. |
Starting with Spring 3.0, Spring offers support for JSR-330 standard annotations (Dependency Injection). Those annotations are scanned in the same way as the Spring annotations. You just need to have the relevant jars in your classpath.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If you are using Maven, the <dependency> <groupId>javax.inject</groupId> <artifactId>javax.inject</artifactId> <version>1</version> </dependency> |
Instead of @Autowired,
@javax.inject.Inject may be used as follows:
import javax.inject.Inject; public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
As with @Autowired, it is possible to use @Inject
at the class-level, field-level, method-level and constructor-argument level.
If you would like to use a qualified name for the dependency that should be injected,
you should use the @Named annotation as follows:
import javax.inject.Inject; import javax.inject.Named; public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(@Named("main") MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
Instead of @Component, @javax.inject.Named may be used as follows:
import javax.inject.Inject; import javax.inject.Named; @Named("movieListener") public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
It is very common to use @Component without
specifying a name for the component. @Named
can be used in a similar fashion:
import javax.inject.Inject; import javax.inject.Named; @Named public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
When using @Named, it is possible to use
component-scanning in the exact same way as when using Spring annotations:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"/> </beans>
When working with standard annotations, it is important to know that some significant features are not available as shown in the table below:
Table 4.6. Spring annotations vs. standard annotations
| Spring | javax.inject.* | javax.inject restrictions / comments |
|---|---|---|
| @Autowired | @Inject | @Inject has no 'required' attribute |
| @Component | @Named | — |
| @Scope("singleton") | @Singleton |
The JSR-330 default scope is like Spring's
|
| @Qualifier | @Named | — |
| @Value | — | no equivalent |
| @Required | — | no equivalent |
| @Lazy | — | no equivalent |
The central artifact in Spring's new Java-configuration support is the
@Configuration-annotated class. These
classes consist principally of
@Bean-annotated methods that define
instantiation, configuration, and initialization logic for objects to be
managed by the Spring IoC container.
Annotating a class with the
@Configuration indicates that the class can
be used by the Spring IoC container as a source of bean definitions. The
simplest possible @Configuration class
would read as follows:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public MyService myService() { return new MyServiceImpl(); } }
For those more familiar with Spring <beans/>
XML, the AppConfig class above would be equivalent to:
<beans> <bean id="myService" class="com.acme.services.MyServiceImpl"/> </beans>
As you can see, the @Bean annotation plays the same
role as the <bean/> element. The
@Bean annotation will be discussed in depth in the
sections below. First, however, we'll cover the various ways of creating a
spring container using Java-based configuration.
The sections below document Spring's
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext, new in Spring 3.0.
This versatile ApplicationContext implementation is
capable of accepting not only @Configuration classes as
input, but also plain @Component classes and classes
annotated with JSR-330 metadata.
When @Configuration classes are provided as input,
the @Configuration class itself is registered as a bean
definition, and all declared @Bean methods within the
class are also registered as bean definitions.
When @Component and JSR-330 classes are provided,
they are registered as bean definitions, and it is assumed that DI
metadata such as @Autowired or
@Inject are used within those classes where
necessary.
In much the same way that Spring XML files are used as input when
instantiating a ClassPathXmlApplicationContext,
@Configuration classes may be used as input when
instantiating an AnnotationConfigApplicationContext.
This allows for completely XML-free usage of the Spring container:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
As mentioned above,
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext is not limited to
working only with @Configuration classes. Any
@Component or JSR-330 annotated class may be supplied
as input to the constructor. For example:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(MyServiceImpl.class, Dependency1.class, Dependency2.class); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
The above assumes that MyServiceImpl,
Dependency1 and Dependency2 use
Spring dependency injection annotations such as
@Autowired.
An AnnotationConfigApplicationContext may be
instantiated using a no-arg constructor and then configured using the
register() method. This approach is particularly
useful when programmatically building an
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext.
public static void main(String[] args) { AnnotationConfigApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(); ctx.register(AppConfig.class, OtherConfig.class); ctx.register(AdditionalConfig.class); ctx.refresh(); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
Experienced Spring users will be familiar with the following
commonly-used XML declaration from Spring's context:
namespace
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="com.acme"/> </beans>
In the example above, the com.acme package will be
scanned, looking for any @Component-annotated
classes, and those classes will be registered as Spring bean definitions
within the container.
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext exposes the
scan(String...) method to allow for the same
component-scanning
functionality:
public static void main(String[] args) { AnnotationConfigApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(); ctx.scan("com.acme"); ctx.refresh(); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Remember that |
A WebApplicationContext variant of
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext is available with
AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext. This
implementation may be used when configuring the Spring
ContextLoaderListener servlet listener, Spring MVC
DispatcherServlet, etc. What follows is a
web.xml snippet that configures a typical Spring MVC
web application. Note the use of the contextClass
context-param and init-param:
<web-app> <!-- Configure ContextLoaderListener to use AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext instead of the default XmlWebApplicationContext --> <context-param> <param-name>contextClass</param-name> <param-value> org.springframework.web.context.support.AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext </param-value> </context-param> <!-- Configuration locations must consist of one or more comma- or space-delimited fully-qualified @Configuration classes. Fully-qualified packages may also be specified for component-scanning --> <context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>com.acme.AppConfig</param-value> </context-param> <!-- Bootstrap the root application context as usual using ContextLoaderListener --> <listener> <listener-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener</listener-class> </listener> <!-- Declare a Spring MVC DispatcherServlet as usual --> <servlet> <servlet-name>dispatcher</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <!-- Configure DispatcherServlet to use AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext instead of the default XmlWebApplicationContext --> <init-param> <param-name>contextClass</param-name> <param-value> org.springframework.web.context.support.AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext </param-value> </init-param> <!-- Again, config locations must consist of one or more comma- or space-delimited and fully-qualified @Configuration classes --> <init-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>com.acme.web.MvcConfig</param-value> </init-param> </servlet> <!-- map all requests for /app/* to the dispatcher servlet --> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>dispatcher</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/app/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
Much as the <import/> element is used
within Spring XML files to aid in modularizing configurations, the
@Import annotation allows for loading
@Bean definitions from another configuration
class:
@Configuration public class ConfigA { public @Bean A a() { return new A(); } } @Configuration @Import(ConfigA.class) public class ConfigB { public @Bean B b() { return new B(); } }
Now, rather than needing to specify both
ConfigA.class and ConfigB.class
when instantiating the context, only ConfigB needs to
be supplied
explicitly:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(ConfigB.class); // now both beans A and B will be available... A a = ctx.getBean(A.class); B b = ctx.getBean(B.class); }
This approach simplifies container instantiation, as only one class
needs to be dealt with, rather than requiring the developer to remember
a potentially large number of @Configuration classes
during construction.
The example above works, but is simplistic. In most practical
scenarios, beans will have dependencies on one another across
configuration classes. When using XML, this is not an issue, per se,
because there is no compiler involved, and one can simply declare
ref="someBean" and trust that Spring will work it
out during container initialization. Of course, when using
@Configuration classes, the Java compiler places
constraints on the configuration model, in that references to other
beans must be valid Java syntax.
Fortunately, solving this problem is simple. Remember that
@Configuration classes are ultimately just another
bean in the container - this means that they can take advantage of
@Autowired injection metadata just like any other
bean!
Let's consider a more real-world scenario with several
@Configuration classes, each depending on beans
declared in the
others:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired AccountRepository accountRepository; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferServiceImpl(accountRepository); } } @Configuration public class RepositoryConfig { private @Autowired DataSource dataSource; public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(dataSource); } } @Configuration @Import({ServiceConfig.class, RepositoryConfig.class}) public class SystemTestConfig { public @Bean DataSource dataSource() { /* return new DataSource */ } } public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(SystemTestConfig.class); // everything wires up across configuration classes... TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); transferService.transfer(100.00, "A123", "C456"); }
In the scenario above, using @Autowired works
well and provides the desired modularity, but determining exactly
where the autowired bean definitions are declared is still somewhat
ambiguous. For example, as a developer looking at
ServiceConfig, how do you know exactly where the
@Autowired AccountRepository bean is declared?
It's not explicit in the code, and this may be just fine. Remember
that the SpringSource Tool Suite provides tooling that can render
graphs showing how everything is wired up - that may be all you
need. Also, your Java IDE can easily find all declarations and uses
of the AccountRepository type, and will quickly
show you the location of @Bean methods that
return that type.
In cases where this ambiguity is not acceptable and you wish to
have direct navigation from within your IDE from one
@Configuration class to another, consider
autowiring the configuration classes themselves:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired RepositoryConfig repositoryConfig; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { // navigate 'through' the config class to the @Bean method! return new TransferServiceImpl(repositoryConfig.accountRepository()); } }
In the situation above, it is completely explicit where
AccountRepository is defined. However,
ServiceConfig is now tightly coupled to
RepositoryConfig; that's the tradeoff. This tight
coupling can be somewhat mitigated by using interface-based or
abstract class-based @Configuration classes.
Consider the following:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired RepositoryConfig repositoryConfig; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferServiceImpl(repositoryConfig.accountRepository()); } } @Configuration public interface RepositoryConfig { @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository(); } @Configuration public class DefaultRepositoryConfig implements RepositoryConfig { public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(...); } } @Configuration @Import({ServiceConfig.class, DefaultRepositoryConfig.class}) // import the concrete config! public class SystemTestConfig { public @Bean DataSource dataSource() { /* return DataSource */ } } public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(SystemTestConfig.class); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); transferService.transfer(100.00, "A123", "C456"); }
Now ServiceConfig is loosely coupled with respect
to the concrete DefaultRepositoryConfig, and
built-in IDE tooling is still useful: it will be easy for the
developer to get a type hierarchy of
RepositoryConfig implementations. In this way,
navigating @Configuration classes and their
dependencies becomes no different than the usual process of
navigating interface-based code.
Spring's @Configuration class support does not
aim to be a 100% complete replacement for Spring XML. Some facilities
such as Spring XML namespaces remain an ideal way to configure the
container. In cases where XML is convenient or necessary, you have a
choice: either instantiate the container in an "XML-centric" way using,
for example, ClassPathXmlApplicationContext, or in a
"Java-centric" fashion using
AnnotationConfigApplicationContext and the
@ImportResource annotation to import XML as
needed.
It may be preferable to bootstrap the Spring container from XML
and include @Configuration classes in an ad-hoc
fashion. For example, in a large existing codebase that uses Spring
XML, it will be easier to create @Configuration
classes on an as-needed basis and include them from the existing XML
files. Below you'll find the options for using
@Configuration classes in this kind of
"XML-centric" situation.
Remember that @Configuration classes are
ultimately just bean definitions in the container. In this example,
we create a @Configuration class named
AppConfig and include it within
system-test-config.xml as a
<bean/>definition. Because
<context:annotation-config/> is switched
on, the container will recognize the
@Configuration annotation, and process the
@Bean methods declared in
AppConfig
properly.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { private @Autowired DataSource dataSource; public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(dataSource); } public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferService(accountRepository()); } }
system-test-config.xml <beans> <!-- enable processing of annotations such as @Autowired and @Configuration --> <context:annotation-config/> <context:property-placeholder location="classpath:/com/acme/jdbc.properties"/> <bean class="com.acme.AppConfig"/> <bean class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DriverManagerDataSource"> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> </beans>
jdbc.properties
jdbc.url=jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost/xdb
jdbc.username=sa
jdbc.password=
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("classpath:/com/acme/system-test-config.xml"); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In |
Because @Configuration is meta-annotated with
@Component,
@Configuration-annotated classes are
automatically candidates for component scanning. Using the same
scenario as above, we can redefine
system-test-config.xml to take advantage of
component-scanning. Note that in this case, we don't need to
explicitly declare
<context:annotation-config/>, because
<context:component-scan/> enables all the
same
functionality.
system-test-config.xml <beans> <!-- picks up and registers AppConfig as a bean definition --> <context:component-scan base-package="com.acme"/> <context:property-placeholder location="classpath:/com/acme/jdbc.properties"/> <bean class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DriverManagerDataSource"> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> </beans>
In applications where @Configuration classes
are the primary mechanism for configuring the container, it will still
likely be necessary to use at least some XML. In these scenarios,
simply use @ImportResource and define only as much
XML as is needed. Doing so achieves a "Java-centric" approach to
configuring the container and keeps XML to a bare minimum.
@Configuration @ImportResource("classpath:/com/acme/properties-config.xml") public class AppConfig { private @Value("${jdbc.url}") String url; private @Value("${jdbc.username}") String username; private @Value("${jdbc.password}") String password; public @Bean DataSource dataSource() { return new DriverManagerDataSource(url, username, password); } }
properties-config.xml <beans> <context:property-placeholder location="classpath:/com/acme/jdbc.properties"/> </beans>
jdbc.properties
jdbc.url=jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost/xdb
jdbc.username=sa
jdbc.password=
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); // ... }
@Bean is a method-level annotation and
a direct analog of the XML <bean/> element. The
annotation supports some of the attributes offered by
<bean/>, such as: init-method, destroy-method, autowiring and
name.
You can use the @Bean annotation in a
@Configuration-annotated or in a
@Component-annotated class.
To declare a bean, simply annotate a method with the
@Bean annotation. You use this method to
register a bean definition within an ApplicationContext of
the type specified as the method's return value. By default, the bean
name will be the same as the method name. The following is a simple
example of a @Bean method declaration:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public TransferService transferService() { return new TransferServiceImpl(); } }
The preceding configuration is exactly equivalent to the following Spring XML:
<beans> <bean id="transferService" class="com.acme.TransferServiceImpl"/> </beans>
Both declarations make a bean named transferService
available in the ApplicationContext, bound to an object
instance of type TransferServiceImpl:
transferService -> com.acme.TransferServiceImpl
When @Beans have dependencies on one
another, expressing that dependency is as simple as having one bean
method call another:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public Foo foo() { return new Foo(bar()); } @Bean public Bar bar() { return new Bar(); } }
In the example above, the foo bean receives a reference
to bar via constructor injection.
Beans declared in a
@Configuration-annotated class support
the regular lifecycle callbacks. Any classes defined with the
@Bean annotation can use the
@PostConstruct and @PreDestroy
annotations from JSR-250, see JSR-250
annotations for further details.
The regular Spring lifecycle callbacks are fully supported as well. If a bean
implements InitializingBean, DisposableBean,
or Lifecycle, their respective methods are called by the
container.
The standard set of *Aware interfaces such as
BeanFactoryAware,
BeanNameAware,
MessageSourceAware, ApplicationContextAware, and
so on are also fully supported.
The @Bean annotation supports
specifying arbitrary initialization and destruction callback methods,
much like Spring XML's init-method and
destroy-method attributes on the bean element:
public class Foo { public void init() { // initialization logic } } public class Bar { public void cleanup() { // destruction logic } } @Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(initMethod = "init") public Foo foo() { return new Foo(); } @Bean(destroyMethod = "cleanup") public Bar bar() { return new Bar(); } }
Of course, in the case of Foo above, it would be
equally as valid to call the init() method directly during
construction:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public Foo foo() { Foo foo = new Foo(); foo.init(); return foo; } // ... }
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
When you work directly in Java, you can do anything you like with your objects and do not always need to rely on the container lifecycle! |
You can specify that your beans defined with the
@Bean annotation should have a specific
scope. You can use any of the standard scopes specified in the Bean Scopes section.
The default scope is singleton, but you can
override this with the @Scope
annotation:
@Configuration public class MyConfiguration { @Bean @Scope("prototype") public Encryptor encryptor() { // ... } }
Spring offers a convenient way of working with scoped dependencies
through scoped
proxies. The easiest way to create such a proxy when using the
XML configuration is the <aop:scoped-proxy/>
element. Configuring your beans in Java with a @Scope annotation
offers equivalent support with the proxyMode attribute. The default is
no proxy (ScopedProxyMode.NO), but you can specify
ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS or
ScopedProxyMode.INTERFACES.
If you port the scoped proxy example from the XML reference
documentation (see preceding link) to our
@Bean using Java, it would look like
the following:
// an HTTP Session-scoped bean exposed as a proxy @Bean @Scope(value = "session", proxyMode = ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS) public UserPreferences userPreferences() { return new UserPreferences(); } @Bean public Service userService() { UserService service = new SimpleUserService(); // a reference to the proxied userPreferences bean service.setUserPreferences(userPreferences()); return service; }
As noted earlier, lookup method injection is an advanced feature that you should use rarely. It is useful in cases where a singleton-scoped bean has a dependency on a prototype-scoped bean. Using Java for this type of configuration provides a natural means for implementing this pattern.
public abstract class CommandManager { public Object process(Object commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command interface Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } // okay... but where is the implementation of this method? protected abstract Command createCommand(); }
Using Java-configuration support , you can create a subclass of
CommandManager where the abstract
createCommand() method is overridden in such a way that
it looks up a new (prototype) command object:
@Bean @Scope("prototype") public AsyncCommand asyncCommand() { AsyncCommand command = new AsyncCommand(); // inject dependencies here as required return command; } @Bean public CommandManager commandManager() { // return new anonymous implementation of CommandManager with command() overridden // to return a new prototype Command object return new CommandManager() { protected Command createCommand() { return asyncCommand(); } } }
By default, configuration classes use a
@Bean method's name as the name of the
resulting bean. This functionality can be overridden, however, with the
name attribute.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(name = "myFoo") public Foo foo() { return new Foo(); } }
As discussed in Section 4.3.1, “Naming beans”, it is sometimes
desirable to give a single bean multiple names, otherwise known as
bean aliasing. The name
attribute of the @Bean annotation accepts a String
array for this purpose.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(name = { "dataSource", "subsystemA-dataSource", "subsystemB-dataSource" }) public DataSource dataSource() { // instantiate, configure and return DataSource bean... } }
The following example shows a @Bean annotated
method being called twice:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public ClientService clientService1() { ClientServiceImpl clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); clientService.setClientDao(clientDao()); return clientService; } @Bean public ClientService clientService2() { ClientServiceImpl clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); clientService.setClientDao(clientDao()); return clientService; } @Bean public ClientDao clientDao() { return new ClientDaoImpl(); } }
clientDao() has been called once in
clientService1() and once in
clientService2(). Since this method creates a new
instance of ClientDaoImpl and returns it, you would
normally expect having 2 instances (one for each service). That definitely
would be problematic: in Spring, instantiated beans have a
singleton scope by default. This is where the magic
comes in: All @Configuration classes are subclassed at
startup-time with CGLIB. In the subclass, the child
method checks the container first for any cached (scoped) beans before it
calls the parent method and creates a new instance.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The behavior could be different according to the scope of your bean. We are talking about singletons here. |
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Beware that, in order for JavaConfig to work, you must include the CGLIB jar in your list of dependencies. |
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
There are a few restrictions due to the fact that CGLIB dynamically adds features at startup-time:
|
The context namespace introduced in Spring 2.5
provides a load-time-weaver
element.
<beans> <context:load-time-weaver/> </beans>
Adding this element to an XML-based Spring configuration file
activates a Spring LoadTimeWeaver for the
ApplicationContext. Any bean within that
ApplicationContext may implement
LoadTimeWeaverAware, thereby receiving a
reference to the load-time weaver instance. This is particularly useful in
combination with Spring's JPA support where
load-time weaving may be necessary for JPA class transformation. Consult
the LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean Javadoc
for more detail. For more on AspectJ load-time weaving, see Section 8.8.4, “Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework”.
As was discussed in the chapter introduction, the
org.springframework.beans.factory package provides basic
functionality for managing and manipulating beans, including in a
programmatic way. The org.springframework.context package
adds the ApplicationContext interface, which
extends the BeanFactory interface, in
addition to extending other interfaces to provide additional functionality
in a more application framework-oriented style. Many
people use the ApplicationContext in a
completely declarative fashion, not even creating it programmatically, but
instead relying on support classes such as
ContextLoader to automatically instantiate an
ApplicationContext as part of the normal
startup process of a J2EE web application.
To enhance BeanFactory functionality in a
more framework-oriented style the context package also provides the
following functionality:
Access to messages in i18n-style, through the
MessageSource interface.
Access to resources, such as URLs and files,
through the ResourceLoader
interface.
Event publication to beans implementing the
ApplicationListener interface, through
the use of the ApplicationEventPublisher
interface.
Loading of multiple (hierarchical) contexts,
allowing each to be focused on one particular layer, such as the web
layer of an application, through the
HierarchicalBeanFactory interface.
The ApplicationContext interface
extends an interface called MessageSource,
and therefore provides internationalization (i18n) functionality. Spring
also provides the interface
HierarchicalMessageSource, which can resolve
messages hierarchically. Together these interfaces provide the foundation
upon which Spring effects message resolution. The methods defined on these
interfaces include:
String getMessage(String code, Object[] args, String
default, Locale loc): The basic method used to retrieve a
message from the MessageSource. When no
message is found for the specified locale, the default message is
used. Any arguments passed in become replacement values, using the
MessageFormat functionality provided by
the standard library.
String getMessage(String code, Object[] args, Locale
loc): Essentially the same as the previous method, but
with one difference: no default message can be specified; if the
message cannot be found, a
NoSuchMessageException is thrown.
String getMessage(MessageSourceResolvable resolvable,
Locale locale): All properties used in the preceding
methods are also wrapped in a class named
MessageSourceResolvable, which you can
use with this method.
When an ApplicationContext is loaded,
it automatically searches for a
MessageSource bean defined in the context.
The bean must have the name messageSource. If such a
bean is found, all calls to the preceding methods are delegated to the
message source. If no message source is found, the
ApplicationContext attempts to find a
parent containing a bean with the same name. If it does, it uses that bean
as the MessageSource. If the
ApplicationContext cannot find any source
for messages, an empty DelegatingMessageSource is
instantiated in order to be able to accept calls to the methods defined
above.
Spring provides two MessageSource
implementations, ResourceBundleMessageSource and
StaticMessageSource. Both implement
HierarchicalMessageSource in order to do
nested messaging. The StaticMessageSource is rarely
used but provides programmatic ways to add messages to the source. The
ResourceBundleMessageSource is shown in the
following example:
<beans> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basenames"> <list> <value>format</value> <value>exceptions</value> <value>windows</value> </list> </property> </bean> </beans>
In the example it is assumed you have three resource bundles defined
in your classpath called format,
exceptions and windows. Any request
to resolve a message will be handled in the JDK standard way of resolving
messages through ResourceBundles. For the purposes of the example, assume
the contents of two of the above resource bundle files are...
# in format.properties message=Alligators rock!
# in exceptions.properties
argument.required=The '{0}' argument is required.A program to execute the MessageSource
functionality is shown in the next example. Remember that all
ApplicationContext implementations are also
MessageSource implementations and so can be cast to
the MessageSource interface.
public static void main(String[] args) { MessageSource resources = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml"); String message = resources.getMessage("message", null, "Default", null); System.out.println(message); }
The resulting output from the above program will be...
Alligators rock!
So to summarize, the MessageSource is defined
in a file called beans.xml, which exists at the root of
your classpath. The messageSource bean definition
refers to a number of resource bundles through its
basenames property. The three files that are passed in
the list to the basenames property exist as files at
the root of your classpath and are called
format.properties,
exceptions.properties, and
windows.properties respectively.
The next example shows arguments passed to the message lookup; these arguments will be converted into Strings and inserted into placeholders in the lookup message.
<beans> <!-- this MessageSource is being used in a web application --> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basename" value="test-messages"/> </bean> <!-- lets inject the above MessageSource into this POJO --> <bean id="example" class="com.foo.Example"> <property name="messages" ref="messageSource"/> </bean> </beans>
public class Example { private MessageSource messages; public void setMessages(MessageSource messages) { this.messages = messages; } public void execute() { String message = this.messages.getMessage("argument.required", new Object [] {"userDao"}, "Required", null); System.out.println(message); } }
The resulting output from the invocation of the
execute() method will be...
The userDao argument is required.
With regard to internationalization (i18n), Spring's various
MessageResource implementations follow the same
locale resolution and fallback rules as the standard JDK
ResourceBundle. In short, and continuing with the
example messageSource defined previously, if you want
to resolve messages against the British (en-GB) locale, you would create
files called format_en_GB.properties,
exceptions_en_GB.properties, and
windows_en_GB.properties respectively.
Typically, locale resolution is managed by the surrounding environment of the application. In this example, the locale against which (British) messages will be resolved is specified manually.
# in exceptions_en_GB.properties
argument.required=Ebagum lad, the '{0}' argument is required, I say, required.public static void main(final String[] args) { MessageSource resources = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml"); String message = resources.getMessage("argument.required", new Object [] {"userDao"}, "Required", Locale.UK); System.out.println(message); }
The resulting output from the running of the above program will be...
Ebagum lad, the 'userDao' argument is required, I say, required.
You can also use the MessageSourceAware
interface to acquire a reference to any
MessageSource that has been defined. Any bean that
is defined in an ApplicationContext that implements
the MessageSourceAware interface is injected with
the application context's MessageSource when the
bean is created and configured.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
As an alternative to
|
Event handling in the
ApplicationContext is provided through the
ApplicationEvent class and
ApplicationListener interface. If a bean
that implements the ApplicationListener
interface is deployed into the context, every time an
ApplicationEvent gets published to the
ApplicationContext, that bean is notified.
Essentially, this is the standard Observer design
pattern. Spring provides the following standard events:
Table 4.7. Built-in Events
| Event | Explanation |
|---|---|
ContextRefreshedEvent | Published when the
ApplicationContext is initialized
or refreshed, for example, using the
refresh() method on the
ConfigurableApplicationContext
interface. "Initialized" here means that all beans are loaded,
post-processor beans are detected and activated, singletons are
pre-instantiated, and the
ApplicationContext object is ready
for use. As long as the context has not been closed, a refresh can
be triggered multiple times, provided that the chosen
ApplicationContext actually
supports such "hot" refreshes. For example,
XmlWebApplicationContext supports hot
refreshes, but GenericApplicationContext
does not. |
ContextStartedEvent | Published when the
ApplicationContext is started,
using the start() method on the
ConfigurableApplicationContext
interface. "Started" here means that all
Lifecycle beans receive an explicit
start signal. Typically this signal is used to restart beans after
an explicit stop, but it may also be used to start components that
have not been configured for autostart , for example, components
that have not already started on initialization. |
ContextStoppedEvent | Published when the
ApplicationContext is stopped,
using the stop() method on the
ConfigurableApplicationContext
interface. "Stopped" here means that all
Lifecycle beans receive an explicit
stop signal. A stopped context may be restarted through a
start() call. |
ContextClosedEvent | Published when the
ApplicationContext is closed, using
the close() method on the
ConfigurableApplicationContext
interface. "Closed" here means that all singleton beans are
destroyed. A closed context reaches its end of life; it cannot be
refreshed or restarted. |
RequestHandledEvent | A web-specific event telling all beans that an HTTP request
has been serviced. This event is published
after the request is complete. This event is
only applicable to web applications using Spring's
DispatcherServlet. |
You can also create and publish your own custom events. This example
demonstrates a simple class that extends Spring's
ApplicationEvent base class:
public class BlackListEvent extends ApplicationEvent { private final String address; private final String test; public BlackListEvent(Object source, String address, String test) { super(source); this.address = address; this.test = test; } // accessor and other methods... }
To publish a custom ApplicationEvent, call the
publishEvent() method on an
ApplicationEventPublisher. Typically this
is done by creating a class that implements
ApplicationEventPublisherAware and
registering it as a Spring bean. The following example demonstrates such a
class:
public class EmailService implements ApplicationEventPublisherAware { private List<String> blackList; private ApplicationEventPublisher publisher; public void setBlackList(List<String> blackList) { this.blackList = blackList; } public void setApplicationEventPublisher(ApplicationEventPublisher publisher) { this.publisher = publisher; } public void sendEmail(String address, String text) { if (blackList.contains(address)) { BlackListEvent event = new BlackListEvent(this, address, text); publisher.publishEvent(event); return; } // send email... } }
At configuration time, the Spring container will detect that
EmailService implements
ApplicationEventPublisherAware and will
automatically call
setApplicationEventPublisher(). In reality, the
parameter passed in will be the Spring container itself; you're simply
interacting with the application context via its
ApplicationEventPublisher interface.
To receive the custom ApplicationEvent, create
a class that implements ApplicationListener
and register it as a Spring bean. The following example demonstrates such
a class:
public class BlackListNotifier implements ApplicationListener<BlackListEvent> { private String notificationAddress; public void setNotificationAddress(String notificationAddress) { this.notificationAddress = notificationAddress; } public void onApplicationEvent(BlackListEvent event) { // notify appropriate parties via notificationAddress... } }
Notice that ApplicationListener is
generically parameterized with the type of your custom event,
BlackListEvent. This means that the
onApplicationEvent() method can remain type-safe,
avoiding any need for downcasting. You may register as many event
listeners as you wish, but note that by default event listeners receive
events synchronously. This means the
publishEvent() method blocks until all listeners
have finished processing the event. One advantage of this synchronous and
single-threaded approach is that when a listener receives an event, it
operates inside the transaction context of the publisher if a transaction
context is available. If another strategy for event publication becomes
necessary, refer to the JavaDoc for Spring's
ApplicationEventMulticaster
interface.
The following example shows the bean definitions used to register and configure each of the classes above:
<bean id="emailService" class="example.EmailService"> <property name="blackList"> <list> <value>known.spammer@example.org</value> <value>known.hacker@example.org</value> <value>john.doe@example.org</value> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="blackListNotifier" class="example.BlackListNotifier"> <property name="notificationAddress" value="blacklist@example.org"/> </bean>
Putting it all together, when the sendEmail()
method of the emailService bean is called, if there are
any emails that should be blacklisted, a custom event of type
BlackListEvent is published. The
blackListNotifier bean is registered as an
ApplicationListener and thus receives the
BlackListEvent, at which point it can notify
appropriate parties.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Spring's eventing mechanism is designed for simple communication between Spring beans within the same application context. However, for more sophisticated enterprise integration needs, the separately-maintained Spring Integration project provides complete support for building lightweight, pattern-oriented, event-driven architectures that build upon the well-known Spring programming model. |
For optimal usage and understanding of application contexts, users
should generally familiarize themselves with Spring's
Resource abstraction, as described in the
chapter Chapter 5, Resources.
An application context is a
ResourceLoader, which can be used to load
Resources. A
Resource is essentially a more feature rich
version of the JDK class java.net.URL, in fact, the
implementations of the Resource wrap an
instance of java.net.URL where appropriate. A
Resource can obtain low-level resources
from almost any location in a transparent fashion, including from the
classpath, a filesystem location, anywhere describable with a standard
URL, and some other variations. If the resource location string is a
simple path without any special prefixes, where those resources come from
is specific and appropriate to the actual application context type.
You can configure a bean deployed into the application context to
implement the special callback interface,
ResourceLoaderAware, to be automatically
called back at initialization time with the application context itself
passed in as the ResourceLoader. You can
also expose properties of type Resource, to
be used to access static resources; they will be injected into it like any
other properties. You can specify those
Resource properties as simple String paths,
and rely on a special JavaBean
PropertyEditor that is automatically
registered by the context, to convert those text strings to actual
Resource objects when the bean is
deployed.
The location path or paths supplied to an
ApplicationContext constructor are actually
resource strings, and in simple form are treated appropriately to the
specific context implementation.
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext treats a simple
location path as a classpath location. You can also use location paths
(resource strings) with special prefixes to force loading of definitions
from the classpath or a URL, regardless of the actual context type.
You can create ApplicationContext
instances declaratively by using, for example, a
ContextLoader. Of course you can also create
ApplicationContext instances
programmatically by using one of the
ApplicationContext implementations.
The ContextLoader mechanism comes in two
flavors: the ContextLoaderListener and the
ContextLoaderServlet. They have the same
functionality but differ in that the listener version is not reliable in
Servlet 2.3 containers. In the Servlet 2.4 specification, Servlet context
listeners must execute immediately after the Servlet context for the web
application is created and is available to service the first request (and
also when the Servlet context is about to be shut down). As such a Servlet
context listener is an ideal place to initialize the Spring
ApplicationContext. All things being equal,
you should probably prefer ContextLoaderListener;
for more information on compatibility, have a look at the Javadoc for the
ContextLoaderServlet.
You can register an ApplicationContext
using the ContextLoaderListener as follows:
<context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>/WEB-INF/daoContext.xml /WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml</param-value> </context-param> <listener> <listener-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener</listener-class> </listener> <!-- or use the ContextLoaderServlet instead of the above listener <servlet> <servlet-name>context</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> -->
The listener inspects the contextConfigLocation
parameter. If the parameter does not exist, the listener uses
/WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml as a default. When the
parameter does exist, the listener separates the
String by using predefined delimiters (comma, semicolon and whitespace)
and uses the values as locations where application contexts will be
searched. Ant-style path patterns are supported as well. Examples are
/WEB-INF/*Context.xml for all files with names ending
with "Context.xml", residing in the "WEB-INF" directory, and
/WEB-INF/**/*Context.xml, for all such files in any
subdirectory of "WEB-INF".
You can use ContextLoaderServlet instead of
ContextLoaderListener. The Servlet uses the
contextConfigLocation parameter just as the listener
does.
In Spring 2.5 and later, it is possible to deploy a Spring ApplicationContext as a RAR file, encapsulating the context and all of its required bean classes and library JARs in a J2EE RAR deployment unit. This is the equivalent of bootstrapping a standalone ApplicationContext, just hosted in J2EE environment, being able to access the J2EE servers facilities. RAR deployment is a more natural alternative to scenario of deploying a headless WAR file, in effect, a WAR file without any HTTP entry points that is used only for bootstrapping a Spring ApplicationContext in a J2EE environment.
RAR deployment is ideal for application contexts that do not need HTTP
entry points but rather consist only of message endpoints and scheduled
jobs. Beans in such a context can use application server resources such as
the JTA transaction manager and JNDI-bound JDBC DataSources and JMS
ConnectionFactory instances, and may also register with the platform's JMX
server - all through Spring's standard transaction management and JNDI and
JMX support facilities. Application components can also interact with the
application server's JCA WorkManager through Spring's
TaskExecutor abstraction.
Check out the JavaDoc of the SpringContextResourceAdapter class for the configuration details involved in RAR deployment.
For a simple deployment of a Spring ApplicationContext as a
J2EE RAR file: package all application classes into a RAR file,
which is a standard JAR file with a different file extension. Add all
required library JARs into the root of the RAR archive. Add a
"META-INF/ra.xml" deployment descriptor (as shown in
SpringContextResourceAdapters JavaDoc) and the
corresponding Spring XML bean definition file(s) (typically
"META-INF/applicationContext.xml"), and drop the resulting RAR file into
your application server's deployment directory.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Such RAR deployment units are usually self-contained; they do not expose components to the outside world, not even to other modules of the same application. Interaction with a RAR-based ApplicationContext usually occurs through JMS destinations that it shares with other modules. A RAR-based ApplicationContext may also, for example, schedule some jobs, reacting to new files in the file system (or the like). If it needs to allow synchronous access from the outside, it could for example export RMI endpoints, which of course may be used by other application modules on the same machine. |
The BeanFactory provides the underlying basis
for Spring's IoC functionality but it is only used directly in integration
with other third-party frameworks and is now largely historical in nature
for most users of Spring. The BeanFactory and
related interfaces, such as BeanFactoryAware,
InitializingBean,
DisposableBean, are still present in Spring for the
purposes of backward compatibility with the large number of third-party
frameworks that integrate with Spring. Often third-party components that
can not use more modern equivalents such as @PostConstruct or
@PreDestroy in order to remain compatible with JDK 1.4 or to
avoid a dependency on JSR-250.
This section provides additional background into the differences
between the BeanFactory and
ApplicationContext and how one might access
the IoC container directly through a classic singleton lookup.
Use an ApplicationContext unless you
have a good reason for not doing so.
Because the ApplicationContext
includes all functionality of the
BeanFactory, it is generally recommended
over the BeanFactory, except for a few
situations such as in an Applet where memory
consumption might be critical and a few extra kilobytes might make a
difference. However, for most typical enterprise applications and
systems, the ApplicationContext is what
you will want to use. Spring 2.0 and later makes
heavy use of the BeanPostProcessor extension point
(to effect proxying and so on). If you use only a plain
BeanFactory, a fair amount of support
such as transactions and AOP will not take effect, at least not without
some extra steps on your part. This situation could be confusing because
nothing is actually wrong with the configuration.
The following table lists features provided by the
BeanFactory and
ApplicationContext interfaces and
implementations.
Table 4.8. Feature Matrix
| Feature | BeanFactory | ApplicationContext |
|---|---|---|
Bean instantiation/wiring | Yes | Yes |
Automatic
| No | Yes |
Automatic
| No | Yes |
Convenient
| No | Yes |
| No | Yes |
To explicitly register a bean post-processor with a
BeanFactory implementation, you must
write code like this:
ConfigurableBeanFactory factory = new XmlBeanFactory(...); // now register any needed BeanPostProcessor instances MyBeanPostProcessor postProcessor = new MyBeanPostProcessor(); factory.addBeanPostProcessor(postProcessor); // now start using the factory
To explicitly register a
BeanFactoryPostProcessor when using a
BeanFactory implementation, you must
write code like this:
XmlBeanFactory factory = new XmlBeanFactory(new FileSystemResource("beans.xml")); // bring in some property values from a Properties file PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer cfg = new PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer(); cfg.setLocation(new FileSystemResource("jdbc.properties")); // now actually do the replacement cfg.postProcessBeanFactory(factory);
In both cases, the explicit registration step is inconvenient, which
is one reason why the various
ApplicationContext implementations are
preferred above plain BeanFactory
implementations in the vast majority of Spring-backed applications,
especially when using BeanFactoryPostProcessors and
BeanPostProcessors. These mechanisms implement
important functionality such as property placeholder replacement and
AOP.
It is best to write most application code in a dependency-injection
(DI) style, where that code is served out of a Spring IoC container, has
its own dependencies supplied by the container when it is created, and
is completely unaware of the container. However, for the small glue
layers of code that are sometimes needed to tie other code together, you
sometimes need a singleton (or quasi-singleton) style access to a Spring
IoC container. For example, third-party code may try to construct new
objects directly (Class.forName() style), without the
ability to get these objects out of a Spring IoC container.
If
the object constructed by the third-party code is a small stub or proxy,
which then uses a singleton style access to a Spring IoC container to
get a real object to delegate to, then inversion of control has still
been achieved for the majority of the code (the object coming out of the
container). Thus most code is still unaware of the container or how it
is accessed, and remains decoupled from other code, with all ensuing
benefits. EJBs may also use this stub/proxy approach to delegate to a
plain Java implementation object, retrieved from a Spring IoC container.
While the Spring IoC container itself ideally does not have to be a
singleton, it may be unrealistic in terms of memory usage or
initialization times (when using beans in the Spring IoC container such
as a Hibernate SessionFactory) for each
bean to use its own, non-singleton Spring IoC container.
Looking up the application context in a service locator style is
sometimes the only option for accessing shared Spring-managed
components, such as in an EJB 2.1 environment, or when you want to share
a single ApplicationContext as a parent to WebApplicationContexts across
WAR files. In this case you should look into using the utility class
ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator
locator that is described in this SpringSource team blog entry.
Java's standard java.net.URL class and
standard handlers for various URL prefixes unfortunately are not quite
adequate enough for all access to low-level resources. For example,
there is no standardized URL implementation
that may be used to access a resource that needs to be obtained from
the classpath, or relative to a
ServletContext. While it is possible
to register new handlers for specialized URL
prefixes (similar to existing handlers for prefixes such as
http:), this is generally quite complicated, and the
URL interface still lacks some desirable
functionality, such as a method to check for the existence of the
resource being pointed to.
Spring's Resource interface is meant
to be a more capable interface for abstracting access to low-level
resources.
public interface Resource extends InputStreamSource { boolean exists(); boolean isOpen(); URL getURL() throws IOException; File getFile() throws IOException; Resource createRelative(String relativePath) throws IOException; String getFilename(); String getDescription(); }
public interface InputStreamSource { InputStream getInputStream() throws IOException; }
Some of the most important methods from the
Resource interface are:
getInputStream(): locates and opens the
resource, returning an InputStream for reading
from the resource. It is expected that each invocation returns a
fresh InputStream. It is the responsibility of
the caller to close the stream.
exists(): returns a
boolean indicating whether this resource actually
exists in physical form.
isOpen(): returns a
boolean indicating whether this resource represents
a handle with an open stream. If true, the
InputStream cannot be read multiple times, and
must be read once only and then closed to avoid resource leaks. Will
be false for all usual resource implementations,
with the exception of
InputStreamResource.
getDescription(): returns a description
for this resource, to be used for error output when working with the
resource. This is often the fully qualified file name or the actual
URL of the resource.
Other methods allow you to obtain an actual
URL or File object
representing the resource (if the underlying implementation is compatible,
and supports that functionality).
The Resource abstraction is used
extensively in Spring itself, as an argument type in many method
signatures when a resource is needed. Other methods in some Spring APIs
(such as the constructors to various
ApplicationContext implementations), take a
String which in unadorned or simple form is used to
create a Resource appropriate to that
context implementation, or via special prefixes on the
String path, allow the caller to specify that a
specific Resource implementation must be
created and used.
While the Resource interface is used
a lot with Spring and by Spring, it's actually very useful to use as a
general utility class by itself in your own code, for access to resources,
even when your code doesn't know or care about any other parts of Spring.
While this couples your code to Spring, it really only couples it to this
small set of utility classes, which are serving as a more capable
replacement for URL, and can be considered
equivalent to any other library you would use for this purpose.
It is important to note that the
Resource abstraction does not replace
functionality: it wraps it where possible. For example, a
UrlResource wraps a URL, and uses the wrapped
URL to do its work.
There are a number of Resource
implementations that come supplied straight out of the box in
Spring:
The UrlResource wraps a
java.net.URL, and may be used to access any
object that is normally accessible via a URL, such as files, an HTTP
target, an FTP target, etc. All URLs have a standardized
String representation, such that appropriate
standardized prefixes are used to indicate one URL type from another.
This includes file: for accessing filesystem paths,
http: for accessing resources via the HTTP protocol,
ftp: for accessing resources via FTP, etc.
A UrlResource is created by Java code
explicitly using the UrlResource constructor, but
will often be created implicitly when you call an API method which takes
a String argument which is meant to represent a
path. For the latter case, a JavaBeans
PropertyEditor will ultimately decide
which type of Resource to create. If the
path string contains a few well-known (to it, that is) prefixes such as
classpath:, it will create an appropriate specialized
Resource for that prefix. However, if it
doesn't recognize the prefix, it will assume the this is just a standard
URL string, and will create a UrlResource.
This class represents a resource which should be obtained from the classpath. This uses either the thread context class loader, a given class loader, or a given class for loading resources.
This Resource implementation
supports resolution as java.io.File if the class
path resource resides in the file system, but not for classpath
resources which reside in a jar and have not been expanded (by the
servlet engine, or whatever the environment is) to the filesystem. To
address this the various Resource
implementations always support resolution as a
java.net.URL.
A ClassPathResource is created by Java code
explicitly using the ClassPathResource
constructor, but will often be created implicitly when you call an API
method which takes a String argument which is
meant to represent a path. For the latter case, a JavaBeans
PropertyEditor will recognize the special
prefix classpath:on the string path, and create a
ClassPathResource in that case.
This is a Resource implementation
for java.io.File handles. It obviously supports
resolution as a File, and as a
URL.
This is a Resource implementation
for ServletContext resources,
interpreting relative paths within the relevant web application's root
directory.
This always supports stream access and URL access, but only allows
java.io.File access when the web application
archive is expanded and the resource is physically on the filesystem.
Whether or not it's expanded and on the filesystem like this, or
accessed directly from the JAR or somewhere else like a DB (it's
conceivable) is actually dependent on the Servlet container.
A Resource implementation for a
given InputStream. This should only be
used if no specific Resource
implementation is applicable. In particular, prefer
ByteArrayResource or any of the file-based
Resource implementations where
possible.
In contrast to other Resource
implementations, this is a descriptor for an
already opened resource - therefore returning
true from isOpen(). Do not
use it if you need to keep the resource descriptor somewhere, or if you
need to read a stream multiple times.
The ResourceLoader interface is meant
to be implemented by objects that can return (i.e. load)
Resource instances.
public interface ResourceLoader { Resource getResource(String location); }
All application contexts implement the
ResourceLoader interface, and therefore all
application contexts may be used to obtain
Resource instances.
When you call getResource() on a specific
application context, and the location path specified doesn't have a
specific prefix, you will get back a
Resource type that is appropriate to that
particular application context. For example, assume the following snippet
of code was executed against a
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instance:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");What would be returned would be a
ClassPathResource; if the same method was executed
against a FileSystemXmlApplicationContext instance,
you'd get back a FileSystemResource. For a
WebApplicationContext, you'd get back a
ServletContextResource, and so on.
As such, you can load resources in a fashion appropriate to the particular application context.
On the other hand, you may also force
ClassPathResource to be used, regardless of the
application context type, by specifying the special
classpath: prefix:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("classpath:some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");Similarly, one can force a UrlResource to be
used by specifying any of the standard java.net.URL
prefixes:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("file:/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");Resource template = ctx.getResource("http://myhost.com/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");The following table summarizes the strategy for converting
Strings to
Resources:
Table 5.1. Resource strings
| Prefix | Example | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
classpath: | | Loaded from the classpath. |
file: | | Loaded as a |
http: | | Loaded as a
|
(none) | | Depends on the underlying
|
[1] But see also Section 5.7.3, “FileSystemResource caveats”. | ||
The ResourceLoaderAware interface is
a special marker interface, identifying objects that expect to be provided
with a ResourceLoader reference.
public interface ResourceLoaderAware { void setResourceLoader(ResourceLoader resourceLoader); }
When a class implements
ResourceLoaderAware and is deployed into an
application context (as a Spring-managed bean), it is recognized as
ResourceLoaderAware by the application
context. The application context will then invoke the
setResourceLoader(ResourceLoader), supplying
itself as the argument (remember, all application contexts in Spring
implement the ResourceLoader
interface).
Of course, since an
ApplicationContext is a
ResourceLoader, the bean could also
implement the ApplicationContextAware
interface and use the supplied application context directly to load
resources, but in general, it's better to use the specialized
ResourceLoader interface if that's all
that's needed. The code would just be coupled to the resource loading
interface, which can be considered a utility interface, and not the whole
Spring ApplicationContext interface.
As of Spring 2.5, you can rely upon autowiring of the
ResourceLoader as an alternative to
implementing the ResourceLoaderAware interface.
The "traditional" constructor and byType
autowiring modes (as described in Section 4.4.5, “Autowiring collaborators”)
are now capable of providing a dependency of type
ResourceLoader for either a
constructor argument or setter method parameter respectively. For more flexibility
(including the ability to autowire fields and multiple parameter methods), consider
using the new annotation-based autowiring features. In that case, the
ResourceLoader will be autowired into a field,
constructor argument, or method parameter that is expecting the
ResourceLoader type as long as the field,
constructor, or method in question carries the
@Autowired annotation. For more information,
see Section 4.9.2, “@Autowired”.
If the bean itself is going to determine and supply the resource
path through some sort of dynamic process, it probably makes sense for the
bean to use the ResourceLoader interface to
load resources. Consider as an example the loading of a template of some
sort, where the specific resource that is needed depends on the role of
the user. If the resources are static, it makes sense to eliminate the use
of the ResourceLoader interface completely,
and just have the bean expose the Resource
properties it needs, and expect that they will be injected into it.
What makes it trivial to then inject these properties, is that all
application contexts register and use a special JavaBeans
PropertyEditor which can convert
String paths to
Resource objects. So if
myBean has a template property of type
Resource, it can be configured with a
simple string for that resource, as follows:
<bean id="myBean" class="..."> <property name="template" value="some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt"/> </bean>
Note that the resource path has no prefix, so because the
application context itself is going to be used as the
ResourceLoader, the resource itself will be
loaded via a ClassPathResource,
FileSystemResource, or
ServletContextResource (as appropriate)
depending on the exact type of the context.
If there is a need to force a specific
Resource type to be used, then a prefix may
be used. The following two examples show how to force a
ClassPathResource and a
UrlResource (the latter being used to access a
filesystem file).
<property name="template" value="classpath:some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt">
<property name="template" value="file:/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt"/>
An application context constructor (for a specific application context type) generally takes a string or array of strings as the location path(s) of the resource(s) such as XML files that make up the definition of the context.
When such a location path doesn't have a prefix, the specific
Resource type built from that path and
used to load the bean definitions, depends on and is appropriate to the
specific application context. For example, if you create a
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext as follows:
ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("conf/appContext.xml");
The bean definitions will be loaded from the classpath, as a
ClassPathResource will be
used. But if you create a
FileSystemXmlApplicationContext as
follows:
ApplicationContext ctx =
new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("conf/appContext.xml");The bean definition will be loaded from a filesystem location, in this case relative to the current working directory.
Note that the use of the special classpath prefix or a standard
URL prefix on the location path will override the default type of
Resource created to load the definition.
So this FileSystemXmlApplicationContext...
ApplicationContext ctx =
new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("classpath:conf/appContext.xml");... will actually load its bean definitions from the classpath.
However, it is still a FileSystemXmlApplicationContext. If it is
subsequently used as a ResourceLoader,
any unprefixed paths will still be treated as filesystem paths.
The ClassPathXmlApplicationContext
exposes a number of constructors to enable convenient instantiation.
The basic idea is that one supplies merely a string array containing
just the filenames of the XML files themselves (without the leading
path information), and one also supplies a
Class; the
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext will derive the
path information from the supplied class.
An example will hopefully make this clear. Consider a directory layout that looks like this:
com/
foo/
services.xml
daos.xml
MessengerService.classA ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instance
composed of the beans defined in the 'services.xml'
and 'daos.xml' could be instantiated like
so...
ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext( new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"}, MessengerService.class);
Please do consult the Javadocs for the
ClassPathXmlApplicationContext class for
details of the various constructors.
The resource paths in application context constructor values may
be a simple path (as shown above) which has a one-to-one mapping to a
target Resource, or alternately may contain the special "classpath*:"
prefix and/or internal Ant-style regular expressions (matched using
Spring's PathMatcher utility). Both of the latter
are effectively wildcards
One use for this mechanism is when doing component-style
application assembly. All components can 'publish' context definition
fragments to a well-known location path, and when the final application
context is created using the same path prefixed via
classpath*:, all component fragments will be picked
up automatically.
Note that this wildcarding is specific to use of resource paths in
application context constructors (or when using the
PathMatcher utility class hierarchy directly),
and is resolved at construction time. It has nothing to do with the
Resource type itself. It's not possible
to use the classpath*: prefix to construct an actual
Resource, as a resource points to just
one resource at a time.
When the path location contains an Ant-style pattern, for example:
/WEB-INF/*-context.xml
com/mycompany/**/applicationContext.xml
file:C:/some/path/*-context.xml
classpath:com/mycompany/**/applicationContext.xml... the resolver follows a more complex but defined procedure to
try to resolve the wildcard. It produces a Resource for the path up to
the last non-wildcard segment and obtains a URL from it. If this URL
is not a "jar:" URL or container-specific variant (e.g.
"zip:" in WebLogic, "wsjar" in
WebSphere, etc.), then a java.io.File is
obtained from it and used to resolve the wildcard by traversing the
filesystem. In the case of a jar URL, the resolver either gets a
java.net.JarURLConnection from it or manually
parses the jar URL and then traverses the contents of the jar file
to resolve the wildcards.
If the specified path is already a file URL (either
explicitly, or implicitly because the base
ResourceLoader is a
filesystem one, then wildcarding is guaranteed to work in a
completely portable fashion.
If the specified path is a classpath location, then the
resolver must obtain the last non-wildcard path segment URL via a
Classloader.getResource() call. Since this
is just a node of the path (not the file at the end) it is actually
undefined (in the ClassLoader Javadocs)
exactly what sort of a URL is returned in this case. In practice, it
is always a java.io.File representing the
directory, where the classpath resource resolves to a filesystem
location, or a jar URL of some sort, where the classpath resource
resolves to a jar location. Still, there is a portability concern on
this operation.
If a jar URL is obtained for the last non-wildcard segment,
the resolver must be able to get a
java.net.JarURLConnection from it, or
manually parse the jar URL, to be able to walk the contents of the
jar, and resolve the wildcard. This will work in most environments,
but will fail in others, and it is strongly recommended that the
wildcard resolution of resources coming from jars be thoroughly
tested in your specific environment before you rely on it.
When constructing an XML-based application context, a location
string may use the special classpath*:
prefix:
ApplicationContext ctx =
new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("classpath*:conf/appContext.xml");This special prefix specifies that all classpath resources that
match the given name must be obtained (internally, this essentially
happens via a ClassLoader.getResources(...)
call), and then merged to form the final application context
definition.
![]() | Classpath*: portability |
|---|---|
The wildcard classpath relies on the |
The "classpath*:" prefix can also be combined
with a PathMatcher pattern in the rest of the location path, for
example "classpath*:META-INF/*-beans.xml". In this
case, the resolution strategy is fairly simple: a
ClassLoader.getResources() call is used on the last non-wildcard path
segment to get all the matching resources in the class loader
hierarchy, and then off each resource the same PathMatcher resoltion
strategy described above is used for the wildcard subpath.
Please note that "classpath*:" when
combined with Ant-style patterns will only work reliably with at least
one root directory before the pattern starts, unless the actual target
files reside in the file system. This means that a pattern like
"classpath*:*.xml" will not retrieve files from the
root of jar files but rather only from the root of expanded
directories. This originates from a limitation in the JDK's
ClassLoader.getResources() method which only
returns file system locations for a passed-in empty string (indicating
potential roots to search).
Ant-style patterns with "classpath:"
resources are not guaranteed to find matching resources if the root
package to search is available in multiple class path locations. This
is because a resource such as
com/mycompany/package1/service-context.xml
may be in only one location, but when a path such as
classpath:com/mycompany/**/service-context.xml
is used to try to resolve it, the resolver will work off the (first) URL
returned by getResource("com/mycompany");. If
this base package node exists in multiple classloader locations, the
actual end resource may not be underneath. Therefore, preferably, use
"classpath*:" with the same Ant-style pattern in
such a case, which will search all class path locations that contain
the root package.
A FileSystemResource that is not attached
to a FileSystemApplicationContext (that is, a
FileSystemApplicationContext is not the actual
ResourceLoader) will treat absolute vs.
relative paths as you would expect. Relative paths are relative to the
current working directory, while absolute paths are relative to the root
of the filesystem.
For backwards compatibility (historical) reasons however, this
changes when the FileSystemApplicationContext is
the ResourceLoader. The
FileSystemApplicationContext simply forces all
attached FileSystemResource instances to treat
all location paths as relative, whether they start with a leading slash
or not. In practice, this means the following are equivalent:
ApplicationContext ctx =
new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("conf/context.xml");ApplicationContext ctx =
new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("/conf/context.xml");As are the following: (Even though it would make sense for them to be different, as one case is relative and the other absolute.)
FileSystemXmlApplicationContext ctx = ...;
ctx.getResource("some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");FileSystemXmlApplicationContext ctx = ...;
ctx.getResource("/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");In practice, if true absolute filesystem paths are needed, it is
better to forgo the use of absolute paths with
FileSystemResource /
FileSystemXmlApplicationContext, and just force
the use of a UrlResource, by using the
file: URL prefix.
// actual context type doesn't matter, the Resource will always be UrlResource ctx.getResource("file:/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
// force this FileSystemXmlApplicationContext to load its definition via a UrlResource ApplicationContext ctx = new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("file:/conf/context.xml");
There are pros and cons for considering validation as business logic,
and Spring offers a design for validation (and data binding) that does not
exclude either one of them. Specifically validation should not be tied to
the web tier, should be easy to localize and it should be possible to plug
in any validator available. Considering the above, Spring has come up with
a Validator interface that is both basic
ands eminently usable in every layer of an application.
Data binding is useful for allowing user input to be dynamically bound
to the domain model of an application (or whatever objects you use to
process user input). Spring provides the so-called
DataBinder to do exactly that. The
Validator and the
DataBinder make up the
validation package, which is primarily used in but not
limited to the MVC framework.
The BeanWrapper is a fundamental
concept in the Spring Framework and is used in a lot of places. However,
you probably will not have the need to use the
BeanWrapper directly. Because this is
reference documentation however, we felt that some explanation might be in
order. We will explain the BeanWrapper in
this chapter since, if you were going to use it at all, you would most
likely do so when trying to bind data to objects.
Spring's DataBinder and the lower-level BeanWrapper both use
PropertyEditors to parse and format property values. The
PropertyEditor concept is part of the
JavaBeans specification, and is also explained in this chapter. Spring 3
introduces a "core.convert" package that provides a general type
conversion facility, as well as a higher-level "format" package for
formatting UI field values. These new packages may be used as simpler
alternatives to PropertyEditors, and will also be discussed in this
chapter.
Spring features a Validator interface
that you can use to validate objects. The
Validator interface works using an
Errors object so that while validating,
validators can report validation failures to the
Errors object.
Let's consider a small data object:
public class Person { private String name; private int age; // the usual getters and setters... }
We're going to provide validation behavior for the
Person class by implementing the following two
methods of the
org.springframework.validation.Validator
interface:
supports(Class) - Can this
Validator validate instances of the
supplied Class?
validate(Object,
org.springframework.validation.Errors) - validates the
given object and in case of validation errors, registers those with
the given Errors object
Implementing a Validator is fairly
straightforward, especially when you know of the
ValidationUtils helper class that the Spring
Framework also provides.
public class PersonValidator implements Validator { /** * This Validator validates just Person instances */ public boolean supports(Class clazz) { return Person.class.equals(clazz); } public void validate(Object obj, Errors e) { ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmpty(e, "name", "name.empty"); Person p = (Person) obj; if (p.getAge() < 0) { e.rejectValue("age", "negativevalue"); } else if (p.getAge() > 110) { e.rejectValue("age", "too.darn.old"); } } }
As you can see, the static
rejectIfEmpty(..) method on the
ValidationUtils class is used to reject the
'name' property if it is null or the
empty string. Have a look at the Javadoc for the
ValidationUtils class to see what functionality it
provides besides the example shown previously.
While it is certainly possible to implement a single
Validator class to validate each of the
nested objects in a rich object, it may be better to encapsulate the
validation logic for each nested class of object in its own
Validator implementation. A simple example
of a 'rich' object would be a
Customer that is composed of two
String properties (a first and second name) and a
complex Address object.
Address objects may be used independently of
Customer objects, and so a distinct
AddressValidator has been implemented. If you want
your CustomerValidator to reuse the logic contained
within the AddressValidator class without resorting
to copy-and-paste, you can dependency-inject or instantiate an
AddressValidator within your
CustomerValidator, and use it like so:
public class CustomerValidator implements Validator { private final Validator addressValidator; public CustomerValidator(Validator addressValidator) { if (addressValidator == null) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "The supplied [Validator] is required and must not be null."); } if (!addressValidator.supports(Address.class)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "The supplied [Validator] must support the validation of [Address] instances."); } this.addressValidator = addressValidator; } /** * This Validator validates Customer instances, and any subclasses of Customer too */ public boolean supports(Class clazz) { return Customer.class.isAssignableFrom(clazz); } public void validate(Object target, Errors errors) { ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "firstName", "field.required"); ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "surname", "field.required"); Customer customer = (Customer) target; try { errors.pushNestedPath("address"); ValidationUtils.invokeValidator(this.addressValidator, customer.getAddress(), errors); } finally { errors.popNestedPath(); } } }
Validation errors are reported to the
Errors object passed to the validator. In
case of Spring Web MVC you can use <spring:bind/>
tag to inspect the error messages, but of course you can also inspect the
errors object yourself. More information about the methods it offers can
be found from the Javadoc.
We've talked about databinding and validation. Outputting messages
corresponding to validation errors is the last thing we need to discuss.
In the example we've shown above, we rejected the name
and the age field. If we're going to output the error
messages by using a MessageSource, we will
do so using the error code we've given when rejecting the field ('name'
and 'age' in this case). When you call (either directly, or indirectly,
using for example the ValidationUtils class)
rejectValue or one of the other
reject methods from the
Errors interface, the underlying
implementation will not only register the code you've passed in, but also
a number of additional error codes. What error codes it registers is
determined by the MessageCodesResolver that
is used. By default, the
DefaultMessageCodesResolver is used, which for
example not only registers a message with the code you gave, but also
messages that include the field name you passed to the reject method. So
in case you reject a field using rejectValue("age",
"too.darn.old"), apart from the too.darn.old
code, Spring will also register too.darn.old.age and
too.darn.old.age.int (so the first will include the
field name and the second will include the type of the field); this is
done as a convenience to aid developers in targeting error messages and
suchlike.
More information on the
MessageCodesResolver and the default
strategy can be found online with the Javadocs for MessageCodesResolver and DefaultMessageCodesResolver respectively.
The org.springframework.beans package adheres to
the JavaBeans standard provided by Sun. A JavaBean is simply a class with
a default no-argument constructor, which follows a naming convention where
(by way of an example) a property named bingoMadness
would have a setter method setBingoMadness(..)
and a getter method getBingoMadness(). For more
information about JavaBeans and the specification, please refer to Sun's
website ( java.sun.com/products/javabeans).
One quite important class in the beans package is the
BeanWrapper interface and its corresponding
implementation (BeanWrapperImpl). As quoted from
the Javadoc, the BeanWrapper offers
functionality to set and get property values (individually or in bulk),
get property descriptors, and to query properties to determine if they are
readable or writable. Also, the BeanWrapper
offers support for nested properties, enabling the setting of properties
on sub-properties to an unlimited depth. Then, the
BeanWrapper supports the ability to add
standard JavaBeans PropertyChangeListeners
and VetoableChangeListeners, without the
need for supporting code in the target class. Last but not least, the
BeanWrapper provides support for the
setting of indexed properties. The
BeanWrapper usually isn't used by
application code directly, but by the
DataBinder and the
BeanFactory.
The way the BeanWrapper works is partly
indicated by its name: it wraps a bean to perform
actions on that bean, like setting and retrieving properties.
Setting and getting properties is done using the
setPropertyValue(s) and
getPropertyValue(s) methods that both come with a
couple of overloaded variants. They're all described in more detail in
the Javadoc Spring comes with. What's important to know is that there
are a couple of conventions for indicating properties of an object. A
couple of examples:
Table 6.1. Examples of properties
| Expression | Explanation |
|---|---|
name | Indicates the property name
corresponding to the methods getName()
or isName() and
setName(..) |
account.name | Indicates the nested property name of
the property account corresponding e.g. to
the methods getAccount().setName() or
getAccount().getName() |
account[2] | Indicates the third element of the
indexed property account. Indexed properties
can be of type array, list
or other naturally ordered
collection |
account[COMPANYNAME] | Indicates the value of the map entry indexed by the key
COMPANYNAME of the Map property
account |
Below you'll find some examples of working with the
BeanWrapper to get and set
properties.
(This next section is not vitally important to you if
you're not planning to work with the
BeanWrapper directly. If you're just
using the DataBinder and the
BeanFactory and their out-of-the-box
implementation, you should skip ahead to the section about
PropertyEditors.)
Consider the following two classes:
public class Company { private String name; private Employee managingDirector; public String getName() { return this.name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public Employee getManagingDirector() { return this.managingDirector; } public void setManagingDirector(Employee managingDirector) { this.managingDirector = managingDirector; } }
public class Employee { private String name; private float salary; public String getName() { return this.name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public float getSalary() { return salary; } public void setSalary(float salary) { this.salary = salary; } }
The following code snippets show some examples of how to retrieve
and manipulate some of the properties of instantiated
Companies and Employees:
BeanWrapper company = BeanWrapperImpl(new Company()); // setting the company name.. company.setPropertyValue("name", "Some Company Inc."); // ... can also be done like this: PropertyValue value = new PropertyValue("name", "Some Company Inc."); company.setPropertyValue(value); // ok, let's create the director and tie it to the company: BeanWrapper jim = BeanWrapperImpl(new Employee()); jim.setPropertyValue("name", "Jim Stravinsky"); company.setPropertyValue("managingDirector", jim.getWrappedInstance()); // retrieving the salary of the managingDirector through the company Float salary = (Float) company.getPropertyValue("managingDirector.salary");
Spring uses the concept of PropertyEditors to
effect the conversion between an Object and a
String. If you think about it, it sometimes might
be handy to be able to represent properties in a different way than the
object itself. For example, a Date can be
represented in a human readable way (as the
String '2007-14-09'), while
we're still able to convert the human readable form back to the original
date (or even better: convert any date entered in a human readable form,
back to Date objects). This behavior can be
achieved by registering custom editors, of type
java.beans.PropertyEditor. Registering
custom editors on a BeanWrapper or
alternately in a specific IoC container as mentioned in the previous
chapter, gives it the knowledge of how to convert properties to the
desired type. Read more about
PropertyEditors in the Javadoc of the
java.beans package provided by Sun.
A couple of examples where property editing is used in Spring:
setting properties on beans is done using
PropertyEditors. When mentioning
java.lang.String as the value of a property of
some bean you're declaring in XML file, Spring will (if the setter
of the corresponding property has a
Class-parameter) use the
ClassEditor to try to resolve the parameter
to a Class object.
parsing HTTP request parameters in Spring's
MVC framework is done using all kinds of
PropertyEditors that you can manually bind in all
subclasses of the CommandController.
Spring has a number of built-in PropertyEditors
to make life easy. Each of those is listed below and they are all
located in the
org.springframework.beans.propertyeditors package.
Most, but not all (as indicated below), are registered by default by
BeanWrapperImpl. Where the property editor is
configurable in some fashion, you can of course still register your own
variant to override the default one:
Table 6.2. Built-in PropertyEditors
| Class | Explanation |
|---|---|
ByteArrayPropertyEditor | Editor for byte arrays. Strings will simply be converted to
their corresponding byte representations. Registered by default
by BeanWrapperImpl. |
ClassEditor | Parses Strings representing classes to actual classes and
the other way around. When a class is not found, an
IllegalArgumentException is thrown.
Registered by default by
BeanWrapperImpl. |
CustomBooleanEditor | Customizable property editor for
Boolean properties. Registered by default
by BeanWrapperImpl, but, can be
overridden by registering custom instance of it as custom
editor. |
CustomCollectionEditor | Property editor for Collections, converting any source
Collection to a given target
Collection type. |
CustomDateEditor | Customizable property editor for java.util.Date, supporting a custom DateFormat. NOT registered by default. Must be user registered as needed with appropriate format. |
CustomNumberEditor | Customizable property editor for any Number subclass like
Integer, Long,
Float, Double.
Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl,
but can be overridden by registering custom instance of it as a
custom editor. |
FileEditor | Capable of resolving Strings to
java.io.File objects. Registered by
default by BeanWrapperImpl. |
InputStreamEditor | One-way property editor, capable of taking a text string
and producing (via an intermediate
ResourceEditor and
Resource) an
InputStream, so
InputStream properties may be
directly set as Strings. Note that the default usage will not
close the InputStream for you!
Registered by default by
BeanWrapperImpl. |
LocaleEditor | Capable of resolving Strings to
Locale objects and vice versa (the String
format is [language]_[country]_[variant], which is the same
thing the toString() method of Locale provides). Registered by
default by BeanWrapperImpl. |
PatternEditor | Capable of resolving Strings to JDK 1.5
Pattern objects and vice versa. |
PropertiesEditor | Capable of converting Strings (formatted using the format
as defined in the Javadoc for the java.lang.Properties class) to
Properties objects. Registered by default
by BeanWrapperImpl. |
StringTrimmerEditor | Property editor that trims Strings. Optionally allows
transforming an empty string into a null
value. NOT registered by default; must be user registered as
needed. |
URLEditor | Capable of resolving a String representation of a URL to an
actual URL object. Registered by default
by BeanWrapperImpl. |
Spring uses the
java.beans.PropertyEditorManager to set
the search path for property editors that might be needed. The search
path also includes sun.bean.editors, which includes
PropertyEditor implementations for types
such as Font, Color, and
most of the primitive types. Note also that the standard JavaBeans
infrastructure will automatically discover
PropertyEditor classes (without you
having to register them explicitly) if they are in the same package as
the class they handle, and have the same name as that class, with
'Editor' appended; for example, one could have the
following class and package structure, which would be sufficient for the
FooEditor class to be recognized and used as the
PropertyEditor for
Foo-typed properties.
com
chank
pop
Foo
FooEditor // the PropertyEditor for the Foo classNote that you can also use the standard
BeanInfo JavaBeans mechanism here as well
(described in not-amazing-detail here). Find below an example of using the
BeanInfo mechanism for explicitly
registering one or more PropertyEditor
instances with the properties of an associated class.
com
chank
pop
Foo
FooBeanInfo // the BeanInfo for the Foo class Here is the Java source code for the referenced
FooBeanInfo class. This would associate a
CustomNumberEditor with the
age property of the Foo class.
public class FooBeanInfo extends SimpleBeanInfo { public PropertyDescriptor[] getPropertyDescriptors() { try { final PropertyEditor numberPE = new CustomNumberEditor(Integer.class, true); PropertyDescriptor ageDescriptor = new PropertyDescriptor("age", Foo.class) { public PropertyEditor createPropertyEditor(Object bean) { return numberPE; }; }; return new PropertyDescriptor[] { ageDescriptor }; } catch (IntrospectionException ex) { throw new Error(ex.toString()); } } }
When setting bean properties as a string value, a Spring IoC
container ultimately uses standard JavaBeans
PropertyEditors to convert these Strings to the
complex type of the property. Spring pre-registers a number of custom
PropertyEditors (for example, to convert a
classname expressed as a string into a real
Class object). Additionally, Java's standard
JavaBeans PropertyEditor lookup
mechanism allows a PropertyEditor for a class
simply to be named appropriately and placed in the same package as the
class it provides support for, to be found automatically.
If there is a need to register other custom
PropertyEditors, there are several mechanisms
available. The most manual approach, which is not normally convenient
or recommended, is to simply use the
registerCustomEditor() method of the
ConfigurableBeanFactory interface,
assuming you have a BeanFactory
reference. Another, slightly more convenient, mechanism is to use a
special bean factory post-processor called
CustomEditorConfigurer. Although bean factory
post-processors can be used with
BeanFactory implementations, the
CustomEditorConfigurer has a nested property
setup, so it is strongly recommended that it is used with the
ApplicationContext, where it may be
deployed in similar fashion to any other bean, and automatically
detected and applied.
Note that all bean factories and application contexts
automatically use a number of built-in property editors, through their
use of something called a BeanWrapper
to handle property conversions. The standard property editors that the
BeanWrapper registers are listed in
the previous section.
Additionally, ApplicationContexts also override or
add an additional number of editors to handle resource lookups in a
manner appropriate to the specific application context type.
Standard JavaBeans PropertyEditor
instances are used to convert property values expressed as strings to
the actual complex type of the property.
CustomEditorConfigurer, a bean factory
post-processor, may be used to conveniently add support for additional
PropertyEditor instances to an
ApplicationContext.
Consider a user class ExoticType, and
another class DependsOnExoticType which needs
ExoticType set as a property:
package example; public class ExoticType { private String name; public ExoticType(String name) { this.name = name; } } public class DependsOnExoticType { private ExoticType type; public void setType(ExoticType type) { this.type = type; } }
When things are properly set up, we want to be able to assign the
type property as a string, which a
PropertyEditor will behind the scenes
convert into an actual ExoticType
instance:
<bean id="sample" class="example.DependsOnExoticType"> <property name="type" value="aNameForExoticType"/> </bean>
The PropertyEditor implementation
could look similar to this:
// converts string representation to ExoticType object package example; public class ExoticTypeEditor extends PropertyEditorSupport { public void setAsText(String text) { setValue(new ExoticType(text.toUpperCase())); } }
Finally, we use CustomEditorConfigurer to
register the new PropertyEditor with
the ApplicationContext, which will then
be able to use it as needed:
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.CustomEditorConfigurer"> <property name="customEditors"> <map> <entry key="example.ExoticType" value="example.ExoticTypeEditor"/> </map> </property> </bean>
Another mechanism for registering property editors with the
Spring container is to create and use a
PropertyEditorRegistrar. This
interface is particularly useful when you need to use the same set
of property editors in several different situations: write a
corresponding registrar and reuse that in each case.
PropertyEditorRegistrars work in conjunction with
an interface called
PropertyEditorRegistry, an interface
that is implemented by the Spring
BeanWrapper (and
DataBinder).
PropertyEditorRegistrars are particularly
convenient when used in conjunction with the
CustomEditorConfigurer (introduced here), which exposes a property called
setPropertyEditorRegistrars(..):
PropertyEditorRegistrars added to a
CustomEditorConfigurer in this fashion can
easily be shared with DataBinder and
Spring MVC Controllers. Furthermore,
it avoids the need for synchronization on custom editors: a
PropertyEditorRegistrar is expected
to create fresh PropertyEditor
instances for each bean creation attempt.
Using a PropertyEditorRegistrar
is perhaps best illustrated with an example. First off, you need to
create your own
PropertyEditorRegistrar
implementation:
package com.foo.editors.spring; public final class CustomPropertyEditorRegistrar implements PropertyEditorRegistrar { public void registerCustomEditors(PropertyEditorRegistry registry) { // it is expected that new PropertyEditor instances are created registry.registerCustomEditor(ExoticType.class, new ExoticTypeEditor()); // you could register as many custom property editors as are required here... } }
See also the
org.springframework.beans.support.ResourceEditorRegistrar
for an example
PropertyEditorRegistrar
implementation. Notice how in its implementation of the
registerCustomEditors(..) method it creates
new instances of each property editor.
Next we configure a
CustomEditorConfigurer and inject an instance
of our CustomPropertyEditorRegistrar into
it:
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.CustomEditorConfigurer"> <property name="propertyEditorRegistrars"> <list> <ref bean="customPropertyEditorRegistrar"/> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="customPropertyEditorRegistrar" class="com.foo.editors.spring.CustomPropertyEditorRegistrar"/>
Finally, and in a bit of a departure from the focus of this
chapter, for those of you using Spring's MVC web
framework, using
PropertyEditorRegistrars in
conjunction with data-binding
Controllers (such as
SimpleFormController) can be very convenient.
Find below an example of using a
PropertyEditorRegistrar in the
implementation of an initBinder(..)
method:
public final class RegisterUserController extends SimpleFormController { private final PropertyEditorRegistrar customPropertyEditorRegistrar; public RegisterUserController(PropertyEditorRegistrar propertyEditorRegistrar) { this.customPropertyEditorRegistrar = propertyEditorRegistrar; } protected void initBinder(HttpServletRequest request, ServletRequestDataBinder binder) throws Exception { this.customPropertyEditorRegistrar.registerCustomEditors(binder); } // other methods to do with registering a User }
This style of PropertyEditor
registration can lead to concise code (the implementation of
initBinder(..) is just one line long!), and
allows common PropertyEditor
registration code to be encapsulated in a class and then shared
amongst as many Controllers as
needed.
Spring 3 introduces a core.convert package that
provides a general type conversion system. The system defines an SPI to
implement type conversion logic, as well as an API to execute type
conversions at runtime. Within a Spring container, this system can be used
as an alternative to PropertyEditors to convert externalized bean property
value strings to required property types. The public API may also be used
anywhere in your application where type conversion is needed.
The SPI to implement type conversion logic is simple and strongly typed:
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface Converter<S, T> { T convert(S source); }
To create your own Converter, simply implement the interface above. Parameterize S as the type you are converting from, and T as the type you are converting to. For each call to convert(S), the source argument is guaranteed to be NOT null. Your Converter may throw any Exception if conversion fails. An IllegalArgumentException should be thrown to report an invalid source value. Take care to ensure your Converter implementation is thread-safe.
Several converter implementations are provided in the
core.convert.support package as a convenience.
These include converters from Strings to Numbers and other common types.
Consider StringToInteger as an example Converter
implementation:
package org.springframework.core.convert.support; final class StringToInteger implements Converter<String, Integer> { public Integer convert(String source) { return Integer.valueOf(source); } }
When you need to centralize the conversion logic for an entire
class hierarchy, for example, when converting from String to
java.lang.Enum objects, implement
ConverterFactory:
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface ConverterFactory<S, R> { <T extends R> Converter<S, T> getConverter(Class<T> targetType); }
Parameterize S to be the type you are converting from and R to be the base type defining the range of classes you can convert to. Then implement getConverter(Class<T>), where T is a subclass of R.
Consider the StringToEnum ConverterFactory
as an example:
package org.springframework.core.convert.support; final class StringToEnumConverterFactory implements ConverterFactory<String, Enum> { public <T extends Enum> Converter<String, T> getConverter(Class<T> targetType) { return new StringToEnumConverter(targetType); } private final class StringToEnumConverter<T extends Enum> implements Converter<String, T> { private Class<T> enumType; public StringToEnumConverter(Class<T> enumType) { this.enumType = enumType; } public T convert(String source) { return (T) Enum.valueOf(this.enumType, source.trim()); } } }
When you require a sophisticated Converter implementation, consider the GenericConverter interface. With a more flexible but less strongly typed signature, a GenericConverter supports converting between multiple source and target types. In addition, a GenericConverter makes available source and target field context you can use when implementing your conversion logic. Such context allows a type conversion to be driven by a field annotation, or generic information declared on a field signature.
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface GenericConverter { public Set<ConvertiblePair> getConvertibleTypes(); Object convert(Object source, TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
To implement a GenericConverter, have getConvertibleTypes() return the supported source->target type pairs. Then implement convert(Object, TypeDescriptor, TypeDescriptor) to implement your conversion logic. The source TypeDescriptor provides access to the source field holding the value being converted. The target TypeDescriptor provides access to the target field where the converted value will be set.
A good example of a GenericConverter is a converter that converts between a Java Array and a Collection. Such an ArrayToCollectionConverter introspects the field that declares the target Collection type to resolve the Collection's element type. This allows each element in the source array to be converted to the Collection element type before the Collection is set on the target field.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Because GenericConverter is a more complex SPI interface, only use it when you need it. Favor Converter or ConverterFactory for basic type conversion needs. |
Sometimes you only want a Converter to execute if a specific condition holds true. For example, you might only want to execute a Converter if a specific annotation is present on the target field. Or you might only want to execute a Converter if a specific method, such as static valueOf method, is defined on the target class. ConditionalGenericConverter is an subinterface of GenericConverter that allows you to define such custom matching criteria:
public interface ConditionalGenericConverter extends GenericConverter { boolean matches(TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
A good example of a ConditionalGenericConverter is an EntityConverter that converts between an persistent entity identifier and an entity reference. Such a EntityConverter might only match if the target entity type declares a static finder method e.g. findAccount(Long). You would perform such a finder method check in the implementation of matches(TypeDescriptor, TypeDescriptor).
The ConversionService defines a unified API for executing type conversion logic at runtime. Converters are often executed behind this facade interface:
package org.springframework.core.convert; public interface ConversionService { boolean canConvert(Class<?> sourceType, Class<?> targetType); <T> T convert(Object source, Class<T> targetType); boolean canConvert(TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); Object convert(Object source, TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
Most ConversionService implementations also implement ConverterRegistry, which provides an SPI for registering converters. Internally, a ConversionService implementation delegates to its registered converters to carry out type conversion logic.
A robust ConversionService implementation is provided in the
core.convert.support package.
GenericConversionService is the general-purpose
implementation suitable for use in most environments.
ConversionServiceFactory provides a convenient
factory for creating common ConversionService configurations.
A ConversionService is a stateless object designed to be instantiated at application startup, then shared between multiple threads. In a Spring application, you typically configure a ConversionService instance per Spring container (or ApplicationContext). That ConversionService will be picked up by Spring and then used whenever a type conversion needs to be performed by the framework. You may also inject this ConversionService into any of your beans and invoke it directly.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If no ConversionService is registered with Spring, the original PropertyEditor-based system is used. |
To register a default ConversionService with Spring, add the
following bean definition with id conversionService:
<bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.context.support.ConversionServiceFactoryBean"/>
A default ConversionService can convert between strings, numbers,
enums, collections, maps, and other common types. To suppliment or
override the default converters with your own custom converter(s), set
the converters property. Property values may implement
either of the Converter, ConverterFactory, or GenericConverter
interfaces.
<bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.context.support.ConversionServiceFactoryBean"> <property name="converters"> <list> <bean class="example.MyCustomConverter"/> </list> </property> </bean>
It is also common to use a ConversionService within a Spring MVC
application. See Section 6.6.5, “Configuring Formatting in Spring MVC”
for details on use with
<mvc:annotation-driven/>.
In certain situations you may wish to apply formatting during
conversion. See Section 6.6.3, “FormatterRegistry SPI” for
details on using
FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean.
To work with a ConversionService instance programatically, simply inject a reference to it like you would for any other bean:
@Service public class MyService { @Autowired public MyService(ConversionService conversionService) { this.conversionService = conversionService; } public void doIt() { this.conversionService.convert(...) } }
As discussed in the previous section, core.convert is a general-purpose type
conversion system. It provides a unified ConversionService API as well as
a strongly-typed Converter SPI for implementing conversion logic from one
type to another. A Spring Container uses this system to bind bean property
values. In addition, both the Spring Expression Language (SpEL) and
DataBinder use this system to bind field values. For example, when SpEL
needs to coerce a Short to a
Long to complete an
expression.setValue(Object bean, Object value)
attempt, the core.convert system performs the coercion.
Now consider the type conversion requirements of a typical client environment such as a web or desktop application. In such environments, you typically convert from String to support the client postback process, as well as back to String to support the view rendering process. In addition, you often need to localize String values. The more general core.convert Converter SPI does not address such formatting requirements directly. To directly address them, Spring 3 introduces a convenient Formatter SPI that provides a simple and robust alternative to PropertyEditors for client environments.
In general, use the Converter SPI when you need to implement general-purpose type conversion logic; for example, for converting between a java.util.Date and and java.lang.Long. Use the Formatter SPI when you're working in a client environment, such as a web application, and need to parse and print localized field values. The ConversionService provides a unified type conversion API for both SPIs.
The Formatter SPI to implement field formatting logic is simple and strongly typed:
package org.springframework.format; public interface Formatter<T> extends Printer<T>, Parser<T> { }
Where Formatter extends from the Printer and Parser building-block interfaces:
public interface Printer<T> { String print(T fieldValue, Locale locale); }
import java.text.ParseException; public interface Parser<T> { T parse(String clientValue, Locale locale) throws ParseException; }
To create your own Formatter, simply implement the Formatter
interface above. Parameterize T to be the type of object you wish to
format, for example, java.util.Date. Implement
the print() operation to print an instance of T
for display in the client locale. Implement the
parse() operation to parse an instance of T from
the formatted representation returned from the client locale. Your
Formatter should throw a ParseException or IllegalArgumentException if a
parse attempt fails. Take care to ensure your Formatter implementation
is thread-safe.
Several Formatter implementations are provided in
format subpackages as a convenience. The
number package provides a NumberFormatter,
CurrencyFormatter, and PercentFormatter to format java.lang.Number
objects using a java.text.NumberFormat. The
datetime package provides a DateFormatter to format
java.util.Date objects with a java.text.DateFormat. The
datetime.joda package provides comprehensive
datetime formatting support based on the Joda Time library.
Consider DateFormatter as an example
Formatter implementation:
package org.springframework.format.datetime; public final class DateFormatter implements Formatter<Date> { private String pattern; public DateFormatter(String pattern) { this.pattern = pattern; } public String print(Date date, Locale locale) { if (date == null) { return ""; } return getDateFormat(locale).format(date); } public Date parse(String formatted, Locale locale) throws ParseException { if (formatted.length() == 0) { return null; } return getDateFormat(locale).parse(formatted); } protected DateFormat getDateFormat(Locale locale) { DateFormat dateFormat = new SimpleDateFormat(this.pattern, locale); dateFormat.setLenient(false); return dateFormat; } }
The Spring team welcomes community-driven Formatter contributions; see http://jira.springframework.org to contribute.
As you will see, field formatting can be configured by field type or annotation. To bind an Annotation to a formatter, implement AnnotationFormatterFactory:
package org.springframework.format; public interface AnnotationFormatterFactory<A extends Annotation> { Set<Class<?>> getFieldTypes(); Printer<?> getPrinter(A annotation, Class<?> fieldType); Parser<?> getParser(A annotation, Class<?> fieldType); }
Parameterize A to be the field annotationType you wish to associate
formatting logic with, for example
org.springframework.format.annotation.DateTimeFormat. Have
getFieldTypes() return the types of fields the
annotation may be used on. Have getPrinter()
return a Printer to print the value of an annotated field. Have
getParser() return a Parser to parse a
clientValue for an annotated field.
The example AnnotationFormatterFactory implementation below binds the @NumberFormat Annotation to a formatter. This annotation allows either a number style or pattern to be specified:
public final class NumberFormatAnnotationFormatterFactory implements AnnotationFormatterFactory<NumberFormat> { public Set<Class<?>> getFieldTypes() { return new HashSet<Class<?>>(asList(new Class<?>[] { Short.class, Integer.class, Long.class, Float.class, Double.class, BigDecimal.class, BigInteger.class })); } public Printer<Number> getPrinter(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { return configureFormatterFrom(annotation, fieldType); } public Parser<Number> getParser(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { return configureFormatterFrom(annotation, fieldType); } private Formatter<Number> configureFormatterFrom(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { if (!annotation.pattern().isEmpty()) { return new NumberFormatter(annotation.pattern()); } else { Style style = annotation.style(); if (style == Style.PERCENT) { return new PercentFormatter(); } else if (style == Style.CURRENCY) { return new CurrencyFormatter(); } else { return new NumberFormatter(); } } } }
To trigger formatting, simply annotate fields with @NumberFormat:
public class MyModel { @NumberFormat(style=Style.CURRENCY) private BigDecimal decimal; }
A portable format annotation API exists in the
org.springframework.format.annotation package.
Use @NumberFormat to format java.lang.Number fields. Use
@DateTimeFormat to format java.util.Date, java.util.Calendar,
java.util.Long, or Joda Time fields.
The example below uses @DateTimeFormat to format a java.util.Date as a ISO Date (yyyy-MM-dd):
public class MyModel { @DateTimeFormat(iso=ISO.DATE) private Date date; }
The FormatterRegistry is an SPI for registering formatters and
converters. FormattingConversionService is
an implementation of FormatterRegistry suitable for most environments.
This implementation may be configured programatically or declaratively
as a Spring bean using
FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean.
Because this implemementation also implements
ConversionService, it can be directly
configured for use with Spring's DataBinder and the Spring Expression
Language (SpEL).
Review the FormatterRegistry SPI below:
package org.springframework.format; public interface FormatterRegistry extends ConverterRegistry { void addFormatterForFieldType(Class<?> fieldType, Printer<?> printer, Parser<?> parser); void addFormatterForFieldType(Class<?> fieldType, Formatter<?> formatter); void addFormatterForFieldType(Formatter<?> formatter); void addFormatterForAnnotation(AnnotationFormatterFactory<?, ?> factory); }
As shown above, Formatters can be registered by fieldType or annotation.
The FormatterRegistry SPI allows you to configure Formatting rules centrally, instead of duplicating such configuration across your Controllers. For example, you might want to enforce that all Date fields are formatted a certain way, or fields with a specific annotation are formatted in a certain way. With a shared FormatterRegistry, you define these rules once and they are applied whenever formatting is needed.
The FormatterRegistrar is an SPI for registering formatters and converters through the FormatterRegistry:
package org.springframework.format; public interface FormatterRegistrar { void registerFormatters(FormatterRegistry registry); }
A FormatterRegistrar is useful when registering multiple related converters and formatters for a given formatting category, such as Date formatting. It can also be useful where declarative registration is insufficient. For example when a formatter needs to be indexed under a specific field type different from its own <T> or when registering a Printer/Parser pair. The next section provides more information on converter and formatter registration.
In a Spring MVC application, you may configure a custom
ConversionService instance explicity as an attribute of the
annotation-driven element of the MVC namespace. This
ConversionService will then be used anytime a type conversion is
required during Controller model binding. If not configured explicitly,
Spring MVC will automatically register default formatters and converters
for common types such as numbers and dates.
To rely on default formatting rules, no custom configuration is required in your Spring MVC config XML:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <mvc:annotation-driven/> </beans>
With this one-line of configuation, default formatters for Numbers and Date types will be installed, including support for the @NumberFormat and @DateTimeFormat annotations. Full support for the Joda Time formatting library is also installed if Joda Time is present on the classpath.
To inject a ConversionService instance with custom formatters and converters registered, set the conversion-service attribute and then specify custom converters, formatters, or FormatterRegistrars as properties of the FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <mvc:annotation-driven conversion-service="conversionService"/> <bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.format.support.FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean"> <property name="converters"> <set> <bean class="org.example.MyConverter"/> </set> </property> <property name="formatters"> <set> <bean class="org.example.MyFormatter"/> <bean class="org.example.MyAnnotationFormatterFactory"/> </set> </property> <property name="formatterRegistrars"> <set> <bean class="org.example.MyFormatterRegistrar"/> </set> </property> </bean> </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
See Section 6.6.4, “FormatterRegistrar SPI” and
the |
Spring 3 introduces several enhancements to its validation support. First, the JSR-303 Bean Validation API is now fully supported. Second, when used programatically, Spring's DataBinder can now validate objects as well as bind to them. Third, Spring MVC now has support for declaratively validating @Controller inputs.
JSR-303 standardizes validation constraint declaration and metadata for the Java platform. Using this API, you annotate domain model properties with declarative validation constraints and the runtime enforces them. There are a number of built-in constraints you can take advantage of. You may also define your own custom constraints.
To illustrate, consider a simple PersonForm model with two properties:
public class PersonForm { private String name; private int age; }
JSR-303 allows you to define declarative validation constraints against such properties:
public class PersonForm { @NotNull @Size(max=64) private String name; @Min(0) private int age; }
When an instance of this class is validated by a JSR-303 Validator, these constraints will be enforced.
For general information on JSR-303, see the Bean Validation Specification. For information on the specific capabilities of the default reference implementation, see the Hibernate Validator documentation. To learn how to setup a JSR-303 implementation as a Spring bean, keep reading.
Spring provides full support for the JSR-303 Bean Validation API.
This includes convenient support for bootstrapping a JSR-303
implementation as a Spring bean. This allows for a
javax.validation.ValidatorFactory or
javax.validation.Validator to be injected wherever
validation is needed in your application.
Use the LocalValidatorFactoryBean to
configure a default JSR-303 Validator as a Spring bean:
<bean id="validator" class="org.springframework.validation.beanvalidation.LocalValidatorFactoryBean"/>
The basic configuration above will trigger JSR-303 to initialize using its default bootstrap mechanism. A JSR-303 provider, such as Hibernate Validator, is expected to be present in the classpath and will be detected automatically.
LocalValidatorFactoryBean implements both
javax.validation.ValidatorFactory and
javax.validation.Validator, as well as Spring's
org.springframework.validation.Validator. You may inject
a reference to either of these interfaces into beans that need to
invoke validation logic.
Inject a reference to javax.validation.Validator if
you prefer to work with the JSR-303 API directly:
import javax.validation.Validator; @Service public class MyService { @Autowired private Validator validator;
Inject a reference to
org.springframework.validation.Validator if your bean
requires the Spring Validation API:
import org.springframework.validation.Validator; @Service public class MyService { @Autowired private Validator validator; }
Each JSR-303 validation constraint consists of two parts. First,
a @Constraint annotation that declares the constraint and its
configurable properties. Second, an implementation of the
javax.validation.ConstraintValidator interface that
implements the constraint's behavior. To associate a declaration with
an implementation, each @Constraint annotation references a
corresponding ValidationConstraint implementation class. At runtime, a
ConstraintValidatorFactory instantiates the referenced
implementation when the constraint annotation is encountered in your
domain model.
By default, the LocalValidatorFactoryBean
configures a SpringConstraintValidatorFactory that uses
Spring to create ConstraintValidator instances. This allows your
custom ConstraintValidators to benefit from dependency injection like
any other Spring bean.
Shown below is an example of a custom @Constraint declaration,
followed by an associated ConstraintValidator
implementation that uses Spring for dependency injection:
@Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.FIELD})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Constraint(validatedBy=MyConstraintValidator.class)
public @interface MyConstraint {
}import javax.validation.ConstraintValidator; public class MyConstraintValidator implements ConstraintValidator { @Autowired; private Foo aDependency; ... }
As you can see, a ConstraintValidator implementation may have its dependencies @Autowired like any other Spring bean.
The default LocalValidatorFactoryBean
configuration should prove sufficient for most cases. There are a
number of other configuration options for various JSR-303 constructs,
from message interpolation to traversal resolution. See the JavaDocs
of LocalValidatorFactoryBean for more
information on these options.
Since Spring 3, a DataBinder instance can be configured with a
Validator. Once configured, the Validator may be invoked by calling
binder.validate(). Any validation Errors are automatically
added to the binder's BindingResult.
When working with the DataBinder programatically, this can be used to invoke validation logic after binding to a target object:
Foo target = new Foo(); DataBinder binder = new DataBinder(target); binder.setValidator(new FooValidator()); // bind to the target object binder.bind(propertyValues); // validate the target object binder.validate(); // get BindingResult that includes any validation errors BindingResult results = binder.getBindingResult();
Beginning with Spring 3, Spring MVC has the ability to automatically validate @Controller inputs. In previous versions it was up to the developer to manually invoke validation logic.
To trigger validation of a @Controller input, simply annotate the input argument as @Valid:
@Controller public class MyController { @RequestMapping("/foo", method=RequestMethod.POST) public void processFoo(@Valid Foo foo) { /* ... */ }
Spring MVC will validate a @Valid object after binding so-long as an appropriate Validator has been configured.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The @Valid annotation is part of the standard JSR-303 Bean Validation API, and is not a Spring-specific construct. |
The Validator instance invoked when a @Valid method argument is encountered may be configured in two ways. First, you may call binder.setValidator(Validator) within a @Controller's @InitBinder callback. This allows you to configure a Validator instance per @Controller class:
@Controller public class MyController { @InitBinder protected void initBinder(WebDataBinder binder) { binder.setValidator(new FooValidator()); } @RequestMapping("/foo", method=RequestMethod.POST) public void processFoo(@Valid Foo foo) { ... } }
Second, you may call setValidator(Validator) on the global WebBindingInitializer. This allows you to configure a Validator instance across all @Controllers. This can be achieved easily by using the Spring MVC namespace:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <mvc:annotation-driven validator="globalValidator"/> </beans>
With JSR-303, a single javax.validation.Validator
instance typically validates all model objects
that declare validation constraints. To configure a JSR-303-backed
Validator with Spring MVC, simply add a JSR-303 Provider, such as
Hibernate Validator, to your classpath. Spring MVC will detect it and
automatically enable JSR-303 support across all Controllers.
The Spring MVC configuration required to enable JSR-303 support is shown below:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <!-- JSR-303 support will be detected on classpath and enabled automatically --> <mvc:annotation-driven/> </beans>
With this minimal configuration, anytime a @Valid @Controller input is encountered, it will be validated by the JSR-303 provider. JSR-303, in turn, will enforce any constraints declared against the input. Any ConstraintViolations will automatically be exposed as errors in the BindingResult renderable by standard Spring MVC form tags.
The Spring Expression Language (SpEL for short) is a powerful expression language that supports querying and manipulating an object graph at runtime. The language syntax is similar to Unified EL but offers additional features, most notably method invocation and basic string templating functionality.
While there are several other Java expression languages available, OGNL, MVEL, and JBoss EL, to name a few, the Spring Expression Language was created to provide the Spring community with a single well supported expression language that can be used across all the products in the Spring portfolio. Its language features are driven by the requirements of the projects in the Spring portfolio, including tooling requirements for code completion support within the eclipse based SpringSource Tool Suite. That said, SpEL is based on a technology agnostic API allowing other expression language implementations to be integrated should the need arise.
While SpEL serves as the foundation for expression evaluation within the Spring portfolio, it is not directly tied to Spring and can be used independently. In order to be self contained, many of the examples in this chapter use SpEL as if it were an independent expression language. This requires creating a few bootstrapping infrastructure classes such as the parser. Most Spring users will not need to deal with this infrastructure and will instead only author expression strings for evaluation. An example of this typical use is the integration of SpEL into creating XML or annotated based bean definitions as shown in the section Expression support for defining bean definitions.
This chapter covers the features of the expression language, its API, and its language syntax. In several places an Inventor and Inventor's Society class are used as the target objects for expression evaluation. These class declarations and the data used to populate them are listed at the end of the chapter.
The expression language supports the following functionality
Literal expressions
Boolean and relational operators
Regular expressions
Class expressions
Accessing properties, arrays, lists, maps
Method invocation
Relational operators
Assignment
Calling constructors
Bean references
Array construction
Inline lists
Ternary operator
Variables
User defined functions
Collection projection
Collection selection
Templated expressions
This section introduces the simple use of SpEL interfaces and its expression language. The complete language reference can be found in the section Language Reference.
The following code introduces the SpEL API to evaluate the literal string expression 'Hello World'.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'"); String message = (String) exp.getValue();
The value of the message variable is simply 'Hello World'.
The SpEL classes and interfaces you are most likely to use are located in the packages org.springframework.expression and its sub packages and spel.support.
The interface ExpressionParser is
responsible for parsing an expression string. In this example the
expression string is a string literal denoted by the surrounding single
quotes. The interface Expression is
responsible for evaluating the previously defined expression string. There
are two exceptions that can be thrown,
ParseException and
EvaluationException when calling
'parser.parseExpression' and
'exp.getValue' respectively.
SpEL supports a wide range of features, such as calling methods, accessing properties, and calling constructors.
As an example of method invocation, we call the 'concat' method on the string literal.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.concat('!')"); String message = (String) exp.getValue();
The value of message is now 'Hello World!'.
As an example of calling a JavaBean property, the String property 'Bytes' can be called as shown below.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // invokes 'getBytes()' Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.bytes"); byte[] bytes = (byte[]) exp.getValue();
SpEL also supports nested properties using standard 'dot' notation, i.e. prop1.prop2.prop3 and the setting of property values
Public fields may also be accessed.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // invokes 'getBytes().length' Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.bytes.length"); int length = (Integer) exp.getValue();
The String's constructor can be called instead of using a string literal.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("new String('hello world').toUpperCase()"); String message = exp.getValue(String.class);
Note the use of the generic method public <T> T
getValue(Class<T> desiredResultType). Using this method
removes the need to cast the value of the expression to the desired result
type. An EvaluationException will be thrown if the
value cannot be cast to the type T or converted using
the registered type converter.
The more common usage of SpEL is to provide an expression string that
is evaluated against a specific object instance (called the root object).
There are two options here and which to choose depends on whether the object
against which the expression is being evaluated will be changing with each
call to evaluate the expression. In the following example
we retrieve the name property from an instance of the
Inventor class.
// Create and set a calendar GregorianCalendar c = new GregorianCalendar(); c.set(1856, 7, 9); // The constructor arguments are name, birthday, and nationality. Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", c.getTime(), "Serbian"); ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name"); EvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); String name = (String) exp.getValue(context);
In the last
line, the value of the string variable 'name' will be set to "Nikola
Tesla". The class StandardEvaluationContext is where you can specify which
object the "name" property will be evaluated against. This is the mechanism
to use if the root object is unlikely to change, it can simply be set once
in the evaluation context. If the root object is likely to change
repeatedly, it can be supplied on each call to getValue,
as this next example shows:
/ Create and set a calendar GregorianCalendar c = new GregorianCalendar(); c.set(1856, 7, 9); // The constructor arguments are name, birthday, and nationality. Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", c.getTime(), "Serbian"); ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name"); String name = (String) exp.getValue(tesla);
In this case the inventor tesla has been
supplied directly to getValue and the expression
evaluation infrastructure creates and manages a default evaluation context
internally - it did not require one to be supplied.
The StandardEvaluationContext is relatively expensive to construct and during repeated usage it builds up cached state that enables subsequent expression evaluations to be performed more quickly. For this reason it is better to cache and reuse them where possible, rather than construct a new one for each expression evaluation.
In some cases it can be desirable to use a configured evaluation context and
yet still supply a different root object on each call to getValue.
getValue allows both to be specified on the same call.
In these situations the root object passed on the call is considered to override
any (which maybe null) specified on the evaluation context.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In standalone usage of SpEL there is a need to create the parser, parse expressions and perhaps provide evaluation contexts and a root context object. However, more common usage is to provide only the SpEL expression string as part of a configuration file, for example for Spring bean or Spring Web Flow definitions. In this case, the parser, evaluation context, root object and any predefined variables are all set up implicitly, requiring the user to specify nothing other than the expressions. |
As a final introductory example, the use of a boolean operator is shown using the Inventor object in the previous example.
Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name == 'Nikola Tesla'"); boolean result = exp.getValue(context, Boolean.class); // evaluates to true
The interface EvaluationContext is
used when evaluating an expression to resolve properties, methods,
fields, and to help perform type conversion. The out-of-the-box
implementation, StandardEvaluationContext, uses
reflection to manipulate the object, caching
java.lang.reflect's Method,
Field, and Constructor
instances for increased performance.
The StandardEvaluationContext is where you
may specify the root object to evaluate against via the method
setRootObject() or passing the root object into
the constructor. You can also specify variables and functions that
will be used in the expression using the methods
setVariable() and
registerFunction(). The use of variables and
functions are described in the language reference sections Variables and Functions. The
StandardEvaluationContext is also where you can
register custom ConstructorResolvers,
MethodResolvers, and
PropertyAccessors to extend how SpEL evaluates
expressions. Please refer to the JavaDoc of these classes for more
details.
By default SpEL uses the conversion service available in Spring
core
(org.springframework.core.convert.ConversionService).
This conversion service comes with many converters built in for common
conversions but is also fully extensible so custom conversions between
types can be added. Additionally it has the key capability that it is
generics aware. This means that when working with generic types in
expressions, SpEL will attempt conversions to maintain type
correctness for any objects it encounters.
What does this mean in practice? Suppose assignment, using
setValue(), is being used to set a
List property. The type of the property is actually
List<Boolean>. SpEL will recognize that the
elements of the list need to be converted to
Boolean before being placed in it. A simple
example:
class Simple { public List<Boolean> booleanList = new ArrayList<Boolean>(); } Simple simple = new Simple(); simple.booleanList.add(true); StandardEvaluationContext simpleContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(simple); // false is passed in here as a string. SpEL and the conversion service will // correctly recognize that it needs to be a Boolean and convert it parser.parseExpression("booleanList[0]").setValue(simpleContext, "false"); // b will be false Boolean b = simple.booleanList.get(0);
SpEL expressions can be used with XML or annotation based
configuration metadata for defining BeanDefinitions. In both cases the
syntax to define the expression is of the form #{ <expression
string> }.
A property or constructor-arg value can be set using expressions as shown below
<bean id="numberGuess" class="org.spring.samples.NumberGuess"> <property name="randomNumber" value="#{ T(java.lang.Math).random() * 100.0 }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
The variable 'systemProperties' is predefined, so you can use it in your expressions as shown below. Note that you do not have to prefix the predefined variable with the '#' symbol in this context.
<bean id="taxCalculator" class="org.spring.samples.TaxCalculator"> <property name="defaultLocale" value="#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
You can also refer to other bean properties by name, for example.
<bean id="numberGuess" class="org.spring.samples.NumberGuess"> <property name="randomNumber" value="#{ T(java.lang.Math).random() * 100.0 }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean> <bean id="shapeGuess" class="org.spring.samples.ShapeGuess"> <property name="initialShapeSeed" value="#{ numberGuess.randomNumber }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
The @Value annotation can be placed on fields,
methods and method/constructor parameters to specify a default
value.
Here is an example to set the default value of a field variable.
public static class FieldValueTestBean @Value("#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }") private String defaultLocale; public void setDefaultLocale(String defaultLocale) { this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } public String getDefaultLocale() { return this.defaultLocale; } }
The equivalent but on a property setter method is shown below.
public static class PropertyValueTestBean private String defaultLocale; @Value("#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }") public void setDefaultLocale(String defaultLocale) { this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } public String getDefaultLocale() { return this.defaultLocale; } }
Autowired methods and constructors can also use the
@Value annotation.
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; private String defaultLocale; @Autowired public void configure(MovieFinder movieFinder, @Value("#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }"} String defaultLocale) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } // ... }
public class MovieRecommender { private String defaultLocale; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public MovieRecommender(CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao, @Value("#{systemProperties['user.country']}"} String defaultLocale) { this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } // ... }
The types of literal expressions supported are strings, dates, numeric values (int, real, and hex), boolean and null. Strings are delimited by single quotes. To put a single quote itself in a string use two single quote characters. The following listing shows simple usage of literals. Typically they would not be used in isolation like this, but as part of a more complex expression, for example using a literal on one side of a logical comparison operator.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // evals to "Hello World" String helloWorld = (String) parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'").getValue(); double avogadrosNumber = (Double) parser.parseExpression("6.0221415E+23").getValue(); // evals to 2147483647 int maxValue = (Integer) parser.parseExpression("0x7FFFFFFF").getValue(); boolean trueValue = (Boolean) parser.parseExpression("true").getValue(); Object nullValue = parser.parseExpression("null").getValue();
Numbers support the use of the negative sign, exponential notation, and decimal points. By default real numbers are parsed using Double.parseDouble().
Navigating with property references is easy, just use a period to indicate a nested property value. The instances of Inventor class, pupin and tesla, were populated with data listed in the section Classes used in the examples. To navigate "down" and get Tesla's year of birth and Pupin's city of birth the following expressions are used.
// evals to 1856 int year = (Integer) parser.parseExpression("Birthdate.Year + 1900").getValue(context); String city = (String) parser.parseExpression("placeOfBirth.City").getValue(context);
Case insensitivity is allowed for the first letter of property names. The contents of arrays and lists are obtained using square bracket notation.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // Inventions Array StandardEvaluationContext teslaContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); // evaluates to "Induction motor" String invention = parser.parseExpression("inventions[3]").getValue(teslaContext, String.class); // Members List StandardEvaluationContext societyContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(ieee); // evaluates to "Nikola Tesla" String name = parser.parseExpression("Members[0].Name").getValue(societyContext, String.class); // List and Array navigation // evaluates to "Wireless communication" String invention = parser.parseExpression("Members[0].Inventions[6]").getValue(societyContext, String.class);
The contents of maps are obtained by specifying the literal key value within the brackets. In this case, because keys for the Officers map are strings, we can specify string literals.
// Officer's Dictionary Inventor pupin = parser.parseExpression("Officers['president']").getValue(societyContext, Inventor.class); // evaluates to "Idvor" String city = parser.parseExpression("Officers['president'].PlaceOfBirth.City").getValue(societyContext, String.class); // setting values parser.parseExpression("Officers['advisors'][0].PlaceOfBirth.Country").setValue(societyContext, "Croatia");
Lists can be expressed directly in an expression using {} notation.
// evaluates to a Java list containing the four numbers List numbers = (List) parser.parseExpression("{1,2,3,4}").getValue(context); List listOfLists = (List) parser.parseExpression("{{'a','b'},{'x','y'}}").getValue(context);
{} by itself means an empty list. For performance reasons, if the list is itself entirely composed of fixed literals then a constant list is created to represent the expression, rather than building a new list on each evaluation.
Arrays can be built using the familiar Java syntax, optionally supplying an initializer to have the array populated at construction time.
int[] numbers1 = (int[]) parser.parseExpression("new int[4]").getValue(context); // Array with initializer int[] numbers2 = (int[]) parser.parseExpression("new int[]{1,2,3}").getValue(context); // Multi dimensional array int[][] numbers3 = (int[][]) parser.parseExpression("new int[4][5]").getValue(context);
It is not currently allowed to supply an initializer when constructing a multi-dimensional array.
Methods are invoked using typical Java programming syntax. You may also invoke methods on literals. Varargs are also supported.
// string literal, evaluates to "bc" String c = parser.parseExpression("'abc'.substring(2, 3)").getValue(String.class); // evaluates to true boolean isMember = parser.parseExpression("isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')").getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class);
The relational operators; equal, not equal, less than, less than or equal, greater than, and greater than or equal are supported using standard operator notation.
// evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("2 == 2").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("2 < -5.0").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("'black' < 'block'").getValue(Boolean.class);
In addition to standard relational operators SpEL supports the 'instanceof' and regular expression based 'matches' operator.
// evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("'xyz' instanceof T(int)").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("'5.00' matches '^-?\\d+(\\.\\d{2})?$'").getValue(Boolean.class); //evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("'5.0067' matches '^-?\\d+(\\.\\d{2})?$'").getValue(Boolean.class);
Each symbolic operator can also be specified as a purely alphabetic equivalent. This avoids problems where the symbols used have special meaning for the document type in which the expression is embedded (eg. an XML document). The textual equivalents are shown here: lt ('<'), gt ('>'), le ('<='), ge ('>='), eq ('=='), ne ('!='), div ('/'), mod ('%'), not ('!'). These are case insensitive.
The logical operators that are supported are and, or, and not. Their use is demonstrated below.
// -- AND -- // evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("true and false").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') and isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')"; boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class); // -- OR -- // evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("true or false").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') or isMember('Albert Einstien')"; boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class); // -- NOT -- // evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("!true").getValue(Boolean.class); // -- AND and NOT -- String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') and !isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')"; boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class);
The addition operator can be used on numbers, strings and dates. Subtraction can be used on numbers and dates. Multiplication and division can be used only on numbers. Other mathematical operators supported are modulus (%) and exponential power (^). Standard operator precedence is enforced. These operators are demonstrated below.
// Addition int two = parser.parseExpression("1 + 1").getValue(Integer.class); // 2 String testString = parser.parseExpression("'test' + ' ' + 'string'").getValue(String.class); // 'test string' // Subtraction int four = parser.parseExpression("1 - -3").getValue(Integer.class); // 4 double d = parser.parseExpression("1000.00 - 1e4").getValue(Double.class); // -9000 // Multiplication int six = parser.parseExpression("-2 * -3").getValue(Integer.class); // 6 double twentyFour = parser.parseExpression("2.0 * 3e0 * 4").getValue(Double.class); // 24.0 // Division int minusTwo = parser.parseExpression("6 / -3").getValue(Integer.class); // -2 double one = parser.parseExpression("8.0 / 4e0 / 2").getValue(Double.class); // 1.0 // Modulus int three = parser.parseExpression("7 % 4").getValue(Integer.class); // 3 int one = parser.parseExpression("8 / 5 % 2").getValue(Integer.class); // 1 // Operator precedence int minusTwentyOne = parser.parseExpression("1+2-3*8").getValue(Integer.class); // -21
Setting of a property is done by using the assignment operator.
This would typically be done within a call to
setValue but can also be done inside a call to
getValue.
Inventor inventor = new Inventor(); StandardEvaluationContext inventorContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(inventor); parser.parseExpression("Name").setValue(inventorContext, "Alexander Seovic2"); // alternatively String aleks = parser.parseExpression("Name = 'Alexandar Seovic'").getValue(inventorContext, String.class);
The special 'T' operator can be used to specify an instance of
java.lang.Class (the 'type'). Static methods are invoked using this
operator as well. The StandardEvaluationContext
uses a TypeLocator to find types and the
StandardTypeLocator (which can be replaced) is
built with an understanding of the java.lang package. This means T()
references to types within java.lang do not need to be fully qualified,
but all other type references must be.
Class dateClass = parser.parseExpression("T(java.util.Date)").getValue(Class.class); Class stringClass = parser.parseExpression("T(String)").getValue(Class.class); boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("T(java.math.RoundingMode).CEILING < T(java.math.RoundingMode).FLOOR") .getValue(Boolean.class);
Constructors can be invoked using the new operator. The fully qualified class name should be used for all but the primitive type and String (where int, float, etc, can be used).
Inventor einstein = p.parseExpression("new org.spring.samples.spel.inventor.Inventor('Albert Einstein', 'German')") .getValue(Inventor.class); //create new inventor instance within add method of List p.parseExpression("Members.add(new org.spring.samples.spel.inventor.Inventor('Albert Einstein', 'German'))") .getValue(societyContext);
Variables can be referenced in the expression using the syntax #variableName. Variables are set using the method setVariable on the StandardEvaluationContext.
Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", "Serbian"); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); context.setVariable("newName", "Mike Tesla"); parser.parseExpression("Name = #newName").getValue(context); System.out.println(tesla.getName()) // "Mike Tesla"
The variable #this is always defined and refers to the current evaluation object (against which unqualified references are resolved). The variable #root is always defined and refers to the root context object. Although #this may vary as components of an expression are evaluated, #root always refers to the root.
// create an array of integers List<Integer> primes = new ArrayList<Integer>(); primes.addAll(Arrays.asList(2,3,5,7,11,13,17)); // create parser and set variable 'primes' as the array of integers ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.setVariable("primes",primes); // all prime numbers > 10 from the list (using selection ?{...}) // evaluates to [11, 13, 17] List<Integer> primesGreaterThanTen = (List<Integer>) parser.parseExpression("#primes.?[#this>10]").getValue(context);
You can extend SpEL by registering user defined functions that can
be called within the expression string. The function is registered with
the StandardEvaluationContext using the
method.
public void registerFunction(String name, Method m)
A reference to a Java Method provides the implementation of the function. For example, a utility method to reverse a string is shown below.
public abstract class StringUtils {
public static String reverseString(String input) {
StringBuilder backwards = new StringBuilder();
for (int i = 0; i < input.length(); i++)
backwards.append(input.charAt(input.length() - 1 - i));
}
return backwards.toString();
}
}This method is then registered with the evaluation context and can be used within an expression string.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.registerFunction("reverseString", StringUtils.class.getDeclaredMethod("reverseString", new Class[] { String.class })); String helloWorldReversed = parser.parseExpression("#reverseString('hello')").getValue(context, String.class);
If the evaluation context has been configured with a bean resolver it is possible to lookup beans from an expression using the (@) symbol.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.setBeanResolver(new MyBeanResolver()); // This will end up calling resolve(context,"foo") on MyBeanResolver during evaluation Object bean = parser.parseExpression("@foo").getValue(context);
You can use the ternary operator for performing if-then-else conditional logic inside the expression. A minimal example is:
String falseString =
parser.parseExpression("false ? 'trueExp' : 'falseExp'").getValue(String.class);In this case, the boolean false results in returning the string value 'falseExp'. A more realistic example is shown below.
parser.parseExpression("Name").setValue(societyContext, "IEEE"); societyContext.setVariable("queryName", "Nikola Tesla"); expression = "isMember(#queryName)? #queryName + ' is a member of the ' " + "+ Name + ' Society' : #queryName + ' is not a member of the ' + Name + ' Society'"; String queryResultString = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, String.class); // queryResultString = "Nikola Tesla is a member of the IEEE Society"
Also see the next section on the Elvis operator for an even shorter syntax for the ternary operator.
The Elvis operator is a shortening of the ternary operator syntax and is used in the Groovy language. With the ternary operator syntax you usually have to repeat a variable twice, for example:
String name = "Elvis Presley"; String displayName = name != null ? name : "Unknown";
Instead you can use the Elvis operator, named for the resemblance to Elvis' hair style.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); String name = parser.parseExpression("null?:'Unknown'").getValue(String.class); System.out.println(name); // 'Unknown'
Here is a more complex example.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", "Serbian"); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); String name = parser.parseExpression("Name?:'Elvis Presley'").getValue(context, String.class); System.out.println(name); // Mike Tesla tesla.setName(null); name = parser.parseExpression("Name?:'Elvis Presley'").getValue(context, String.class); System.out.println(name); // Elvis Presley
The Safe Navigation operator is used to avoid a
NullPointerException and comes from the Groovy
language. Typically when you have a reference to an object you might
need to verify that it is not null before accessing methods or
properties of the object. To avoid this, the safe navigation operator
will simply return null instead of throwing an exception.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", "Serbian"); tesla.setPlaceOfBirth(new PlaceOfBirth("Smiljan")); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); String city = parser.parseExpression("PlaceOfBirth?.City").getValue(context, String.class); System.out.println(city); // Smiljan tesla.setPlaceOfBirth(null); city = parser.parseExpression("PlaceOfBirth?.City").getValue(context, String.class); System.out.println(city); // null - does not throw NullPointerException!!!
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The Elvis operator can be used to apply default values in
expressions, e.g. in an @Value("#{systemProperties['pop3.port'] ?: 25}")This will inject a system property |
Selection is a powerful expression language feature that allows you to transform some source collection into another by selecting from its entries.
Selection uses the syntax
?[selectionExpression]. This will filter the
collection and return a new collection containing a subset of the
original elements. For example, selection would allow us to easily get a
list of Serbian inventors:
List<Inventor> list = (List<Inventor>)
parser.parseExpression("Members.?[Nationality == 'Serbian']").getValue(societyContext);Selection is possible upon both lists and maps. In the former case
the selection criteria is evaluated against each individual list element
whilst against a map the selection criteria is evaluated against each
map entry (objects of the Java type Map.Entry). Map
entries have their key and value accessible as properties for use in the
selection.
This expression will return a new map consisting of those elements of the original map where the entry value is less than 27.
Map newMap = parser.parseExpression("map.?[value<27]").getValue();In addition to returning all the selected elements, it is possible
to retrieve just the first or the last value. To obtain the first entry
matching the selection the syntax is ^[...] whilst to
obtain the last matching selection the syntax is
$[...].
Projection allows a collection to drive the evaluation of a
sub-expression and the result is a new collection. The syntax for
projection is ![projectionExpression]. Most easily
understood by example, suppose we have a list of inventors but want the
list of cities where they were born. Effectively we want to evaluate
'placeOfBirth.city' for every entry in the inventor list. Using
projection:
// returns [ 'Smiljan', 'Idvor' ] List placesOfBirth = (List)parser.parseExpression("Members.![placeOfBirth.city]");
A map can also be used to drive projection and in this case the
projection expression is evaluated against each entry in the map
(represented as a Java Map.Entry). The result of a
projection across a map is a list consisting of the evaluation of the
projection expression against each map entry.
Expression templates allow a mixing of literal text with one or
more evaluation blocks. Each evaluation block is delimited with prefix
and suffix characters that you can define, a common choice is to use
#{ } as the delimiters. For example,
String randomPhrase = parser.parseExpression("random number is #{T(java.lang.Math).random()}", new TemplateParserContext()).getValue(String.class); // evaluates to "random number is 0.7038186818312008"
The string is evaluated by concatenating the literal text 'random
number is ' with the result of evaluating the expression inside the #{ }
delimiter, in this case the result of calling that random() method. The
second argument to the method parseExpression() is of
the type ParserContext. The
ParserContext interface is used to
influence how the expression is parsed in order to support the
expression templating functionality. The definition of
TemplateParserContext is shown below.
public class TemplateParserContext implements ParserContext { public String getExpressionPrefix() { return "#{"; } public String getExpressionSuffix() { return "}"; } public boolean isTemplate() { return true; } }
Inventor.java
package org.spring.samples.spel.inventor; import java.util.Date; import java.util.GregorianCalendar; public class Inventor { private String name; private String nationality; private String[] inventions; private Date birthdate; private PlaceOfBirth placeOfBirth; public Inventor(String name, String nationality) { GregorianCalendar c= new GregorianCalendar(); this.name = name; this.nationality = nationality; this.birthdate = c.getTime(); } public Inventor(String name, Date birthdate, String nationality) { this.name = name; this.nationality = nationality; this.birthdate = birthdate; } public Inventor() { } public String getName() { return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public String getNationality() { return nationality; } public void setNationality(String nationality) { this.nationality = nationality; } public Date getBirthdate() { return birthdate; } public void setBirthdate(Date birthdate) { this.birthdate = birthdate; } public PlaceOfBirth getPlaceOfBirth() { return placeOfBirth; } public void setPlaceOfBirth(PlaceOfBirth placeOfBirth) { this.placeOfBirth = placeOfBirth; } public void setInventions(String[] inventions) { this.inventions = inventions; } public String[] getInventions() { return inventions; } }
PlaceOfBirth.java
package org.spring.samples.spel.inventor; public class PlaceOfBirth { private String city; private String country; public PlaceOfBirth(String city) { this.city=city; } public PlaceOfBirth(String city, String country) { this(city); this.country = country; } public String getCity() { return city; } public void setCity(String s) { this.city = s; } public String getCountry() { return country; } public void setCountry(String country) { this.country = country; } }
Society.java
package org.spring.samples.spel.inventor; import java.util.*; public class Society { private String name; public static String Advisors = "advisors"; public static String President = "president"; private List<Inventor> members = new ArrayList<Inventor>(); private Map officers = new HashMap(); public List getMembers() { return members; } public Map getOfficers() { return officers; } public String getName() { return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public boolean isMember(String name) { boolean found = false; for (Inventor inventor : members) { if (inventor.getName().equals(name)) { found = true; break; } } return found; } }
Aspect-Oriented Programming (AOP) complements Object-Oriented Programming (OOP) by providing another way of thinking about program structure. The key unit of modularity in OOP is the class, whereas in AOP the unit of modularity is the aspect. Aspects enable the modularization of concerns such as transaction management that cut across multiple types and objects. (Such concerns are often termed crosscutting concerns in AOP literature.)
One of the key components of Spring is the AOP framework. While the Spring IoC container does not depend on AOP, meaning you do not need to use AOP if you don't want to, AOP complements Spring IoC to provide a very capable middleware solution.
AOP is used in the Spring Framework to...
... provide declarative enterprise services, especially as a replacement for EJB declarative services. The most important such service is declarative transaction management.
... allow users to implement custom aspects, complementing their use of OOP with AOP.
If you are interested only in generic declarative services
or other pre-packaged declarative middleware services such as pooling, you
do not need to work directly with Spring AOP, and can skip most of this
chapter.
Let us begin by defining some central AOP concepts and terminology. These terms are not Spring-specific... unfortunately, AOP terminology is not particularly intuitive; however, it would be even more confusing if Spring used its own terminology.
Aspect: a modularization of a concern
that cuts across multiple classes. Transaction management is a good
example of a crosscutting concern in enterprise Java applications.
In Spring AOP, aspects are implemented using regular classes (the
schema-based approach) or regular
classes annotated with the @Aspect
annotation (the @AspectJ
style).
Join point: a point during the execution of a program, such as the execution of a method or the handling of an exception. In Spring AOP, a join point always represents a method execution.
Advice: action taken by an aspect at a particular join point. Different types of advice include "around," "before" and "after" advice. (Advice types are discussed below.) Many AOP frameworks, including Spring, model an advice as an interceptor, maintaining a chain of interceptors around the join point.
Pointcut: a predicate that matches join points. Advice is associated with a pointcut expression and runs at any join point matched by the pointcut (for example, the execution of a method with a certain name). The concept of join points as matched by pointcut expressions is central to AOP, and Spring uses the AspectJ pointcut expression language by default.
Introduction: declaring additional
methods or fields on behalf of a type. Spring AOP allows you to
introduce new interfaces (and a corresponding implementation) to any
advised object. For example, you could use an introduction to make a
bean implement an IsModified
interface, to simplify caching. (An introduction is known as an
inter-type declaration in the AspectJ community.)
Target object: object being advised by one or more aspects. Also referred to as the advised object. Since Spring AOP is implemented using runtime proxies, this object will always be a proxied object.
AOP proxy: an object created by the AOP framework in order to implement the aspect contracts (advise method executions and so on). In the Spring Framework, an AOP proxy will be a JDK dynamic proxy or a CGLIB proxy.
Weaving: linking aspects with other application types or objects to create an advised object. This can be done at compile time (using the AspectJ compiler, for example), load time, or at runtime. Spring AOP, like other pure Java AOP frameworks, performs weaving at runtime.
Types of advice:
Before advice: Advice that executes before a join point, but which does not have the ability to prevent execution flow proceeding to the join point (unless it throws an exception).
After returning advice: Advice to be executed after a join point completes normally: for example, if a method returns without throwing an exception.
After throwing advice: Advice to be executed if a method exits by throwing an exception.
After (finally) advice: Advice to be executed regardless of the means by which a join point exits (normal or exceptional return).
Around advice: Advice that surrounds a join point such as a method invocation. This is the most powerful kind of advice. Around advice can perform custom behavior before and after the method invocation. It is also responsible for choosing whether to proceed to the join point or to shortcut the advised method execution by returning its own return value or throwing an exception.
Around advice is the most general kind of advice. Since Spring
AOP, like AspectJ, provides a full range of advice types, we recommend
that you use the least powerful advice type that can implement the
required behavior. For example, if you need only to update a cache with
the return value of a method, you are better off implementing an after
returning advice than an around advice, although an around advice can
accomplish the same thing. Using the most specific advice type provides
a simpler programming model with less potential for errors. For example,
you do not need to invoke the proceed() method
on the JoinPoint used for around advice,
and hence cannot fail to invoke it.
In Spring 2.0, all advice parameters are statically typed, so that
you work with advice parameters of the appropriate type (the type of the
return value from a method execution for example) rather than
Object arrays.
The concept of join points, matched by pointcuts, is the key to AOP which distinguishes it from older technologies offering only interception. Pointcuts enable advice to be targeted independently of the Object-Oriented hierarchy. For example, an around advice providing declarative transaction management can be applied to a set of methods spanning multiple objects (such as all business operations in the service layer).
Spring AOP is implemented in pure Java. There is no need for a special compilation process. Spring AOP does not need to control the class loader hierarchy, and is thus suitable for use in a Servlet container or application server.
Spring AOP currently supports only method execution join points (advising the execution of methods on Spring beans). Field interception is not implemented, although support for field interception could be added without breaking the core Spring AOP APIs. If you need to advise field access and update join points, consider a language such as AspectJ.
Spring AOP's approach to AOP differs from that of most other AOP frameworks. The aim is not to provide the most complete AOP implementation (although Spring AOP is quite capable); it is rather to provide a close integration between AOP implementation and Spring IoC to help solve common problems in enterprise applications.
Thus, for example, the Spring Framework's AOP functionality is normally used in conjunction with the Spring IoC container. Aspects are configured using normal bean definition syntax (although this allows powerful "autoproxying" capabilities): this is a crucial difference from other AOP implementations. There are some things you cannot do easily or efficiently with Spring AOP, such as advise very fine-grained objects (such as domain objects typically): AspectJ is the best choice in such cases. However, our experience is that Spring AOP provides an excellent solution to most problems in enterprise Java applications that are amenable to AOP.
Spring AOP will never strive to compete with AspectJ to provide a comprehensive AOP solution. We believe that both proxy-based frameworks like Spring AOP and full-blown frameworks such as AspectJ are valuable, and that they are complementary, rather than in competition. Spring 2.0 seamlessly integrates Spring AOP and IoC with AspectJ, to enable all uses of AOP to be catered for within a consistent Spring-based application architecture. This integration does not affect the Spring AOP API or the AOP Alliance API: Spring AOP remains backward-compatible. See the following chapter for a discussion of the Spring AOP APIs.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
One of the central tenets of the Spring Framework is that of non-invasiveness; this is the idea that you should not be forced to introduce framework-specific classes and interfaces into your business/domain model. However, in some places the Spring Framework does give you the option to introduce Spring Framework-specific dependencies into your codebase: the rationale in giving you such options is because in certain scenarios it might be just plain easier to read or code some specific piece of functionality in such a way. The Spring Framework (almost) always offers you the choice though: you have the freedom to make an informed decision as to which option best suits your particular use case or scenario. One such choice that is relevant to this chapter is that of which AOP framework (and which AOP style) to choose. You have the choice of AspectJ and/or Spring AOP, and you also have the choice of either the @AspectJ annotation-style approach or the Spring XML configuration-style approach. The fact that this chapter chooses to introduce the @AspectJ-style approach first should not be taken as an indication that the Spring team favors the @AspectJ annotation-style approach over the Spring XML configuration-style. See Section 8.4, “Choosing which AOP declaration style to use” for a more complete discussion of the whys and wherefores of each style. |
Spring AOP defaults to using standard J2SE dynamic proxies for AOP proxies. This enables any interface (or set of interfaces) to be proxied.
Spring AOP can also use CGLIB proxies. This is necessary to proxy classes, rather than interfaces. CGLIB is used by default if a business object does not implement an interface. As it is good practice to program to interfaces rather than classes, business classes normally will implement one or more business interfaces. It is possible to force the use of CGLIB, in those (hopefully rare) cases where you need to advise a method that is not declared on an interface, or where you need to pass a proxied object to a method as a concrete type.
It is important to grasp the fact that Spring AOP is proxy-based. See Section 8.6.1, “Understanding AOP proxies” for a thorough examination of exactly what this implementation detail actually means.
@AspectJ refers to a style of declaring aspects as regular Java classes annotated with Java 5 annotations. The @AspectJ style was introduced by the AspectJ project as part of the AspectJ 5 release. Spring 2.0 interprets the same annotations as AspectJ 5, using a library supplied by AspectJ for pointcut parsing and matching. The AOP runtime is still pure Spring AOP though, and there is no dependency on the AspectJ compiler or weaver.
Using the AspectJ compiler and weaver enables use of the
full AspectJ language, and is discussed in Section 8.8, “Using AspectJ with Spring applications”.
To use @AspectJ aspects in a Spring configuration you need to enable Spring support for configuring Spring AOP based on @AspectJ aspects, and autoproxying beans based on whether or not they are advised by those aspects. By autoproxying we mean that if Spring determines that a bean is advised by one or more aspects, it will automatically generate a proxy for that bean to intercept method invocations and ensure that advice is executed as needed.
The @AspectJ support is enabled by including the following element inside your spring configuration:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy/>This assumes that you are using schema support as described in Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration. See Section C.2.7, “The aop schema” for how to import the tags in the aop namespace.
If you are using the DTD, it is still possible to enable @AspectJ support by adding the following definition to your application context:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.aspectj.annotation.AnnotationAwareAspectJAutoProxyCreator" />
You will also need AspectJ's
aspectjrt.jar library on the
classpath of your application, version 1.6.8 or later. This library is
available in the 'lib' directory
of an AspectJ distribution or via the Maven Central repository.
With the @AspectJ support enabled, any bean defined in your
application context with a class that is an @AspectJ aspect (has the
@Aspect annotation) will be automatically
detected by Spring and used to configure Spring AOP. The following
example shows the minimal definition required for a not-very-useful
aspect:
A regular bean definition in the application context, pointing to
a bean class that has the @Aspect
annotation:
<bean id="myAspect" class="org.xyz.NotVeryUsefulAspect"> <!-- configure properties of aspect here as normal --> </bean>
And the NotVeryUsefulAspect class
definition, annotated with
org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect
annotation;
package org.xyz; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; @Aspect public class NotVeryUsefulAspect { }
Aspects (classes annotated with
@Aspect) may have methods and fields just
like any other class. They may also contain pointcut, advice, and
introduction (inter-type) declarations.
![]() | Autodetecting aspects through component scanning |
|---|---|
You may register aspect classes as regular beans in your Spring XML configuration, or autodetect them through classpath scanning - just like any other Spring-managed bean. However, note that the @Aspect annotation is not sufficient for autodetection in the classpath: For that purpose, you need to add a separate @Component annotation (or alternatively a custom stereotype annotation that qualifies, as per the rules of Spring's component scanner). |
![]() | Advising aspects with other aspects? |
|---|---|
In Spring AOP, it is not possible to have aspects themselves be the target of advice from other aspects. The @Aspect annotation on a class marks it as an aspect, and hence excludes it from auto-proxying. |
Recall that pointcuts determine join points of interest, and thus
enable us to control when advice executes. Spring AOP only
supports method execution join points for Spring beans, so
you can think of a pointcut as matching the execution of methods on
Spring beans. A pointcut declaration has two parts: a signature
comprising a name and any parameters, and a pointcut expression that
determines exactly which method executions we are
interested in. In the @AspectJ annotation-style of AOP, a pointcut
signature is provided by a regular method definition, and the pointcut
expression is indicated using the
@Pointcut annotation (the method serving
as the pointcut signature must have a
void return type).
An example will help make this distinction between a pointcut
signature and a pointcut expression clear. The following example defines
a pointcut named 'anyOldTransfer' that will match the
execution of any method named 'transfer':
@Pointcut("execution(* transfer(..))")// the pointcut expression private void anyOldTransfer() {}// the pointcut signature
The pointcut expression that forms the value of the
@Pointcut annotation is a regular AspectJ
5 pointcut expression. For a full discussion of AspectJ's pointcut
language, see the AspectJ
Programming Guide (and for Java 5 based extensions, the AspectJ
5 Developers Notebook) or one of the books on AspectJ such as
“Eclipse AspectJ” by Colyer et. al. or “AspectJ in
Action” by Ramnivas Laddad.
Spring AOP supports the following AspectJ pointcut designators (PCD) for use in pointcut expressions:
execution - for matching method execution join points, this is the primary pointcut designator you will use when working with Spring AOP
within - limits matching to join points within certain types (simply the execution of a method declared within a matching type when using Spring AOP)
this - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the bean reference (Spring AOP proxy) is an instance of the given type
target - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the target object (application object being proxied) is an instance of the given type
args - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the arguments are instances of the given types
@target
- limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when
using Spring AOP) where the class of the executing object has an
annotation of the given type
@args -
limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when
using Spring AOP) where the runtime type of the actual arguments
passed have annotations of the given type(s)
@within
- limits matching to join points within types that have the given
annotation (the execution of methods declared in types with the
given annotation when using Spring AOP)
@annotation - limits matching to join points where the subject of the join point (method being executed in Spring AOP) has the given annotation
Because Spring AOP limits matching to only method execution
join points, the discussion of the pointcut designators above gives a
narrower definition than you will find in the AspectJ programming
guide. In addition, AspectJ itself has type-based semantics and at an
execution join point both 'this' and
'target' refer to the same object - the object
executing the method. Spring AOP is a proxy-based system and
differentiates between the proxy object itself (bound to
'this') and the target object behind the proxy
(bound to 'target').
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Due to the proxy-based nature of Spring's AOP framework, protected methods are by definition not intercepted, neither for JDK proxies (where this isn't applicable) nor for CGLIB proxies (where this is technically possible but not recommendable for AOP purposes). As a consequence, any given pointcut will be matched against public methods only! If your interception needs include protected/private methods or even constructors, consider the use of Spring-driven native AspectJ weaving instead of Spring's proxy-based AOP framework. This constitutes a different mode of AOP usage with different characteristics, so be sure to make yourself familiar with weaving first before making a decision. |
Spring AOP also supports an additional PCD named
'bean'. This PCD allows you to limit the matching
of join points to a particular named Spring bean, or to a set of named
Spring beans (when using wildcards). The 'bean' PCD
has the following form:
bean(idOrNameOfBean)
The 'idOrNameOfBean' token can be the name of
any Spring bean: limited wildcard support using the
'*' character is provided, so if you establish
some naming conventions for your Spring beans you can quite easily
write a 'bean' PCD expression to pick them out. As
is the case with other pointcut designators, the
'bean' PCD can be &&'ed, ||'ed, and !
(negated) too.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Please note that the ' The ' |
Pointcut expressions can be combined using '&&', '||'
and '!'. It is also possible to refer to pointcut expressions by name.
The following example shows three pointcut expressions:
anyPublicOperation (which matches if a method
execution join point represents the execution of any public method);
inTrading (which matches if a method execution is
in the trading module), and tradingOperation (which
matches if a method execution represents any public method in the
trading module).
@Pointcut("execution(public * *(..))") private void anyPublicOperation() {} @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.trading..*)") private void inTrading() {} @Pointcut("anyPublicOperation() && inTrading()") private void tradingOperation() {}
It is a best practice to build more complex pointcut expressions out of smaller named components as shown above. When referring to pointcuts by name, normal Java visibility rules apply (you can see private pointcuts in the same type, protected pointcuts in the hierarchy, public pointcuts anywhere and so on). Visibility does not affect pointcut matching.
When working with enterprise applications, you often want to refer to modules of the application and particular sets of operations from within several aspects. We recommend defining a "SystemArchitecture" aspect that captures common pointcut expressions for this purpose. A typical such aspect would look as follows:
package com.xyz.someapp; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Pointcut; @Aspect public class SystemArchitecture { /** * A join point is in the web layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.web package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.web..*)") public void inWebLayer() {} /** * A join point is in the service layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.service package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.service..*)") public void inServiceLayer() {} /** * A join point is in the data access layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.dao package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.dao..*)") public void inDataAccessLayer() {} /** * A business service is the execution of any method defined on a service * interface. This definition assumes that interfaces are placed in the * "service" package, and that implementation types are in sub-packages. * * If you group service interfaces by functional area (for example, * in packages com.xyz.someapp.abc.service and com.xyz.def.service) then * the pointcut expression "execution(* com.xyz.someapp..service.*.*(..))" * could be used instead. * * Alternatively, you can write the expression using the 'bean' * PCD, like so "bean(*Service)". (This assumes that you have * named your Spring service beans in a consistent fashion.) */ @Pointcut("execution(* com.xyz.someapp.service.*.*(..))") public void businessService() {} /** * A data access operation is the execution of any method defined on a * dao interface. This definition assumes that interfaces are placed in the * "dao" package, and that implementation types are in sub-packages. */ @Pointcut("execution(* com.xyz.someapp.dao.*.*(..))") public void dataAccessOperation() {} }
The pointcuts defined in such an aspect can be referred to anywhere that you need a pointcut expression. For example, to make the service layer transactional, you could write:
<aop:config> <aop:advisor pointcut="com.xyz.someapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()" advice-ref="tx-advice"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="tx-advice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
The <aop:config> and
<aop:advisor> elements are discussed in Section 8.3, “Schema-based AOP support”. The transaction elements are discussed in
Chapter 11, Transaction Management.
Spring AOP users are likely to use the
execution pointcut designator the most often. The
format of an execution expression is:
execution(modifiers-pattern? ret-type-pattern declaring-type-pattern? name-pattern(param-pattern)
throws-pattern?)All parts except the returning type pattern (ret-type-pattern in
the snippet above), name pattern, and parameters pattern are optional.
The returning type pattern determines what the return type of the
method must be in order for a join point to be matched. Most
frequently you will use * as the returning type
pattern, which matches any return type. A fully-qualified type name
will match only when the method returns the given type. The name
pattern matches the method name. You can use the *
wildcard as all or part of a name pattern. The parameters pattern is
slightly more complex: () matches a method that
takes no parameters, whereas (..) matches any
number of parameters (zero or more). The pattern
(*) matches a method taking one parameter of any
type, (*,String) matches a method taking two
parameters, the first can be of any type, the second must be a String.
Consult the
Language Semantics section of the AspectJ Programming Guide
for more information.
Some examples of common pointcut expressions are given below.
the execution of any public method:
execution(public * *(..))the execution of any method with a name beginning with "set":
execution(* set*(..))
the execution of any method defined by the
AccountService interface:
execution(* com.xyz.service.AccountService.*(..))
the execution of any method defined in the service package:
execution(* com.xyz.service.*.*(..))
the execution of any method defined in the service package or a sub-package:
execution(* com.xyz.service..*.*(..))
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) within the service package:
within(com.xyz.service.*)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) within the service package or a sub-package:
within(com.xyz.service..*)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where
the proxy implements the
AccountService interface:
this(com.xyz.service.AccountService)'this' is more commonly used in a binding form :-
see the following section on advice for how to make the proxy
object available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where
the target object implements the
AccountService interface:
target(com.xyz.service.AccountService)
'target' is more commonly used in a binding form :-
see the following section on advice for how to make the target
object available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) which
takes a single parameter, and where the argument passed at runtime
is Serializable:
args(java.io.Serializable)
'args' is more commonly used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the method arguments available in the advice body.
Note that the pointcut given in this example is different to
execution(* *(java.io.Serializable)): the args
version matches if the argument passed at runtime is Serializable,
the execution version matches if the method signature declares a
single parameter of type
Serializable.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where
the target object has an
@Transactional annotation:
@target(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@target' can also be used in a binding form :- see
the following section on advice for how to make the annotation
object available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where
the declared type of the target object has an
@Transactional annotation:
@within(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@within' can also be used in a binding form :- see
the following section on advice for how to make the annotation
object available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where
the executing method has an
@Transactional annotation:
@annotation(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@annotation' can also be used in a binding form :-
see the following section on advice for how to make the annotation
object available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) which
takes a single parameter, and where the runtime type of the
argument passed has the @Classified
annotation:
@args(com.xyz.security.Classified)
'@args' can also be used in a binding form :- see
the following section on advice for how to make the annotation
object(s) available in the advice body.
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) on a
Spring bean named 'tradeService':
bean(tradeService)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) on
Spring beans having names that match the wildcard expression
'*Service':
bean(*Service)
During compilation, AspectJ processes pointcuts in order to try and optimize matching performance. Examining code and determining if each join point matches (statically or dynamically) a given pointcut is a costly process. (A dynamic match means the match cannot be fully determined from static analysis and a test will be placed in the code to determine if there is an actual match when the code is running). On first encountering a pointcut declaration, AspectJ will rewrite it into an optimal form for the matching process. What does this mean? Basically pointcuts are rewritten in DNF (Disjunctive Normal Form) and the components of the pointcut are sorted such that those components that are cheaper to evaluate are checked first. This means you do not have to worry about understanding the performance of various pointcut designators and may supply them in any order in a pointcut declaration.
However, AspectJ can only work with what it is told, and for optimal performance of matching you should think about what they are trying to achieve and narrow the search space for matches as much as possible in the definition. The existing designators naturally fall into one of three groups: kinded, scoping and context:
Kinded designators are those which select a particular kind of join point. For example: execution, get, set, call, handler
Scoping designators are those which select a group of join points of interest (of probably many kinds). For example: within, withincode
Contextual designators are those that match (and optionally bind) based on context. For example: this, target, @annotation
A well written pointcut should try and include at least the first two types (kinded and scoping), whilst the contextual designators may be included if wishing to match based on join point context, or bind that context for use in the advice. Supplying either just a kinded designator or just a contextual designator will work but could affect weaving performance (time and memory used) due to all the extra processing and analysis. Scoping designators are very fast to match and their usage means AspectJ can very quickly dismiss groups of join points that should not be further processed - that is why a good pointcut should always include one if possible.
Advice is associated with a pointcut expression, and runs before, after, or around method executions matched by the pointcut. The pointcut expression may be either a simple reference to a named pointcut, or a pointcut expression declared in place.
Before advice is declared in an aspect using the
@Before annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Before; @Aspect public class BeforeExample { @Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doAccessCheck() { // ... } }
If using an in-place pointcut expression we could rewrite the above example as:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Before; @Aspect public class BeforeExample { @Before("execution(* com.xyz.myapp.dao.*.*(..))") public void doAccessCheck() { // ... } }
After returning advice runs when a matched method execution
returns normally. It is declared using the
@AfterReturning annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterReturning; @Aspect public class AfterReturningExample { @AfterReturning("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doAccessCheck() { // ... } }
Note: it is of course possible to have multiple advice declarations, and other members as well, all inside the same aspect. We're just showing a single advice declaration in these examples to focus on the issue under discussion at the time.
Sometimes you need access in the advice body to the actual value
that was returned. You can use the form of
@AfterReturning that binds the return
value for this:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterReturning; @Aspect public class AfterReturningExample { @AfterReturning( pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()", returning="retVal") public void doAccessCheck(Object retVal) { // ... } }
The name used in the returning attribute must
correspond to the name of a parameter in the advice method. When a
method execution returns, the return value will be passed to the
advice method as the corresponding argument value. A
returning clause also restricts matching to only
those method executions that return a value of the specified type
(Object in this case, which will match any
return value).
Please note that it is not possible to return a totally different reference when using after-returning advice.
After throwing advice runs when a matched method execution exits
by throwing an exception. It is declared using the
@AfterThrowing annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterThrowing; @Aspect public class AfterThrowingExample { @AfterThrowing("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doRecoveryActions() { // ... } }
Often you want the advice to run only when exceptions of a given
type are thrown, and you also often need access to the thrown
exception in the advice body. Use the throwing
attribute to both restrict matching (if desired, use
Throwable as the exception type
otherwise) and bind the thrown exception to an advice
parameter.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterThrowing; @Aspect public class AfterThrowingExample { @AfterThrowing( pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()", throwing="ex") public void doRecoveryActions(DataAccessException ex) { // ... } }
The name used in the throwing attribute must
correspond to the name of a parameter in the advice method. When a
method execution exits by throwing an exception, the exception will be
passed to the advice method as the corresponding argument value. A
throwing clause also restricts matching to only
those method executions that throw an exception of the specified type
(DataAccessException in this case).
After (finally) advice runs however a matched method execution
exits. It is declared using the @After
annotation. After advice must be prepared to handle both normal and
exception return conditions. It is typically used for releasing
resources, etc.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.After; @Aspect public class AfterFinallyExample { @After("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doReleaseLock() { // ... } }
The final kind of advice is around advice. Around advice runs "around" a matched method execution. It has the opportunity to do work both before and after the method executes, and to determine when, how, and even if, the method actually gets to execute at all. Around advice is often used if you need to share state before and after a method execution in a thread-safe manner (starting and stopping a timer for example). Always use the least powerful form of advice that meets your requirements (i.e. don't use around advice if simple before advice would do).
Around advice is declared using the
@Around annotation. The first parameter
of the advice method must be of type
ProceedingJoinPoint. Within the body of
the advice, calling proceed() on the
ProceedingJoinPoint causes the
underlying method to execute. The proceed method
may also be called passing in an Object[] - the
values in the array will be used as the arguments to the method
execution when it proceeds.
The behavior of proceed when called with an
Object[] is a little different than the
behavior of proceed for around advice compiled by the AspectJ
compiler. For around advice written using the traditional AspectJ
language, the number of arguments passed to proceed must match the
number of arguments passed to the around advice (not the number of
arguments taken by the underlying join point), and the value passed to
proceed in a given argument position supplants the original value at
the join point for the entity the value was bound to (Don't worry if
this doesn't make sense right now!). The approach taken by Spring is
simpler and a better match to its proxy-based, execution only
semantics. You only need to be aware of this difference if you are
compiling @AspectJ aspects written for Spring and using proceed with
arguments with the AspectJ compiler and weaver. There is a way to
write such aspects that is 100% compatible across both Spring AOP and
AspectJ, and this is discussed in the following section on advice
parameters.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Around; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; @Aspect public class AroundExample { @Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()") public Object doBasicProfiling(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { // start stopwatch Object retVal = pjp.proceed(); // stop stopwatch return retVal; } }
The value returned by the around advice will be the return value seen by the caller of the method. A simple caching aspect for example could return a value from a cache if it has one, and invoke proceed() if it does not. Note that proceed may be invoked once, many times, or not at all within the body of the around advice, all of these are quite legal.
Spring 2.0 offers fully typed advice - meaning that you declare
the parameters you need in the advice signature (as we saw for the
returning and throwing examples above) rather than work with
Object[] arrays all the time. We'll see how to
make argument and other contextual values available to the advice body
in a moment. First let's take a look at how to write generic advice
that can find out about the method the advice is currently
advising.
Any advice method may declare as its first parameter, a
parameter of type
org.aspectj.lang.JoinPoint (please
note that around advice is required to declare
a first parameter of type
ProceedingJoinPoint, which is a
subclass of JoinPoint. The
JoinPoint interface provides a number
of useful methods such as getArgs() (returns the
method arguments), getThis() (returns the
proxy object), getTarget() (returns the
target object), getSignature() (returns a
description of the method that is being advised) and
toString() (prints a useful description of
the method being advised). Please do consult the Javadocs for full
details.
We've already seen how to bind the returned value or exception
value (using after returning and after throwing advice). To make
argument values available to the advice body, you can use the
binding form of args. If a parameter name is used
in place of a type name in an args expression, then the value of the
corresponding argument will be passed as the parameter value when
the advice is invoked. An example should make this clearer. Suppose
you want to advise the execution of dao operations that take an
Account object as the first parameter, and you need access to the
account in the advice body. You could write the following:
@Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation() &&" + "args(account,..)") public void validateAccount(Account account) { // ... }
The args(account,..) part of the pointcut
expression serves two purposes: firstly, it restricts matching to
only those method executions where the method takes at least one
parameter, and the argument passed to that parameter is an instance
of Account; secondly, it makes the actual
Account object available to the advice via
the account parameter.
Another way of writing this is to declare a pointcut that
"provides" the Account object value when it
matches a join point, and then just refer to the named pointcut from
the advice. This would look as follows:
@Pointcut("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation() &&" + "args(account,..)") private void accountDataAccessOperation(Account account) {} @Before("accountDataAccessOperation(account)") public void validateAccount(Account account) { // ... }
The interested reader is once more referred to the AspectJ programming guide for more details.
The proxy object (this), target object
(target), and annotations (@within,
@target, @annotation, @args) can all be bound in a similar
fashion. The following example shows how you could match the
execution of methods annotated with an
@Auditable annotation, and extract
the audit code.
First the definition of the
@Auditable annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Target(ElementType.METHOD) public @interface Auditable { AuditCode value(); }
And then the advice that matches the execution of
@Auditable methods:
@Before("com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && " + "@annotation(auditable)") public void audit(Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... }
Spring AOP can handle generics used in class declarations and method parameters. Suppose you have a generic type like this:
public interface Sample<T> { void sampleGenericMethod(T param); void sampleGenericCollectionMethod(Collection>T> param); }
You can restrict interception of method types to certain parameter types by simply typing the advice parameter to the parameter type you want to intercept the method for:
@Before("execution(* ..Sample+.sampleGenericMethod(*)) && args(param)") public void beforeSampleMethod(MyType param) { // Advice implementation }
That this works is pretty obvious as we already discussed above. However, it's worth pointing out that this won't work for generic collections. So you cannot define a pointcut like this:
@Before("execution(* ..Sample+.sampleGenericCollectionMethod(*)) && args(param)") public void beforeSampleMethod(Collection<MyType> param) { // Advice implementation }
To make this work we would have to inspect every element of
the collection, which is not reasonable as we also cannot decide how
to treat null values in general. To achieve
something similar to this you have to type the parameter to
Collection<?> and manually
check the type of the elements.
The parameter binding in advice invocations relies on matching names used in pointcut expressions to declared parameter names in (advice and pointcut) method signatures. Parameter names are not available through Java reflection, so Spring AOP uses the following strategies to determine parameter names:
If the parameter names have been specified by the user explicitly, then the specified parameter names are used: both the advice and the pointcut annotations have an optional "argNames" attribute which can be used to specify the argument names of the annotated method - these argument names are available at runtime. For example:
@Before( value="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && target(bean) && @annotation(auditable)", argNames="bean,auditable") public void audit(Object bean, Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... use code and bean }
If the first parameter is of the
JoinPoint,
ProceedingJoinPoint, or
JoinPoint.StaticPart type, you
may leave out the name of the parameter from the value of the
"argNames" attribute. For example, if you modify the preceding
advice to receive the join point object, the "argNames"
attribute need not include it:
@Before( value="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && target(bean) && @annotation(auditable)", argNames="bean,auditable") public void audit(JoinPoint jp, Object bean, Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... use code, bean, and jp }
The special treatment given to the first parameter of the
JoinPoint,
ProceedingJoinPoint, and
JoinPoint.StaticPart types is
particularly convenient for advice that do not collect any other
join point context. In such situations, you may simply omit the
"argNames" attribute. For example, the following advice need not
declare the "argNames" attribute:
@Before( "com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod()") public void audit(JoinPoint jp) { // ... use jp }
Using the 'argNames' attribute is a
little clumsy, so if the 'argNames' attribute
has not been specified, then Spring AOP will look at the debug
information for the class and try to determine the parameter
names from the local variable table. This information will be
present as long as the classes have been compiled with debug
information ('-g:vars' at a minimum). The
consequences of compiling with this flag on are: (1) your code
will be slightly easier to understand (reverse engineer), (2)
the class file sizes will be very slightly bigger (typically
inconsequential), (3) the optimization to remove unused local
variables will not be applied by your compiler. In other words,
you should encounter no difficulties building with this flag
on.
If an @AspectJ aspect has been compiled by the AspectJ
compiler (ajc) even without the debug information then there is
no need to add the argNames attribute as the
compiler will retain the needed information.
If the code has been compiled without the necessary debug
information, then Spring AOP will attempt to deduce the pairing
of binding variables to parameters (for example, if only one
variable is bound in the pointcut expression, and the advice
method only takes one parameter, the pairing is obvious!). If
the binding of variables is ambiguous given the available
information, then an
AmbiguousBindingException will be
thrown.
If all of the above strategies fail then an
IllegalArgumentException will be
thrown.
We remarked earlier that we would describe how to write a proceed call with arguments that works consistently across Spring AOP and AspectJ. The solution is simply to ensure that the advice signature binds each of the method parameters in order. For example:
@Around("execution(List<Account> find*(..)) &&" + "com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.inDataAccessLayer() && " + "args(accountHolderNamePattern)") public Object preProcessQueryPattern(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp, String accountHolderNamePattern) throws Throwable { String newPattern = preProcess(accountHolderNamePattern); return pjp.proceed(new Object[] {newPattern}); }
In many cases you will be doing this binding anyway (as in the example above).
What happens when multiple pieces of advice all want to run at the same join point? Spring AOP follows the same precedence rules as AspectJ to determine the order of advice execution. The highest precedence advice runs first "on the way in" (so given two pieces of before advice, the one with highest precedence runs first). "On the way out" from a join point, the highest precedence advice runs last (so given two pieces of after advice, the one with the highest precedence will run second).
When two pieces of advice defined in
different aspects both need to run at the same
join point, unless you specify otherwise the order of execution is
undefined. You can control the order of execution by specifying
precedence. This is done in the normal Spring way by either
implementing the
org.springframework.core.Ordered
interface in the aspect class or annotating it with the
Order annotation. Given two aspects,
the aspect returning the lower value from
Ordered.getValue() (or the annotation value) has
the higher precedence.
When two pieces of advice defined in the same aspect both need to run at the same join point, the ordering is undefined (since there is no way to retrieve the declaration order via reflection for javac-compiled classes). Consider collapsing such advice methods into one advice method per join point in each aspect class, or refactor the pieces of advice into separate aspect classes - which can be ordered at the aspect level.
Introductions (known as inter-type declarations in AspectJ) enable an aspect to declare that advised objects implement a given interface, and to provide an implementation of that interface on behalf of those objects.
An introduction is made using the
@DeclareParents annotation. This
annotation is used to declare that matching types have a new parent
(hence the name). For example, given an interface
UsageTracked, and an implementation of
that interface DefaultUsageTracked, the following
aspect declares that all implementors of service interfaces also
implement the UsageTracked interface. (In
order to expose statistics via JMX for example.)
@Aspect public class UsageTracking { @DeclareParents(value="com.xzy.myapp.service.*+", defaultImpl=DefaultUsageTracked.class) public static UsageTracked mixin; @Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() &&" + "this(usageTracked)") public void recordUsage(UsageTracked usageTracked) { usageTracked.incrementUseCount(); } }
The interface to be implemented is determined by the type of the
annotated field. The value attribute of the
@DeclareParents annotation is an AspectJ
type pattern :- any bean of a matching type will implement the
UsageTracked interface. Note that in the before advice of the above
example, service beans can be directly used as implementations of the
UsageTracked interface. If accessing a
bean programmatically you would write the following:
UsageTracked usageTracked = (UsageTracked) context.getBean("myService");(This is an advanced topic, so if you are just starting out with AOP you can safely skip it until later.)
By default there will be a single instance of each aspect within
the application context. AspectJ calls this the singleton instantiation
model. It is possible to define aspects with alternate lifecycles :-
Spring supports AspectJ's perthis and
pertarget instantiation models (percflow,
percflowbelow, and pertypewithin are not
currently supported).
A "perthis" aspect is declared by specifying a
perthis clause in the
@Aspect annotation. Let's look at an
example, and then we'll explain how it works.
@Aspect("perthis(com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService())") public class MyAspect { private int someState; @Before(com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()) public void recordServiceUsage() { // ... } }
The effect of the 'perthis' clause is that one
aspect instance will be created for each unique service object executing
a business service (each unique object bound to 'this' at join points
matched by the pointcut expression). The aspect instance is created the
first time that a method is invoked on the service object. The aspect
goes out of scope when the service object goes out of scope. Before the
aspect instance is created, none of the advice within it executes. As
soon as the aspect instance has been created, the advice declared within
it will execute at matched join points, but only when the service object
is the one this aspect is associated with. See the AspectJ programming
guide for more information on per-clauses.
The 'pertarget' instantiation model works in
exactly the same way as perthis, but creates one aspect instance for
each unique target object at matched join points.
Now that you have seen how all the constituent parts work, let's put them together to do something useful!
The execution of business services can sometimes fail due to
concurrency issues (for example, deadlock loser). If the operation is
retried, it is quite likely to succeed next time round. For business
services where it is appropriate to retry in such conditions (idempotent
operations that don't need to go back to the user for conflict
resolution), we'd like to transparently retry the operation to avoid the
client seeing a
PessimisticLockingFailureException. This is a
requirement that clearly cuts across multiple services in the service
layer, and hence is ideal for implementing via an aspect.
Because we want to retry the operation, we will need to use around advice so that we can call proceed multiple times. Here's how the basic aspect implementation looks:
@Aspect public class ConcurrentOperationExecutor implements Ordered { private static final int DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES = 2; private int maxRetries = DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES; private int order = 1; public void setMaxRetries(int maxRetries) { this.maxRetries = maxRetries; } public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } @Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()") public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { int numAttempts = 0; PessimisticLockingFailureException lockFailureException; do { numAttempts++; try { return pjp.proceed(); } catch(PessimisticLockingFailureException ex) { lockFailureException = ex; } } while(numAttempts <= this.maxRetries); throw lockFailureException; } }
Note that the aspect implements the
Ordered interface so we can set the
precedence of the aspect higher than the transaction advice (we want a
fresh transaction each time we retry). The maxRetries
and order properties will both be configured by
Spring. The main action happens in the
doConcurrentOperation around advice. Notice that for
the moment we're applying the retry logic to all
businessService()s. We try to proceed, and if we fail
with an PessimisticLockingFailureException we
simply try again unless we have exhausted all of our retry
attempts.
The corresponding Spring configuration is:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> <bean id="concurrentOperationExecutor" class="com.xyz.myapp.service.impl.ConcurrentOperationExecutor"> <property name="maxRetries" value="3"/> <property name="order" value="100"/> </bean>
To refine the aspect so that it only retries idempotent
operations, we might define an Idempotent
annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) public @interface Idempotent { // marker annotation }
and use the annotation to annotate the implementation of service
operations. The change to the aspect to only retry idempotent operations
simply involves refining the pointcut expression so that only
@Idempotent operations match:
@Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() && " + "@annotation(com.xyz.myapp.service.Idempotent)") public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { ... }
If you are unable to use Java 5, or simply prefer an XML-based format, then Spring 2.0 also offers support for defining aspects using the new "aop" namespace tags. The exact same pointcut expressions and advice kinds are supported as when using the @AspectJ style, hence in this section we will focus on the new syntax and refer the reader to the discussion in the previous section (Section 8.2, “@AspectJ support”) for an understanding of writing pointcut expressions and the binding of advice parameters.
To use the aop namespace tags described in this section, you need to import the spring-aop schema as described in Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration. See Section C.2.7, “The aop schema” for how to import the tags in the aop namespace.
Within your Spring configurations, all aspect and advisor elements
must be placed within an <aop:config> element
(you can have more than one <aop:config> element
in an application context configuration). An
<aop:config> element can contain pointcut,
advisor, and aspect elements (note these must be declared in that
order).
![]() | Warning |
|---|---|
The |
Using the schema support, an aspect is simply a regular Java object defined as a bean in your Spring application context. The state and behavior is captured in the fields and methods of the object, and the pointcut and advice information is captured in the XML.
An aspect is declared using the <aop:aspect> element, and
the backing bean is referenced using the ref
attribute:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="aBean" class="..."> ... </bean>
The bean backing the aspect ("aBean" in this
case) can of course be configured and dependency injected just like any
other Spring bean.
A named pointcut can be declared inside an <aop:config> element, enabling the pointcut definition to be shared across several aspects and advisors.
A pointcut representing the execution of any business service in the service layer could be defined as follows:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> </aop:config>
Note that the pointcut expression itself is using the same AspectJ pointcut expression language as described in Section 8.2, “@AspectJ support”. If you are using the schema based declaration style with Java 5, you can refer to named pointcuts defined in types (@Aspects) within the pointcut expression, but this feature is not available on JDK 1.4 and below (it relies on the Java 5 specific AspectJ reflection APIs). On JDK 1.5 therefore, another way of defining the above pointcut would be:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()"/> </aop:config>
Assuming you have a SystemArchitecture aspect
as described in Section 8.2.3.3, “Sharing common pointcut definitions”.
Declaring a pointcut inside an aspect is very similar to declaring a top-level pointcut:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
Much the same way in an @AspectJ aspect, pointcuts declared using the schema based definition style may collect join point context. For example, the following pointcut collects the 'this' object as the join point context and passes it to advice:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) && this(service)"/> <aop:before pointcut-ref="businessService" method="monitor"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
The advice must be declared to receive the collected join point context by including parameters of the matching names:
public void monitor(Object service) { ... }
When combining pointcut sub-expressions, '&&' is awkward within an XML document, and so the keywords 'and', 'or' and 'not' can be used in place of '&&', '||' and '!' respectively. For example, the previous pointcut may be better written as:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) and this(service)"/> <aop:before pointcut-ref="businessService" method="monitor"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
Note that pointcuts defined in this way are referred to by their XML id and cannot be used as named pointcuts to form composite pointcuts. The named pointcut support in the schema based definition style is thus more limited than that offered by the @AspectJ style.
The same five advice kinds are supported as for the @AspectJ style, and they have exactly the same semantics.
Before advice runs before a matched method execution. It is
declared inside an <aop:aspect> using the
<aop:before> element.
<aop:aspect id="beforeExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:before pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Here dataAccessOperation is the id of a
pointcut defined at the top (<aop:config>)
level. To define the pointcut inline instead, replace the
pointcut-ref attribute with a
pointcut attribute:
<aop:aspect id="beforeExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:before pointcut="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.dao.*.*(..))" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
As we noted in the discussion of the @AspectJ style, using named pointcuts can significantly improve the readability of your code.
The method attribute identifies a method
(doAccessCheck) that provides the body of the
advice. This method must be defined for the bean referenced by the
aspect element containing the advice. Before a data access operation
is executed (a method execution join point matched by the pointcut
expression), the "doAccessCheck" method on the aspect bean will be
invoked.
After returning advice runs when a matched method execution
completes normally. It is declared inside an
<aop:aspect> in the same way as before
advice. For example:
<aop:aspect id="afterReturningExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-returning pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Just as in the @AspectJ style, it is possible to get hold of the return value within the advice body. Use the returning attribute to specify the name of the parameter to which the return value should be passed:
<aop:aspect id="afterReturningExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-returning pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" returning="retVal" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The doAccessCheck method must declare a parameter named
retVal. The type of this parameter constrains
matching in the same way as described for @AfterReturning. For
example, the method signature may be declared as:
public void doAccessCheck(Object retVal) {...
After throwing advice executes when a matched method execution
exits by throwing an exception. It is declared inside an
<aop:aspect> using the after-throwing
element:
<aop:aspect id="afterThrowingExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-throwing pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doRecoveryActions"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Just as in the @AspectJ style, it is possible to get hold of the thrown exception within the advice body. Use the throwing attribute to specify the name of the parameter to which the exception should be passed:
<aop:aspect id="afterThrowingExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-throwing pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" throwing="dataAccessEx" method="doRecoveryActions"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The doRecoveryActions method must declare a parameter named
dataAccessEx. The type of this parameter constrains
matching in the same way as described for @AfterThrowing. For example,
the method signature may be declared as:
public void doRecoveryActions(DataAccessException dataAccessEx) {...
After (finally) advice runs however a matched method execution
exits. It is declared using the after
element:
<aop:aspect id="afterFinallyExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doReleaseLock"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The final kind of advice is around advice. Around advice runs "around" a matched method execution. It has the opportunity to do work both before and after the method executes, and to determine when, how, and even if, the method actually gets to execute at all. Around advice is often used if you need to share state before and after a method execution in a thread-safe manner (starting and stopping a timer for example). Always use the least powerful form of advice that meets your requirements; don't use around advice if simple before advice would do.
Around advice is declared using the
aop:around element. The first parameter of the
advice method must be of type
ProceedingJoinPoint. Within the body of
the advice, calling proceed() on the
ProceedingJoinPoint causes the
underlying method to execute. The proceed method
may also be calling passing in an Object[] -
the values in the array will be used as the arguments to the method
execution when it proceeds. See Section 8.2.4.5, “Around advice” for notes on calling proceed
with an Object[].
<aop:aspect id="aroundExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:around pointcut-ref="businessService" method="doBasicProfiling"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The implementation of the doBasicProfiling
advice would be exactly the same as in the @AspectJ example (minus the
annotation of course):
public Object doBasicProfiling(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { // start stopwatch Object retVal = pjp.proceed(); // stop stopwatch return retVal; }
The schema based declaration style supports fully typed advice
in the same way as described for the @AspectJ support - by matching
pointcut parameters by name against advice method parameters. See
Section 8.2.4.6, “Advice parameters” for details. If you
wish to explicitly specify argument names for the advice methods (not
relying on the detection strategies previously described) then this is
done using the arg-names attribute of the advice
element, which is treated in the same manner to the "argNames"
attribute in an advice annotation as described in the section called “Determining argument names”. For example:
<aop:before pointcut="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() and @annotation(auditable)" method="audit" arg-names="auditable"/>
The arg-names attribute accepts a
comma-delimited list of parameter names.
Find below a slightly more involved example of the XSD-based approach that illustrates some around advice used in conjunction with a number of strongly typed parameters.
package x.y.service; public interface FooService { Foo getFoo(String fooName, int age); } public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String name, int age) { return new Foo(name, age); } }
Next up is the aspect. Notice the fact that the
profile(..) method accepts a number of
strongly-typed parameters, the first of which happens to be the join
point used to proceed with the method call: the presence of this
parameter is an indication that the
profile(..) is to be used as
around advice:
package x.y; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; import org.springframework.util.StopWatch; public class SimpleProfiler { public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint call, String name, int age) throws Throwable { StopWatch clock = new StopWatch( "Profiling for '" + name + "' and '" + age + "'"); try { clock.start(call.toShortString()); return call.proceed(); } finally { clock.stop(); System.out.println(clock.prettyPrint()); } } }
Finally, here is the XML configuration that is required to effect the execution of the above advice for a particular join point:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the object that will be proxied by Spring's AOP infrastructure --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this is the actual advice itself --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"/> <aop:config> <aop:aspect ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="theExecutionOfSomeFooServiceMethod" expression="execution(* x.y.service.FooService.getFoo(String,int)) and args(name, age)"/> <aop:around pointcut-ref="theExecutionOfSomeFooServiceMethod" method="profile"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> </beans>
If we had the following driver script, we would get output something like this on standard output:
import org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanFactory; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import x.y.service.FooService; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { BeanFactory ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("x/y/plain.xml"); FooService foo = (FooService) ctx.getBean("fooService"); foo.getFoo("Pengo", 12); } }
StopWatch 'Profiling for 'Pengo' and '12'': running time (millis) = 0 ----------------------------------------- ms % Task name ----------------------------------------- 00000 ? execution(getFoo)
When multiple advice needs to execute at the same join point
(executing method) the ordering rules are as described in Section 8.2.4.7, “Advice ordering”. The precedence between
aspects is determined by either adding the
Order annotation to the bean backing
the aspect or by having the bean implement the
Ordered interface.
Introductions (known as inter-type declarations in AspectJ) enable an aspect to declare that advised objects implement a given interface, and to provide an implementation of that interface on behalf of those objects.
An introduction is made using the
aop:declare-parents element inside an
aop:aspect This element is used to declare that
matching types have a new parent (hence the name). For example, given an
interface UsageTracked, and an
implementation of that interface
DefaultUsageTracked, the following aspect
declares that all implementors of service interfaces also implement the
UsageTracked interface. (In order to
expose statistics via JMX for example.)
<aop:aspect id="usageTrackerAspect" ref="usageTracking"> <aop:declare-parents types-matching="com.xzy.myapp.service.*+" implement-interface="com.xyz.myapp.service.tracking.UsageTracked" default-impl="com.xyz.myapp.service.tracking.DefaultUsageTracked"/> <aop:before pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() and this(usageTracked)" method="recordUsage"/> </aop:aspect>
The class backing the usageTracking bean would
contain the method:
public void recordUsage(UsageTracked usageTracked) { usageTracked.incrementUseCount(); }
The interface to be implemented is determined by
implement-interface attribute. The value of the
types-matching attribute is an AspectJ type pattern
:- any bean of a matching type will implement the
UsageTracked interface. Note that in the
before advice of the above example, service beans can be directly used
as implementations of the UsageTracked
interface. If accessing a bean programmatically you would write the
following:
UsageTracked usageTracked = (UsageTracked) context.getBean("myService");The only supported instantiation model for schema-defined aspects is the singleton model. Other instantiation models may be supported in future releases.
The concept of "advisors" is brought forward from the AOP support defined in Spring 1.2 and does not have a direct equivalent in AspectJ. An advisor is like a small self-contained aspect that has a single piece of advice. The advice itself is represented by a bean, and must implement one of the advice interfaces described in Section 9.3.2, “Advice types in Spring”. Advisors can take advantage of AspectJ pointcut expressions though.
Spring 2.0 supports the advisor concept with the
<aop:advisor> element. You will most commonly
see it used in conjunction with transactional advice, which also has its
own namespace support in Spring 2.0. Here's how it looks:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="businessService" advice-ref="tx-advice"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="tx-advice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
As well as the pointcut-ref attribute used in the
above example, you can also use the pointcut attribute
to define a pointcut expression inline.
To define the precedence of an advisor so that the advice can
participate in ordering, use the order attribute to
define the Ordered value of the advisor.
Let's see how the concurrent locking failure retry example from Section 8.2.7, “Example” looks when rewritten using the schema support.
The execution of business services can sometimes fail due to
concurrency issues (for example, deadlock loser). If the operation is
retried, it is quite likely it will succeed next time round. For
business services where it is appropriate to retry in such conditions
(idempotent operations that don't need to go back to the user for
conflict resolution), we'd like to transparently retry the operation to
avoid the client seeing a
PessimisticLockingFailureException. This is a
requirement that clearly cuts across multiple services in the service
layer, and hence is ideal for implementing via an aspect.
Because we want to retry the operation, we'll need to use around advice so that we can call proceed multiple times. Here's how the basic aspect implementation looks (it's just a regular Java class using the schema support):
public class ConcurrentOperationExecutor implements Ordered { private static final int DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES = 2; private int maxRetries = DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES; private int order = 1; public void setMaxRetries(int maxRetries) { this.maxRetries = maxRetries; } public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { int numAttempts = 0; PessimisticLockingFailureException lockFailureException; do { numAttempts++; try { return pjp.proceed(); } catch(PessimisticLockingFailureException ex) { lockFailureException = ex; } } while(numAttempts <= this.maxRetries); throw lockFailureException; } }
Note that the aspect implements the
Ordered interface so we can set the
precedence of the aspect higher than the transaction advice (we want a
fresh transaction each time we retry). The maxRetries
and order properties will both be configured by
Spring. The main action happens in the
doConcurrentOperation around advice method. We try to
proceed, and if we fail with a
PessimisticLockingFailureException we simply try
again unless we have exhausted all of our retry attempts.
This class is identical to the one used in the @AspectJ example, but with the annotations removed.
The corresponding Spring configuration is:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="concurrentOperationRetry" ref="concurrentOperationExecutor"> <aop:pointcut id="idempotentOperation" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> <aop:around pointcut-ref="idempotentOperation" method="doConcurrentOperation"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="concurrentOperationExecutor" class="com.xyz.myapp.service.impl.ConcurrentOperationExecutor"> <property name="maxRetries" value="3"/> <property name="order" value="100"/> </bean>
Notice that for the time being we assume that all business
services are idempotent. If this is not the case we can refine the
aspect so that it only retries genuinely idempotent operations, by
introducing an Idempotent
annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) public @interface Idempotent { // marker annotation }
and using the annotation to annotate the implementation of service
operations. The change to the aspect to retry only idempotent operations
simply involves refining the pointcut expression so that only
@Idempotent operations match:
<aop:pointcut id="idempotentOperation" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) and @annotation(com.xyz.myapp.service.Idempotent)"/>
Once you have decided that an aspect is the best approach for implementing a given requirement, how do you decide between using Spring AOP or AspectJ, and between the Aspect language (code) style, @AspectJ annotation style, or the Spring XML style? These decisions are influenced by a number of factors including application requirements, development tools, and team familiarity with AOP.
Use the simplest thing that can work. Spring AOP is simpler than using full AspectJ as there is no requirement to introduce the AspectJ compiler / weaver into your development and build processes. If you only need to advise the execution of operations on Spring beans, then Spring AOP is the right choice. If you need to advise objects not managed by the Spring container (such as domain objects typically), then you will need to use AspectJ. You will also need to use AspectJ if you wish to advise join points other than simple method executions (for example, field get or set join points, and so on).
When using AspectJ, you have the choice of the AspectJ language syntax (also known as the "code style") or the @AspectJ annotation style. Clearly, if you are not using Java 5+ then the choice has been made for you... use the code style. If aspects play a large role in your design, and you are able to use the AspectJ Development Tools (AJDT) plugin for Eclipse, then the AspectJ language syntax is the preferred option: it is cleaner and simpler because the language was purposefully designed for writing aspects. If you are not using Eclipse, or have only a few aspects that do not play a major role in your application, then you may want to consider using the @AspectJ style and sticking with a regular Java compilation in your IDE, and adding an aspect weaving phase to your build script.
If you have chosen to use Spring AOP, then you have a choice of @AspectJ or XML style. Clearly if you are not running on Java 5+, then the XML style is the appropriate choice; for Java 5 projects there are various tradeoffs to consider.
The XML style will be most familiar to existing Spring users. It can be used with any JDK level (referring to named pointcuts from within pointcut expressions does still require Java 5+ though) and is backed by genuine POJOs. When using AOP as a tool to configure enterprise services then XML can be a good choice (a good test is whether you consider the pointcut expression to be a part of your configuration you might want to change independently). With the XML style arguably it is clearer from your configuration what aspects are present in the system.
The XML style has two disadvantages. Firstly it does not fully encapsulate the implementation of the requirement it addresses in a single place. The DRY principle says that there should be a single, unambiguous, authoritative representation of any piece of knowledge within a system. When using the XML style, the knowledge of how a requirement is implemented is split across the declaration of the backing bean class, and the XML in the configuration file. When using the @AspectJ style there is a single module - the aspect - in which this information is encapsulated. Secondly, the XML style is slightly more limited in what it can express than the @AspectJ style: only the "singleton" aspect instantiation model is supported, and it is not possible to combine named pointcuts declared in XML. For example, in the @AspectJ style you can write something like:
@Pointcut(execution(* get*())) public void propertyAccess() {} @Pointcut(execution(org.xyz.Account+ *(..)) public void operationReturningAnAccount() {} @Pointcut(propertyAccess() && operationReturningAnAccount()) public void accountPropertyAccess() {}
In the XML style I can declare the first two pointcuts:
<aop:pointcut id="propertyAccess" expression="execution(* get*())"/> <aop:pointcut id="operationReturningAnAccount" expression="execution(org.xyz.Account+ *(..))"/>
The downside of the XML approach is that you cannot define the
'accountPropertyAccess' pointcut by combining these
definitions.
The @AspectJ style supports additional instantiation models, and richer pointcut composition. It has the advantage of keeping the aspect as a modular unit. It also has the advantage the @AspectJ aspects can be understood (and thus consumed) both by Spring AOP and by AspectJ - so if you later decide you need the capabilities of AspectJ to implement additional requirements then it is very easy to migrate to an AspectJ-based approach. On balance the Spring team prefer the @AspectJ style whenever you have aspects that do more than simple "configuration" of enterprise services.
It is perfectly possible to mix @AspectJ style aspects using the
autoproxying support, schema-defined <aop:aspect>
aspects, <aop:advisor> declared advisors and even
proxies and interceptors defined using the Spring 1.2 style in the same
configuration. All of these are implemented using the same underlying
support mechanism and will co-exist without any difficulty.
Spring AOP uses either JDK dynamic proxies or CGLIB to create the proxy for a given target object. (JDK dynamic proxies are preferred whenever you have a choice).
If the target object to be proxied implements at least one interface then a JDK dynamic proxy will be used. All of the interfaces implemented by the target type will be proxied. If the target object does not implement any interfaces then a CGLIB proxy will be created.
If you want to force the use of CGLIB proxying (for example, to proxy every method defined for the target object, not just those implemented by its interfaces) you can do so. However, there are some issues to consider:
final methods cannot be advised, as they
cannot be overriden.
You will need the CGLIB 2 binaries on your classpath, whereas dynamic proxies are available with the JDK. Spring will automatically warn you when it needs CGLIB and the CGLIB library classes are not found on the classpath.
The constructor of your proxied object will be called twice. This is a natural consequence of the CGLIB proxy model whereby a subclass is generated for each proxied object. For each proxied instance, two objects are created: the actual proxied object and an instance of the subclass that implements the advice. This behavior is not exhibited when using JDK proxies. Usually, calling the constructor of the proxied type twice, is not an issue, as there are usually only assignments taking place and no real logic is implemented in the constructor.
To force the use of CGLIB proxies set
the value of the proxy-target-class attribute of the
<aop:config> element to true:
<aop:config proxy-target-class="true"> <!-- other beans defined here... --> </aop:config>
To force CGLIB proxying when using the @AspectJ autoproxy support,
set the 'proxy-target-class' attribute of the
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy> element to
true:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy proxy-target-class="true"/>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Multiple To be clear: using ' |
Spring AOP is proxy-based. It is vitally important that you grasp the semantics of what that last statement actually means before you write your own aspects or use any of the Spring AOP-based aspects supplied with the Spring Framework.
Consider first the scenario where you have a plain-vanilla, un-proxied, nothing-special-about-it, straight object reference, as illustrated by the following code snippet.
public class SimplePojo implements Pojo { public void foo() { // this next method invocation is a direct call on the 'this' reference this.bar(); } public void bar() { // some logic... } }
If you invoke a method on an object reference, the method is invoked directly on that object reference, as can be seen below.

public class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { Pojo pojo = new SimplePojo(); // this is a direct method call on the 'pojo' reference pojo.foo(); } }
Things change slightly when the reference that client code has is a proxy. Consider the following diagram and code snippet.

public class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ProxyFactory factory = new ProxyFactory(new SimplePojo()); factory.addInterface(Pojo.class); factory.addAdvice(new RetryAdvice()); Pojo pojo = (Pojo) factory.getProxy(); // this is a method call on the proxy! pojo.foo(); } }
The key thing to understand here is that the client code inside
the main(..) of the Main
class has a reference to the proxy. This means that
method calls on that object reference will be calls on the proxy, and as
such the proxy will be able to delegate to all of the interceptors
(advice) that are relevant to that particular method call. However, once
the call has finally reached the target object, the
SimplePojo reference in this case, any method
calls that it may make on itself, such as
this.bar() or
this.foo(), are going to be invoked against the
this reference, and
not the proxy. This has important implications. It
means that self-invocation is not going to result
in the advice associated with a method invocation getting a chance to
execute.
Okay, so what is to be done about this? The best approach (the term best is used loosely here) is to refactor your code such that the self-invocation does not happen. For sure, this does entail some work on your part, but it is the best, least-invasive approach. The next approach is absolutely horrendous, and I am almost reticent to point it out precisely because it is so horrendous. You can (choke!) totally tie the logic within your class to Spring AOP by doing this:
public class SimplePojo implements Pojo { public void foo() { // this works, but... gah! ((Pojo) AopContext.currentProxy()).bar(); } public void bar() { // some logic... } }
This totally couples your code to Spring AOP, and it makes the class itself aware of the fact that it is being used in an AOP context, which flies in the face of AOP. It also requires some additional configuration when the proxy is being created:
public class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ProxyFactory factory = new ProxyFactory(new SimplePojo()); factory.adddInterface(Pojo.class); factory.addAdvice(new RetryAdvice()); factory.setExposeProxy(true); Pojo pojo = (Pojo) factory.getProxy(); // this is a method call on the proxy! pojo.foo(); } }
Finally, it must be noted that AspectJ does not have this self-invocation issue because it is not a proxy-based AOP framework.
In addition to declaring aspects in your configuration using either
<aop:config> or
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy>, it is also possible
programmatically to create proxies that advise target objects. For the
full details of Spring's AOP API, see the next chapter. Here we want to
focus on the ability to automatically create proxies using @AspectJ
aspects.
The class
org.springframework.aop.aspectj.annotation.AspectJProxyFactory
can be used to create a proxy for a target object that is advised by one
or more @AspectJ aspects. Basic usage for this class is very simple, as
illustrated below. See the Javadocs for full information.
// create a factory that can generate a proxy for the given target object AspectJProxyFactory factory = new AspectJProxyFactory(targetObject); // add an aspect, the class must be an @AspectJ aspect // you can call this as many times as you need with different aspects factory.addAspect(SecurityManager.class); // you can also add existing aspect instances, the type of the object supplied must be an @AspectJ aspect factory.addAspect(usageTracker); // now get the proxy object... MyInterfaceType proxy = factory.getProxy();
Everything we've covered so far in this chapter is pure Spring AOP. In this section, we're going to look at how you can use the AspectJ compiler/weaver instead of, or in addition to, Spring AOP if your needs go beyond the facilities offered by Spring AOP alone.
Spring ships with a small AspectJ aspect library, which is available
standalone in your distribution as spring-aspects.jar; you'll need to add this
to your classpath in order to use the aspects in it. Section 8.8.1, “Using AspectJ to dependency inject domain objects with
Spring” and Section 8.8.2, “Other Spring aspects for AspectJ”
discuss the content of this library and how you can use it. Section 8.8.3, “Configuring AspectJ aspects using Spring IoC” discusses how to dependency inject AspectJ
aspects that are woven using the AspectJ compiler. Finally, Section 8.8.4, “Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework” provides an introduction to load-time weaving for
Spring applications using AspectJ.
The Spring container instantiates and configures beans defined in
your application context. It is also possible to ask a bean factory to
configure a pre-existing object given the name of a
bean definition containing the configuration to be applied. The
spring-aspects.jar contains an
annotation-driven aspect that exploits this capability to allow
dependency injection of any object. The support is
intended to be used for objects created outside of the control
of any container. Domain objects often fall into this
category because they are often created programmatically using the
new operator, or by an ORM tool as a result of a
database query.
The @Configurable annotation marks
a class as eligible for Spring-driven configuration. In the simplest
case it can be used just as a marker annotation:
package com.xyz.myapp.domain; import org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.Configurable; @Configurable public class Account { // ... }
When used as a marker interface in this way, Spring will configure
new instances of the annotated type (Account in
this case) using a prototype-scoped bean definition with the same name
as the fully-qualified type name
(com.xyz.myapp.domain.Account). Since the default
name for a bean is the fully-qualified name of its type, a convenient
way to declare the prototype definition is simply to omit the
id attribute:
<bean class="com.xyz.myapp.domain.Account" scope="prototype"> <property name="fundsTransferService" ref="fundsTransferService"/> </bean>
If you want to explicitly specify the name of the prototype bean definition to use, you can do so directly in the annotation:
package com.xyz.myapp.domain; import org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.Configurable; @Configurable("account") public class Account { // ... }
Spring will now look for a bean definition named
"account" and use that as the definition to configure
new Account instances.
You can also use autowiring to avoid having to specify a
prototype-scoped bean definition at all. To have Spring apply autowiring
use the 'autowire' property of the
@Configurable annotation: specify either
@Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_TYPE) or
@Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_NAME for
autowiring by type or by name respectively. As an alternative, as of
Spring 2.5 it is preferable to specify explicit, annotation-driven
dependency injection for your @Configurable
beans by using @Autowired or
@Inject at the field or method level (see
Section 4.9, “Annotation-based container configuration” for further details).
Finally you can enable Spring dependency checking for the object
references in the newly created and configured object by using the
dependencyCheck attribute (for example:
@Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_NAME,dependencyCheck=true)).
If this attribute is set to true, then Spring will validate after
configuration that all properties (which are not primitives or
collections) have been set.
Using the annotation on its own does nothing of course. It is the
AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect in spring-aspects.jar that acts on the
presence of the annotation. In essence the aspect says "after returning
from the initialization of a new object of a type annotated with
@Configurable, configure the newly
created object using Spring in accordance with the properties of the
annotation". In this context, initialization refers
to newly instantiated objects (e.g., objects instantiated with the
'new' operator) as well as to
Serializable objects that are undergoing
deserialization (e.g., via readResolve()).
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
One of the key phrases in the above paragraph is 'in
essence'. For most cases, the exact semantics of
'after returning from the initialization of a new
object' will be fine... in this context, 'after
initialization' means that the dependencies will be
injected after the object has been constructed -
this means that the dependencies will not be available for use in the
constructor bodies of the class. If you want the dependencies to be
injected before the constructor bodies execute,
and thus be available for use in the body of the constructors, then
you need to define this on the
@Configurable(preConstruction=true) You can find out more information about the language semantics of the various pointcut types in AspectJ in this appendix of the AspectJ Programming Guide. |
For this to work the annotated types must be woven with the
AspectJ weaver - you can either use a build-time Ant or Maven task to do
this (see for example the AspectJ
Development Environment Guide) or load-time weaving (see Section 8.8.4, “Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework”). The
AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect itself needs
configuring by Spring (in order to obtain a reference to the bean
factory that is to be used to configure new objects). The Spring context
namespace defines a convenient tag for doing this: just include
the following in your application context configuration:
<context:spring-configured/>If you are using the DTD instead of schema, the equivalent definition is:
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.aspectj.AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect" factory-method="aspectOf"/>
Instances of @Configurable objects
created before the aspect has been configured will
result in a warning being issued to the log and no configuration of the
object taking place. An example might be a bean in the Spring
configuration that creates domain objects when it is initialized by
Spring. In this case you can use the "depends-on" bean attribute to
manually specify that the bean depends on the configuration
aspect.
<bean id="myService" class="com.xzy.myapp.service.MyService" depends-on="org.springframework.beans.factory.aspectj.AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect"> <!-- ... --> </bean>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Do not activate |
One of the goals of the
@Configurable support is to enable
independent unit testing of domain objects without the difficulties
associated with hard-coded lookups. If
@Configurable types have not been woven
by AspectJ then the annotation has no affect during unit testing, and
you can simply set mock or stub property references in the object
under test and proceed as normal. If
@Configurable types
have been woven by AspectJ then you can still
unit test outside of the container as normal, but you will see a
warning message each time that you construct an
@Configurable object indicating that it
has not been configured by Spring.
The AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect used
to implement the @Configurable support
is an AspectJ singleton aspect. The scope of a singleton aspect is the
same as the scope of static members, that is to say
there is one aspect instance per classloader that defines the type.
This means that if you define multiple application contexts within the
same classloader hierarchy you need to consider where to define the
<context:spring-configured/> bean and where to
place spring-aspects.jar on
the classpath.
Consider a typical Spring web-app configuration with a shared
parent application context defining common business services and
everything needed to support them, and one child application context
per servlet containing definitions particular to that servlet. All of
these contexts will co-exist within the same classloader hierarchy,
and so the AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect can only
hold a reference to one of them. In this case we recommend defining
the <context:spring-configured/> bean in the
shared (parent) application context: this defines the services that
you are likely to want to inject into domain objects. A consequence is
that you cannot configure domain objects with references to beans
defined in the child (servlet-specific) contexts using the
@Configurable mechanism (probably not something you want to do
anyway!).
When deploying multiple web-apps within the same container,
ensure that each web-application loads the types in spring-aspects.jar using its own
classloader (for example, by placing spring-aspects.jar in 'WEB-INF/lib'). If spring-aspects.jar is only added to the
container wide classpath (and hence loaded by the shared parent
classloader), all web applications will share the same aspect instance
which is probably not what you want.
In addition to the @Configurable
aspect, spring-aspects.jar
contains an AspectJ aspect that can be used to drive Spring's
transaction management for types and methods annotated with the
@Transactional annotation. This is
primarily intended for users who want to use the Spring Framework's
transaction support outside of the Spring container.
The aspect that interprets
@Transactional annotations is the
AnnotationTransactionAspect. When using this
aspect, you must annotate the implementation class
(and/or methods within that class), not the
interface (if any) that the class implements. AspectJ follows Java's
rule that annotations on interfaces are not
inherited.
A @Transactional annotation on a
class specifies the default transaction semantics for the execution of
any public operation in the class.
A @Transactional annotation on a
method within the class overrides the default transaction semantics
given by the class annotation (if present). Methods with
public, protected, and default
visibility may all be annotated. Annotating protected
and default visibility methods directly is the only way to get
transaction demarcation for the execution of such methods.
For AspectJ programmers that want to use the Spring configuration
and transaction management support but don't want to (or cannot) use
annotations, spring-aspects.jar
also contains abstract aspects you can extend to
provide your own pointcut definitions. See the sources for the
AbstractBeanConfigurerAspect and
AbstractTransactionAspect aspects for more
information. As an example, the following excerpt shows how you could
write an aspect to configure all instances of objects defined in the
domain model using prototype bean definitions that match the
fully-qualified class names:
public aspect DomainObjectConfiguration extends AbstractBeanConfigurerAspect { public DomainObjectConfiguration() { setBeanWiringInfoResolver(new ClassNameBeanWiringInfoResolver()); } // the creation of a new bean (any object in the domain model) protected pointcut beanCreation(Object beanInstance) : initialization(new(..)) && SystemArchitecture.inDomainModel() && this(beanInstance); }
When using AspectJ aspects with Spring applications, it is natural
to both want and expect to be able to configure such aspects using
Spring. The AspectJ runtime itself is responsible for aspect creation,
and the means of configuring the AspectJ created aspects via Spring
depends on the AspectJ instantiation model (the
'per-xxx' clause) used by the aspect.
The majority of AspectJ aspects are singleton
aspects. Configuration of these aspects is very easy: simply create a
bean definition referencing the aspect type as normal, and include the
bean attribute 'factory-method="aspectOf"'. This
ensures that Spring obtains the aspect instance by asking AspectJ for it
rather than trying to create an instance itself. For example:
<bean id="profiler" class="com.xyz.profiler.Profiler" factory-method="aspectOf"> <property name="profilingStrategy" ref="jamonProfilingStrategy"/> </bean>
Non-singleton aspects are harder to configure: however it is
possible to do so by creating prototype bean definitions and using the
@Configurable support from spring-aspects.jar to configure the
aspect instances once they have bean created by the AspectJ
runtime.
If you have some @AspectJ aspects that you want to weave with
AspectJ (for example, using load-time weaving for domain model types)
and other @AspectJ aspects that you want to use with Spring AOP, and
these aspects are all configured using Spring, then you will need to
tell the Spring AOP @AspectJ autoproxying support which exact subset of
the @AspectJ aspects defined in the configuration should be used for
autoproxying. You can do this by using one or more
<include/> elements inside the
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> declaration. Each
<include/> element specifies a name pattern,
and only beans with names matched by at least one of the patterns will
be used for Spring AOP autoproxy configuration:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy> <aop:include name="thisBean"/> <aop:include name="thatBean"/> </aop:aspectj-autoproxy>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Do not be misled by the name of the
|
Load-time weaving (LTW) refers to the process of weaving AspectJ aspects into an application's class files as they are being loaded into the Java virtual machine (JVM). The focus of this section is on configuring and using LTW in the specific context of the Spring Framework: this section is not an introduction to LTW though. For full details on the specifics of LTW and configuring LTW with just AspectJ (with Spring not being involved at all), see the LTW section of the AspectJ Development Environment Guide.
The value-add that the Spring Framework brings to AspectJ LTW is
in enabling much finer-grained control over the weaving process.
'Vanilla' AspectJ LTW is effected using a Java (5+) agent, which is
switched on by specifying a VM argument when starting up a JVM. It is
thus a JVM-wide setting, which may be fine in some situations, but often
is a little too coarse. Spring-enabled LTW enables you to switch on LTW
on a per-ClassLoader basis,
which obviously is more fine-grained and which can make more sense in a
'single-JVM-multiple-application' environment (such as is found in a
typical application server environment).
Further, in certain
environments, this support enables load-time weaving
without making any modifications to the application server's
launch script that will be needed to add
-javaagent:path/to/aspectjweaver.jar or (as we describe later in this
section) -javaagent:path/to/org.springframework.instrument-{version}.jar
(previously named spring-agent.jar). Developers simply modify
one or more files that form the application context to enable load-time
weaving instead of relying on administrators who typically are in charge
of the deployment configuration such as the launch script.
Now that the sales pitch is over, let us first walk through a quick example of AspectJ LTW using Spring, followed by detailed specifics about elements introduced in the following example. For a complete example, please see the Petclinic sample application.
Let us assume that you are an application developer who has been tasked with diagnosing the cause of some performance problems in a system. Rather than break out a profiling tool, what we are going to do is switch on a simple profiling aspect that will enable us to very quickly get some performance metrics, so that we can then apply a finer-grained profiling tool to that specific area immediately afterwards.
Here is the profiling aspect. Nothing too fancy, just a quick-and-dirty time-based profiler, using the @AspectJ-style of aspect declaration.
package foo; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Around; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Pointcut; import org.springframework.util.StopWatch; import org.springframework.core.annotation.Order; @Aspect public class ProfilingAspect { @Around("methodsToBeProfiled()") public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { StopWatch sw = new StopWatch(getClass().getSimpleName()); try { sw.start(pjp.getSignature().getName()); return pjp.proceed(); } finally { sw.stop(); System.out.println(sw.prettyPrint()); } } @Pointcut("execution(public * foo..*.*(..))") public void methodsToBeProfiled(){} }
We will also need to create an
'META-INF/aop.xml' file, to inform the AspectJ
weaver that we want to weave our
ProfilingAspect into our classes. This file
convention, namely the presence of a file (or files) on the Java
classpath called ' META-INF/aop.xml' is standard
AspectJ.
<!DOCTYPE aspectj PUBLIC "-//AspectJ//DTD//EN" "http://www.eclipse.org/aspectj/dtd/aspectj.dtd"> <aspectj> <weaver> <!-- only weave classes in our application-specific packages --> <include within="foo.*"/> </weaver> <aspects> <!-- weave in just this aspect --> <aspect name="foo.ProfilingAspect"/> </aspects> </aspectj>
Now to the Spring-specific portion of the configuration. We need
to configure a LoadTimeWeaver (all
explained later, just take it on trust for now). This load-time weaver
is the essential component responsible for weaving the aspect
configuration in one or more 'META-INF/aop.xml'
files into the classes in your application. The good thing is that it
does not require a lot of configuration, as can be seen below (there
are some more options that you can specify, but these are detailed
later).
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <!-- a service object; we will be profiling its methods --> <bean id="entitlementCalculationService" class="foo.StubEntitlementCalculationService"/> <!-- this switches on the load-time weaving --> <context:load-time-weaver/> </beans>
Now that all the required artifacts are in place - the aspect,
the 'META-INF/aop.xml' file, and the Spring
configuration -, let us create a simple driver class with a
main(..) method to demonstrate the LTW in
action.
package foo; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml", Main.class); EntitlementCalculationService entitlementCalculationService = (EntitlementCalculationService) ctx.getBean("entitlementCalculationService"); // the profiling aspect is 'woven' around this method execution entitlementCalculationService.calculateEntitlement(); } }
There is one last thing to do. The introduction to this section
did say that one could switch on LTW selectively on a
per-ClassLoader basis with Spring, and this is
true. However, just for this example, we are going to use a Java agent
(supplied with Spring) to switch on the LTW. This is the command line
we will use to run the above Main class:
java -javaagent:C:/projects/foo/lib/global/spring-instrument.jar foo.Main
The '-javaagent' is a Java 5+ flag for
specifying and enabling agents
to instrument programs running on the JVM. The Spring
Framework ships with such an agent, the
InstrumentationSavingAgent, which is packaged
in the spring-instrument.jar
that
was supplied as the value of the -javaagent
argument in the above example.
The output from the execution of the Main
program will look something like that below. (I have introduced a
Thread.sleep(..) statement into the
calculateEntitlement() implementation so that
the profiler actually captures something other than 0 milliseconds -
the 01234 milliseconds is not
an overhead introduced by the AOP :) )
Calculating entitlement StopWatch 'ProfilingAspect': running time (millis) = 1234 ------ ----- ---------------------------- ms % Task name ------ ----- ---------------------------- 01234 100% calculateEntitlement
Since this LTW is effected using full-blown AspectJ, we are not
just limited to advising Spring beans; the following slight variation
on the Main program will yield the same
result.
package foo; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml", Main.class); EntitlementCalculationService entitlementCalculationService = new StubEntitlementCalculationService(); // the profiling aspect will be 'woven' around this method execution entitlementCalculationService.calculateEntitlement(); } }
Notice how in the above program we are simply bootstrapping the
Spring container, and then creating a new instance of the
StubEntitlementCalculationService totally
outside the context of Spring... the profiling advice still gets woven
in.
The example admittedly is simplistic... however the basics of the LTW support in Spring have all been introduced in the above example, and the rest of this section will explain the 'why' behind each bit of configuration and usage in detail.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
The aspects that you use in LTW have to be AspectJ aspects. They can be written in either the AspectJ language itself or you can write your aspects in the @AspectJ-style. The latter option is of course only an option if you are using Java 5+, but it does mean that your aspects are then both valid AspectJ and Spring AOP aspects. Furthermore, the compiled aspect classes need to be available on the classpath.
The AspectJ LTW infrastructure is configured using one or more
'META-INF/aop.xml' files, that are on the Java
classpath (either directly, or more typically in jar files).
The structure and contents of this file is detailed in the main
AspectJ reference documentation, and the interested reader is referred
to that resource. (I appreciate that this section is brief,
but the 'aop.xml' file is 100% AspectJ - there is
no Spring-specific information or semantics that apply to it, and so
there is no extra value that I can contribute either as a result), so
rather than rehash the quite satisfactory section that the AspectJ
developers wrote, I am just directing you there.)
At a minimum you will need the following libraries to use the Spring Framework's support for AspectJ LTW:
spring-aop.jar (version
2.5 or later, plus all mandatory dependencies)
aspectjweaver.jar
(version 1.6.8 or later)
If you are using the Spring-provided agent to enable instrumentation, you will also need:
spring-instrument.jar
The key component in Spring's LTW support is the
LoadTimeWeaver interface (in the
org.springframework.instrument.classloading
package), and the numerous implementations of it that ship with the
Spring distribution. A LoadTimeWeaver
is responsible for adding one or more
java.lang.instrument.ClassFileTransformers to a
ClassLoader at runtime, which opens the door to
all manner of interesting applications, one of which happens to be the
LTW of aspects.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
If you are unfamiliar with the idea of runtime class file
transformation, you are encouraged to read the Javadoc API
documentation for the |
Configuring a LoadTimeWeaver
using XML for a particular
ApplicationContext can be as easy as
adding one line. (Please note that you almost certainly will need to
be using an ApplicationContext as your
Spring container - typically a
BeanFactory will not be enough because
the LTW support makes use of
BeanFactoryPostProcessors.)
To enable the Spring Framework's LTW support, you need to
configure a LoadTimeWeaver, which
typically is done using the
<context:load-time-weaver/> element. Find
below a valid <context:load-time-weaver/>
definition that uses default settings.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:load-time-weaver/> </beans>
The above <context:load-time-weaver/>
bean definition will define and register a number of LTW-specific
infrastructure beans for you automatically, such as a
LoadTimeWeaver and an
AspectJWeavingEnabler. Notice how the
<context:load-time-weaver/> is defined in the
'context' namespace; note also that the referenced
XML Schema file is only available in versions of Spring 2.5 and
later.
What the above configuration does is define and register a
default LoadTimeWeaver bean for you.
The default LoadTimeWeaver is the
DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver class, which
attempts to decorate an automatically detected
LoadTimeWeaver: the exact type of
LoadTimeWeaver that will be
'automatically detected' is dependent upon your runtime environment
(summarised in the following table).
Table 8.1. DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver
LoadTimeWeavers
| Runtime Environment | LoadTimeWeaver implementation |
|---|---|
Running in BEA's Weblogic 10 |
|
Running in IBM WebSphere Application Server 7 |
|
Running in Oracle's OC4J |
|
Running in GlassFish |
|
Running in JBoss AS |
|
JVM started with Spring
|
|
Fallback, expecting the underlying ClassLoader to follow common conventions
(e.g. applicable to |
|
Note that these are just the
LoadTimeWeavers that are autodetected
when using the DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver: it
is of course possible to specify exactly which
LoadTimeWeaver implementation that you
wish to use by specifying the fully-qualified classname as the value
of the 'weaver-class' attribute of the
<context:load-time-weaver/> element. Find
below an example of doing just that:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:load-time-weaver weaver-class="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.ReflectiveLoadTimeWeaver"/> </beans>
The LoadTimeWeaver that is
defined and registered by the
<context:load-time-weaver/> element can be
later retrieved from the Spring container using the well-known name
'loadTimeWeaver'. Remember that the
LoadTimeWeaver exists just as a
mechanism for Spring's LTW infrastructure to add one or more
ClassFileTransformers. The actual
ClassFileTransformer that does the LTW is the
ClassPreProcessorAgentAdapter (from the
org.aspectj.weaver.loadtime package) class. See the
class-level Javadoc for the
ClassPreProcessorAgentAdapter class for further
details, because the specifics of how the weaving is actually effected
is beyond the scope of this section.
There is one final attribute of the
<context:load-time-weaver/> left to discuss:
the 'aspectj-weaving' attribute. This is a simple
attribute that controls whether LTW is enabled or not, it is as simple
as that. It accepts one of three possible values, summarised below,
with the default value if the attribute is not present being '
autodetect'
Table 8.2. 'aspectj-weaving' attribute values
| Attribute Value | Explanation |
|---|---|
| AspectJ weaving is on, and aspects will be woven at load-time as appropriate. |
| LTW is off... no aspect will be woven at load-time. |
| If the Spring LTW infrastructure can find at
least one ' |
This last section contains any additional settings and configuration that you will need when using Spring's LTW support in environments such as application servers and web containers.
Apache Tomcat's default class loader
does not support class transformation which is why Spring provides an enhanced implementation that
addresses this need. Named TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader, the loader works
on Tomcat 5.0 and above and can be registered individually for each web application
as follows:
Tomcat 6.0.x or higher
Copy org.springframework.instrument.tomcat.jar
into $CATALINA_HOME/lib, where
$CATALINA_HOME represents the root of the
Tomcat installation)
Instruct Tomcat to use the custom class loader (instead of the default) by editing the web application context file:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader"/> </Context>
Apache Tomcat 6.0.x (similar to 5.0.x/5.5.x) series supports several context locations:
For efficiency, the embedded per-web-app configuration style is recommended because it will impact only applications that use the custom class loader and does not require any changes to the server configuration. See the Tomcat 6.0.x documentation for more details about available context locations.
Tomcat 5.0.x/5.5.x
Copy org.springframework.instrument.tomcat.jar
into $CATALINA_HOME/server/lib, where
$CATALINA_HOME represents the root of the
Tomcat installation.
Instruct Tomcat to use the custom class loader instead of the default one by editing the web application context file:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader"/> </Context>
Tomcat 5.0.x and 5.5.x series supports several context locations:
For efficiency, the embedded web-app configuration style is recommended recommended because it will impact only applications that use the class loader. See the Tomcat 5.x documentation for more details about available context locations.
Tomcat versions prior to 5.5.20 contained a bug in the
XML configuration parsing that prevented usage of the
Loader tag inside
server.xml configuration, regardless of whether a class
loader is specified or whether it is the official or a custom
one. See Tomcat's bugzilla for more
details.
In Tomcat 5.5.x, versions 5.5.20 or later, you should set
useSystemClassLoaderAsParent to
false to fix this problem:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader" useSystemClassLoaderAsParent="false"/> </Context>
This setting is not needed on Tomcat 6 or higher.
Alternatively, consider the use of the Spring-provided generic VM agent, to be specified in Tomcat's launch script (see above). This will make instrumentation available to all deployed web applications, no matter what ClassLoader they happen to run on.
Recent versions of BEA WebLogic (version 10 and above), IBM WebSphere Application Server (version 7 and above),
Oracle Containers for Java EE (OC4J 10.1.3.1 and above), Resin (3.1 and above) and JBoss (5.x or above)
provide a ClassLoader that is capable of local instrumentation.
Spring's native LTW leverages such ClassLoaders to enable AspectJ weaving.
You can enable LTW by simply activating context:load-time-weaver
as described earlier. Specifically, you do not
need to modify the launch script to add
-javaagent:path/to/spring-instrument.jar.
Note that GlassFish instrumentation-capable ClassLoader is available only in its EAR environment. For GlassFish web applications, follow the Tomcat setup instructions as outlined above.
Note that on JBoss 6.x, the app server scanning needs to be disabled to prevent it from loading the classes
before the application actually starts. A quick workaround is to add to your artifact a file named
WEB-INF/jboss-scanning.xml with the following content:
<scanning xmlns="urn:jboss:scanning:1.0"/>
When class instrumentation is required in environments that do not support or
are not supported by the existing LoadTimeWeaver
implementations,
a JDK agent can be the only solution. For such cases, Spring
provides InstrumentationLoadTimeWeaver,
which requires a Spring-specific (but very general) VM agent,
org.springframework.instrument-{version}.jar
(previously named spring-agent.jar).
To use it, you must start the virtual machine with the Spring agent, by supplying the following JVM options:
-javaagent:/path/to/org.springframework.instrument-{version}.jarNote that this requires modification of the VM launch script which may prevent you from using this in application server environments (depending on your operation policies). Additionally, the JDK agent will instrument the entire VM which can prove expensive.
For performance reasons, it is recommended to use this configuration only if your target environment (such as Jetty) does not have (or does not support) a dedicated LTW.
More information on AspectJ can be found on the AspectJ website.
The book Eclipse AspectJ by Adrian Colyer et. al. (Addison-Wesley, 2005) provides a comprehensive introduction and reference for the AspectJ language.
The book AspectJ in Action by Ramnivas Laddad (Manning, 2003) comes highly recommended; the focus of the book is on AspectJ, but a lot of general AOP themes are explored (in some depth).
The previous chapter described the Spring 2.0 and later version's support for AOP using @AspectJ and schema-based aspect definitions. In this chapter we discuss the lower-level Spring AOP APIs and the AOP support used in Spring 1.2 applications. For new applications, we recommend the use of the Spring 2.0 and later AOP support described in the previous chapter, but when working with existing applications, or when reading books and articles, you may come across Spring 1.2 style examples. Spring 3.0 is backwards compatible with Spring 1.2 and everything described in this chapter is fully supported in Spring 3.0.
Let's look at how Spring handles the crucial pointcut concept.
Spring's pointcut model enables pointcut reuse independent of advice types. It's possible to target different advice using the same pointcut.
The org.springframework.aop.Pointcut interface
is the central interface, used to target advices to particular classes
and methods. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface Pointcut { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); MethodMatcher getMethodMatcher(); }
Splitting the Pointcut interface
into two parts allows reuse of class and method matching parts, and
fine-grained composition operations (such as performing a "union" with
another method matcher).
The ClassFilter interface is used
to restrict the pointcut to a given set of target classes. If the
matches() method always returns true, all target
classes will be matched:
public interface ClassFilter { boolean matches(Class clazz); }
The MethodMatcher interface is
normally more important. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface MethodMatcher { boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass); boolean isRuntime(); boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass, Object[] args); }
The matches(Method, Class) method is used to
test whether this pointcut will ever match a given method on a target
class. This evaluation can be performed when an AOP proxy is created, to
avoid the need for a test on every method invocation. If the 2-argument
matches method returns true for a given method, and the
isRuntime() method for the MethodMatcher returns
true, the 3-argument matches method will be invoked on every method
invocation. This enables a pointcut to look at the arguments passed to
the method invocation immediately before the target advice is to
execute.
Most MethodMatchers are static, meaning that their
isRuntime() method returns false. In this case, the
3-argument matches method will never be invoked.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
If possible, try to make pointcuts static, allowing the AOP framework to cache the results of pointcut evaluation when an AOP proxy is created. |
Spring supports operations on pointcuts: notably, union and intersection.
Union means the methods that either pointcut matches.
Intersection means the methods that both pointcuts match.
Union is usually more useful.
Pointcuts can be composed using the static methods in the org.springframework.aop.support.Pointcuts class, or using the ComposablePointcut class in the same package. However, using AspectJ pointcut expressions is usually a simpler approach.
Since 2.0, the most important type of pointcut used by Spring is
org.springframework.aop.aspectj.AspectJExpressionPointcut.
This is a pointcut that uses an AspectJ supplied library to parse an
AspectJ pointcut expression string.
See the previous chapter for a discussion of supported AspectJ pointcut primitives.
Spring provides several convenient pointcut implementations. Some can be used out of the box; others are intended to be subclassed in application-specific pointcuts.
Static pointcuts are based on method and target class, and cannot take into account the method's arguments. Static pointcuts are sufficient - and best - for most usages. It's possible for Spring to evaluate a static pointcut only once, when a method is first invoked: after that, there is no need to evaluate the pointcut again with each method invocation.
Let's consider some static pointcut implementations included with Spring.
One obvious way to specify static pointcuts is regular
expressions. Several AOP frameworks besides Spring make this
possible.
org.springframework.aop.support.JdkRegexpMethodPointcut
is a generic regular expression pointcut, using the regular
expression support in JDK 1.4+.
Using the JdkRegexpMethodPointcut class,
you can provide a list of pattern Strings. If any of these is a
match, the pointcut will evaluate to true. (So the result is
effectively the union of these pointcuts.)
The usage is shown below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulatePointcut" class="org.springframework.aop.support.JdkRegexpMethodPointcut"> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Spring provides a convenience class,
RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor, that allows us to
also reference an Advice (remember that an Advice can be an
interceptor, before advice, throws advice etc.). Behind the scenes,
Spring will use a JdkRegexpMethodPointcut. Using
RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor simplifies wiring, as
the one bean encapsulates both pointcut and advice, as shown
below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulateAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor"> <property name="advice"> <ref local="beanNameOfAopAllianceInterceptor"/> </property> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value> </list> </property> </bean>
RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor can be used with any Advice type.
Dynamic pointcuts are costlier to evaluate than static pointcuts. They take into account method arguments, as well as static information. This means that they must be evaluated with every method invocation; the result cannot be cached, as arguments will vary.
The main example is the control flow
pointcut.
Spring control flow pointcuts are conceptually similar to
AspectJ cflow pointcuts, although less
powerful. (There is currently no way to specify that a pointcut
executes below a join point matched by another pointcut.) A control
flow pointcut matches the current call stack. For example, it might
fire if the join point was invoked by a method in the
com.mycompany.web package, or by the
SomeCaller class. Control flow pointcuts are
specified using the
org.springframework.aop.support.ControlFlowPointcut
class.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Control flow pointcuts are significantly more expensive to evaluate at runtime than even other dynamic pointcuts. In Java 1.4, the cost is about 5 times that of other dynamic pointcuts. |
Spring provides useful pointcut superclasses to help you to implement your own pointcuts.
Because static pointcuts are most useful, you'll probably subclass StaticMethodMatcherPointcut, as shown below. This requires implementing just one abstract method (although it's possible to override other methods to customize behavior):
class TestStaticPointcut extends StaticMethodMatcherPointcut { public boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass) { // return true if custom criteria match } }
There are also superclasses for dynamic pointcuts.
You can use custom pointcuts with any advice type in Spring 1.0 RC2 and above.
Because pointcuts in Spring AOP are Java classes, rather than language features (as in AspectJ) it's possible to declare custom pointcuts, whether static or dynamic. Custom pointcuts in Spring can be arbitrarily complex. However, using the AspectJ pointcut expression language is recommended if possible.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Later versions of Spring may offer support for "semantic pointcuts" as offered by JAC: for example, "all methods that change instance variables in the target object." |
Let's now look at how Spring AOP handles advice.
Each advice is a Spring bean. An advice instance can be shared across all advised objects, or unique to each advised object. This corresponds to per-class or per-instance advice.
Per-class advice is used most often. It is appropriate for generic advice such as transaction advisors. These do not depend on the state of the proxied object or add new state; they merely act on the method and arguments.
Per-instance advice is appropriate for introductions, to support mixins. In this case, the advice adds state to the proxied object.
It's possible to use a mix of shared and per-instance advice in the same AOP proxy.
Spring provides several advice types out of the box, and is extensible to support arbitrary advice types. Let us look at the basic concepts and standard advice types.
The most fundamental advice type in Spring is interception around advice.
Spring is compliant with the AOP Alliance interface for around advice using method interception. MethodInterceptors implementing around advice should implement the following interface:
public interface MethodInterceptor extends Interceptor { Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable; }
The MethodInvocation argument to the
invoke() method exposes the method being
invoked; the target join point; the AOP proxy; and the arguments to
the method. The invoke() method should return
the invocation's result: the return value of the join point.
A simple MethodInterceptor implementation
looks as follows:
public class DebugInterceptor implements MethodInterceptor { public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { System.out.println("Before: invocation=[" + invocation + "]"); Object rval = invocation.proceed(); System.out.println("Invocation returned"); return rval; } }
Note the call to the MethodInvocation's
proceed() method. This proceeds down the
interceptor chain towards the join point. Most interceptors will
invoke this method, and return its return value. However, a
MethodInterceptor, like any around advice, can return a different
value or throw an exception rather than invoke the proceed method.
However, you don't want to do this without good reason!
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
MethodInterceptors offer interoperability with other AOP Alliance-compliant AOP implementations. The other advice types discussed in the remainder of this section implement common AOP concepts, but in a Spring-specific way. While there is an advantage in using the most specific advice type, stick with MethodInterceptor around advice if you are likely to want to run the aspect in another AOP framework. Note that pointcuts are not currently interoperable between frameworks, and the AOP Alliance does not currently define pointcut interfaces. |
A simpler advice type is a before
advice. This does not need a
MethodInvocation object, since it will only be
called before entering the method.
The main advantage of a before advice is that there is no need
to invoke the proceed() method, and therefore no
possibility of inadvertently failing to proceed down the interceptor
chain.
The MethodBeforeAdvice interface is shown
below. (Spring's API design would allow for field before advice,
although the usual objects apply to field interception and it's
unlikely that Spring will ever implement it).
public interface MethodBeforeAdvice extends BeforeAdvice { void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
Note the return type is void. Before advice
can insert custom behavior before the join point executes, but cannot
change the return value. If a before advice throws an exception, this
will abort further execution of the interceptor chain. The exception
will propagate back up the interceptor chain. If it is unchecked, or
on the signature of the invoked method, it will be passed directly to
the client; otherwise it will be wrapped in an unchecked exception by
the AOP proxy.
An example of a before advice in Spring, which counts all method invocations:
public class CountingBeforeAdvice implements MethodBeforeAdvice { private int count; public void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Before advice can be used with any pointcut. |
Throws advice is invoked after
the return of the join point if the join point threw an exception.
Spring offers typed throws advice. Note that this means that the
org.springframework.aop.ThrowsAdvice interface does
not contain any methods: It is a tag interface identifying that the
given object implements one or more typed throws advice methods. These
should be in the form of:
afterThrowing([Method, args, target], subclassOfThrowable)
Only the last argument is required. The method signatures may have either one or four arguments, depending on whether the advice method is interested in the method and arguments. The following classes are examples of throws advice.
The advice below is invoked if a
RemoteException is thrown (including
subclasses):
public class RemoteThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } }
The following advice is invoked if a
ServletException is thrown. Unlike the
above advice, it declares 4 arguments, so that it has access to the
invoked method, method arguments and target object:
public class ServletThrowsAdviceWithArguments implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
The final example illustrates how these two methods could be
used in a single class, which handles both
RemoteException and
ServletException. Any number of throws advice
methods can be combined in a single class.
public static class CombinedThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
Note: If a throws-advice method throws an exception itself, it will override the original exception (i.e. change the exception thrown to the user). The overriding exception will typically be a RuntimeException; this is compatible with any method signature. However, if a throws-advice method throws a checked exception, it will have to match the declared exceptions of the target method and is hence to some degree coupled to specific target method signatures. Do not throw an undeclared checked exception that is incompatible with the target method's signature!
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Throws advice can be used with any pointcut. |
An after returning advice in Spring must implement the org.springframework.aop.AfterReturningAdvice interface, shown below:
public interface AfterReturningAdvice extends Advice { void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
An after returning advice has access to the return value (which it cannot modify), invoked method, methods arguments and target.
The following after returning advice counts all successful method invocations that have not thrown exceptions:
public class CountingAfterReturningAdvice implements AfterReturningAdvice { private int count; public void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
This advice doesn't change the execution path. If it throws an exception, this will be thrown up the interceptor chain instead of the return value.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
After returning advice can be used with any pointcut. |
Spring treats introduction advice as a special kind of interception advice.
Introduction requires an IntroductionAdvisor,
and an IntroductionInterceptor, implementing the
following interface:
public interface IntroductionInterceptor extends MethodInterceptor { boolean implementsInterface(Class intf); }
The invoke() method inherited from the AOP
Alliance MethodInterceptor interface must implement
the introduction: that is, if the invoked method is on an introduced
interface, the introduction interceptor is responsible for handling
the method call - it cannot invoke
proceed().
Introduction advice cannot be used with any pointcut, as it
applies only at class, rather than method, level. You can only use
introduction advice with the IntroductionAdvisor,
which has the following methods:
public interface IntroductionAdvisor extends Advisor, IntroductionInfo { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); void validateInterfaces() throws IllegalArgumentException; } public interface IntroductionInfo { Class[] getInterfaces(); }
There is no MethodMatcher, and
hence no Pointcut, associated with
introduction advice. Only class filtering is logical.
The getInterfaces() method returns the
interfaces introduced by this advisor.
validateInterfaces()
method is used internally to see whether or not the introduced interfaces can be implemented by the configured
IntroductionInterceptor
.
Let's look at a simple example from the Spring test suite. Let's suppose we want to introduce the following interface to one or more objects:
public interface Lockable { void lock(); void unlock(); boolean locked(); }
This illustrates a mixin. We
want to be able to cast advised objects to Lockable, whatever their
type, and call lock and unlock methods. If we call the lock() method,
we want all setter methods to throw a
LockedException. Thus we can add an aspect that
provides the ability to make objects immutable, without them having
any knowledge of it: a good example of AOP.
Firstly, we'll need an
IntroductionInterceptor that does the heavy
lifting. In this case, we extend the
org.springframework.aop.support.DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor
convenience class. We could implement IntroductionInterceptor
directly, but using
DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is best for most
cases.
The DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is
designed to delegate an introduction to an actual implementation of
the introduced interface(s), concealing the use of interception to do
so. The delegate can be set to any object using a constructor
argument; the default delegate (when the no-arg constructor is used)
is this. Thus in the example below, the delegate is the
LockMixin subclass of
DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor. Given a delegate
(by default itself), a
DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor instance looks
for all interfaces implemented by the delegate (other than
IntroductionInterceptor), and will support introductions against any
of them. It's possible for subclasses such as
LockMixin to call the
suppressInterface(Class intf) method to suppress
interfaces that should not be exposed. However, no matter how many
interfaces an IntroductionInterceptor is prepared
to support, the IntroductionAdvisor used will
control which interfaces are actually exposed. An introduced interface
will conceal any implementation of the same interface by the
target.
Thus LockMixin subclasses
DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor and implements
Lockable itself. The superclass automatically picks up that Lockable
can be supported for introduction, so we don't need to specify that.
We could introduce any number of interfaces in this way.
Note the use of the locked instance variable.
This effectively adds additional state to that held in the target
object.
public class LockMixin extends DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implements Lockable { private boolean locked; public void lock() { this.locked = true; } public void unlock() { this.locked = false; } public boolean locked() { return this.locked; } public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { if (locked() && invocation.getMethod().getName().indexOf("set") == 0) throw new LockedException(); return super.invoke(invocation); } }
Often it isn't necessary to override the invoke()
method: the
DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implementation -
which calls the delegate method if the method is introduced, otherwise
proceeds towards the join point - is usually sufficient. In the
present case, we need to add a check: no setter method can be invoked
if in locked mode.
The introduction advisor required is simple. All it needs to do
is hold a distinct LockMixin instance, and specify
the introduced interfaces - in this case, just
Lockable. A more complex example might take a
reference to the introduction interceptor (which would be defined as a
prototype): in this case, there's no configuration relevant for a
LockMixin, so we simply create it using
new.
public class LockMixinAdvisor extends DefaultIntroductionAdvisor { public LockMixinAdvisor() { super(new LockMixin(), Lockable.class); } }
We can apply this advisor very simply: it requires no
configuration. (However, it is necessary: It's
impossible to use an IntroductionInterceptor
without an IntroductionAdvisor.) As usual with
introductions, the advisor must be per-instance, as it is stateful. We
need a different instance of LockMixinAdvisor, and
hence LockMixin, for each advised object. The
advisor comprises part of the advised object's state.
We can apply this advisor programmatically, using the
Advised.addAdvisor() method, or (the recommended
way) in XML configuration, like any other advisor. All proxy creation
choices discussed below, including "auto proxy creators," correctly
handle introductions and stateful mixins.
In Spring, an Advisor is an aspect that contains just a single advice object associated with a pointcut expression.
Apart from the special case of introductions, any advisor can be
used with any advice.
org.springframework.aop.support.DefaultPointcutAdvisor
is the most commonly used advisor class. For example, it can be used with
a MethodInterceptor, BeforeAdvice or
ThrowsAdvice.
It is possible to mix advisor and advice types in Spring in the same AOP proxy. For example, you could use a interception around advice, throws advice and before advice in one proxy configuration: Spring will automatically create the necessary interceptor chain.
If you're using the Spring IoC container (an ApplicationContext or BeanFactory) for your business objects - and you should be! - you will want to use one of Spring's AOP FactoryBeans. (Remember that a factory bean introduces a layer of indirection, enabling it to create objects of a different type.)
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The Spring 2.0 AOP support also uses factory beans under the covers. |
The basic way to create an AOP proxy in Spring is to use the org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean. This gives complete control over the pointcuts and advice that will apply, and their ordering. However, there are simpler options that are preferable if you don't need such control.
The ProxyFactoryBean, like other Spring
FactoryBean implementations, introduces a level of
indirection. If you define a ProxyFactoryBean with
name foo, what objects referencing
foo see is not the
ProxyFactoryBean instance itself, but an object
created by the ProxyFactoryBean's implementation of
the getObject() method. This method will create an
AOP proxy wrapping a target object.
One of the most important benefits of using a
ProxyFactoryBean or another IoC-aware class to create
AOP proxies, is that it means that advices and pointcuts can also be
managed by IoC. This is a powerful feature, enabling certain approaches
that are hard to achieve with other AOP frameworks. For example, an
advice may itself reference application objects (besides the target,
which should be available in any AOP framework), benefiting from all the
pluggability provided by Dependency Injection.
In common with most FactoryBean
implementations provided with Spring, the
ProxyFactoryBean class is itself a JavaBean. Its
properties are used to:
Specify the target you want to proxy.
Specify whether to use CGLIB (see below and also Section 9.5.3, “JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies”).
Some key properties are inherited from
org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyConfig
(the superclass for all AOP proxy factories in Spring). These key
properties include:
proxyTargetClass: true
if the target class is to be proxied, rather than the target class'
interfaces. If this property value is set to
true, then CGLIB proxies will be created (but see
also Section 9.5.3, “JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies”).
optimize: controls whether or not
aggressive optimizations are applied to proxies created
via CGLIB. One should not blithely use this setting
unless one fully understands how the relevant AOP proxy handles
optimization. This is currently used only for CGLIB proxies; it has
no effect with JDK dynamic proxies.
frozen: if a proxy configuration is
frozen, then changes to the configuration are no
longer allowed. This is useful both as a slight optimization and for
those cases when you don't want callers to be able to manipulate the
proxy (via the Advised interface)
after the proxy has been created. The default value of this property
is false, so changes such as adding additional
advice are allowed.
exposeProxy: determines whether or not the
current proxy should be exposed in a
ThreadLocal so that it can be accessed by the
target. If a target needs to obtain the proxy and the
exposeProxy property is set to
true, the target can use the
AopContext.currentProxy() method.
Other properties specific to
ProxyFactoryBean include:
proxyInterfaces: array of String interface
names. If this isn't supplied, a CGLIB proxy for the target class
will be used (but see also Section 9.5.3, “JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies”).
interceptorNames: String array of
Advisor, interceptor or other advice
names to apply. Ordering is significant, on a first come-first
served basis. That is to say that the first interceptor in the list
will be the first to be able to intercept the invocation.
The names are bean names in the current factory, including
bean names from ancestor factories. You can't mention bean
references here since doing so would result in the
ProxyFactoryBean ignoring the singleton
setting of the advice.
You can append an interceptor name with an asterisk
(*). This will result in the application of all
advisor beans with names starting with the part before the asterisk
to be applied. An example of using this feature can be found in
Section 9.5.6, “Using 'global' advisors”.
singleton: whether or not the factory should return a single
object, no matter how often the getObject()
method is called. Several FactoryBean
implementations offer such a method. The default value is
true. If you want to use stateful advice - for
example, for stateful mixins - use prototype advices along with a
singleton value of false.
This section serves as the definitive documentation on how the
ProxyFactoryBean chooses to create one of either
a JDK- and CGLIB-based proxy for a particular target object (that is to
be proxied).
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The behavior of the |
If the class of a target object that is to be proxied (hereafter
simply referred to as the target class) doesn't implement any
interfaces, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This is the
easiest scenario, because JDK proxies are interface based, and no
interfaces means JDK proxying isn't even possible. One simply plugs in
the target bean, and specifies the list of interceptors via the
interceptorNames property. Note that a CGLIB-based
proxy will be created even if the proxyTargetClass
property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to
false. (Obviously this makes no sense, and is best
removed from the bean definition because it is at best redundant, and at
worst confusing.)
If the target class implements one (or more) interfaces, then the
type of proxy that is created depends on the configuration of the
ProxyFactoryBean.
If the proxyTargetClass property of the
ProxyFactoryBean has been set to
true, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This
makes sense, and is in keeping with the principle of least surprise.
Even if the proxyInterfaces property of the
ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more
fully qualified interface names, the fact that the
proxyTargetClass property is set to
true will cause CGLIB-based
proxying to be in effect.
If the proxyInterfaces property of the
ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more
fully qualified interface names, then a JDK-based proxy will be created.
The created proxy will implement all of the interfaces that were
specified in the proxyInterfaces property; if the
target class happens to implement a whole lot more interfaces than those
specified in the proxyInterfaces property, that is
all well and good but those additional interfaces will not be
implemented by the returned proxy.
If the proxyInterfaces property of the
ProxyFactoryBean has not
been set, but the target class does implement one (or
more) interfaces, then the
ProxyFactoryBean will auto-detect the fact that
the target class does actually implement at least one interface, and a
JDK-based proxy will be created. The interfaces that are actually
proxied will be all of the interfaces that the
target class implements; in effect, this is the same as simply supplying
a list of each and every interface that the target class implements to
the proxyInterfaces property. However, it is
significantly less work, and less prone to typos.
Let's look at a simple example of
ProxyFactoryBean in action. This example
involves:
A target bean that will be proxied. This is the "personTarget" bean definition in the example below.
An Advisor and an Interceptor used to provide advice.
An AOP proxy bean definition specifying the target object (the personTarget bean) and the interfaces to proxy, along with the advices to apply.
<bean id="personTarget" class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name" value="Tony"/> <property name="age" value="51"/> </bean> <bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty" value="Custom string property value"/> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"> </bean> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces" value="com.mycompany.Person"/> <property name="target" ref="personTarget"/> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Note that the interceptorNames property takes a
list of String: the bean names of the interceptor or advisors in the
current factory. Advisors, interceptors, before, after returning and
throws advice objects can be used. The ordering of advisors is
significant.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You might be wondering why the list doesn't hold bean references. The reason for this is that if the ProxyFactoryBean's singleton property is set to false, it must be able to return independent proxy instances. If any of the advisors is itself a prototype, an independent instance would need to be returned, so it's necessary to be able to obtain an instance of the prototype from the factory; holding a reference isn't sufficient. |
The "person" bean definition above can be used in place of a Person implementation, as follows:
Person person = (Person) factory.getBean("person");Other beans in the same IoC context can express a strongly typed dependency on it, as with an ordinary Java object:
<bean id="personUser" class="com.mycompany.PersonUser"> <property name="person"><ref local="person"/></property> </bean>
The PersonUser class in this example would
expose a property of type Person. As far as it's concerned, the AOP
proxy can be used transparently in place of a "real" person
implementation. However, its class would be a dynamic proxy class. It
would be possible to cast it to the Advised interface
(discussed below).
It's possible to conceal the distinction between target and proxy
using an anonymous inner bean, as follows. Only the
ProxyFactoryBean definition is different; the advice
is included only for completeness:
<bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty" value="Custom string property value"/> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"/> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces" value="com.mycompany.Person"/> <!-- Use inner bean, not local reference to target --> <property name="target"> <bean class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name" value="Tony"/> <property name="age" value="51"/> </bean> </property> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
This has the advantage that there's only one object of type
Person: useful if we want to prevent users of the
application context from obtaining a reference to the un-advised object,
or need to avoid any ambiguity with Spring IoC
autowiring. There's also arguably an advantage in
that the ProxyFactoryBean definition is self-contained. However, there
are times when being able to obtain the un-advised target from the
factory might actually be an advantage: for
example, in certain test scenarios.
What if you need to proxy a class, rather than one or more interfaces?
Imagine that in our example above, there was no
Person interface: we needed to advise a class called
Person that didn't implement any business interface.
In this case, you can configure Spring to use CGLIB proxying, rather
than dynamic proxies. Simply set the proxyTargetClass
property on the ProxyFactoryBean above to true. While it's best to
program to interfaces, rather than classes, the ability to advise
classes that don't implement interfaces can be useful when working with
legacy code. (In general, Spring isn't prescriptive. While it makes it
easy to apply good practices, it avoids forcing a particular
approach.)
If you want to, you can force the use of CGLIB in any case, even if you do have interfaces.
CGLIB proxying works by generating a subclass of the target class at runtime. Spring configures this generated subclass to delegate method calls to the original target: the subclass is used to implement the Decorator pattern, weaving in the advice.
CGLIB proxying should generally be transparent to users. However, there are some issues to consider:
Final methods can't be advised, as they
can't be overridden.
You'll need the CGLIB 2 binaries on your classpath; dynamic proxies are available with the JDK.
There's little performance difference between CGLIB proxying and dynamic proxies. As of Spring 1.0, dynamic proxies are slightly faster. However, this may change in the future. Performance should not be a decisive consideration in this case.
By appending an asterisk to an interceptor name, all advisors with bean names matching the part before the asterisk, will be added to the advisor chain. This can come in handy if you need to add a standard set of 'global' advisors:
<bean id="proxy" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="target" ref="service"/> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>global*</value> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="global_debug" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"/> <bean id="global_performance" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.PerformanceMonitorInterceptor"/>
Especially when defining transactional proxies, you may end up with many similar proxy definitions. The use of parent and child bean definitions, along with inner bean definitions, can result in much cleaner and more concise proxy definitions.
First a parent, template, bean definition is created for the proxy:
<bean id="txProxyTemplate" abstract="true" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributes"> <props> <prop key="*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED</prop> </props> </property> </bean>
This will never be instantiated itself, so may actually be incomplete. Then each proxy which needs to be created is just a child bean definition, which wraps the target of the proxy as an inner bean definition, since the target will never be used on its own anyway.
<bean id="myService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MyServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> </bean>
It is of course possible to override properties from the parent template, such as in this case, the transaction propagation settings:
<bean id="mySpecialService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MySpecialServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> <property name="transactionAttributes"> <props> <prop key="get*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="find*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="load*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="store*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED</prop> </props> </property> </bean>
Note that in the example above, we have explicitly marked the parent bean definition as abstract by using the abstract attribute, as described previously, so that it may not actually ever be instantiated. Application contexts (but not simple bean factories) will by default pre-instantiate all singletons. It is therefore important (at least for singleton beans) that if you have a (parent) bean definition which you intend to use only as a template, and this definition specifies a class, you must make sure to set the abstract attribute to true, otherwise the application context will actually try to pre-instantiate it.
It's easy to create AOP proxies programmatically using Spring. This enables you to use Spring AOP without dependency on Spring IoC.
The following listing shows creation of a proxy for a target object, with one interceptor and one advisor. The interfaces implemented by the target object will automatically be proxied:
ProxyFactory factory = new ProxyFactory(myBusinessInterfaceImpl);
factory.addAdvice(myMethodInterceptor);
factory.addAdvisor(myAdvisor);
MyBusinessInterface tb = (MyBusinessInterface) factory.getProxy();The first step is to construct an object of type
org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactory. You can
create this with a target object, as in the above example, or specify the
interfaces to be proxied in an alternate constructor.
You can add advices (with interceptors as a specialized kind of advice) and/or advisors, and manipulate them for the life of the ProxyFactory. If you add an IntroductionInterceptionAroundAdvisor, you can cause the proxy to implement additional interfaces.
There are also convenience methods on ProxyFactory (inherited from
AdvisedSupport) which allow you to add other advice
types such as before and throws advice. AdvisedSupport is the superclass
of both ProxyFactory and ProxyFactoryBean.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Integrating AOP proxy creation with the IoC framework is best practice in most applications. We recommend that you externalize configuration from Java code with AOP, as in general. |
However you create AOP proxies, you can manipulate them using the
org.springframework.aop.framework.Advised interface.
Any AOP proxy can be cast to this interface, whichever other interfaces it
implements. This interface includes the following methods:
Advisor[] getAdvisors(); void addAdvice(Advice advice) throws AopConfigException; void addAdvice(int pos, Advice advice) throws AopConfigException; void addAdvisor(Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; void addAdvisor(int pos, Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; int indexOf(Advisor advisor); boolean removeAdvisor(Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; void removeAdvisor(int index) throws AopConfigException; boolean replaceAdvisor(Advisor a, Advisor b) throws AopConfigException; boolean isFrozen();
The getAdvisors() method will return an Advisor
for every advisor, interceptor or other advice type that has been added to
the factory. If you added an Advisor, the returned advisor at this index
will be the object that you added. If you added an interceptor or other
advice type, Spring will have wrapped this in an advisor with a pointcut
that always returns true. Thus if you added a
MethodInterceptor, the advisor returned for this index
will be an DefaultPointcutAdvisor returning your
MethodInterceptor and a pointcut that matches all
classes and methods.
The addAdvisor() methods can be used to add any
Advisor. Usually the advisor holding pointcut and advice will be the
generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, which can be used with
any advice or pointcut (but not for introductions).
By default, it's possible to add or remove advisors or interceptors even once a proxy has been created. The only restriction is that it's impossible to add or remove an introduction advisor, as existing proxies from the factory will not show the interface change. (You can obtain a new proxy from the factory to avoid this problem.)
A simple example of casting an AOP proxy to the
Advised interface and examining and manipulating its
advice:
Advised advised = (Advised) myObject; Advisor[] advisors = advised.getAdvisors(); int oldAdvisorCount = advisors.length; System.out.println(oldAdvisorCount + " advisors"); // Add an advice like an interceptor without a pointcut // Will match all proxied methods // Can use for interceptors, before, after returning or throws advice advised.addAdvice(new DebugInterceptor()); // Add selective advice using a pointcut advised.addAdvisor(new DefaultPointcutAdvisor(mySpecialPointcut, myAdvice)); assertEquals("Added two advisors", oldAdvisorCount + 2, advised.getAdvisors().length);
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
It's questionable whether it's advisable (no pun intended) to modify advice on a business object in production, although there are no doubt legitimate usage cases. However, it can be very useful in development: for example, in tests. I have sometimes found it very useful to be able to add test code in the form of an interceptor or other advice, getting inside a method invocation I want to test. (For example, the advice can get inside a transaction created for that method: for example, to run SQL to check that a database was correctly updated, before marking the transaction for roll back.) |
Depending on how you created the proxy, you can usually set a
frozen flag, in which case the
Advised isFrozen() method will
return true, and any attempts to modify advice through addition or removal
will result in an AopConfigException. The ability to
freeze the state of an advised object is useful in some cases, for
example, to prevent calling code removing a security interceptor. It may
also be used in Spring 1.1 to allow aggressive optimization if runtime
advice modification is known not to be required.
So far we've considered explicit creation of AOP proxies using a
ProxyFactoryBean or similar factory bean.
Spring also allows us to use "autoproxy" bean definitions, which can automatically proxy selected bean definitions. This is built on Spring "bean post processor" infrastructure, which enables modification of any bean definition as the container loads.
In this model, you set up some special bean definitions in your XML
bean definition file to configure the auto proxy infrastructure. This
allows you just to declare the targets eligible for autoproxying: you
don't need to use ProxyFactoryBean.
There are two ways to do this:
Using an autoproxy creator that refers to specific beans in the current context.
A special case of autoproxy creation that deserves to be considered separately; autoproxy creation driven by source-level metadata attributes.
The org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy
package provides the following standard autoproxy creators.
The BeanNameAutoProxyCreator class is a
BeanPostProcessor that automatically creates AOP
proxies for beans with names matching literal values or
wildcards.
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.BeanNameAutoProxyCreator"> <property name="beanNames" value="jdk*,onlyJdk"/> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
As with ProxyFactoryBean, there is an
interceptorNames property rather than a list of
interceptors, to allow correct behavior for prototype advisors. Named
"interceptors" can be advisors or any advice type.
As with auto proxying in general, the main point of using
BeanNameAutoProxyCreator is to apply the same
configuration consistently to multiple objects, with minimal volume of
configuration. It is a popular choice for applying declarative
transactions to multiple objects.
Bean definitions whose names match, such as "jdkMyBean" and
"onlyJdk" in the above example, are plain old bean definitions with
the target class. An AOP proxy will be created automatically by the
BeanNameAutoProxyCreator. The same advice will be
applied to all matching beans. Note that if advisors are used (rather
than the interceptor in the above example), the pointcuts may apply
differently to different beans.
A more general and extremely powerful auto proxy creator is
DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. This will
automagically apply eligible advisors in the current context, without
the need to include specific bean names in the autoproxy advisor's
bean definition. It offers the same merit of consistent configuration
and avoidance of duplication as
BeanNameAutoProxyCreator.
Using this mechanism involves:
Specifying a
DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean
definition.
Specifying any number of Advisors in the same or related contexts. Note that these must be Advisors, not just interceptors or other advices. This is necessary because there must be a pointcut to evaluate, to check the eligibility of each advice to candidate bean definitions.
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator will
automatically evaluate the pointcut contained in each advisor, to see
what (if any) advice it should apply to each business object (such as
"businessObject1" and "businessObject2" in the example).
This means that any number of advisors can be applied automatically to each business object. If no pointcut in any of the advisors matches any method in a business object, the object will not be proxied. As bean definitions are added for new business objects, they will automatically be proxied if necessary.
Autoproxying in general has the advantage of making it impossible for callers or dependencies to obtain an un-advised object. Calling getBean("businessObject1") on this ApplicationContext will return an AOP proxy, not the target business object. (The "inner bean" idiom shown earlier also offers this benefit.)
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="customAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"/> <bean id="businessObject1" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject1"> <!-- Properties omitted --> </bean> <bean id="businessObject2" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject2"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator is very
useful if you want to apply the same advice consistently to many
business objects. Once the infrastructure definitions are in place,
you can simply add new business objects without including specific
proxy configuration. You can also drop in additional aspects very
easily - for example, tracing or performance monitoring aspects - with
minimal change to configuration.
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator offers support for filtering
(using a naming convention so that only certain advisors are
evaluated, allowing use of multiple, differently configured,
AdvisorAutoProxyCreators in the same factory) and ordering. Advisors
can implement the org.springframework.core.Ordered
interface to ensure correct ordering if this is an issue. The
TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor used in the above example has a
configurable order value; the default setting is unordered.
This is the superclass of DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. You
can create your own autoproxy creators by subclassing this class, in
the unlikely event that advisor definitions offer insufficient
customization to the behavior of the framework
DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.
A particularly important type of autoproxying is driven by
metadata. This produces a similar programming model to .NET
ServicedComponents. Instead of using XML deployment
descriptors as in EJB, configuration for transaction management and
other enterprise services is held in source-level attributes.
In this case, you use the
DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator, in combination with
Advisors that understand metadata attributes. The metadata specifics are
held in the pointcut part of the candidate advisors, rather than in the
autoproxy creation class itself.
This is really a special case of the
DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator, but deserves
consideration on its own. (The metadata-aware code is in the pointcuts
contained in the advisors, not the AOP framework itself.)
The /attributes directory of the JPetStore
sample application shows the use of attribute-driven autoproxying. In
this case, there's no need to use the
TransactionProxyFactoryBean. Simply defining
transactional attributes on business objects is sufficient, because of
the use of metadata-aware pointcuts. The bean definitions include the
following code, in /WEB-INF/declarativeServices.xml.
Note that this is generic, and can be used outside the JPetStore:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.AttributesTransactionAttributeSource"> <property name="attributes" ref="attributes"/> </bean> </property> </bean> <bean id="attributes" class="org.springframework.metadata.commons.CommonsAttributes"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean
definition (the name is not significant, hence it can even be omitted)
will pick up all eligible pointcuts in the current application context.
In this case, the "transactionAdvisor" bean definition, of type
TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor, will apply to
classes or methods carrying a transaction attribute. The
TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor depends on a TransactionInterceptor,
via constructor dependency. The example resolves this via autowiring.
The AttributesTransactionAttributeSource depends on
an implementation of the
org.springframework.metadata.Attributes interface. In
this fragment, the "attributes" bean satisfies this, using the Jakarta
Commons Attributes API to obtain attribute information. (The application
code must have been compiled using the Commons Attributes compilation
task.)
The /annotation directory of the JPetStore
sample application contains an analogous example for auto-proxying
driven by JDK 1.5+ annotations. The following configuration enables
automatic detection of Spring's Transactional
annotation, leading to implicit proxies for beans containing that
annotation:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource"/> </property> </bean>
The TransactionInterceptor defined here depends
on a PlatformTransactionManager definition, which is
not included in this generic file (although it could be) because it will
be specific to the application's transaction requirements (typically
JTA, as in this example, or Hibernate, JDO or JDBC):
<bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
If you require only declarative transaction management, using these generic XML definitions will result in Spring automatically proxying all classes or methods with transaction attributes. You won't need to work directly with AOP, and the programming model is similar to that of .NET ServicedComponents. |
This mechanism is extensible. It's possible to do autoproxying based on custom attributes. You need to:
Define your custom attribute.
Specify an Advisor with the necessary advice, including a pointcut that is triggered by the presence of the custom attribute on a class or method. You may be able to use an existing advice, merely implementing a static pointcut that picks up the custom attribute.
It's possible for such advisors to be unique to each advised class
(for example, mixins): they simply need to be defined as prototype,
rather than singleton, bean definitions. For example, the
LockMixin introduction interceptor from the Spring
test suite, shown above, could be used in conjunction with an
attribute-driven pointcut to target a mixin, as shown here. We use the
generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, configured using
JavaBean properties:
<bean id="lockMixin" class="org.springframework.aop.LockMixin" scope="prototype"/> <bean id="lockableAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.DefaultPointcutAdvisor" scope="prototype"> <property name="pointcut" ref="myAttributeAwarePointcut"/> <property name="advice" ref="lockMixin"/> </bean> <bean id="anyBean" class="anyclass" ...
If the attribute aware pointcut matches any methods in the
anyBean or other bean definitions, the mixin will be
applied. Note that both lockMixin and
lockableAdvisor definitions are prototypes. The
myAttributeAwarePointcut pointcut can be a singleton
definition, as it doesn't hold state for individual advised
objects.
Spring offers the concept of a TargetSource,
expressed in the org.springframework.aop.TargetSource
interface. This interface is responsible for returning the "target object"
implementing the join point. The TargetSource
implementation is asked for a target instance each time the AOP proxy
handles a method invocation.
Developers using Spring AOP don't normally need to work directly with TargetSources, but this provides a powerful means of supporting pooling, hot swappable and other sophisticated targets. For example, a pooling TargetSource can return a different target instance for each invocation, using a pool to manage instances.
If you do not specify a TargetSource, a default implementation is used that wraps a local object. The same target is returned for each invocation (as you would expect).
Let's look at the standard target sources provided with Spring, and how you can use them.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
When using a custom target source, your target will usually need to be a prototype rather than a singleton bean definition. This allows Spring to create a new target instance when required. |
The
org.springframework.aop.target.HotSwappableTargetSource
exists to allow the target of an AOP proxy to be switched while allowing
callers to keep their references to it.
Changing the target source's target takes effect immediately. The
HotSwappableTargetSource is threadsafe.
You can change the target via the swap() method
on HotSwappableTargetSource as follows:
HotSwappableTargetSource swapper =
(HotSwappableTargetSource) beanFactory.getBean("swapper");
Object oldTarget = swapper.swap(newTarget);The XML definitions required look as follows:
<bean id="initialTarget" class="mycompany.OldTarget"/> <bean id="swapper" class="org.springframework.aop.target.HotSwappableTargetSource"> <constructor-arg ref="initialTarget"/> </bean> <bean id="swappable" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="targetSource" ref="swapper"/> </bean>
The above swap() call changes the target of the
swappable bean. Clients who hold a reference to that bean will be
unaware of the change, but will immediately start hitting the new
target.
Although this example doesn't add any advice - and it's not
necessary to add advice to use a TargetSource - of
course any TargetSource can be used in conjunction
with arbitrary advice.
Using a pooling target source provides a similar programming model to stateless session EJBs, in which a pool of identical instances is maintained, with method invocations going to free objects in the pool.
A crucial difference between Spring pooling and SLSB pooling is that Spring pooling can be applied to any POJO. As with Spring in general, this service can be applied in a non-invasive way.
Spring provides out-of-the-box support for Jakarta Commons Pool
1.3, which provides a fairly efficient pooling implementation. You'll
need the commons-pool Jar on your application's classpath to use this
feature. It's also possible to subclass
org.springframework.aop.target.AbstractPoolingTargetSource
to support any other pooling API.
Sample configuration is shown below:
<bean id="businessObjectTarget" class="com.mycompany.MyBusinessObject" scope="prototype"> ... properties omitted </bean> <bean id="poolTargetSource" class="org.springframework.aop.target.CommonsPoolTargetSource"> <property name="targetBeanName" value="businessObjectTarget"/> <property name="maxSize" value="25"/> </bean> <bean id="businessObject" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="targetSource" ref="poolTargetSource"/> <property name="interceptorNames" value="myInterceptor"/> </bean>
Note that the target object - "businessObjectTarget" in the
example - must be a prototype. This allows the
PoolingTargetSource implementation to create new
instances of the target to grow the pool as necessary. See the javadoc
for AbstractPoolingTargetSource and the concrete
subclass you wish to use for information about its properties: "maxSize"
is the most basic, and always guaranteed to be present.
In this case, "myInterceptor" is the name of an interceptor that would need to be defined in the same IoC context. However, it isn't necessary to specify interceptors to use pooling. If you want only pooling, and no other advice, don't set the interceptorNames property at all.
It's possible to configure Spring so as to be able to cast any
pooled object to the
org.springframework.aop.target.PoolingConfig
interface, which exposes information about the configuration and current
size of the pool through an introduction. You'll need to define an
advisor like this:
<bean id="poolConfigAdvisor" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.MethodInvokingFactoryBean"> <property name="targetObject" ref="poolTargetSource"/> <property name="targetMethod" value="getPoolingConfigMixin"/> </bean>
This advisor is obtained by calling a convenience method on the
AbstractPoolingTargetSource class, hence the use of
MethodInvokingFactoryBean. This advisor's name ("poolConfigAdvisor"
here) must be in the list of interceptors names in the ProxyFactoryBean
exposing the pooled object.
The cast will look as follows:
PoolingConfig conf = (PoolingConfig) beanFactory.getBean("businessObject"); System.out.println("Max pool size is " + conf.getMaxSize());
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Pooling stateless service objects is not usually necessary. We don't believe it should be the default choice, as most stateless objects are naturally thread safe, and instance pooling is problematic if resources are cached. |
Simpler pooling is available using autoproxying. It's possible to set the TargetSources used by any autoproxy creator.
Setting up a "prototype" target source is similar to a pooling TargetSource. In this case, a new instance of the target will be created on every method invocation. Although the cost of creating a new object isn't high in a modern JVM, the cost of wiring up the new object (satisfying its IoC dependencies) may be more expensive. Thus you shouldn't use this approach without very good reason.
To do this, you could modify the
poolTargetSource definition shown above as follows.
(I've also changed the name, for clarity.)
<bean id="prototypeTargetSource" class="org.springframework.aop.target.PrototypeTargetSource"> <property name="targetBeanName" ref="businessObjectTarget"/> </bean>
There's only one property: the name of the target bean. Inheritance is used in the TargetSource implementations to ensure consistent naming. As with the pooling target source, the target bean must be a prototype bean definition.
ThreadLocal target sources are useful if
you need an object to be created for each incoming request (per thread
that is). The concept of a ThreadLocal provide a
JDK-wide facility to transparently store resource alongside a thread.
Setting up a ThreadLocalTargetSource is pretty
much the same as was explained for the other types of target
source:
<bean id="threadlocalTargetSource" class="org.springframework.aop.target.ThreadLocalTargetSource"> <property name="targetBeanName" value="businessObjectTarget"/> </bean>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
ThreadLocals come with serious issues (potentially resulting in
memory leaks) when incorrectly using them in a multi-threaded and
multi-classloader environments. One should always consider wrapping a
threadlocal in some other class and never directly use the
|
Spring AOP is designed to be extensible. While the interception implementation strategy is presently used internally, it is possible to support arbitrary advice types in addition to the out-of-the-box interception around advice, before, throws advice and after returning advice.
The org.springframework.aop.framework.adapter
package is an SPI package allowing support for new custom advice types to
be added without changing the core framework. The only constraint on a
custom Advice type is that it must
implement the org.aopalliance.aop.Advice
tag interface.
Please refer to the
org.springframework.aop.framework.adapter package's
Javadocs for further information.
Please refer to the Spring sample applications for further examples of Spring AOP:
The JPetStore's default configuration illustrates the use of the
TransactionProxyFactoryBean for declarative
transaction management.
The /attributes directory of the JPetStore
illustrates the use of attribute-driven declarative transaction
management.
Testing is an integral part of enterprise software development. This chapter focuses on the value-add of the IoC principle to unit testing and on the benefits of the Spring Framework's support for integration testing. (A thorough treatment of testing in the enterprise is beyond the scope of this reference manual.)
Dependency Injection should make your code less dependent on the
container than it would be with traditional Java EE development. The POJOs
that make up your application should be testable in JUnit or TestNG tests,
with objects simply instantiated using the new
operator, without Spring or any other container. You
can use mock objects (in conjunction
with other valuable testing techniques) to test your code in isolation. If
you follow the architecture recommendations for Spring, the resulting
clean layering and componentization of your codebase will facilitate
easier unit testing. For example, you can test service layer objects by
stubbing or mocking DAO or Repository interfaces, without needing to
access persistent data while running unit tests.
True unit tests typically run extremely quickly, as there is no runtime infrastructure to set up. Emphasizing true unit tests as part of your development methodology will boost your productivity. You may not need this section of the testing chapter to help you write effective unit tests for your IoC-based applications. For certain unit testing scenarios, however, the Spring Framework provides the following mock objects and testing support classes.
The org.springframework.mock.jndi package
contains an implementation of the JNDI SPI, which you can use to set
up a simple JNDI environment for test suites or stand-alone
applications. If, for example, JDBC DataSources
get bound to the same JNDI names in test code as within a Java EE
container, you can reuse both application code and configuration in
testing scenarios without modification.
The org.springframework.mock.web package
contains a comprehensive set of Servlet API mock objects, targeted at
usage with Spring's Web MVC framework, which are useful for testing
web contexts and controllers. These mock objects are generally more
convenient to use than dynamic mock objects such as EasyMock or existing Servlet API
mock objects such as MockObjects.
The org.springframework.test.util package
contains ReflectionTestUtils, which is a
collection of reflection-based utility methods. Developers use these
methods in unit and integration testing scenarios in which they need
to set a non-public field or invoke a
non-public setter method when testing application
code involving, for example:
ORM frameworks such as JPA and Hibernate that condone
private or protected field
access as opposed to public setter methods for
properties in a domain entity.
Spring's support for annotations such as
@Autowired,
@Inject, and
@Resource, which provides
dependency injection for private or
protected fields, setter methods, and
configuration methods.
The org.springframework.test.web package
contains ModelAndViewAssert, which you can use
in combination with JUnit, TestNG, or any other testing framework for
unit tests dealing with Spring MVC ModelAndView
objects.
![]() | Unit testing Spring MVC Controllers |
|---|---|
To test your Spring MVC |
It is important to be able to perform some integration testing without requiring deployment to your application server or connecting to other enterprise infrastructure. This will enable you to test things such as:
The correct wiring of your Spring IoC container contexts.
Data access using JDBC or an ORM tool. This would include such things as the correctness of SQL statements, Hibernate queries, JPA entity mappings, etc.
The Spring Framework provides first-class support for integration
testing in the spring-test
module. The name of the actual JAR file might include the release
version and might also be in the long
org.springframework.test form, depending on where
you get it from (see the section
on Dependency Management for an explanation). This library
includes the org.springframework.test package, which
contains valuable classes for integration testing with a Spring
container. This testing does not rely on an application server or other
deployment environment. Such tests are slower to run than unit tests but
much faster than the equivalent Cactus tests or remote tests that rely
on deployment to an application server.
In Spring 2.5 and later, unit and integration testing support is provided in the form of the annotation-driven Spring TestContext Framework. The TestContext framework is agnostic of the actual testing framework in use, thus allowing instrumentation of tests in various environments including JUnit, TestNG, and so on.
![]() | JUnit 3.8 support is deprecated |
|---|---|
As of Spring 3.0, the legacy JUnit 3.8 base class hierarchy
(i.e.,
As of Spring 3.1, the JUnit 3.8 base classes in the Spring
TestContext Framework (i.e.,
|
Spring's integration testing support has the following primary goals:
To manage Spring IoC container caching between test execution.
To provide Dependency Injection of test fixture instances.
To provide transaction management appropriate to integration testing.
To supply Spring-specific base classes that assist developers in writing integration tests.
The next few sections describe each goal and provide links to implementation and configuration details.
The Spring TestContext Framework provides consistent loading of
Spring ApplicationContexts and caching of those
contexts. Support for the caching of loaded contexts is important,
because startup time can become an issue — not because of the overhead
of Spring itself, but because the objects instantiated by the Spring
container take time to instantiate. For example, a project with 50 to
100 Hibernate mapping files might take 10 to 20 seconds to load the
mapping files, and incurring that cost before running every test in
every test fixture leads to slower overall test runs that could reduce
productivity.
Test classes can provide either an array containing the resource
locations of XML configuration metadata — typically in the classpath —
or an array containing @Configuration
classes that is used to configure the application. These locations or
classes are the same as or similar to those specified in
web.xml or other deployment configuration
files.
By default, once loaded, the configured
ApplicationContext is reused for each
test. Thus the setup cost is incurred only once (per test suite), and
subsequent test execution is much faster. In this context, the term
test suite means all tests run in the same JVM —
for example, all tests run from an Ant or Maven build for a given
project or module. In the unlikely case that a test corrupts the
application context and requires reloading — for example, by modifying
a bean definition or the state of an application object — the
TestContext framework can be configured to reload the configuration
and rebuild the application context before executing the next
test.
See context management and caching with the TestContext framework.
When the TestContext framework loads your application context,
it can optionally configure instances of your test classes via
Dependency Injection. This provides a convenient mechanism for setting
up test fixtures using preconfigured beans from your application
context. A strong benefit here is that you can reuse application
contexts across various testing scenarios (e.g., for configuring
Spring-managed object graphs, transactional proxies,
DataSources, etc.), thus avoiding the need to
duplicate complex test fixture set up for individual test
cases.
As an example, consider the scenario where we have a class,
HibernateTitleRepository, that performs data
access logic for a Title domain entity. We want
to write integration tests that test the following areas:
The Spring configuration: basically, is everything related
to the configuration of the
HibernateTitleRepository bean correct and
present?
The Hibernate mapping file configuration: is everything mapped correctly, and are the correct lazy-loading settings in place?
The logic of the
HibernateTitleRepository: does the
configured instance of this class perform as anticipated?
See dependency injection of test fixtures with the TestContext framework.
One common issue in tests that access a real database is their affect on the state of the persistence store. Even when you're using a development database, changes to the state may affect future tests. Also, many operations — such as inserting or modifying persistent data — cannot be performed (or verified) outside a transaction.
The TestContext framework addresses this issue. By default, the
framework will create and roll back a transaction for each test. You
simply write code that can assume the existence of a transaction. If
you call transactionally proxied objects in your tests, they will
behave correctly, according to their configured transactional
semantics. In addition, if test methods delete the contents of
selected tables while running within a transaction, the transaction
will roll back by default, and the database will return to its state
prior to execution of the test. Transactional support is provided to
your test class via a
PlatformTransactionManager bean defined in the
test's application context.
If you want a transaction to commit — unusual, but occasionally
useful when you want a particular test to populate or modify the
database — the TestContext framework can be instructed to cause the
transaction to commit instead of roll back via the @TransactionConfiguration
and @Rollback
annotations.
See transaction management with the TestContext framework.
The Spring TestContext Framework provides several
abstract support classes that simplify the writing
of integration tests. These base test classes provide well-defined
hooks into the testing framework as well as convenient instance
variables and methods, which enable you to access:
The ApplicationContext, for performing
explicit bean lookups or testing the state of the context as a
whole.
A SimpleJdbcTemplate, for executing
SQL statements to query the database. Such queries can be used to
confirm database state both prior to and
after execution of database-related
application code, and Spring ensures that such queries run in the
scope of the same transaction as the application code. When used
in conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false
positives.
In addition, you may want to create your own custom, application-wide superclass with instance variables and methods specific to your project.
See support classes for the TestContext framework.
The org.springframework.test.jdbc package
contains SimpleJdbcTestUtils, which is a
collection of JDBC related utility functions intended to simplify
standard database testing scenarios. Note that AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests
and AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests
provide convenience methods which delegate to
SimpleJdbcTestUtils internally.
The Spring Framework provides the following set of Spring-specific annotations that you can use in your unit and integration tests in conjunction with the TestContext framework. Refer to the respective Javadoc for further information, including default attribute values, attribute aliases, and so on.
@ContextConfiguration
Defines class-level metadata that is used to determine how
to load and configure an
ApplicationContext for test
classes. Specifically,
@ContextConfiguration declares
either the application context resource
locations or the
@Configuration
classes (but not both) to load as well as the
ContextLoader strategy to use for
loading the context. Note, however, that you typically do not need
to explicitly configure the loader since the default loader
supports either resource locations or
configuration classes.
@ContextConfiguration(locations="example/test-context.xml", loader=CustomContextLoader.class) public class XmlApplicationContextTests { // class body... }
@ContextConfiguration(classes=MyConfig.class) public class ConfigClassApplicationContextTests { // class body... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
See Context management and caching and Javadoc for examples and further details.
@ActiveProfiles
A class-level annotation that is used to declare which
bean definition profiles should be active
when loading an ApplicationContext
for test classes.
@ContextConfiguration @ActiveProfiles("dev") public class DeveloperTests { // class body... }
@ContextConfiguration
@ActiveProfiles({"dev", "integration"})
public class DeveloperIntegrationTests {
// class body...
}![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
See Context
configuration with environment profiles and the Javadoc for
@ActiveProfiles for examples and
further details.
@DirtiesContext
Indicates that the underlying Spring
ApplicationContext has been
dirtied (i.e., modified or corrupted in some
manner) during the execution of a test and should be closed,
regardless of whether the test passed.
@DirtiesContext is supported in the
following scenarios:
After the current test class, when declared on a class
with class mode set to AFTER_CLASS, which
is the default class mode.
After each test method in the current test class, when
declared on a class with class mode set to
AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD.
After the current test, when declared on a method.
Use this annotation if a test has modified the context (for example, by replacing a bean definition). Subsequent tests are supplied a new context.
With JUnit 4.5+ or TestNG you can use
@DirtiesContext as both a
class-level and method-level annotation within the same test
class. In such scenarios, the
ApplicationContext is marked as
dirty after any such annotated method as well
as after the entire class. If the ClassMode
is set to AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD, the context
is marked dirty after each test method in the class.
@DirtiesContext public class ContextDirtyingTests { // some tests that result in the Spring container being dirtied }
@DirtiesContext(classMode = ClassMode.AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD) public class ContextDirtyingTests { // some tests that result in the Spring container being dirtied }
@DirtiesContext @Test public void testProcessWhichDirtiesAppCtx() { // some logic that results in the Spring container being dirtied }
When an application context is marked dirty, it is removed from the testing framework's cache and closed; thus the underlying Spring container is rebuilt for any subsequent test that requires a context with the same set of resource locations.
@TestExecutionListeners
Defines class-level metadata for configuring which
TestExecutionListeners should be
registered with the TestContextManager.
Typically, @TestExecutionListeners
is used in conjunction with
@ContextConfiguration.
@ContextConfiguration
@TestExecutionListeners({CustomTestExecutionListener.class, AnotherTestExecutionListener.class})
public class CustomTestExecutionListenerTests {
// class body...
}@TestExecutionListeners
supports inherited listeners by default. See
the Javadoc for an example and further details.
@TransactionConfiguration
Defines class-level metadata for configuring transactional
tests. Specifically, the bean name of the
PlatformTransactionManager that is
to be used to drive transactions can be explicitly configured if
the bean name of the desired
PlatformTransactionManager is not
"transactionManager". In addition, you can change the
defaultRollback flag to
false. Typically,
@TransactionConfiguration is used
in conjunction with
@ContextConfiguration.
@ContextConfiguration @TransactionConfiguration(transactionManager="txMgr", defaultRollback=false) public class CustomConfiguredTransactionalTests { // class body... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If the default conventions are sufficient for your test
configuration, you can avoid using
|
@Rollback
Indicates whether the transaction for the annotated test
method should be rolled back after the test
method has completed. If true, the transaction
is rolled back; otherwise, the transaction is committed. Use
@Rollback to override the default
rollback flag configured at the class level.
@Rollback(false) @Test public void testProcessWithoutRollback() { // ... }
@BeforeTransaction
Indicates that the annotated public void
method should be executed before a
transaction is started for test methods configured to run within a
transaction via the @Transactional
annotation.
@BeforeTransaction public void beforeTransaction() { // logic to be executed before a transaction is started }
@AfterTransaction
Indicates that the annotated public void
method should be executed after a transaction
has ended for test methods configured to run within a transaction
via the @Transactional
annotation.
@AfterTransaction public void afterTransaction() { // logic to be executed after a transaction has ended }
@NotTransactional
The presence of this annotation indicates that the annotated test method must not execute in a transactional context.
@NotTransactional @Test public void testProcessWithoutTransaction() { // ... }
![]() | @NotTransactional is deprecated |
|---|---|
As of Spring 3.0,
|
The following annotations are supported with standard semantics for all configurations of the Spring TestContext Framework. Note that these annotations are not specific to tests and can be used anywhere in the Spring Framework.
@Autowired
@Qualifier
@Resource
(javax.annotation) if JSR-250 is
present
@Inject
(javax.inject) if JSR-330 is present
@Named
(javax.inject) if JSR-330 is present
@PersistenceContext
(javax.persistence) if JPA is present
@PersistenceUnit
(javax.persistence) if JPA is present
@Required
@Transactional
The following annotations are only supported when used in conjunction with the SpringJUnit4ClassRunner or the JUnit support classes.
@IfProfileValue
Indicates that the annotated test is enabled for a specific
testing environment. If the configured
ProfileValueSource returns a matching
value for the provided name,
the test is enabled. This annotation can be applied to an entire
class or to individual methods. Class-level usage overrides
method-level usage.
@IfProfileValue(name="java.vendor", value="Sun Microsystems Inc.") @Test public void testProcessWhichRunsOnlyOnSunJvm() { // some logic that should run only on Java VMs from Sun Microsystems }
Alternatively, you can configure
@IfProfileValue with a list of
values (with OR semantics)
to achieve TestNG-like support for test
groups in a JUnit environment. Consider the following
example:
@IfProfileValue(name="test-groups", values={"unit-tests", "integration-tests"}) @Test public void testProcessWhichRunsForUnitOrIntegrationTestGroups() { // some logic that should run only for unit and integration test groups }
@ProfileValueSourceConfiguration
Class-level annotation that specifies what type of
ProfileValueSource to use when retrieving
profile values configured through the
@IfProfileValue annotation. If
@ProfileValueSourceConfiguration is
not declared for a test,
SystemProfileValueSource is used by
default.
@ProfileValueSourceConfiguration(CustomProfileValueSource.class) public class CustomProfileValueSourceTests { // class body... }
@Timed
Indicates that the annotated test method must finish execution in a specified time period (in milliseconds). If the text execution time exceeds the specified time period, the test fails.
The time period includes execution of the test method
itself, any repetitions of the test (see
@Repeat), as well as any
set up or tear down of
the test fixture.
@Timed(millis=1000) public void testProcessWithOneSecondTimeout() { // some logic that should not take longer than 1 second to execute }
Spring's @Timed annotation
has different semantics than JUnit's
@Test(timeout=...) support.
Specifically, due to the manner in which JUnit handles test
execution timeouts (that is, by executing the test method in a
separate Thread),
@Test(timeout=...) applies to
each iteration in the case of repetitions and
preemptively fails the test if the test takes too long. Spring's
@Timed, on the other hand, times
the total test execution time (including all
repetitions) and does not preemptively fail the test but rather
waits for the test to complete before failing.
@Repeat
Indicates that the annotated test method must be executed repeatedly. The number of times that the test method is to be executed is specified in the annotation.
The scope of execution to be repeated includes execution of the test method itself as well as any set up or tear down of the test fixture.
@Repeat(10) @Test public void testProcessRepeatedly() { // ... }
The Spring TestContext
Framework (located in the
org.springframework.test.context package) provides
generic, annotation-driven unit and integration testing support that is
agnostic of the testing framework in use, whether JUnit or TestNG. The
TestContext framework also places a great deal of importance on
convention over configuration with reasonable
defaults that can be overridden through annotation-based
configuration.
In addition to generic testing infrastructure, the TestContext
framework provides explicit support for JUnit and TestNG in the form of
abstract support classes. For JUnit, Spring also
provides a custom JUnit Runner that
allows one to write so called POJO test classes.
POJO test classes are not required to extend a particular class
hierarchy.
The following section provides an overview of the internals of the TestContext framework. If you are only interested in using the framework and not necessarily interested in extending it with your own custom listeners or custom loaders, feel free to go directly to the configuration (context management, dependency injection, transaction management), support classes, and annotation support sections.
The core of the framework consists of the
TestContext and
TestContextManager classes and the
TestExecutionListener,
ContextLoader, and
SmartContextLoader interfaces. A
TestContextManager is created on a per-test
basis (e.g., for the execution of a single test method in JUnit). The
TestContextManager in turn manages a
TestContext that holds the context of the
current test. The TestContextManager also
updates the state of the TestContext as the
test progresses and delegates to
TestExecutionListeners, which
instrument the actual test execution by providing dependency
injection, managing transactions, and so on. A
ContextLoader (or
SmartContextLoader) is responsible for
loading an ApplicationContext for a
given test class. Consult the Javadoc and the Spring test suite for
further information and examples of various implementations.
TestContext: Encapsulates the context
in which a test is executed, agnostic of the actual testing
framework in use, and provides context management and caching
support for the test instance for which it is responsible. The
TestContext also delegates to a
ContextLoader (or
SmartContextLoader) to load an
ApplicationContext if
requested.
TestContextManager: The main entry
point into the Spring TestContext Framework,
which manages a single TestContext and
signals events to all registered
TestExecutionListeners at
well-defined test execution points:
prior to any before class methods of a particular testing framework
test instance preparation
prior to any before methods of a particular testing framework
after any after methods of a particular testing framework
after any after class methods of a particular testing framework
TestExecutionListener:
Defines a listener API for reacting to test
execution events published by the
TestContextManager with which the listener
is registered.
Spring provides three
TestExecutionListener
implementations that are configured by default:
DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener,
DirtiesContextTestExecutionListener, and
TransactionalTestExecutionListener.
Respectively, they support dependency injection of the test
instance, handling of the
@DirtiesContext annotation, and
transactional test execution with default rollback
semantics.
ContextLoader: Strategy
interface introduced in Spring 2.5 for loading an
ApplicationContext for an
integration test managed by the Spring TestContext
Framework.
As of Spring 3.1, implement
SmartContextLoader instead of this
interface in order to provide support for configuration classes
and active bean definition profiles.
SmartContextLoader: Extension
of the ContextLoader interface
introduced in Spring 3.1.
The SmartContextLoader SPI
supersedes the ContextLoader SPI
that was introduced in Spring 2.5. Specifically, a
SmartContextLoader can choose to
process either resource locations or
configuration classes. Furthermore, a
SmartContextLoader can set active
bean definition profiles in the context that it loads.
Spring provides the following out-of-the-box implementations:
DelegatingSmartContextLoader: the
default loader which delegates internally to an
AnnotationConfigContextLoader or a
GenericXmlContextLoader depending
either on the configuration declared for the test class or on
the presence of default locations or default configuration
classes.
AnnotationConfigContextLoader:
loads an application context from
@Configuration classes.
GenericXmlContextLoader: loads an
application context from XML resource locations.
GenericPropertiesContextLoader:
loads an application context from Java Properties
files.
The following sections explain how to configure the
TestContext framework through annotations and
provide working examples of how to write unit and integration tests
with the framework.
Each TestContext provides context
management and caching support for the test instance it is responsible
for. Test instances do not automatically receive access to the
configured ApplicationContext. However, if a
test class implements the
ApplicationContextAware interface, a
reference to the ApplicationContext is supplied
to the test instance. Note that
AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests and
AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests implement
ApplicationContextAware and therefore
provide access to the ApplicationContext
out-of-the-box.
![]() | @Autowired ApplicationContext |
|---|---|
As an alternative to implementing the
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration public class MyTest { @Autowired private ApplicationContext applicationContext; // class body... } Dependency injection via
|
Test classes that use the TestContext framework do not need to
extend any particular class or implement a specific interface to
configure their application context. Instead, configuration is
achieved simply by declaring the
@ContextConfiguration annotation at the
class level. If your test class does not explicitly declare
application context resource locations or
configuration classes, the configured
ContextLoader determines how to load a
context from a default location or default configuration
classes.
The following sections explain how to configure an
ApplicationContext via XML
configuration files or @Configuration
classes using Spring's
@ContextConfiguration
annotation.
To load an ApplicationContext
for your tests using XML configuration files, annotate your test
class with @ContextConfiguration and
configure the locations attribute with an array
that contains the resource locations of XML configuration metadata.
A plain path — for example "context.xml" — will
be treated as a classpath resource that is relative to the package
in which the test class is defined. A path starting with a slash is
treated as an absolute classpath location, for example
"/org/example/config.xml". A path which
represents a resource URL (i.e., a path prefixed with
classpath:, file:,
http:, etc.) will be used as
is. Alternatively, you can implement and configure your
own custom ContextLoader or
SmartContextLoader for advanced use
cases.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/app-config.xml" and // "/test-config.xml" in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration(locations={"/app-config.xml", "/test-config.xml"}) public class MyTest { // class body... }
@ContextConfiguration supports
an alias for the locations attribute through the
standard Java value attribute. Thus, if you do
not need to configure a custom
ContextLoader, you can omit the
declaration of the locations attribute name and
declare the resource locations by using the shorthand format
demonstrated in the following example.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration({"/app-config.xml", "/test-config.xml"}) public class MyTest { // class body... }
If you omit both the locations and
value attributes from the
@ContextConfiguration annotation, the
TestContext framework will attempt to detect a default XML resource
location. Specifically,
GenericXmlContextLoader detects a default
location based on the name of the test class. If your class is named
com.example.MyTest,
GenericXmlContextLoader loads your
application context from
"classpath:/com/example/MyTest-context.xml".
package com.example; @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "classpath:/com/example/MyTest-context.xml" @ContextConfiguration public class MyTest { // class body... }
To load an ApplicationContext
for your tests using @Configuration
classes (see Section 4.12, “Java-based container configuration”), annotate your test
class with @ContextConfiguration and
configure the classes attribute with an array
that contains references to configuration classes. Alternatively,
you can implement and configure your own custom
ContextLoader or
SmartContextLoader for advanced use
cases.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from AppConfig and TestConfig @ContextConfiguration(classes={AppConfig.class, TestConfig.class}) public class MyTest { // class body... }
If you omit the classes attribute from the
@ContextConfiguration annotation, the
TestContext framework will attempt to detect the presence of default
configuration classes. Specifically,
AnnotationConfigContextLoader will detect all
static inner classes of the annotated test class that meet the
requirements for configuration class implementations as specified in
the Javadoc for @Configuration. In
the following example, the OrderServiceTest
class declares a static inner configuration class named
Config that will be automatically used to
load the ApplicationContext for the
test class. Note that the name of the configuration class is
arbitrary. In addition, a test class can contain more than one
static inner configuration class if desired.
package com.example; @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from the static inner Config class @ContextConfiguration public class OrderServiceTest { @Configuration static class Config { // this bean will be injected into the OrderServiceTest class @Bean public OrderService orderService() { OrderService orderService = new OrderServiceImpl(); // set properties, etc. return orderService; } } @Autowired private OrderService orderService; @Test public void testOrderService() { // test the orderService } }
It may sometimes be desirable to mix XML resources and
@Configuration classes to configure
an ApplicationContext for your tests.
For example, if you use XML configuration in production, you may
decide that you want to use
@Configuration classes to configure
specific Spring-managed components for your tests, or vice versa. As
mentioned in Section 10.3.4.1, “Spring Testing Annotations” the TestContext
framework does not allow you to declare both
via @ContextConfiguration, but this
does not mean that you cannot use both.
If you want to use XML and
@Configuration classes to configure
your tests, you will have to pick one as the entry
point, and that one will have to include or import the
other. For example, in XML you can include
@Configuration classes via component
scanning or define them as normal Spring beans in XML; whereas, in a
@Configuration class you can use
@ImportResource to import XML
configuration files. Note that this behavior is semantically
equivalent to how you configure your application in production: in
production configuration you will define either a set of XML
resource locations or a set of
@Configuration classes that your
production ApplicationContext will be
loaded from, but you still have the freedom to include or import the
other type of configuration.
@ContextConfiguration supports
a boolean inheritLocations attribute that denotes
whether resource locations or configuration classes declared by
superclasses should be inherited. The default
value is true. This means that an annotated class
inherits the resource locations or configuration classes declared by
any annotated superclasses. Specifically, the resource locations or
configuration classes for an annotated test class are appended to
the list of resource locations or configuration classes declared by
annotated superclasses. Thus, subclasses have the option of
extending the list of resource locations or
configuration classes.
If @ContextConfiguration's
inheritLocations attribute is set to
false, the resource locations or configuration
classes for the annotated class shadow and
effectively replace any resource locations or configuration classes
defined by superclasses.
In the following example that uses XML resource locations, the
ApplicationContext for
ExtendedTest will be loaded from
"base-config.xml" and
"extended-config.xml", in that order. Beans
defined in "extended-config.xml" may therefore
override (i.e., replace) those defined in
"base-config.xml".
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/base-config.xml" in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration("/base-config.xml") public class BaseTest { // class body... } // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/base-config.xml" and "/extended-config.xml" // in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration("/extended-config.xml") public class ExtendedTest extends BaseTest { // class body... }
Similarly, in the following example that uses configuration
classes, the ApplicationContext for
ExtendedTest will be loaded from the
BaseConfig and ExtendedConfig
configuration classes, in that order. Beans defined in
ExtendedConfig may therefore override (i.e.,
replace) those defined in BaseConfig.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from BaseConfig @ContextConfiguration(classes=BaseConfig.class) public class BaseTest { // class body... } // ApplicationContext will be loaded from BaseConfig and ExtendedConfig @ContextConfiguration(classes=ExtendedConfig.class) public class ExtendedTest extends BaseTest { // class body... }
Spring 3.1 introduces first-class support in the framework for
the notion of environments and profiles (a.k.a., bean
definition profiles), and integration tests can now be
configured to activate particular bean definition profiles for
various testing scenarios. This is achieved by annotating a test
class with the new @ActiveProfiles
annotation and supplying a list of profiles that should be activated
when loading the ApplicationContext
for the test.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
Let's take a look at some examples with XML configuration and
@Configuration classes.
<!-- app-config.xml --> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:jdbc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/jdbc" xmlns:jee="http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee" xsi:schemaLocation="..."> <bean id="transferService" class="com.bank.service.internal.DefaultTransferService"> <constructor-arg ref="accountRepository"/> <constructor-arg ref="feePolicy"/> </bean> <bean id="accountRepository" class="com.bank.repository.internal.JdbcAccountRepository"> <constructor-arg ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <bean id="feePolicy" class="com.bank.service.internal.ZeroFeePolicy"/> <beans profile="dev"> <jdbc:embedded-database id="dataSource"> <jdbc:script location="classpath:com/bank/config/sql/schema.sql"/> <jdbc:script location="classpath:com/bank/config/sql/test-data.sql"/> </jdbc:embedded-database> </beans> <beans profile="production"> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/datasource"/> </beans> </beans>
package com.bank.service; @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "classpath:/app-config.xml" @ContextConfiguration("/app-config.xml") @ActiveProfiles("dev") public class TransferServiceTest { @Autowired private TransferService transferService; @Test public void testTransferService() { // test the transferService } }
When TransferServiceTest is run, its
ApplicationContext will be loaded
from the app-config.xml configuration file in
the root of the classpath. If you inspect
app-config.xml you'll notice that the
accountRepository bean has a dependency on a
dataSource bean; however,
dataSource is not defined as a top-level bean.
Instead, dataSource is defined twice: once in the
production profile and once in the
dev profile.
By annotating TransferServiceTest with
@ActiveProfiles("dev") we instruct
the Spring TestContext Framework to load the
ApplicationContext with the active
profiles set to {"dev"}. As a result, an embedded
database will be created, and the
accountRepository bean will be wired with a
reference to the development
DataSource. And that's likely what we
want in an integration test.
The following code listings demonstrate how to implement the
same configuration and integration test but using
@Configuration classes instead of
XML.
@Configuration @Profile("dev") public class StandaloneDataConfig { @Bean public DataSource dataSource() { return new EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder() .setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType.HSQL) .addScript("classpath:com/bank/config/sql/schema.sql") .addScript("classpath:com/bank/config/sql/test-data.sql") .build(); } }
@Configuration @Profile("production") public class JndiDataConfig { @Bean public DataSource dataSource() throws Exception { Context ctx = new InitialContext(); return (DataSource) ctx.lookup("java:comp/env/jdbc/datasource"); } }
@Configuration public class TransferServiceConfig { @Autowired DataSource dataSource; @Bean public TransferService transferService() { return new DefaultTransferService(accountRepository(), feePolicy()); } @Bean public AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(dataSource); } @Bean public FeePolicy feePolicy() { return new ZeroFeePolicy(); } }
package com.bank.service; @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration( classes={ TransferServiceConfig.class, StandaloneDataConfig.class, JndiDataConfig.class}) @ActiveProfiles("dev") public class TransferServiceTest { @Autowired private TransferService transferService; @Test public void testTransferService() { // test the transferService } }
In this variation, we have split the XML configuration into
three independent @Configuration
classes:
TransferServiceConfig: acquires a
dataSource via dependency injection using
@Autowired
StandaloneDataConfig: defines a
dataSource for an embedded database suitable
for developer tests
JndiDataConfig: defines a
dataSource that is retrieved from JNDI in a
production environment
As with the XML-based configuration example, we still annotate
TransferServiceTest with
@ActiveProfiles("dev"), but this time
we specify all three configuration classes via the
@ContextConfiguration annotation. The
body of the test class itself remains completely unchanged.
Once the TestContext framework loads an
ApplicationContext for a test, that
context will be cached and reused for all subsequent tests that declare the same
unique context configuration within the same test suite. To
understand how caching works, it is important to understand what is
meant by unique and test
suite.
An ApplicationContext can be
uniquely identified by the combination of
configuration parameters that are used to load it. Consequently, the
unique combination of configuration parameters are used to generate
a key under which the context is cached. The
TestContext framework uses the following configuration parameters to
build the context cache key:
locations (from
@ContextConfiguration)
classes (from
@ContextConfiguration)
contextLoader (from
@ContextConfiguration)
activeProfiles (from
@ActiveProfiles)
For example, if TestClassA specifies
{"app-config.xml", "test-config.xml"} for the
locations (or value) attribute
of @ContextConfiguration, the
TestContext framework will load the corresponding
ApplicationContext and store it in a
static context cache under a key that is based
solely on those locations. So if TestClassB
also defines {"app-config.xml",
"test-config.xml"} for its locations (either explicitly or
implicitly through inheritance) and does not define a different
ContextLoader or different active
profiles, then the same
ApplicationContext will be shared by
both test classes. This means that the setup cost for loading an
application context is incurred only once (per test suite), and
subsequent test execution is much faster.
![]() | Test suites and forked processes |
|---|---|
The Spring TestContext framework stores application contexts
in a static cache. This means that the
context is literally stored in a To benefit from the caching mechanism, all tests must run
within the same process or test suite. This can be achieved by
executing all tests as a group within an IDE. Similarly, when
executing tests with a build framework such as Ant or Maven it is
important to make sure that the build framework does not
fork between tests. For example, if the
forkMode
for the Maven Surefire plug-in is set to |
In the unlikely case that a test corrupts the application
context and requires reloading — for example, by modifying a bean
definition or the state of an application object — you can annotate
your test class or test method with
@DirtiesContext (see the discussion
of @DirtiesContext in Section 10.3.4.1, “Spring Testing Annotations”). This instructs
Spring to remove the context from the cache and rebuild the
application context before executing the next test. Note that
support for the @DirtiesContext
annotation is provided by the
DirtiesContextTestExecutionListener which is
enabled by default.
When you use the
DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener —
which is configured by default — the dependencies of your test
instances are injected from beans in the
application context that you configured with
@ContextConfiguration. You may use
setter injection, field injection, or both, depending on which
annotations you choose and whether you place them on setter methods or
fields. For consistency with the annotation support introduced in
Spring 2.5 and 3.0, you can use Spring's
@Autowired annotation or the
@Inject annotation from JSR 300.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
The TestContext framework does not instrument the manner in
which a test instance is instantiated. Thus the use of
|
Because @Autowired is used to
perform autowiring by
type, if you have multiple bean definitions of the
same type, you cannot rely on this approach for those particular
beans. In that case, you can use
@Autowired in conjunction with
@Qualifier. As of Spring 3.0 you may
also choose to use @Inject in
conjunction with @Named. Alternatively,
if your test class has access to its
ApplicationContext, you can perform an explicit
lookup by using (for example) a call to
applicationContext.getBean("titleRepository").
If you do not want dependency injection applied to your test
instances, simply do not annotate fields or setter methods with
@Autowired or
@Inject. Alternatively, you can disable
dependency injection altogether by explicitly configuring your class
with @TestExecutionListeners and
omitting
DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener.class from
the list of listeners.
Consider the scenario of testing a
HibernateTitleRepository class, as outlined in
the Goals section.
The next two code listings demonstrate the use of
@Autowired on fields and setter
methods. The application context configuration is presented after all
sample code listings.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The dependency injection behavior in the following code listings is not specific to JUnit. The same DI techniques can be used in conjunction with any testing framework. The following examples make calls to static assertion methods
such as |
The first code listing shows a JUnit-based implementation of the
test class that uses @Autowired for
field injection.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // specifies the Spring configuration to load for this test fixture @ContextConfiguration("repository-config.xml") public class HibernateTitleRepositoryTests { // this instance will be dependency injected by type @Autowired private HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository; @Test public void findById() { Title title = titleRepository.findById(new Long(10)); assertNotNull(title); } }
Alternatively, you can configure the class to use
@Autowired for setter injection as seen
below.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // specifies the Spring configuration to load for this test fixture @ContextConfiguration("repository-config.xml") public class HibernateTitleRepositoryTests { // this instance will be dependency injected by type private HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository; @Autowired public void setTitleRepository(HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository) { this.titleRepository = titleRepository; } @Test public void findById() { Title title = titleRepository.findById(new Long(10)); assertNotNull(title); } }
The preceding code listings use the same XML context file
referenced by the @ContextConfiguration
annotation (that is, repository-config.xml), which
looks like this:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this bean will be injected into the HibernateTitleRepositoryTests class --> <bean id="titleRepository" class="com.foo.repository.hibernate.HibernateTitleRepository"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="sessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <!-- configuration elided for brevity --> </bean> </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If you are extending from a Spring-provided test base class
that happens to use // ... @Autowired @Override public void setDataSource(@Qualifier("myDataSource") DataSource dataSource) { super.setDataSource(dataSource); } // ... The specified qualifier value indicates the specific
|
In the TestContext framework, transactions are managed by the
TransactionalTestExecutionListener. Note that
TransactionalTestExecutionListener is
configured by default, even if you do not explicitly declare
@TestExecutionListeners on your test
class. To enable support for transactions, however, you must provide a
PlatformTransactionManager bean in the
application context loaded by
@ContextConfiguration semantics. In
addition, you must declare
@Transactional either at the class or
method level for your tests.
For class-level transaction configuration (i.e., setting the
bean name for the transaction manager and the default rollback flag),
see the @TransactionConfiguration entry
in the annotation
support section.
If transactions are not enabled for the entire test class, you
can annotate methods explicitly with
@Transactional. To control whether a
transaction should commit for a particular test method, you can use
the @Rollback annotation to override
the class-level default rollback setting.
AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests
and AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests
are preconfigured for transactional support at the class level.
Occasionally you need to execute certain code before or after a
transactional test method but outside the transactional context, for
example, to verify the initial database state prior to execution of
your test or to verify expected transactional commit behavior after
test execution (if the test was configured not to roll back the
transaction).
TransactionalTestExecutionListener supports the
@BeforeTransaction and
@AfterTransaction annotations exactly
for such scenarios. Simply annotate any public void
method in your test class with one of these annotations, and the
TransactionalTestExecutionListener ensures that
your before transaction method or after
transaction method is executed at the appropriate
time.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Any before methods (such as methods
annotated with JUnit's |
The following JUnit-based example displays a fictitious integration testing scenario highlighting several transaction-related annotations. Consult the annotation support section for further information and configuration examples.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration @TransactionConfiguration(transactionManager="txMgr", defaultRollback=false) @Transactional public class FictitiousTransactionalTest { @BeforeTransaction public void verifyInitialDatabaseState() { // logic to verify the initial state before a transaction is started } @Before public void setUpTestDataWithinTransaction() { // set up test data within the transaction } @Test // overrides the class-level defaultRollback setting @Rollback(true) public void modifyDatabaseWithinTransaction() { // logic which uses the test data and modifies database state } @After public void tearDownWithinTransaction() { // execute "tear down" logic within the transaction } @AfterTransaction public void verifyFinalDatabaseState() { // logic to verify the final state after transaction has rolled back } }
![]() | Avoid false positives when testing ORM code |
|---|---|
When you test application code that manipulates the state of the Hibernate session, make sure to flush the underlying session within test methods that execute that code. Failing to flush the underlying session can produce false positives: your test may pass, but the same code throws an exception in a live, production environment. In the following Hibernate-based example test case, one method demonstrates a false positive, and the other method correctly exposes the results of flushing the session. Note that this applies to JPA and any other ORM frameworks that maintain an in-memory unit of work. // ... @Autowired private SessionFactory sessionFactory; @Test // no expected exception! public void falsePositive() { updateEntityInHibernateSession(); // False positive: an exception will be thrown once the session is // finally flushed (i.e., in production code) } @Test(expected = GenericJDBCException.class) public void updateWithSessionFlush() { updateEntityInHibernateSession(); // Manual flush is required to avoid false positive in test sessionFactory.getCurrentSession().flush(); } // ... |
The org.springframework.test.context.junit4
package provides support classes for JUnit 4.5+ based test
cases.
AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests:
Abstract base test class that integrates the Spring
TestContext Framework with explicit
ApplicationContext testing support in a
JUnit 4.5+ environment.
When you extend
AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests, you can
access the following protected instance
variable:
applicationContext: Use this
variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the
state of the context as a whole.
AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests:
Abstract transactional extension of
AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests that
also adds some convenience functionality for JDBC access.
Expects a javax.sql.DataSource bean and a
PlatformTransactionManager bean
to be defined in the ApplicationContext.
When you extend
AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests
you can access the following protected
instance variables:
applicationContext: Inherited from
the AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests
superclass. Use this variable to perform explicit bean
lookups or to test the state of the context as a
whole.
simpleJdbcTemplate: Use this
variable to execute SQL statements to query the database.
Such queries can be used to confirm database state both
prior to and after
execution of database-related application code, and Spring
ensures that such queries run in the scope of the same
transaction as the application code. When used in
conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false
positives.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
These classes are a convenience for extension. If you do not
want your test classes to be tied to a Spring-specific class
hierarchy — for example, if you want to directly extend the class
you are testing — you can configure your own custom test classes
by using
|
The Spring TestContext Framework offers
full integration with JUnit 4.5+ through a custom runner (tested on
JUnit 4.5 – 4.9). By annotating test classes with
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class),
developers can implement standard JUnit-based unit and integration
tests and simultaneously reap the benefits of the TestContext
framework such as support for loading application contexts,
dependency injection of test instances, transactional test method
execution, and so on. The following code listing displays the
minimal requirements for configuring a test class to run with the
custom Spring Runner.
@TestExecutionListeners is configured
with an empty list in order to disable the default listeners, which
otherwise would require an ApplicationContext to be configured
through @ContextConfiguration.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @TestExecutionListeners({}) public class SimpleTest { @Test public void testMethod() { // execute test logic... } }
The org.springframework.test.context.testng
package provides support classes for TestNG based test cases.
AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests:
Abstract base test class that integrates the Spring
TestContext Framework with explicit
ApplicationContext testing support in a
TestNG environment.
When you extend
AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests, you can
access the following protected instance
variable:
applicationContext: Use this
variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the
state of the context as a whole.
AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests:
Abstract transactional extension of
AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests that
adds some convenience functionality for JDBC access. Expects a
javax.sql.DataSource bean and a
PlatformTransactionManager bean
to be defined in the ApplicationContext.
When you extend
AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests,
you can access the following protected
instance variables:
applicationContext: Inherited from
the AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests
superclass. Use this variable to perform explicit bean
lookups or to test the state of the context as a
whole.
simpleJdbcTemplate: Use this
variable to execute SQL statements to query the database.
Such queries can be used to confirm database state both
prior to and after
execution of database-related application code, and Spring
ensures that such queries run in the scope of the same
transaction as the application code. When used in
conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false
positives.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
These classes are a convenience for extension. If you do not
want your test classes to be tied to a Spring-specific class
hierarchy — for example, if you want to directly extend the class
you are testing — you can configure your own custom test classes
by using |
The PetClinic application, available from the samples repository, illustrates
several features of the Spring TestContext
Framework in a JUnit 4.5+ environment. Most test
functionality is included in the
AbstractClinicTests, for which a partial listing
is shown below:
import static org.junit.Assert.assertEquals; // import ... @ContextConfiguration public abstract class AbstractClinicTests extends AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests { @Autowired protected Clinic clinic; @Test public void getVets() { Collection<Vet> vets = this.clinic.getVets(); assertEquals("JDBC query must show the same number of vets", super.countRowsInTable("VETS"), vets.size()); Vet v1 = EntityUtils.getById(vets, Vet.class, 2); assertEquals("Leary", v1.getLastName()); assertEquals(1, v1.getNrOfSpecialties()); assertEquals("radiology", (v1.getSpecialties().get(0)).getName()); // ... } // ... }
Notes:
This test case extends the
AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests
class, from which it inherits configuration for Dependency Injection
(through the
DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener) and
transactional behavior (through the
TransactionalTestExecutionListener).
The clinic instance variable — the
application object being tested — is set by Dependency Injection
through @Autowired semantics.
The testGetVets() method illustrates
how you can use the inherited
countRowsInTable() method to easily verify
the number of rows in a given table, thus verifying correct behavior
of the application code being tested. This allows for stronger tests
and lessens dependency on the exact test data. For example, you can
add additional rows in the database without breaking tests.
Like many integration tests that use a database, most of the
tests in AbstractClinicTests depend on a
minimum amount of data already in the database before the test cases
run. Alternatively, you might choose to populate the database within
the test fixture set up of your test cases — again, within the same
transaction as the tests.
The PetClinic application supports three data access technologies:
JDBC, Hibernate, and JPA. By declaring
@ContextConfiguration without any
specific resource locations, the
AbstractClinicTests class will have its
application context loaded from the default location,
AbstractClinicTests-context.xml, which declares a
common DataSource. Subclasses specify additional
context locations that must declare a
PlatformTransactionManager and a concrete
implementation of Clinic.
For example, the Hibernate implementation of the PetClinic tests
contains the following implementation. For this example,
HibernateClinicTests does not contain a single
line of code: we only need to declare
@ContextConfiguration, and the tests are
inherited from AbstractClinicTests. Because
@ContextConfiguration is declared without
any specific resource locations, the Spring TestContext
Framework loads an application context from all the beans
defined in AbstractClinicTests-context.xml (i.e., the
inherited locations) and
HibernateClinicTests-context.xml, with
HibernateClinicTests-context.xml possibly overriding
beans defined in
AbstractClinicTests-context.xml.
@ContextConfiguration public class HibernateClinicTests extends AbstractClinicTests { }
In a large-scale application, the Spring configuration is often
split across multiple files. Consequently, configuration locations are
typically specified in a common base class for all application-specific
integration tests. Such a base class may also add useful instance
variables — populated by Dependency Injection, naturally — such as a
SessionFactory in the case of an application
using Hibernate.
As far as possible, you should have exactly the same Spring
configuration files in your integration tests as in the deployed
environment. One likely point of difference concerns database connection
pooling and transaction infrastructure. If you are deploying to a
full-blown application server, you will probably use its connection pool
(available through JNDI) and JTA implementation. Thus in production you
will use a JndiObjectFactoryBean or
<jee:jndi-lookup> for the
DataSource and
JtaTransactionManager. JNDI and JTA will not be
available in out-of-container integration tests, so you should use a
combination like the Commons DBCP BasicDataSource
and DataSourceTransactionManager or
HibernateTransactionManager for them. You can
factor out this variant behavior into a single XML file, having the
choice between application server and a 'local' configuration separated
from all other configuration, which will not vary between the test and
production environments. In addition, it is advisable to use properties
files for connection settings. See the PetClinic application for an
example.
Consult the following resources for more information about testing:
JUnit: “A programmer-oriented testing framework for Java”. Used by the Spring Framework in its test suite.
TestNG: A testing framework inspired by JUnit with added support for Java 5 annotations, test groups, data-driven testing, distributed testing, etc.
MockObjects.com: Web site dedicated to mock objects, a technique for improving the design of code within test-driven development.
"Mock Objects": Article in Wikipedia.
EasyMock: Java library “that provides Mock Objects for interfaces (and objects through the class extension) by generating them on the fly using Java's proxy mechanism.” Used by the Spring Framework in its test suite.
JMock: Library that supports test-driven development of Java code with mock objects.
DbUnit: JUnit extension (also usable with Ant and Maven) targeted for database-driven projects that, among other things, puts your database into a known state between test runs.
Grinder: Java load testing framework.
This part of the reference documentation is concerned with data access and the interaction between the data access layer and the business or service layer.
Spring's comprehensive transaction management support is covered in some detail, followed by thorough coverage of the various data access frameworks and technologies that the Spring Framework integrates with.
Comprehensive transaction support is among the most compelling reasons to use the Spring Framework. The Spring Framework provides a consistent abstraction for transaction management that delivers the following benefits:
Consistent programming model across different transaction APIs such as Java Transaction API (JTA), JDBC, Hibernate, Java Persistence API (JPA), and Java Data Objects (JDO).
Support for declarative transaction management.
Simpler API for programmatic transaction management than complex transaction APIs such as JTA.
Excellent integration with Spring's data access abstractions.
The following sections describe the Spring Framework's transaction value-adds and technologies. (The chapter also includes discussions of best practices, application server integration, and solutions to common problems.)
Advantages of the Spring Framework's transaction support model describes why you would use the Spring Framework's transaction abstraction instead of EJB Container-Managed Transactions (CMT) or choosing to drive local transactions through a proprietary API such as Hibernate.
Understanding the Spring
Framework transaction abstraction outlines the core classes and
describes how to configure and obtain
DataSource instances from a variety of
sources.
Synchronizing resources with transactions describes how the application code ensures that resources are created, reused, and cleaned up properly.
Declarative transaction management describes support for declarative transaction management.
Programmatic transaction management covers support for programmatic (that is, explicitly coded) transaction management.
Traditionally, Java EE developers have had two choices for transaction management: global or local transactions, both of which have profound limitations. Global and local transaction management is reviewed in the next two sections, followed by a discussion of how the Spring Framework's transaction management support addresses the limitations of the global and local transaction models.
Global transactions enable you to work with multiple transactional
resources, typically relational databases and message queues. The
application server manages global transactions through the JTA, which is
a cumbersome API to use (partly due to its exception model).
Furthermore, a JTA UserTransaction
normally needs to be sourced from JNDI, meaning that you
also need to use JNDI in order to use JTA.
Obviously the use of global transactions would limit any potential reuse
of application code, as JTA is normally only available in an application
server environment.
Previously, the preferred way to use global transactions was via EJB CMT (Container Managed Transaction): CMT is a form of declarative transaction management (as distinguished from programmatic transaction management). EJB CMT removes the need for transaction-related JNDI lookups, although of course the use of EJB itself necessitates the use of JNDI. It removes most but not all of the need to write Java code to control transactions. The significant downside is that CMT is tied to JTA and an application server environment. Also, it is only available if one chooses to implement business logic in EJBs, or at least behind a transactional EJB facade. The negatives of EJB in general are so great that this is not an attractive proposition, especially in the face of compelling alternatives for declarative transaction management.
Local transactions are resource-specific, such as a transaction associated with a JDBC connection. Local transactions may be easier to use, but have significant disadvantages: they cannot work across multiple transactional resources. For example, code that manages transactions using a JDBC connection cannot run within a global JTA transaction. Because the application server is not involved in transaction management, it cannot help ensure correctness across multiple resources. (It is worth noting that most applications use a single transaction resource.) Another downside is that local transactions are invasive to the programming model.
Spring resolves the disadvantages of global and local transactions. It enables application developers to use a consistent programming model in any environment. You write your code once, and it can benefit from different transaction management strategies in different environments. The Spring Framework provides both declarative and programmatic transaction management. Most users prefer declarative transaction management, which is recommended in most cases.
With programmatic transaction management, developers work with the Spring Framework transaction abstraction, which can run over any underlying transaction infrastructure. With the preferred declarative model, developers typically write little or no code related to transaction management, and hence do not depend on the Spring Framework transaction API, or any other transaction API.
The key to the Spring transaction abstraction is the notion of a
transaction strategy. A transaction strategy is
defined by the
org.springframework.transaction.PlatformTransactionManager
interface:
public interface PlatformTransactionManager { TransactionStatus getTransaction(TransactionDefinition definition) throws TransactionException; void commit(TransactionStatus status) throws TransactionException; void rollback(TransactionStatus status) throws TransactionException; }
This is primarily a service provider interface (SPI), although it
can be used programmatically from your
application code. Because
PlatformTransactionManager is an
interface, it can be easily mocked or stubbed as
necessary. It is not tied to a lookup strategy such as JNDI.
PlatformTransactionManager implementations
are defined like any other object (or bean) in the Spring Framework IoC
container. This benefit alone makes Spring Framework transactions a
worthwhile abstraction even when you work with JTA. Transactional code can
be tested much more easily than if it used JTA directly.
Again in keeping with Spring's philosophy, the
TransactionException that can be thrown by
any of the PlatformTransactionManager
interface's methods is unchecked (that is, it extends
the java.lang.RuntimeException class).
Transaction infrastructure failures are almost invariably fatal. In rare
cases where application code can actually recover from a transaction
failure, the application developer can still choose to catch and handle
TransactionException. The salient point is
that developers are not forced to do so.
The getTransaction(..) method returns a
TransactionStatus object, depending on a
TransactionDefinition parameter. The
returned TransactionStatus might represent
a new transaction, or can represent an existing transaction if a matching
transaction exists in the current call stack. The implication in this
latter case is that, as with Java EE transaction contexts, a
TransactionStatus is associated with a
thread of execution.
The TransactionDefinition interface
specifies:
Isolation: The degree to which this transaction is isolated from the work of other transactions. For example, can this transaction see uncommitted writes from other transactions?
Propagation: Typically, all code executed within a transaction scope will run in that transaction. However, you have the option of specifying the behavior in the event that a transactional method is executed when a transaction context already exists. For example, code can continue running in the existing transaction (the common case); or the existing transaction can be suspended and a new transaction created. Spring offers all of the transaction propagation options familiar from EJB CMT. To read about the semantics of transaction propagation in Spring, see Section 11.5.7, “Transaction propagation”.
Timeout: How long this transaction runs before timing out and being rolled back automatically by the underlying transaction infrastructure.
Read-only status: A read-only transaction can be used when your code reads but does not modify data. Read-only transactions can be a useful optimization in some cases, such as when you are using Hibernate.
These settings reflect standard transactional concepts. If necessary, refer to resources that discuss transaction isolation levels and other core transaction concepts. Understanding these concepts is essential to using the Spring Framework or any transaction management solution.
The TransactionStatus interface
provides a simple way for transactional code to control transaction
execution and query transaction status. The concepts should be familiar,
as they are common to all transaction APIs:
public interface TransactionStatus extends SavepointManager { boolean isNewTransaction(); boolean hasSavepoint(); void setRollbackOnly(); boolean isRollbackOnly(); void flush(); boolean isCompleted(); }
Regardless of whether you opt for declarative or programmatic
transaction management in Spring, defining the correct
PlatformTransactionManager implementation
is absolutely essential. You typically define this implementation through
dependency injection.
PlatformTransactionManager
implementations normally require knowledge of the environment in which
they work: JDBC, JTA, Hibernate, and so on. The following examples show
how you can define a local
PlatformTransactionManager implementation.
(This example works with plain JDBC.)
You define a JDBC DataSource
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}" /> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}" /> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}" /> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}" /> </bean>
The related PlatformTransactionManager
bean definition will then have a reference to the
DataSource definition. It will look like this:
<bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean>
If you use JTA in a Java EE container then you use a container
DataSource, obtained through JNDI, in
conjunction with Spring's JtaTransactionManager.
This is what the JTA and JNDI lookup version would look like:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:jee="http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee/spring-jee-3.0.xsd"> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource" jndi-name="jdbc/jpetstore"/> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager" /> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
The JtaTransactionManager does not need to
know about the DataSource, or any other
specific resources, because it uses the container's global transaction
management infrastructure.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The above definition of the |
You can also use Hibernate local transactions easily, as shown in
the following examples. In this case, you need to define a Hibernate
LocalSessionFactoryBean, which your application
code will use to obtain Hibernate Session
instances.
The DataSource bean definition will
be similar to the local JDBC example shown previously and thus is not
shown in the following example.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If the |
The txManager bean in this case is of the
HibernateTransactionManager type. In the same way
as the DataSourceTransactionManager needs a
reference to the DataSource, the
HibernateTransactionManager needs a reference to
the SessionFactory.
<bean id="sessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource" /> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>org/springframework/samples/petclinic/hibernate/petclinic.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=${hibernate.dialect} </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory" /> </bean>
If you are using Hibernate and Java EE container-managed JTA
transactions, then you should simply use the same
JtaTransactionManager as in the previous JTA
example for JDBC.
<bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If you use JTA , then your transaction manager definition will look the same regardless of what data access technology you use, be it JDBC, Hibernate JPA or any other supported technology. This is due to the fact that JTA transactions are global transactions, which can enlist any transactional resource. |
In all these cases, application code does not need to change. You can change how transactions are managed merely by changing configuration, even if that change means moving from local to global transactions or vice versa.
It should now be clear how you create different transaction
managers, and how they are linked to related resources that need to be
synchronized to transactions (for example
DataSourceTransactionManager to a JDBC
DataSource,
HibernateTransactionManager to a Hibernate
SessionFactory, and so forth). This section
describes how the application code, directly or indirectly using a
persistence API such as JDBC, Hibernate, or JDO, ensures that these
resources are created, reused, and cleaned up properly. The section also
discusses how transaction synchronization is triggered (optionally)
through the relevant
PlatformTransactionManager.
The preferred approach is to use Spring's highest level template
based persistence integration APIs or to use native ORM APIs with
transaction- aware factory beans or proxies for managing the native
resource factories. These transaction-aware solutions internally handle
resource creation and reuse, cleanup, optional transaction
synchronization of the resources, and exception mapping. Thus user data
access code does not have to address these tasks, but can be focused
purely on non-boilerplate persistence logic. Generally, you use the
native ORM API or take a template approach for JDBC
access by using the JdbcTemplate. These solutions
are detailed in subsequent chapters of this reference documentation.
Classes such as DataSourceUtils (for JDBC),
EntityManagerFactoryUtils (for JPA),
SessionFactoryUtils (for Hibernate),
PersistenceManagerFactoryUtils (for JDO), and so
on exist at a lower level. When you want the application code to deal
directly with the resource types of the native persistence APIs, you use
these classes to ensure that proper Spring Framework-managed instances
are obtained, transactions are (optionally) synchronized, and exceptions
that occur in the process are properly mapped to a consistent
API.
For example, in the case of JDBC, instead of the traditional JDBC
approach of calling the getConnection() method on the
DataSource, you instead use Spring's
org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceUtils
class as follows:
Connection conn = DataSourceUtils.getConnection(dataSource);
If an existing transaction already has a connection synchronized
(linked) to it, that instance is returned. Otherwise, the method call
triggers the creation of a new connection, which is (optionally)
synchronized to any existing transaction, and made available for
subsequent reuse in that same transaction. As mentioned, any
SQLException is wrapped in a Spring
Framework
CannotGetJdbcConnectionException, one of
the Spring Framework's hierarchy of unchecked DataAccessExceptions. This
approach gives you more information than can be obtained easily from the
SQLException, and ensures portability
across databases, even across different persistence technologies.
This approach also works without Spring transaction management (transaction synchronization is optional), so you can use it whether or not you are using Spring for transaction management.
Of course, once you have used Spring's JDBC support, JPA support
or Hibernate support, you will generally prefer not to use
DataSourceUtils or the other helper classes,
because you will be much happier working through the Spring abstraction
than directly with the relevant APIs. For example, if you use the Spring
JdbcTemplate or jdbc.object
package to simplify your use of JDBC, correct connection retrieval
occurs behind the scenes and you won't need to write any special
code.
At the very lowest level exists the
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy class. This is a
proxy for a target DataSource, which
wraps the target DataSource to add
awareness of Spring-managed transactions. In this respect, it is similar
to a transactional JNDI DataSource as
provided by a Java EE server.
It should almost never be necessary or desirable to use this
class, except when existing code must be called and passed a standard
JDBC DataSource interface implementation.
In that case, it is possible that this code is usable, but participating
in Spring managed transactions. It is preferable to write your new code
by using the higher level abstractions mentioned above.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Most Spring Framework users choose declarative transaction management. This option has the least impact on application code, and hence is most consistent with the ideals of a non-invasive lightweight container. |
The Spring Framework's declarative transaction management is made possible with Spring aspect-oriented programming (AOP), although, as the transactional aspects code comes with the Spring Framework distribution and may be used in a boilerplate fashion, AOP concepts do not generally have to be understood to make effective use of this code.
The Spring Framework's declarative transaction management is similar
to EJB CMT in that you can specify transaction behavior (or lack of it)
down to individual method level. It is possible to make a
setRollbackOnly() call within a transaction
context if necessary. The differences between the two types of transaction
management are:
Unlike EJB CMT, which is tied to JTA, the Spring Framework's declarative transaction management works in any environment. It can work with JTA transactions or local transactions using JDBC, JPA, Hibernate or JDO by simply adjusting the configuration files.
You can apply the Spring Framework declarative transaction management to any class, not merely special classes such as EJBs.
The Spring Framework offers declarative rollback rules, a feature with no EJB equivalent. Both programmatic and declarative support for rollback rules is provided.
The Spring Framework enables you to customize transactional
behavior, by using AOP. For example, you can insert custom behavior in
the case of transaction rollback. You can also add arbitrary advice,
along with the transactional advice. With EJB CMT, you cannot influence
the container's transaction management except with
setRollbackOnly().
The Spring Framework does not support propagation of transaction contexts across remote calls, as do high-end application servers. If you need this feature, we recommend that you use EJB. However, consider carefully before using such a feature, because normally, one does not want transactions to span remote calls.
The concept of rollback rules is important: they enable you to
specify which exceptions (and throwables) should
cause automatic rollback. You specify this declaratively, in
configuration, not in Java code. So, although you can still call
setRollbackOnly()on the
TransactionStatus object to roll back the
current transaction back, most often you can specify a rule that
MyApplicationException must always result
in rollback. The significant advantage to this option is that business
objects do not depend on the transaction infrastructure. For example, they
typically do not need to import Spring transaction APIs or other Spring
APIs.
Although EJB container default behavior automatically rolls back the
transaction on a system exception (usually a runtime
exception), EJB CMT does not roll back the transaction automatically on an
application exception (that is, a checked exception
other than java.rmi.RemoteException). While
the Spring default behavior for declarative transaction management follows
EJB convention (roll back is automatic only on unchecked exceptions), it
is often useful to customize this behavior.
It is not sufficient to tell you simply to annotate your classes
with the @Transactional annotation, add
the line (<tx:annotation-driven/>) to your
configuration, and then expect you to understand how it all works. This
section explains the inner workings of the Spring Framework's
declarative transaction infrastructure in the event of
transaction-related issues.
The most important concepts to grasp with regard to the Spring
Framework's declarative transaction support are that this support is
enabled via AOP
proxies, and that the transactional advice is driven
by metadata (currently XML- or annotation-based).
The combination of AOP with transactional metadata yields an AOP proxy
that uses a TransactionInterceptor in conjunction
with an appropriate PlatformTransactionManager
implementation to drive transactions around method
invocations.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Spring AOP is covered in Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring. |
Conceptually, calling a method on a transactional proxy looks like this...

Consider the following interface, and its attendant
implementation. This example uses Foo and
Bar classes as placeholders so that you can
concentrate on the transaction usage without focusing on a particular
domain model. For the purposes of this example, the fact that the
DefaultFooService class throws
UnsupportedOperationException instances
in the body of each implemented method is good; it allows you to see
transactions created and then rolled back in response to the
UnsupportedOperationException instance.
// the service interface that we want to make transactional package x.y.service; public interface FooService { Foo getFoo(String fooName); Foo getFoo(String fooName, String barName); void insertFoo(Foo foo); void updateFoo(Foo foo); }
// an implementation of the above interface package x.y.service; public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String fooName) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public Foo getFoo(String fooName, String barName) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public void insertFoo(Foo foo) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public void updateFoo(Foo foo) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } }
Assume that the first two methods of the
FooService interface,
getFoo(String) and getFoo(String, String),
must execute in the context of a transaction with read-only
semantics, and that the other methods,insertFoo(Foo)
and updateFoo(Foo), must execute in the context of a
transaction with read-write semantics. The following configuration is
explained in detail in the next few paragraphs.
<!-- from the file 'context.xml' --> <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the service object that we want to make transactional --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- the transactional advice (what 'happens'; see the <aop:advisor/> bean below) --> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <!-- the transactional semantics... --> <tx:attributes> <!-- all methods starting with 'get' are read-only --> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <!-- other methods use the default transaction settings (see below) --> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- ensure that the above transactional advice runs for any execution of an operation defined by the FooService interface --> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="fooServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.FooService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="fooServiceOperation"/> </aop:config> <!-- don't forget the DataSource --> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:oracle:thin:@rj-t42:1521:elvis"/> <property name="username" value="scott"/> <property name="password" value="tiger"/> </bean> <!-- similarly, don't forget the PlatformTransactionManager --> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
Examine the preceding configuration. You want to make a service
object, the fooService bean, transactional. The
transaction semantics to apply are encapsulated in the
<tx:advice/> definition. The
<tx:advice/> definition reads as
“... all methods on starting with
'get' are to execute in the context of a read-only
transaction, and all other methods are to execute with the default
transaction semantics”. The
transaction-manager attribute of the
<tx:advice/> tag is set to the name of the
PlatformTransactionManager bean that is
going to drive the transactions, in this case, the
txManager bean.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
You can omit the |
The <aop:config/> definition ensures that
the transactional advice defined by the txAdvice bean
executes at the appropriate points in the program. First you define a
pointcut that matches the execution of any operation defined in the
FooService interface
(fooServiceOperation). Then you associate the
pointcut with the txAdvice using an advisor. The
result indicates that at the execution of a
fooServiceOperation, the advice defined by
txAdvice will be run.
The expression defined within the
<aop:pointcut/> element is an AspectJ pointcut
expression; see Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring for more details on pointcut
expressions in Spring 2.0.
A common requirement is to make an entire service layer transactional. The best way to do this is simply to change the pointcut expression to match any operation in your service layer. For example:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="fooServiceMethods" expression="execution(* x.y.service.*.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="fooServiceMethods"/> </aop:config>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In this example it is assumed that all your service
interfaces are defined in the |
Now that we've analyzed the configuration, you may be asking yourself, “Okay... but what does all this configuration actually do?”.
The above configuration will be used to create a transactional
proxy around the object that is created from the
fooService bean definition. The
proxy will be configured with the transactional advice, so that when an
appropriate method is invoked on the proxy, a
transaction is started, suspended, marked as read-only, and so on,
depending on the transaction configuration associated with that method.
Consider the following program that test drives the above
configuration:
public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("context.xml", Boot.class); FooService fooService = (FooService) ctx.getBean("fooService"); fooService.insertFoo (new Foo()); } }
The output from running the preceding program will resemble the following. (The Log4J output and the stack trace from the UnsupportedOperationException thrown by the insertFoo(..) method of the DefaultFooService class have been truncated for clarity.)
<!-- the Spring container is starting up... --> [AspectJInvocationContextExposingAdvisorAutoProxyCreator] - Creating implicit proxy for bean 'fooService' with 0 common interceptors and 1 specific interceptors <!-- the DefaultFooService is actually proxied --> [JdkDynamicAopProxy] - Creating JDK dynamic proxy for [x.y.service.DefaultFooService] <!-- ... the insertFoo(..) method is now being invoked on the proxy --> [TransactionInterceptor] - Getting transaction for x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo <!-- the transactional advice kicks in here... --> [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Creating new transaction with name [x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo] [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Acquired Connection [org.apache.commons.dbcp.PoolableConnection@a53de4] for JDBC transaction <!-- the insertFoo(..) method from DefaultFooService throws an exception... --> [RuleBasedTransactionAttribute] - Applying rules to determine whether transaction should rollback on java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException [TransactionInterceptor] - Invoking rollback for transaction on x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo due to throwable [java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException] <!-- and the transaction is rolled back (by default, RuntimeException instances cause rollback) --> [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Rolling back JDBC transaction on Connection [org.apache.commons.dbcp.PoolableConnection@a53de4] [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Releasing JDBC Connection after transaction [DataSourceUtils] - Returning JDBC Connection to DataSource Exception in thread "main" java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException at x.y.service.DefaultFooService.insertFoo(DefaultFooService.java:14) <!-- AOP infrastructure stack trace elements removed for clarity --> at $Proxy0.insertFoo(Unknown Source) at Boot.main(Boot.java:11)
The previous section outlined the basics of how to specify transactional settings for classes, typically service layer classes, declaratively in your application. This section describes how you can control the rollback of transactions in a simple declarative fashion.
The recommended way to indicate to the Spring Framework's
transaction infrastructure that a transaction's work is to be rolled
back is to throw an Exception from code
that is currently executing in the context of a transaction. The Spring
Framework's transaction infrastructure code will catch any unhandled
Exception as it bubbles up the call
stack, and make a determination whether to mark the transaction for
rollback.
In its default configuration, the Spring Framework's transaction
infrastructure code only marks a transaction for
rollback in the case of runtime, unchecked exceptions; that is, when the
thrown exception is an instance or subclass of
RuntimeException.
(Errors will also - by default - result
in a rollback). Checked exceptions that are thrown from a transactional
method do not result in rollback in the default
configuration.
You can configure exactly which
Exception types mark a transaction for
rollback, including checked exceptions. The following XML snippet
demonstrates how you configure rollback for a checked,
application-specific Exception
type.
<tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true" rollback-for="NoProductInStockException"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
You can also specify 'no rollback rules', if you do
not want a transaction rolled back when an
exception is thrown. The following example tells the Spring Framework's
transaction infrastructure to commit the attendant transaction even in
the face of an unhandled
InstrumentNotFoundException.
<tx:advice id="txAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="updateStock" no-rollback-for="InstrumentNotFoundException"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
When the Spring Framework's transaction infrastructure catches an
exception and is consults configured rollback rules to determine whether
to mark the transaction for rollback, the strongest
matching rule wins. So in the case of the following configuration, any
exception other than an
InstrumentNotFoundException results in a
rollback of the attendant transaction.
<tx:advice id="txAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" rollback-for="Throwable" no-rollback-for="InstrumentNotFoundException"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
You can also indicate a required rollback programmatically. Although very simple, this process is quite invasive, and tightly couples your code to the Spring Framework's transaction infrastructure:
public void resolvePosition() { try { // some business logic... } catch (NoProductInStockException ex) { // trigger rollback programmatically TransactionAspectSupport.currentTransactionStatus().setRollbackOnly(); } }
You are strongly encouraged to use the declarative approach to rollback if at all possible. Programmatic rollback is available should you absolutely need it, but its usage flies in the face of achieving a clean POJO-based architecture.
Consider the scenario where you have a number of service layer
objects, and you want to apply a totally different
transactional configuration to each of them. You do this by defining
distinct <aop:advisor/> elements with differing
pointcut and advice-ref attribute
values.
As a point of comparison, first assume that all of your service
layer classes are defined in a root x.y.service
package. To make all beans that are instances of classes defined in that
package (or in subpackages) and that have names ending in
Service have the default transactional configuration,
you would write the following:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="serviceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service..*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="serviceOperation" advice-ref="txAdvice"/> </aop:config> <!-- these two beans will be transactional... --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <bean id="barService" class="x.y.service.extras.SimpleBarService"/> <!-- ... and these two beans won't --> <bean id="anotherService" class="org.xyz.SomeService"/> <!-- (not in the right package) --> <bean id="barManager" class="x.y.service.SimpleBarManager"/> <!-- (doesn't end in 'Service') --> <tx:advice id="txAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other transaction infrastructure beans such as a PlatformTransactionManager omitted... --> </beans>
The following example shows how to configure two distinct beans with totally different transactional settings.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="defaultServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:pointcut id="noTxServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.ddl.DefaultDdlManager.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="defaultServiceOperation" advice-ref="defaultTxAdvice"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="noTxServiceOperation" advice-ref="noTxAdvice"/> </aop:config> <!-- this bean will be transactional (see the 'defaultServiceOperation' pointcut) --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this bean will also be transactional, but with totally different transactional settings --> <bean id="anotherFooService" class="x.y.service.ddl.DefaultDdlManager"/> <tx:advice id="defaultTxAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <tx:advice id="noTxAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="NEVER"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other transaction infrastructure beans such as a PlatformTransactionManager omitted... --> </beans>
This section summarizes the various transactional settings that
can be specified using the <tx:advice/> tag.
The default <tx:advice/> settings are:
Propagation setting is
REQUIRED.
Isolation level is DEFAULT.
Transaction is read/write.
Transaction timeout defaults to the default timeout of the underlying transaction system, or none if timeouts are not supported.
Any RuntimeException triggers
rollback, and any checked Exception
does not.
You can change these default settings; the various attributes of
the <tx:method/> tags that are nested within
<tx:advice/> and
<tx:attributes/> tags are summarized
below:
Table 11.1. <tx:method/> settings
| Attribute | Required? | Default | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
name | Yes | Method name(s) with which the transaction
attributes are to be associated. The wildcard (*) character
can be used to associate the same transaction attribute
settings with a number of methods; for example,
| |
propagation | No | REQUIRED | Transaction propagation behavior. |
isolation | No | DEFAULT | Transaction isolation level. |
timeout | No | -1 | Transaction timeout value (in seconds). |
read-only | No | false | Is this transaction read-only? |
rollback-for | No |
| |
no-rollback-for | No |
|
In addition to the XML-based declarative approach to transaction configuration, you can use an annotation-based approach. Declaring transaction semantics directly in the Java source code puts the declarations much closer to the affected code. There is not much danger of undue coupling, because code that is meant to be used transactionally is almost always deployed that way anyway.
The ease-of-use afforded by the use of the
@Transactional annotation is best
illustrated with an example, which is explained in the text that
follows. Consider the following class definition:
// the service class that we want to make transactional @Transactional public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { Foo getFoo(String fooName); Foo getFoo(String fooName, String barName); void insertFoo(Foo foo); void updateFoo(Foo foo); }
When the above POJO is defined as a bean in a Spring IoC container, the bean instance can be made transactional by adding merely one line of XML configuration:
<!-- from the file 'context.xml' --> <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the service object that we want to make transactional --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- enable the configuration of transactional behavior based on annotations --> <tx:annotation-driven transaction-manager="txManager"/> <!-- a PlatformTransactionManager is still required --> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <!-- (this dependency is defined somewhere else) --> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
You can omit the |
You can place the @Transactional
annotation before an interface definition, a method on an interface, a
class definition, or a public method on a class.
However, the mere presence of the
@Transactional annotation is not enough
to activate the transactional behavior. The
@Transactional annotation is simply
metadata that can be consumed by some runtime infrastructure that is
@Transactional-aware and that can use the
metadata to configure the appropriate beans with transactional behavior.
In the preceding example, the
<tx:annotation-driven/> element
switches on the transactional behavior.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Spring recommends that you only annotate concrete classes (and
methods of concrete classes) with the
|
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In proxy mode (which is the default), only external method calls
coming in through the proxy are intercepted. This means that
self-invocation, in effect, a method within the target object calling
another method of the target object, will not lead to an actual
transaction at runtime even if the invoked method is marked with
|
Consider the use of AspectJ mode (see mode attribute in table
below) if you expect self-invocations to be wrapped with transactions as
well. In
this case, there will not be a proxy in the first place; instead, the
target class will be weaved (that is, its byte code will be modified) in
order to turn @Transactional into runtime
behavior on any kind of method.
Table 11.2. <tx:annotation-driven/>
settings
| Attribute | Default | Description |
|---|---|---|
transaction-manager | transactionManager | Name of transaction manager to use. Only required
if the name of the transaction manager is not
|
mode | proxy | The default mode "proxy" processes annotated beans to be proxied using Spring's AOP framework (following proxy semantics, as discussed above, applying to method calls coming in through the proxy only). The alternative mode "aspectj" instead weaves the affected classes with Spring's AspectJ transaction aspect, modifying the target class byte code to apply to any kind of method call. AspectJ weaving requires spring-aspects.jar in the classpath as well as load-time weaving (or compile-time weaving) enabled. (See Section 8.8.4.5, “Spring configuration” for details on how to set up load-time weaving.) |
proxy-target-class | false | Applies to proxy mode only. Controls what type of
transactional proxies are created for classes annotated with
the |
order | Ordered.LOWEST_PRECEDENCE | Defines the order of the transaction advice that
is applied to beans annotated with
|
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
|
The most derived location takes precedence when evaluating the
transactional settings for a method. In
the case of the following example, the
DefaultFooService class is annotated at the class
level with the settings for a read-only transaction, but the
@Transactional annotation on the
updateFoo(Foo) method in the same class takes
precedence over the transactional settings defined at the class
level.
@Transactional(readOnly = true) public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String fooName) { // do something } // these settings have precedence for this method @Transactional(readOnly = false, propagation = Propagation.REQUIRES_NEW) public void updateFoo(Foo foo) { // do something } }
The @Transactional annotation is
metadata that specifies that an interface, class, or method must have
transactional semantics; for example, “start a brand
new read-only transaction when this method is invoked, suspending any
existing transaction”. The default
@Transactional settings are as
follows:
Propagation setting is
PROPAGATION_REQUIRED.
Isolation level is
ISOLATION_DEFAULT.
Transaction is read/write.
Transaction timeout defaults to the default timeout of the underlying transaction system, or to none if timeouts are not supported.
Any RuntimeException triggers
rollback, and any checked Exception
does not.
These default settings can be changed; the various properties of
the @Transactional annotation are
summarized in the following table:
Table 11.3. @Transactional
properties
| Property | Type | Description |
|---|---|---|
value | String | Optional qualifier specifying the transaction manager to be used. |
propagation | enum: Propagation | Optional propagation setting. |
isolation | enum: Isolation | Optional isolation level. |
readOnly | boolean | Read/write vs. read-only transaction |
timeout | int (in seconds granularity) | Transaction timeout. |
rollbackFor | Array of Class objects, which
must be derived from
Throwable. | Optional array of exception classes that must cause rollback. |
rollbackForClassname | Array of class names. Classes must be derived from
Throwable. | Optional array of names of exception classes that must cause rollback. |
noRollbackFor | Array of Class objects, which
must be derived from
Throwable. | Optional array of exception classes that must not cause rollback. |
noRollbackForClassname | Array of String class names,
which must be derived from
Throwable. | Optional array of names of exception classes that must not cause rollback. |
Currently you cannot have explicit control over the name of a
transaction, where 'name' means the transaction name that will be
shown in a transaction monitor, if applicable (for example, WebLogic's
transaction monitor), and in logging output. For declarative
transactions, the transaction name is always the fully-qualified class
name + "." + method
name of the transactionally-advised class. For example, if the
handlePayment(..) method of the
BusinessService class started a transaction,
the name of the transaction would be:
com.foo.BusinessService.handlePayment.
Most Spring applications only need a single transaction manager, but there may be situations
where you want multiple independent transaction managers in a single application.
The value attribute of the @Transactional annotation can
be used to optionally specify the identity of the PlatformTransactionManager
to be used. This can either be the bean name or the qualifier value of the transaction manager bean.
For example, using the qualifier notation, the following Java code
public class TransactionalService { @Transactional("order") public void setSomething(String name) { ... } @Transactional("account") public void doSomething() { ... } }
could be combined with the following transaction manager bean declarations in the application context.
<tx:annotation-driven/> <bean id="transactionManager1" class="org.springframework.jdbc.DataSourceTransactionManager"> ... <qualifier value="order"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionManager2" class="org.springframework.jdbc.DataSourceTransactionManager"> ... <qualifier value="account"/> </bean>
In this case, the two methods on TransactionalService will run under separate
transaction managers, differentiated by the "order" and "account" qualifiers.
The default <tx:annotation-driven> target bean name transactionManager will
still be used if no specifically qualified PlatformTransactionManager bean is found.
If you find you are repeatedly using the same attributes with @Transactional
on many different methods, then Spring's meta-annotation support allows you to define custom shortcut
annotations for your specific use cases. For example, defining the following annotations
@Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.TYPE})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Transactional("order")
public @interface OrderTx {
}
@Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.TYPE})
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME)
@Transactional("account")
public @interface AccountTx {
}
allows us to write the example from the previous section as
public class TransactionalService { @OrderTx public void setSomething(String name) { ... } @AccountTx public void doSomething() { ... } }
Here we have used the syntax to define the transaction manager qualifier, but could also have included propagation behavior, rollback rules, timeouts etc.
This section describes some semantics of transaction propagation in Spring. Please note that this section is not an introduction to transaction propagation proper; rather it details some of the semantics regarding transaction propagation in Spring.
In Spring-managed transactions, be aware of the difference between physical and logical transactions, and how the propagation setting applies to this difference.

PROPAGATION_REQUIRED
When the propagation setting is
PROPAGATION_REQUIRED, a
logical transaction scope is created for each
method upon which the setting is applied. Each such logical
transaction scope can determine rollback-only status individually,
with an outer transaction scope being logically independent from the
inner transaction scope. Of course, in case of standard
PROPAGATION_REQUIRED behavior, all these scopes
will be mapped to the same physical transaction. So a rollback-only
marker set in the inner transaction scope does affect the outer
transaction's chance to actually commit (as you would expect it
to).
However, in the case where an inner transaction scope sets the
rollback-only marker, the outer transaction has not decided on the
rollback itself, and so the rollback (silently triggered by the inner
transaction scope) is unexpected. A corresponding
UnexpectedRollbackException is thrown at that
point. This is expected behavior so that the
caller of a transaction can never be misled to assume that a commit
was performed when it really was not. So if an inner transaction (of
which the outer caller is not aware) silently marks a transaction as
rollback-only, the outer caller still calls commit. The outer caller
needs to receive an UnexpectedRollbackException
to indicate clearly that a rollback was performed instead.

PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW
PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW, in contrast to
PROPAGATION_REQUIRED, uses a
completely independent transaction for each
affected transaction scope. In that case, the underlying physical
transactions are different and hence can commit or roll back
independently, with an outer transaction not affected by an inner
transaction's rollback status.
PROPAGATION_NESTED uses a
single physical transaction with multiple
savepoints that it can roll back to. Such partial rollbacks allow an
inner transaction scope to trigger a rollback for its
scope, with the outer transaction being able to continue
the physical transaction despite some operations having been rolled
back. This setting is typically mapped onto JDBC savepoints, so will
only work with JDBC resource transactions. See Spring's
DataSourceTransactionManager.
Suppose you want to execute both
transactional and some basic profiling advice. How
do you effect this in the context of
<tx:annotation-driven/>?
When you invoke the updateFoo(Foo)
method, you want to see the following actions:
Configured profiling aspect starts up.
Transactional advice executes.
Method on the advised object executes.
Transaction commits.
Profiling aspect reports exact duration of the whole transactional method invocation.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
This chapter is not concerned with explaining AOP in any great detail (except as it applies to transactions). See Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring for detailed coverage of the following AOP configuration and AOP in general. |
Here is the code for a simple profiling aspect discussed above.
The
ordering of advice is controlled through the
Ordered interface. For full details on
advice ordering, see Section 8.2.4.7, “Advice ordering”.
package x.y; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; import org.springframework.util.StopWatch; import org.springframework.core.Ordered; public class SimpleProfiler implements Ordered { private int order; // allows us to control the ordering of advice public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } // this method is the around advice public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint call) throws Throwable { Object returnValue; StopWatch clock = new StopWatch(getClass().getName()); try { clock.start(call.toShortString()); returnValue = call.proceed(); } finally { clock.stop(); System.out.println(clock.prettyPrint()); } return returnValue; } }
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this is the aspect --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"> <!-- execute before the transactional advice (hence the lower order number) --> <property name="order" value="1"/> </bean> <tx:annotation-driven transaction-manager="txManager" order="200"/> <aop:config> <!-- this advice will execute around the transactional advice --> <aop:aspect id="profilingAspect" ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="serviceMethodWithReturnValue" expression="execution(!void x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:around method="profile" pointcut-ref="serviceMethodWithReturnValue"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:oracle:thin:@rj-t42:1521:elvis"/> <property name="username" value="scott"/> <property name="password" value="tiger"/> </bean> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> </beans>
The result of the above configuration is a
fooService bean that has profiling and transactional
aspects applied to it in the desired order. You
configure any number of additional aspects in similar fashion.
The following example effects the same setup as above, but uses the purely XML declarative approach.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- the profiling advice --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"> <!-- execute before the transactional advice (hence the lower order number) --> <property name="order" value="1"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="entryPointMethod" expression="execution(* x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <!-- will execute after the profiling advice (c.f. the order attribute) --> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="entryPointMethod" order="2"/> <!-- order value is higher than the profiling aspect --> <aop:aspect id="profilingAspect" ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="serviceMethodWithReturnValue" expression="execution(!void x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:around method="profile" pointcut-ref="serviceMethodWithReturnValue"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other <bean/> definitions such as a DataSource and a PlatformTransactionManager here --> </beans>
The result of the above configuration will be a
fooService bean that has profiling and transactional
aspects applied to it in that order. If you want
the profiling advice to execute after the
transactional advice on the way in, and before the
transactional advice on the way out, then you simply swap the value of
the profiling aspect bean's order property so that it
is higher than the transactional advice's order value.
You configure additional aspects in similar fashion.
It is also possible to use the Spring Framework's
@Transactional support outside of a
Spring container by means of an AspectJ aspect. To do so, you first
annotate your classes (and optionally your classes' methods) with the
@Transactional annotation, and then you
link (weave) your application with the
org.springframework.transaction.aspectj.AnnotationTransactionAspect
defined in the spring-aspects.jar file. The aspect must
also be configured with a transaction manager. You can of course use the
Spring Framework's IoC container to take care of dependency-injecting
the aspect. The simplest way to configure the transaction management
aspect is to use the <tx:annotation-driven/>
element and specify the mode attribute to
aspectj as described in Section 11.5.6, “Using @Transactional”. Because we're focusing
here on applications running outside of a Spring container, we'll show
you how to do it programmatically.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Prior to continuing, you may want to read Section 11.5.6, “Using @Transactional” and Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring respectively. |
// construct an appropriate transaction manager DataSourceTransactionManager txManager = new DataSourceTransactionManager(getDataSource()); // configure the AnnotationTransactionAspect to use it; this must be done before executing any transactional methods AnnotationTransactionAspect.aspectOf().setTransactionManager(txManager);
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
When using this aspect, you must annotate the implementation class (and/or methods within that class), not the interface (if any) that the class implements. AspectJ follows Java's rule that annotations on interfaces are not inherited. |
The @Transactional annotation on a
class specifies the default transaction semantics for the execution of
any method in the class.
The @Transactional annotation on a
method within the class overrides the default transaction semantics
given by the class annotation (if present). Any method may be annotated,
regardless of visibility.
To weave your applications with the
AnnotationTransactionAspect you must either build
your application with AspectJ (see the AspectJ
Development Guide) or use load-time weaving. See Section 8.8.4, “Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework” for a discussion of load-time weaving with
AspectJ.
The Spring Framework provides two means of programmatic transaction management:
Using the TransactionTemplate.
Using a
PlatformTransactionManager
implementation directly.
The Spring team generally recommends the
TransactionTemplate for programmatic transaction
management. The second approach is similar to using the JTA
UserTransaction API, although exception
handling is less cumbersome.
The TransactionTemplate adopts the same
approach as other Spring templates such as the
JdbcTemplate. It uses a callback approach, to
free application code from having to do the boilerplate acquisition and
release of transactional resources, and results in code that is
intention driven, in that the code that is written focuses solely on
what the developer wants to do.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
As you will see in the examples that follow, using the
|
Application code that must execute in a transactional context, and
that will use the TransactionTemplate explicitly,
looks like the following. You, as an application developer, write a
TransactionCallback implementation
(typically expressed as an anonymous inner class) that contains the code
that you need to execute in the context of a transaction. You then pass
an instance of your custom
TransactionCallback to the
execute(..) method exposed on the
TransactionTemplate.
public class SimpleService implements Service { // single TransactionTemplate shared amongst all methods in this instance private final TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; // use constructor-injection to supply the PlatformTransactionManager public SimpleService(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { Assert.notNull(transactionManager, "The 'transactionManager' argument must not be null."); this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); } public Object someServiceMethod() { return transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallback() { // the code in this method executes in a transactional context public Object doInTransaction(TransactionStatus status) { updateOperation1(); return resultOfUpdateOperation2(); } }); } }
If there is no return value, use the convenient
TransactionCallbackWithoutResult class with an
anonymous class as follows:
transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallbackWithoutResult() { protected void doInTransactionWithoutResult(TransactionStatus status) { updateOperation1(); updateOperation2(); } });
Code within the callback can roll the transaction back by calling
the setRollbackOnly() method on the supplied
TransactionStatus object:
transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallbackWithoutResult() { protected void doInTransactionWithoutResult(TransactionStatus status) { try { updateOperation1(); updateOperation2(); } catch (SomeBusinessExeption ex) { status.setRollbackOnly(); } } });
You can specify transaction settings such as the propagation
mode, the isolation level, the timeout, and so forth on the
TransactionTemplate either programmatically or
in configuration. TransactionTemplate instances
by default have the default
transactional settings. The following example shows the
programmatic customization of the transactional settings for a
specific TransactionTemplate:
public class SimpleService implements Service { private final TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; public SimpleService(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { Assert.notNull(transactionManager, "The 'transactionManager' argument must not be null."); this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); // the transaction settings can be set here explicitly if so desired this.transactionTemplate.setIsolationLevel(TransactionDefinition.ISOLATION_READ_UNCOMMITTED); this.transactionTemplate.setTimeout(30); // 30 seconds // and so forth... } }
The following example defines a
TransactionTemplate with some custom
transactional settings, using Spring XML configuration. The
sharedTransactionTemplate can then be injected into
as many services as are required.
<bean id="sharedTransactionTemplate" class="org.springframework.transaction.support.TransactionTemplate"> <property name="isolationLevelName" value="ISOLATION_READ_UNCOMMITTED"/> <property name="timeout" value="30"/> </bean>"
Finally, instances of the
TransactionTemplate class are threadsafe, in that
instances do not maintain any conversational state.
TransactionTemplate instances
do however maintain configuration state, so while a
number of classes may share a single instance of a
TransactionTemplate, if a class needs to use a
TransactionTemplate with different settings (for
example, a different isolation level), then you need to create two
distinct TransactionTemplate instances.
You can also use the
org.springframework.transaction.PlatformTransactionManager
directly to manage your transaction. Simply pass the implementation of
the PlatformTransactionManager you are
using to your bean through a bean reference. Then, using the
TransactionDefinition and
TransactionStatus objects you can
initiate transactions, roll back, and commit.
DefaultTransactionDefinition def = new DefaultTransactionDefinition(); // explicitly setting the transaction name is something that can only be done programmatically def.setName("SomeTxName"); def.setPropagationBehavior(TransactionDefinition.PROPAGATION_REQUIRED); TransactionStatus status = txManager.getTransaction(def); try { // execute your business logic here } catch (MyException ex) { txManager.rollback(status); throw ex; } txManager.commit(status);
Programmatic transaction management is usually a good idea only if
you have a small number of transactional operations. For example, if you
have a web application that require transactions only for certain update
operations, you may not want to set up transactional proxies using Spring
or any other technology. In this case, using the
TransactionTemplate may be a
good approach. Being able to set the transaction name explicitly is also
something that can only be done using the programmatic approach to
transaction management.
On the other hand, if your application has numerous transactional operations, declarative transaction management is usually worthwhile. It keeps transaction management out of business logic, and is not difficult to configure. When using the Spring Framework, rather than EJB CMT, the configuration cost of declarative transaction management is greatly reduced.
Spring's transaction abstraction generally is application server
agnostic. Additionally, Spring's
JtaTransactionManager class, which can optionally
perform a JNDI lookup for the JTA
UserTransaction and
TransactionManager objects, autodetects the
location for the latter object, which varies by application server. Having
access to the JTA TransactionManager allows
for enhanced transaction semantics, in particular supporting transaction
suspension. See the JtaTransactionManager Javadocs
for details.
Spring's JtaTransactionManager is the
standard choice to run on Java EE application servers, and is known to
work on all common servers. Advanced functionality such as transaction
suspension works on many servers as well -- including GlassFish, JBoss,
Geronimo, and Oracle OC4J -- without any special configuration required.
However, for fully supported transaction suspension and further advanced
integration, Spring ships special adapters for IBM WebSphere, BEA WebLogic
Server, and Oracle OC4J. These adapters are discussed in the following
sections.
For standard scenarios, including WebLogic Server,
WebSphere and OC4J, consider using the convenient
<tx:jta-transaction-manager/> configuration
element. When configured, this element automatically detects
the underlying server and chooses the best transaction manager available
for the platform. This means that you won't have to configure
server-specific adapter classes (as discussed in the following sections)
explicitly; rather, they are chosen automatically, with the standard
JtaTransactionManager as default fallback.
On WebSphere 6.1.0.9 and above, the recommended Spring JTA
transaction manager to use is
WebSphereUowTransactionManager. This special
adapter leverages IBM's UOWManager API,
which is available in WebSphere Application Server 6.0.2.19 and later
and 6.1.0.9 and later. With this adapter, Spring-driven transaction
suspension (suspend/resume as initiated by
PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW) is officially supported by
IBM!
On WebLogic Server 9.0 or above, you typically would use the
WebLogicJtaTransactionManager instead of the
stock JtaTransactionManager class. This special
WebLogic-specific subclass of the normal
JtaTransactionManager supports the full power of
Spring's transaction definitions in a WebLogic-managed transaction
environment, beyond standard JTA semantics: Features include transaction
names, per-transaction isolation levels, and proper resuming of
transactions in all cases.
Spring ships a special adapter class for OC4J 10.1.3 or later
called OC4JJtaTransactionManager. This class is
analogous to the WebLogicJtaTransactionManager
class discussed in the previous section, providing similar value-adds on
OC4J: transaction names and per-transaction isolation levels.
The full JTA functionality, including transaction suspension,
works fine with Spring's JtaTransactionManager on
OC4J as well. The special
OC4JJtaTransactionManager adapter simply provides
value-adds beyond standard JTA.
Use the correct
PlatformTransactionManager implementation
based on your choice of transactional technologies and requirements.
Used properly, the Spring Framework merely provides a straightforward
and portable abstraction. If you are using global transactions, you
must use the
org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager
class (or an application
server-specific subclass of it) for all your transactional
operations. Otherwise the transaction infrastructure attempts to perform
local transactions on resources such as container
DataSource instances. Such local
transactions do not make sense, and a good application server treats
them as errors.
For more information about the Spring Framework's transaction support:
Distributed transactions in Spring, with and without XA is a JavaWorld presentation in which SpringSource's David Syer guides you through seven patterns for distributed transactions in Spring applications, three of them with XA and four without.
Java Transaction Design Strategies is a book available from InfoQ that provides a well-paced introduction to transactions in Java. It also includes side-by-side examples of how to configure and use transactions with both the Spring Framework and EJB3.
The Data Access Object (DAO) support in Spring is aimed at making it easy to work with data access technologies like JDBC, Hibernate, JPA or JDO in a consistent way. This allows one to switch between the aforementioned persistence technologies fairly easily and it also allows one to code without worrying about catching exceptions that are specific to each technology.
Spring provides a convenient translation from technology-specific
exceptions like SQLException to its own exception
class hierarchy with the DataAccessException as the
root exception. These exceptions wrap the original exception so there is
never any risk that one might lose any information as to what might have
gone wrong.
In addition to JDBC exceptions, Spring can also wrap Hibernate-specific exceptions, converting them from proprietary, checked exceptions (in the case of versions of Hibernate prior to Hibernate 3.0), to a set of focused runtime exceptions (the same is true for JDO and JPA exceptions). This allows one to handle most persistence exceptions, which are non-recoverable, only in the appropriate layers, without having annoying boilerplate catch-and-throw blocks and exception declarations in one's DAOs. (One can still trap and handle exceptions anywhere one needs to though.) As mentioned above, JDBC exceptions (including database-specific dialects) are also converted to the same hierarchy, meaning that one can perform some operations with JDBC within a consistent programming model.
The above holds true for the various template classes in Springs
support for various ORM frameworks. If one uses the interceptor-based
classes then the application must care about handling
HibernateExceptions and
JDOExceptions itself, preferably via delegating to
SessionFactoryUtils'
convertHibernateAccessException(..) or
convertJdoAccessException() methods respectively.
These methods convert the exceptions to ones that are compatible with the
exceptions in the org.springframework.dao exception
hierarchy. As JDOExceptions are unchecked, they can
simply get thrown too, sacrificing generic DAO abstraction in terms of
exceptions though.
The exception hierarchy that Spring provides can be seen below.
(Please note that the class hierarchy detailed in the image shows only a
subset of the entire DataAccessException
hierarchy.)

The best way to guarantee that your Data Access Objects (DAOs) or
repositories provide exception translation is to use the
@Repository annotation. This annotation
also allows the component scanning support to find and configure your DAOs
and repositories without having to provide XML configuration entries for
them.
@Repository public class SomeMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { // ... }
Any DAO or repository implementation will need to access to a
persistence resource, depending on the persistence technology used; for
example, a JDBC-based repository will need access to a JDBC
DataSource; a JPA-based repository will need
access to an EntityManager. The easiest way
to accomplish this is to have this resource dependency injected using one of
the @Autowired,, @Inject,
@Resource or
@PersistenceContext annotations. Here is an
example for a JPA repository:
@Repository public class JpaMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { @PersistenceContext private EntityManager entityManager; // ... }
If you are using the classic Hibernate APIs than you can inject the SessionFactory:
@Repository public class HibernateMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { private SessionFactory sessionFactory; @Autowired public void setSessionFactory(SessionFactory sessionFactory) { this.sessionFactory = sessionFactory; } // ... }
Last example we will show here is for typical JDBC support. You
would have the DataSource injected into an
initialization method where you would create a
JdbcTemplate and other data access support classes
like SimpleJdbcCall etc using this
DataSource.
@Repository public class JdbcMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; @Autowired public void init(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Please see the specific coverage of each persistence technology for details on how to configure the application context to take advantage of these annotations. |
The value-add provided by the Spring Framework JDBC abstraction is perhaps best shown by the sequence of actions outlined in the table below. The table shows what actions Spring will take care of and which actions are the responsibility of you, the application developer.
Table 13.1. Spring JDBC - who does what?
| Action | Spring | You |
|---|---|---|
| Define connection parameters. | X | |
| Open the connection. | X | |
| Specify the SQL statement. | X | |
| Declare parameters and provide parameter values | X | |
| Prepare and execute the statement. | X | |
| Set up the loop to iterate through the results (if any). | X | |
| Do the work for each iteration. | X | |
| Process any exception. | X | |
| Handle transactions. | X | |
| Close the connection, statement and resultset. | X |
The Spring Framework takes care of all the low-level details that can make JDBC such a tedious API to develop with.
You can choose among several approaches to form the basis for your JDBC database access. In addition to three flavors of the JdbcTemplate, a new SimpleJdbcInsert and SimplejdbcCall approach optimizes database metadata, and the RDBMS Object style takes a more object-oriented approach similar to that of JDO Query design. Once you start using one of these approaches, you can still mix and match to include a feature from a different approach. All approaches require a JDBC 2.0-compliant driver, and some advanced features require a JDBC 3.0 driver.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Spring 3.0 updates all of the following approaches with Java 5 support such as generics and varargs. |
JdbcTemplate is the classic Spring JDBC approach and the most popular. This "lowest level" approach and all others use a JdbcTemplate under the covers, and all are updated with Java 5 support such as generics and varargs.
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate
wraps a JdbcTemplate to provide named parameters
instead of the traditional JDBC "?" placeholders. This approach
provides better documentation and ease of use when you have multiple
parameters for an SQL statement.
SimpleJdbcTemplate combines the most frequently used operations of JdbcTemplate and NamedParameterJdbcTemplate.
SimpleJdbcInsert and SimpleJdbcCall optimize database metadata to limit the amount of necessary configuration. This approach simplifies coding so that you only need to provide the name of the table or procedure and provide a map of parameters matching the column names. This only works if the database provides adequate metadata. If the database doesn't provide this metadata, you will have to provide explicit configuration of the parameters.
RDBMS Objects including MappingSqlQuery, SqlUpdate and StoredProcedure requires you to create reusable and thread-safe objects during initialization of your data access layer. This approach is modeled after JDO Query wherein you define your query string, declare parameters, and compile the query. Once you do that, execute methods can be called multiple times with various parameter values passed in.
The Spring Framework's JDBC abstraction framework consists of four
different packages, namely core,
datasource, object, and
support.
The org.springframework.jdbc.core package
contains the JdbcTemplate class and its various
callback interfaces, plus a variety of related classes. A subpackage
named org.springframework.jdbc.core.simple contains
the SimpleJdbcTemplate class and the related
SimpleJdbcInsert and
SimpleJdbcCall classes. Another subpackage named
org.springframework.jdbc.core.namedparam contains the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class and the related
support classes. See Section 13.2, “Using the JDBC core classes to control basic JDBC processing and
error handling”, Section 13.4, “JDBC batch operations”, and Section 13.5, “Simplifying JDBC operations with the SimpleJdbc classes”
The org.springframework.jdbc.datasource package
contains a utility class for easy
DataSource access, and various simple
DataSource implementations that can be
used for testing and running unmodified JDBC code outside of a Java EE
container. A subpackage named
org.springfamework.jdbc.datasource.embedded provides
support for creating in-memory database instances using Java database
engines such as HSQL and H2. See Section 13.3, “Controlling database connections” and
Section 13.8, “Embedded database support”
The org.springframework.jdbc.object package
contains classes that represent RDBMS queries, updates, and stored
procedures as thread safe, reusable objects. See Section 13.6, “Modeling JDBC operations as Java objects”.This approach is modeled by JDO, although of
course objects returned by queries are “disconnected” from
the database. This higher level of JDBC abstraction depends on the
lower-level abstraction in the
org.springframework.jdbc.core package.
The
org.springframework.jdbc.support package provides
SQLException translation functionality and some
utility classes. Exceptions thrown during JDBC processing are translated
to exceptions defined in the org.springframework.dao
package. This means that code using the Spring JDBC abstraction layer
does not need to implement JDBC or RDBMS-specific error handling. All
translated exceptions are unchecked, which gives you the option of
catching the exceptions from which you can recover while allowing other
exceptions to be propagated to the caller. See Section 13.2.4, “SQLExceptionTranslator”.
The JdbcTemplate class is the central class
in the JDBC core package. It handles the creation and release of
resources, which helps you avoid common errors such as forgetting to
close the connection. It performs the basic tasks of the core JDBC
workflow such as statement creation and execution, leaving application
code to provide SQL and extract results. The
JdbcTemplate class executes SQL queries, update
statements and stored procedure calls, performs iteration over
ResultSets and extraction of returned
parameter values.
It also catches JDBC exceptions and translates them to the generic, more
informative, exception hierarchy defined in the
org.springframework.dao package.
When you use the JdbcTemplate for your
code, you only need to implement callback interfaces, giving them a
clearly defined contract. The
PreparedStatementCreator callback
interface creates a prepared statement given a
Connection provided by this class,
providing SQL and any necessary parameters. The same is true for the
CallableStatementCreator interface, which
creates callable statements. The
RowCallbackHandler interface extracts
values from each row of a
ResultSet.
The JdbcTemplate can be used within a DAO
implementation through direct instantiation with a
DataSource reference, or be configured in
a Spring IoC container and given to DAOs as a bean reference.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
All SQL issued by this class is logged at the
DEBUG level under the category corresponding to the
fully qualified class name of the template instance (typically
JdbcTemplate, but it may be different if you are
using a custom subclass of the JdbcTemplate
class).
This section provides some examples of
JdbcTemplate class usage. These examples are
not an exhaustive list of all of the functionality exposed by the
JdbcTemplate; see the attendant Javadocs for
that.
Here is a simple query for getting the number of rows in a relation:
int rowCount = this.jdbcTemplate.queryForInt("select count(*) from t_actor");
A simple query using a bind variable:
int countOfActorsNamedJoe = this.jdbcTemplate.queryForInt( "select count(*) from t_actor where first_name = ?", "Joe");
Querying for a String:
String lastName = this.jdbcTemplate.queryForObject( "select last_name from t_actor where id = ?", new Object[]{1212L}, String.class);
Querying and populating a single domain object:
Actor actor = this.jdbcTemplate.queryForObject( "select first_name, last_name from t_actor where id = ?", new Object[]{1212L}, new RowMapper<Actor>() { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } });
Querying and populating a number of domain objects:
List<Actor> actors = this.jdbcTemplate.query( "select first_name, last_name from t_actor", new RowMapper<Actor>() { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } });
If the last two snippets of code actually existed in the same
application, it would make sense to remove the duplication present
in the two RowMapper anonymous inner
classes, and extract them out into a single class (typically a
static inner class) that can then be referenced
by DAO methods as needed. For example, it may be better to write the
last code snippet as follows:
public List<Actor> findAllActors() { return this.jdbcTemplate.query( "select first_name, last_name from t_actor", new ActorMapper()); } private static final class ActorMapper implements RowMapper<Actor> { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }
You use the update(..) method to
perform insert, update and delete operations. Parameter values are
usually provided as var args or alternatively as an object
array.
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "insert into t_actor (first_name, last_name) values (?, ?)", "Leonor", "Watling");
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "update t_actor set = ? where id = ?", "Banjo", 5276L);
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "delete from actor where id = ?", Long.valueOf(actorId));
You can use the execute(..) method to
execute any arbitrary SQL, and as such the method is often used for
DDL statements. It is heavily overloaded with variants taking
callback interfaces, binding variable arrays, and so on.
this.jdbcTemplate.execute("create table mytable (id integer, name varchar(100))");
The following example invokes a simple stored procedure. More sophisticated stored procedure support is covered later.
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "call SUPPORT.REFRESH_ACTORS_SUMMARY(?)", Long.valueOf(unionId));
Instances of the JdbcTemplate class are
threadsafe once configured. This is important
because it means that you can configure a single instance of a
JdbcTemplate and then safely inject this
shared reference into multiple DAOs (or
repositories). The JdbcTemplate is stateful, in
that it maintains a reference to a
DataSource, but this state is
not conversational state.
A common practice when using the
JdbcTemplate class (and the associated SimpleJdbcTemplate
and NamedParameterJdbcTemplate
classes) is to configure a DataSource
in your Spring configuration file, and then dependency-inject that
shared DataSource bean into your DAO
classes; the JdbcTemplate is created in the
setter for the DataSource. This leads
to DAOs that look in part like the following:
public class JdbcCorporateEventDao implements CorporateEventDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // JDBC-backed implementations of the methods on the CorporateEventDao follow... }
The corresponding configuration might look like this.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="corporateEventDao" class="com.example.JdbcCorporateEventDao"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/> </beans>
An alternative to explicit configuration is to use
component-scanning and annotation support for dependency injection. In
this case you annotate the class with
@Repository (which makes it a candidate
for component-scanning) and annotate the
DataSource setter method with
@Autowired.
@Repository public class JdbcCorporateEventDao implements CorporateEventDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; @Autowired public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // JDBC-backed implementations of the methods on the CorporateEventDao follow... }
The corresponding XML configuration file would look like the following:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <!-- Scans within the base package of the application for @Components to configure as beans --> <context:component-scan base-package="org.springframework.docs.test" /> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/> </beans>
If you are using Spring's
JdbcDaoSupport class, and your various
JDBC-backed DAO classes extend from it, then your sub-class inherits a
setDataSource(..) method from the
JdbcDaoSupport class. You
can choose whether to inherit from this class. The
JdbcDaoSupport class is provided as a
convenience only.
Regardless of which of the above template initialization styles
you choose to use (or not), it is seldom necessary to create a new
instance of a JdbcTemplate class each time you
want to execute SQL. Once configured, a
JdbcTemplate instance is threadsafe. You may
want multiple JdbcTemplate instances if your
application accesses multiple databases, which requires multiple
DataSources, and subsequently multiple
differently configured JdbcTemplates.
The NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class adds
support for programming JDBC statements using named parameters, as
opposed to programming JDBC statements using only classic placeholder
('?') arguments. The
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class wraps a
JdbcTemplate, and delegates to the wrapped
JdbcTemplate to do much of its work. This section
describes only those areas of the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class that differ from
the JdbcTemplate itself; namely, programming JDBC
statements using named parameters.
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActorsByFirstName(String firstName) { String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :first_name"; SqlParameterSource namedParameters = new MapSqlParameterSource("first_name", firstName); return namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
Notice the use of the named parameter notation in the value
assigned to the sql variable, and the corresponding
value that is plugged into the namedParameters
variable (of type MapSqlParameterSource).
Alternatively, you can pass along named parameters and their
corresponding values to a
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate instance by using the
Map-based style.The
remaining methods exposed by the
NamedParameterJdbcOperations and
implemented by the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate
class follow a similar pattern and are not covered here.
The following example shows the use of the
Map-based style.
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActorsByFirstName(String firstName) { String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :first_name"; Map namedParameters = Collections.singletonMap("first_name", firstName); return this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
One nice feature related to the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate (and existing in the
same Java package) is the SqlParameterSource
interface. You have already seen an example of an implementation of this
interface in one of the previous code snippet (the
MapSqlParameterSource class). An
is a source of
named parameter values to a
SqlParameterSourceNamedParameterJdbcTemplate. The
MapSqlParameterSource class is a very simple
implementation that is simply an adapter around a
java.util.Map, where the keys are the
parameter names and the values are the parameter values.
Another SqlParameterSource
implementation is the
BeanPropertySqlParameterSource class. This class
wraps an arbitrary JavaBean (that is, an instance of a class that
adheres to the JavaBean
conventions), and uses the properties of the wrapped JavaBean as
the source of named parameter values.
public class Actor { private Long id; private String firstName; private String lastName; public String getFirstName() { return this.firstName; } public String getLastName() { return this.lastName; } public Long getId() { return this.id; } // setters omitted... }
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActors(Actor exampleActor) { // notice how the named parameters match the properties of the above 'Actor' class String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :firstName and last_name = :lastName"; SqlParameterSource namedParameters = new BeanPropertySqlParameterSource(exampleActor); return this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
Remember that the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class
wraps a classic JdbcTemplate
template; if you need access to the wrapped
JdbcTemplate instance to access functionality
only present in the JdbcTemplate class, you can
use the getJdbcOperations() method to access
the wrapped JdbcTemplate through the
JdbcOperations interface.
See also Section 13.2.1.2, “JdbcTemplate best practices” for
guidelines on using the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class in the context
of an application.
The SimpleJdbcTemplate class wraps the
classic JdbcTemplate and leverages Java 5
language features such as varargs and autoboxing.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
In Spring 3.0, the original |
The value-add of the SimpleJdbcTemplate
class in the area of syntactic-sugar is best illustrated with a
before-and-after example. The next code snippet shows data access code
that uses the classic JdbcTemplate, followed by a
code snippet that does the same job with the
SimpleJdbcTemplate.
// classic JdbcTemplate-style... private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public Actor findActor(String specialty, int age) { String sql = "select id, first_name, last_name from T_ACTOR" + " where specialty = ? and age = ?"; RowMapper<Actor> mapper = new RowMapper<Actor>() { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(rs.getLong("id")); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }; // notice the wrapping up of the argumenta in an array return (Actor) jdbcTemplate.queryForObject(sql, new Object[] {specialty, age}, mapper); }
Here is the same method, with the
SimpleJdbcTemplate.
// SimpleJdbcTemplate-style... private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public Actor findActor(String specialty, int age) { String sql = "select id, first_name, last_name from T_ACTOR" + " where specialty = ? and age = ?"; RowMapper<Actor> mapper = new RowMapper<Actor>() { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(rs.getLong("id")); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }; // notice the use of varargs since the parameter values now come // after the RowMapper parameter return this.simpleJdbcTemplate.queryForObject(sql, mapper, specialty, age); }
See Section 13.2.1.2, “JdbcTemplate best practices” for guidelines on
how to use the SimpleJdbcTemplate class in the
context of an application.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
SQLExceptionTranslator is an
interface to be implemented by classes that can translate between
SQLExceptions and Spring's own
org.springframework.dao.DataAccessException,
which is agnostic in regard to data access strategy. Implementations can
be generic (for example, using SQLState codes for JDBC) or proprietary
(for example, using Oracle error codes) for greater precision.
SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator is the
implementation of SQLExceptionTranslator
that is used by default. This implementation uses specific vendor codes.
It is more precise than the SQLState implementation.
The error code translations are based on codes held in a JavaBean type
class called SQLErrorCodes. This class is created
and populated by an SQLErrorCodesFactory which as
the name suggests is a factory for creating
SQLErrorCodes based on the contents of a
configuration file named sql-error-codes.xml. This file is
populated with vendor codes and based on the
DatabaseProductName taken from the
DatabaseMetaData. The codes for the acual
database you are using are used.
The SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator
applies matching rules in the following sequence:
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
Any custom translation implemented by a subclass. Normally
the provided concrete
SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator is used
so this rule does not apply. It only applies if you have actually
provided a subclass implementation.
Any custom implementation of the
SQLExceptionTranslator interface that is
provided as the
customSqlExceptionTranslator property of
the SQLErrorCodes class.
The list of instances of the
CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslation class,
provided for the customTranslations
property of the SQLErrorCodes class, are
searched for a match.
Error code matching is applied.
Use the fallback translator.
SQLExceptionSubclassTranslator is the
default fallback translator. If this translation is not available
then the next fallback translator is the
SQLStateSQLExceptionTranslator.
You can extend
SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator:
public class CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator extends SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator { protected DataAccessException customTranslate(String task, String sql, SQLException sqlex) { if (sqlex.getErrorCode() == -12345) { return new DeadlockLoserDataAccessException(task, sqlex); } return null; } }
In this example, the specific error code -12345
is translated and other errors are left to be translated by the default
translator implementation. To use this custom translator, it is
necessary to pass it to the JdbcTemplate through
the method setExceptionTranslator and to use this
JdbcTemplate for all of the data access
processing where this translator is needed. Here is an example of how
this custom translator can be used:
private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemoplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { // create a JdbcTemplate and set data source this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(); this.jdbcTemplate.setDataSource(dataSource); // create a custom translator and set the DataSource for the default translation lookup CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator tr = new CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator(); tr.setDataSource(dataSource); this.jdbcTemplate.setExceptionTranslator(tr); } public void updateShippingCharge(long orderId, long pct) { // use the prepared JdbcTemplate for this update this.jdbcTemplate.update( "update orders" + " set shipping_charge = shipping_charge * ? / 100" + " where id = ?" pct, orderId); }
The custom translator is passed a data source in order to look up
the error codes in sql-error-codes.xml.
Executing an SQL statement requires very little code. You need a
DataSource and a
JdbcTemplate, including the convenience
methods
that are provided with the JdbcTemplate. The
following example shows what you need to include for a minimal but fully
functional class that creates a new table:
import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.JdbcTemplate; public class ExecuteAStatement { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public void doExecute() { this.jdbcTemplate.execute("create table mytable (id integer, name varchar(100))"); } }
Some query methods return a single value. To retrieve a count or a
specific value from one row, use
queryForInt(..),
queryForLong(..) or
queryForObject(..). The latter converts the
returned JDBC Type to the Java class that is
passed in as an argument. If the type conversion is invalid, then an
InvalidDataAccessApiUsageException is
thrown. Here is an example that contains two query methods, one for an
int and one that queries for a
String.
import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.JdbcTemplate; public class RunAQuery { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int getCount() { return this.jdbcTemplate.queryForInt("select count(*) from mytable"); } public String getName() { return (String) this.jdbcTemplate.queryForObject("select name from mytable", String.class); } public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.dataSource = dataSource; } }
In addition to the single result query methods, several methods
return a list with an entry for each row that the query returned. The
most generic method is queryForList(..) which
returns a List where each entry is a
Map with each entry in the map
representing the column value for that row. If you add a method to the
above example to retrieve a list of all the rows, it would look like
this:
private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public List<Map<String, Object>> getList() { return this.jdbcTemplate.queryForList("select * from mytable"); }
The list returned would look something like this:
[{name=Bob, id=1}, {name=Mary, id=2}]The following example shows a column updated for a certain primary key. In this example, an SQL statement has placeholders for row parameters. The parameter values can be passed in as varargs or alternatively as an array of objects. Thus primitives should be wrapped in the primitive wrapper classes explicitly or using auto-boxing.
import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.JdbcTemplate; public class ExecuteAnUpdate { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public void setName(int id, String name) { this.jdbcTemplate.update( "update mytable set name = ? where id = ?", name, id); } }
An update() convenience method
supports the retrieval of primary keys generated
by the database. This support is part of the JDBC 3.0 standard; see
Chapter 13.6 of the specification for details. The method takes a
PreparedStatementCreator as its first argument,
and this is the way the required insert statement is specified. The
other argument is a KeyHolder, which contains the
generated key on successful return from the update. There is not a
standard single way to create an appropriate
PreparedStatement (which explains why the method
signature is the way it is). The following example works on Oracle but
may not work on other platforms:
final String INSERT_SQL = "insert into my_test (name) values(?)"; final String name = "Rob"; KeyHolder keyHolder = new GeneratedKeyHolder(); jdbcTemplate.update( new PreparedStatementCreator() { public PreparedStatement createPreparedStatement(Connection connection) throws SQLException { PreparedStatement ps = connection.prepareStatement(INSERT_SQL, new String[] {"id"}); ps.setString(1, name); return ps; } }, keyHolder); // keyHolder.getKey() now contains the generated key
Spring obtains a connection to the database through a
DataSource. A
DataSource is part of the JDBC
specification and is a generalized connection factory. It allows a
container or a framework to hide connection pooling and transaction
management issues from the application code. As a developer, you need
not know details about how to connect to the database; that is the
responsibility of the administrator that sets up the datasource. You
most likely fill both roles as you develop and test code, but you do not
necessarily have to know how the production data source is
configured.
When using Spring's JDBC layer, you obtain a data source from JNDI or you configure your own with a connection pool implementation provided by a third party. Popular implementations are Apache Jakarta Commons DBCP and C3P0. Implementations in the Spring distribution are meant only for testing purposes and do not provide pooling.
This section uses Spring's
DriverManagerDataSource implementation, and
several additional implementations are covered later.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Only use the |
You obtain a connection with
DriverManagerDataSource as you typically obtain a
JDBC connection. Specify the fully qualified classname of the JDBC
driver so that the DriverManager can load the
driver class. Next, provide a URL that varies between JDBC drivers.
(Consult the documentation for your driver for the correct value.) Then
provide a username and a password to connect to the database. Here is an
example of how to configure a
DriverManagerDataSource in Java code:
DriverManagerDataSource dataSource = new DriverManagerDataSource(); dataSource.setDriverClassName("org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver"); dataSource.setUrl("jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost:"); dataSource.setUsername("sa"); dataSource.setPassword("");
Here is the corresponding XML configuration:
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DriverManagerDataSource"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/>
The following examples show the basic connectivity and configuration for DBCP and C3P0. To learn about more options that help control the pooling features, see the product documentation for the respective connection pooling implementations.
DBCP configuration:
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/>
C3P0 configuration:
<bean id="dataSource" class="com.mchange.v2.c3p0.ComboPooledDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClass" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="jdbcUrl" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="user" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/>
The DataSourceUtils class is a convenient
and powerful helper class that provides static
methods to obtain connections from JNDI and close connections if
necessary. It supports thread-bound connections with, for example,
DataSourceTransactionManager.
The SmartDataSource interface
should be implemented by classes that can provide a connection to a
relational database. It extends the
DataSource interface to allow classes
using it to query whether the connection should be closed after a given
operation. This usage is efficient when you know that you will reuse a
connection.
is an
AbstractDataSource base class for
Spring's abstractDataSource implementations that
implements code that is common to all DataSource
implementations.
You extend the AbstractDataSource class if you
are writing your own DataSource
implementation.
The SingleConnectionDataSource class is an
implementation of the SmartDataSource
interface that wraps a single
Connection that is
not closed after each use. Obviously, this is not
multi-threading capable.
If any client code calls close in the
assumption of a pooled connection, as when using persistence tools, set
the suppressClose property to
true. This
setting returns a close-suppressing proxy wrapping the physical
connection. Be aware that you will not be able to cast this
to a native Oracle Connection or the like
anymore.
This is primarily a test class. For example, it enables easy
testing of code outside an application server, in conjunction with a
simple JNDI environment. In contrast to
DriverManagerDataSource, it reuses the same
connection all the time, avoiding excessive creation of physical
connections.
The DriverManagerDataSource class is an
implementation of the standard DataSource
interface that configures a plain JDBC driver through bean properties,
and returns a new Connection every
time.
This implementation is useful for test and stand-alone
environments outside of a Java EE container, either as a
DataSource bean in a Spring IoC
container, or in conjunction with a simple JNDI environment.
Pool-assuming Connection.close() calls will simply
close the connection, so any
DataSource-aware persistence code should
work. However, using JavaBean-style connection pools such as
commons-dbcp is so easy, even in a test environment, that
it is almost always preferable to use such a connection pool over
DriverManagerDataSource.
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy is a proxy
for a target DataSource, which wraps that
target DataSource to add awareness of
Spring-managed transactions. In this respect, it is similar to a
transactional JNDI DataSource as provided
by a Java EE server.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
It is rarely desirable to use this class, except when already
existing code that must be called and passed a standard JDBC
|
(See the
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy Javadocs for more
details.)
The DataSourceTransactionManager class is a
PlatformTransactionManager implementation
for single JDBC datasources. It binds a JDBC connection from the
specified data source to the currently executing thread, potentially
allowing for one thread connection per data source.
Application code is required to
retrieve the JDBC connection through
DataSourceUtils.getConnection(DataSource) instead of
Java EE's standard DataSource.getConnection. It
throws unchecked org.springframework.dao exceptions
instead of checked SQLExceptions. All
framework classes like JdbcTemplate use this
strategy implicitly. If not used with this transaction manager, the
lookup strategy behaves exactly like the common one - it can thus be
used in any case.
The DataSourceTransactionManager class
supports custom isolation levels, and timeouts that get applied as
appropriate JDBC statement query timeouts. To support the latter,
application code must either use JdbcTemplate or
call the DataSourceUtils.applyTransactionTimeout(..)
method for each created statement.
This implementation can be used instead of
JtaTransactionManager in the single resource
case, as it does not require the container to support JTA. Switching
between both is just a matter of configuration, if you stick to the
required connection lookup pattern. JTA does not support custom
isolation levels!
Sometimes you need to access vendor specific JDBC methods that
differ from the standard JDBC API. This can be problematic if you are
running in an application server or with a
DataSource that wraps the
Connection, Statement and
ResultSet objects with its own wrapper objects.
To gain access to the native objects you can configure your
JdbcTemplate or
OracleLobHandler with a
NativeJdbcExtractor.
The NativeJdbcExtractor comes in a variety of flavors
to match your execution environment:
SimpleNativeJdbcExtractor
C3P0NativeJdbcExtractor
CommonsDbcpNativeJdbcExtractor
JBossNativeJdbcExtractor
WebLogicNativeJdbcExtractor
WebSphereNativeJdbcExtractor
XAPoolNativeJdbcExtractor
Usually the SimpleNativeJdbcExtractor is
sufficient for unwrapping a Connection object in
most environments. See the Javadocs for more details.
Most JDBC drivers provide improved performance if you batch multiple
calls to the same prepared statement. By grouping updates into batches you
limit the number of round trips to the database. This section covers batch
processing using both the JdbcTemplate and the
SimpleJdbcTemplate.
You accomplish JdbcTemplate batch
processing by implementing two methods of a special interface,
BatchPreparedStatementSetter, and passing that in
as the second parameter in your batchUpdate
method call. Use the getBatchSize method to
provide the size of the current batch. Use the
setValues method to set the values for the
parameters of the prepared statement. This method will be called the
number of times that you specified in the
getBatchSize call. The following example updates
the actor table based on entries in a list. The entire list is used as
the batch in this example:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int[] batchUpdate(final List<Actor> actors) { int[] updateCounts = jdbcTemplate.batchUpdate( "update t_actor set first_name = ?, last_name = ? where id = ?", new BatchPreparedStatementSetter() { public void setValues(PreparedStatement ps, int i) throws SQLException { ps.setString(1, actors.get(i).getFirstName()); ps.setString(2, actors.get(i).getLastName()); ps.setLong(3, actors.get(i).getId().longValue()); } public int getBatchSize() { return actors.size(); } } ); return updateCounts; } // ... additional methods }
If you are processing a stream of updates or reading from a
file, then you might have a preferred batch size, but the last batch
might not have that number of entries. In this case you can use the
InterruptibleBatchPreparedStatementSetter
interface, which allows you to interrupt a batch once the input source
is exhausted. The isBatchExhausted method allows
you to signal the end of the batch.
Both the JdbcTemplate and the
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate provides an alternate
way of providing the batch update. Instead of implementing a special
batch interface, you provide all parameter values in the call as a list.
The framework loops over these values and uses an internal prepared
statement setter. The API varies depending on whether you use named
parameters. For the named parameters you provide an array of
SqlParameterSource, one entry for each member of
the batch. You can use the
SqlParameterSource.createBatch method to create
this array, passing in either an array of JavaBeans or an array of Maps
containing the parameter values.
This example shows a batch update using named parameters:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private NamedParameterTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int[] batchUpdate(final List<Actor> actors) { SqlParameterSource[] batch = SqlParameterSourceUtils.createBatch(actors.toArray()); int[] updateCounts = namedParameterJdbcTemplate.batchUpdate( "update t_actor set first_name = :firstName, last_name = :lastName where id = :id", batch); return updateCounts; } // ... additional methods }
For an SQL statement using the classic "?" placeholders, you pass in a list containing an object array with the update values. This object array must have one entry for each placeholder in the SQL statement, and they must be in the same order as they are defined in the SQL statement.
The same example using classic JDBC "?" placeholders:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int[] batchUpdate(final List<Actor> actors) { List<Object[]> batch = new ArrayList<Object[]>(); for (Actor actor : actors) { Object[] values = new Object[] { actor.getFirstName(), actor.getLastName(), actor.getId()}; batch.add(values); } int[] updateCounts = jdbcTemplate.batchUpdate( "update t_actor set first_name = ?, last_name = ? where id = ?", batch); return updateCounts; } // ... additional methods }
All of the above batch update methods return an int array containing the number of affected rows for each batch entry. This count is reported by the JDBC driver. If the count is not available, the JDBC driver returns a -2 value.
The last example of a batch update deals with batches that are so
large that you want to break them up into several smaller batches. You
can of course do this with the methods mentioned above by making
multiple calls to the batchUpdate method, but
there is now a more convenient method. This method takes, in addition to
the SQL statement, a Collection of objects containing the parameters,
the number of updates to make for each batch and a
ParameterizedPreparedStatementSetter to set the
values for the parameters of the prepared statement. The framework loops
over the provided values and breaks the update calls into batches of the
size specified.
This example shows a batch update using a batch size of 100:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int[][] batchUpdate(final Collection<Actor> actors) { Collection<Object[]> batch = new ArrayList<Object[]>(); for (Actor actor : actors) { Object[] values = new Object[] { actor.getFirstName(), actor.getLastName(), actor.getId()}; batch.add(values); } int[][] updateCounts = jdbcTemplate.batchUpdate( "update t_actor set first_name = ?, last_name = ? where id = ?", actors, 100, new ParameterizedPreparedStatementSetter<Actor>() { public void setValues(PreparedStatement ps, Actor argument) throws SQLException { ps.setString(1, argument.getFirstName()); ps.setString(2, argument.getLastName()); ps.setLong(3, argument.getId().longValue()); } } ); return updateCounts; } // ... additional methods }
The batch update methods for this call returns an array of int arrays containing an array entry for each batch with an array of the number of affected rows for each update. The top level array's length indicates the number of batches executed and the second level array's length indicates the number of updates in that batch. The number of updates in each batch should be the the batch size provided for all batches except for the last one that might be less, depending on the total number of updat objects provided. The update count for each update stament is the one reported by the JDBC driver. If the count is not available, the JDBC driver returns a -2 value.
The SimpleJdbcInsert and
SimpleJdbcCall classes provide a simplified
configuration by taking advantage of database metadata that can be
retrieved through the JDBC driver. This means there is less to configure
up front, although you can override or turn off the metadata processing if
you prefer to provide all the details in your code.
Let's start by looking at the
SimpleJdbcInsert class with the minimal amount of
configuration options. You should instantiate the
SimpleJdbcInsert in the data access layer's
initialization method. For this example, the initializing method is the
setDataSource method. You do not need to subclass
the SimpleJdbcInsert class; simply create a new
instance and set the table name using the
withTableName method. Configuration methods for
this class follow the "fluid" style that returns the instance of the
SimpleJdbcInsert, which allows you to chain all
configuration methods. This example uses only one configuration method;
you will see examples of multiple ones later.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource).withTableName("t_actor"); } public void add(Actor actor) { Map<String, Object> parameters = new HashMap<String, Object>(3); parameters.put("id", actor.getId()); parameters.put("first_name", actor.getFirstName()); parameters.put("last_name", actor.getLastName()); insertActor.execute(parameters); } // ... additional methods }
The execute method used here takes a plain
java.utils.Map as its only parameter. The
important thing to note here is that the keys used for the Map must
match the column names of the table as defined in the database. This is
because we read the metadata in order to construct the actual insert
statement.
This example uses the same insert as the preceding, but instead of
passing in the id it retrieves the auto-generated key and sets it on the
new Actor object. When you create the
SimpleJdbcInsert, in addition to specifying the
table name, you specify the name of the generated key column with the
usingGeneratedKeyColumns method.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { Map<String, Object> parameters = new HashMap<String, Object>(2); parameters.put("first_name", actor.getFirstName()); parameters.put("last_name", actor.getLastName()); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // ... additional methods }
The main difference when executing the insert by this second
approach is that you do not add the id to the Map and you call the
executeReturningKey method. This returns a
java.lang.Number object with which you can create an
instance of the numerical type that is used in our domain class.You
cannot rely on all databases to return a specific Java class here;
java.lang.Number is the base class that you can rely
on. If you have multiple auto-generated columns, or the generated values
are non-numeric, then you can use a KeyHolder that is
returned from the executeReturningKeyHolder
method.
You can limit the columns for an insert by specifying a list of
column names with the usingColumns method:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingColumns("first_name", "last_name") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { Map<String, Object> parameters = new HashMap<String, Object>(2); parameters.put("first_name", actor.getFirstName()); parameters.put("last_name", actor.getLastName()); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // ... additional methods }
The execution of the insert is the same as if you had relied on the metadata to determine which columns to use.
Using a Map to provide parameter values
works fine, but it's not the most convenient class to use. Spring
provides a couple of implementations of the
SqlParameterSource interface that can be used
instead.The
first one is BeanPropertySqlParameterSource,
which is a very convenient class if you have a JavaBean-compliant class
that contains your values. It will use the corresponding getter method
to extract the parameter values. Here is an example:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { SqlParameterSource parameters = new BeanPropertySqlParameterSource(actor); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // ... additional methods }
Another option is the
MapSqlParameterSource that resembles a Map but
provides a more convenient addValue method that
can be chained.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { SqlParameterSource parameters = new MapSqlParameterSource() .addValue("first_name", actor.getFirstName()) .addValue("last_name", actor.getLastName()); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // ... additional methods }
As you can see, the configuration is the same; only the executing code has to change to use these alternative input classes.
The SimpleJdbcCall class leverages metadata
in the database to look up names of in and out
parameters, so that you do not have to declare them explicitly. You can
declare parameters if you prefer to do that, or if you have parameters
such as ARRAY or STRUCT that do not have an
automatic mapping to a Java class. The first example shows a simple
procedure that returns only scalar values in VARCHAR and
DATE format from a MySQL database. The example procedure
reads a specified actor entry and returns first_name,
last_name, and birth_date columns in the form
of out parameters.
CREATE PROCEDURE read_actor ( IN in_id INTEGER, OUT out_first_name VARCHAR(100), OUT out_last_name VARCHAR(100), OUT out_birth_date DATE) BEGIN SELECT first_name, last_name, birth_date INTO out_first_name, out_last_name, out_birth_date FROM t_actor where id = in_id; END;
The in_id parameter contains the
id of the actor you are looking up. The out
parameters return the data read from the table.
The SimpleJdbcCall is declared in a similar
manner to the SimpleJdbcInsert. You should
instantiate and configure the class in the initialization method of your
data access layer. Compared to the StoredProcedure class, you don't have
to create a subclass and you don't have to declare parameters that can
be looked up in the database metadata. Following
is an example of a SimpleJdbcCall configuration using the above stored
procedure. The only configuration option, in addition to the
DataSource, is the name of the stored
procedure.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcCall procReadActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.procReadActor = new SimpleJdbcCall(dataSource) .withProcedureName("read_actor"); } public Actor readActor(Long id) { SqlParameterSource in = new MapSqlParameterSource() .addValue("in_id", id); Map out = procReadActor.execute(in); Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(id); actor.setFirstName((String) out.get("out_first_name")); actor.setLastName((String) out.get("out_last_name")); actor.setBirthDate((Date) out.get("out_birth_date")); return actor; } // ... additional methods }
The code you write for the execution of the call involves
creating an SqlParameterSource containing the IN
parameter. It's
important to match the name provided for the input value with that of
the parameter name declared
in the stored procedure. The case does not have to match because you use
metadata to determine how database objects should be referred to in a
stored procedure. What is specified in the source for the stored
procedure is not necessarily the way it is stored in the database. Some
databases transform names to all upper case while others use lower case
or use the case as specified.
The execute method takes the IN parameters
and returns a Map containing any out parameters keyed by
the name as specified in the stored procedure. In this case they are
out_first_name, out_last_name and
out_birth_date.
The last part of the execute method creates
an Actor instance to use to return the data retrieved. Again, it is
important to use the names of the out parameters as they
are declared in the stored procedure. Also,
the case in the names of the out parameters stored in the
results map matches that of the out parameter names in the
database, which could vary between databases. To
make your code more portable you should do a case-insensitive lookup or
instruct Spring to use a CaseInsensitiveMap from
the Jakarta Commons project. To do the latter, you create your own
JdbcTemplate and set the
setResultsMapCaseInsensitive property to
true. Then you pass this customized
JdbcTemplate instance into the constructor of
your SimpleJdbcCall. You must include the
commons-collections.jar in your classpath for
this to work. Here is an example of this configuration:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcCall procReadActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.procReadActor = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withProcedureName("read_actor"); } // ... additional methods }
By taking this action, you avoid conflicts in the case used
for the names of your returned out parameters.
You have seen how the parameters are deduced based on metadata,
but you can declare then explicitly if you wish. You do this by creating
and configuring SimpleJdbcCall with the
declareParameters method, which takes a variable
number of SqlParameter objects as input. See the
next section for details on how to define an
SqlParameter.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Explicit declarations are necessary if the database you use is not a Spring-supported database. Currently Spring supports metadata lookup of stored procedure calls for the following databases: Apache Derby, DB2, MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and Sybase. We also support metadata lookup of stored functions for: MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, and Oracle. |
You can opt to declare one, some, or all the parameters
explicitly. The parameter metadata is still used where you do not
declare parameters explicitly. To
bypass all processing of metadata lookups for potential parameters and
only use the declared parameters, you call the method
withoutProcedureColumnMetaDataAccess as part of
the declaration. Suppose that you have two or more different call
signatures declared for a database function. In this case you call the
useInParameterNames to specify the list of IN
parameter names to include for a given signature.
The following example shows a fully declared procedure call, using the information from the preceding example.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcCall procReadActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.procReadActor = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withProcedureName("read_actor") .withoutProcedureColumnMetaDataAccess() .useInParameterNames("in_id") .declareParameters( new SqlParameter("in_id", Types.NUMERIC), new SqlOutParameter("out_first_name", Types.VARCHAR), new SqlOutParameter("out_last_name", Types.VARCHAR), new SqlOutParameter("out_birth_date", Types.DATE) ); } // ... additional methods }
The execution and end results of the two examples are the same; this one specifies all details explicitly rather than relying on metadata.
To define a parameter for the SimpleJdbc classes and also for the
RDBMS operations classes, covered in Section 13.6, “Modeling JDBC operations as Java objects”,
you
use an SqlParameter or one of its subclasses. You
typically specify the parameter name and SQL type in the constructor.
The SQL type is specified using the
java.sql.Types constants. We have already seen
declarations like:
new SqlParameter("in_id", Types.NUMERIC), new SqlOutParameter("out_first_name", Types.VARCHAR),
The first line with the SqlParameter
declares an IN parameter. IN parameters can be used for both stored
procedure calls and for queries using the
SqlQuery and its subclasses covered in the
following section.
The second line with the SqlOutParameter
declares an out parameter to be used in a stored procedure
call. There is also an SqlInOutParameter for
InOut parameters, parameters that provide an
IN value to the procedure and that also return a
value.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Only parameters declared as |
For IN parameters, in addition to the name and the SQL type, you
can specify a scale for numeric data or a type name for custom database
types. For out parameters, you can provide a
RowMapper to handle mapping of rows returned from
a REF cursor. Another option is to specify an
SqlReturnType that provides an opportunity to
define customized handling of the return values.
You call a stored function in almost the same way as you call a
stored procedure, except that you provide a function name rather than a
procedure name. You use the withFunctionName
method as part of the configuration to indicate that we want to make a
call to a function, and the corresponding string for a function call is
generated. A specialized execute call,
executeFunction, is used to execute the function
and it returns the function return value as an object of a specified
type, which means you do not have to retrieve the return value from the
results map. A
similar convenience method named executeObject is
also available for stored procedures that only have one out
parameter. The following example is based on a stored function named
get_actor_name that returns an actor's full name.
Here is the MySQL source for this function:
CREATE FUNCTION get_actor_name (in_id INTEGER)
RETURNS VARCHAR(200) READS SQL DATA
BEGIN
DECLARE out_name VARCHAR(200);
SELECT concat(first_name, ' ', last_name)
INTO out_name
FROM t_actor where id = in_id;
RETURN out_name;
END;To call this function we again create a
SimpleJdbcCall in the initialization
method.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcCall funcGetActorName; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.funcGetActorName = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withFunctionName("get_actor_name"); } public String getActorName(Long id) { SqlParameterSource in = new MapSqlParameterSource() .addValue("in_id", id); String name = funcGetActorName.executeFunction(String.class, in); return name; } // ... additional methods }
The execute method used
returns a String containing the return value from
the function call.
Calling a stored procedure or function that returns a result set
is a bit tricky. Some databases return result sets during the JDBC
results processing while others require an explicitly registered
out parameter of a specific type. Both approaches need
additional processing to loop over the result set and process the
returned rows. With the SimpleJdbcCall you use
the returningResultSet method and declare a
RowMapper implementation to be used for a
specific parameter. In the case where the result set is returned during
the results processing, there are no names defined, so the returned
results will have to match the order in which you declare the
RowMapper implementations. The name specified is
still used to store the processed list of results in the results map
that is returned from the execute statement.
The next example uses a stored procedure that takes no IN parameters and returns all rows from the t_actor table. Here is the MySQL source for this procedure:
CREATE PROCEDURE read_all_actors() BEGIN SELECT a.id, a.first_name, a.last_name, a.birth_date FROM t_actor a; END;
To call this procedure you declare the
RowMapper. Because the class you want to map to
follows the JavaBean rules, you can use a
ParameterizedBeanPropertyRowMapper that is
created by passing in the required class to map to in the
newInstance method.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcCall procReadAllActors; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.procReadAllActors = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withProcedureName("read_all_actors") .returningResultSet("actors", ParameterizedBeanPropertyRowMapper.newInstance(Actor.class)); } public List getActorsList() { Map m = procReadAllActors.execute(new HashMap<String, Object>(0)); return (List) m.get("actors"); } // ... additional methods }
The execute call passes in an empty Map because this call does not take any parameters. The list of Actors is then retrieved from the results map and returned to the caller.
The org.springframework.jdbc.object package
contains classes that allow you to access the database in a more
object-oriented manner. As an example, you can execute queries and get the
results back as a list containing business objects with the relational
column data mapped to the properties of the business object. You can also
execute stored procedures and run update, delete, and insert
statements.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Many Spring developers believe that the various RDBMS operation
classes described below (with the exception of the However, if you are getting measurable value from using the RDBMS operation classes, continue using these classes. |
SqlQuery is a reusable, threadsafe class
that encapsulates an SQL query. Subclasses must implement the
newRowMapper(..) method to provide a
RowMapper instance that can create one
object per row obtained from iterating over the
ResultSet that is created during the
execution of the query. The SqlQuery class is
rarely used directly because the MappingSqlQuery
subclass provides a much more convenient implementation for mapping rows
to Java classes. Other implementations that extend
SqlQuery are
MappingSqlQueryWithParameters and
UpdatableSqlQuery.
MappingSqlQuery is a reusable query in
which concrete subclasses must implement the abstract
mapRow(..) method to convert each row of the
supplied ResultSet into an object of the
type specified. The following example shows a custom query that maps the
data from the t_actor relation to an instance of the
Actor class.
public class ActorMappingQuery extends MappingSqlQuery<Actor> { public ActorMappingQuery(DataSource ds) { super(ds, "select id, first_name, last_name from t_actor where id = ?"); super.declareParameter(new SqlParameter("id", Types.INTEGER)); compile(); } @Override protected Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNumber) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(rs.getLong("id")); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }
The class extends MappingSqlQuery
parameterized with the Actor type. The
constructor for this customer query takes the
DataSource as the only parameter. In this
constructor you call the constructor on the superclass with the
DataSource and the SQL that should be
executed to retrieve the rows for this query. This SQL will be used to
create a PreparedStatement so it may
contain place holders for any parameters to be passed in during
execution.You
must declare each parameter using the
declareParameter method passing in an
SqlParameter. The
SqlParameter takes a name and the JDBC type as
defined in java.sql.Types. After you define all
parameters, you call the compile() method so the
statement can be prepared and later executed. This class is thread-safe
after it is compiled, so as long as these instances
are created when the DAO is initialized they can be kept as instance
variables and be reused.
private ActorMappingQuery actorMappingQuery; @Autowired public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.actorMappingQuery = new ActorMappingQuery(dataSource); } public Customer getCustomer(Long id) { return actorMappingQuery.findObject(id); }
The method in this example retrieves the customer with the id that
is passed in as the only parameter. Since we only want one object
returned we simply call the convenience method findObject
with the id as parameter. If we had instead a query that returned a list
of objects and took additional parameters then we would use one of the
execute methods that takes an array of parameter values passed in as
varargs.
public List<Actor> searchForActors(int age, String namePattern) { List<Actor> actors = actorSearchMappingQuery.execute(age, namePattern); return actors; }
The SqlUpdate class encapsulates an SQL
update. Like a query, an update object is reusable, and like all
RdbmsOperation classes, an update can have
parameters and is defined in SQL. This class provides a number of
update(..) methods analogous to the
execute(..) methods of query objects. The
SQLUpdate class is concrete. It can be
subclassed, for example, to add a custom update method, as in the
following snippet where it's simply called
execute. However,
you don't have to subclass the SqlUpdate class
since it can easily be parameterized by setting SQL and declaring
parameters.
import java.sql.Types; import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.SqlUpdate; public class UpdateCreditRating extends SqlUpdate { public UpdateCreditRating(DataSource ds) { setDataSource(ds); setSql("update customer set credit_rating = ? where id = ?"); declareParameter(new SqlParameter("creditRating", Types.NUMERIC)); declareParameter(new SqlParameter("id", Types.NUMERIC)); compile(); } /** * @param id for the Customer to be updated * @param rating the new value for credit rating * @return number of rows updated */ public int execute(int id, int rating) { return update(rating, id); } }
The StoredProcedure class is a superclass
for object abstractions of RDBMS stored procedures. This class is
abstract, and its various
execute(..) methods have protected
access, preventing use other than through a subclass that offers tighter
typing.
The inherited sql property will be the name of
the stored procedure in the RDBMS.
To define a parameter for the
StoredProcedure class, you use an
SqlParameter or one of its subclasses. You must
specify the parameter name and SQL type in the constructor like in the
following code snippet. The SQL type is specified using the
java.sql.Types constants.
new SqlParameter("in_id", Types.NUMERIC), new SqlOutParameter("out_first_name", Types.VARCHAR),
The first line with the SqlParameter
declares an IN parameter. IN parameters can be used for both stored
procedure calls and for queries using the
SqlQuery and its subclasses covered in the
following section.
The second line with the SqlOutParameter
declares an out parameter to be used in the stored
procedure call. There is also an
SqlInOutParameter for
InOut parameters, parameters that provide an
in value to the procedure and that also return a
value.
For in parameters, in addition to the
name and the SQL type, you can specify a scale for numeric data or a
type name for custom database types. For out parameters you
can provide a RowMapper to handle mapping of rows
returned from a REF cursor. Another option is to specify an
SqlReturnType that enables you to define
customized handling of the return values.
Here is an example of a simple DAO that uses a
StoredProcedure to call a function,
sysdate(),which comes with any Oracle database. To
use the stored procedure functionality you have to create a class that
extends StoredProcedure. In this example, the
StoredProcedure class is an inner class, but if
you need to reuse the StoredProcedure you declare
it as a top-level class. This example has no input parameters, but an
output parameter is declared as a date type using the class
SqlOutParameter. The execute()
method executes the procedure and extracts the returned date from the
results Map. The results
Map has an entry for each declared output
parameter, in this case only one, using the parameter name as the
key.
import java.sql.Types; import java.util.Date; import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.Map; import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.Autowired; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlOutParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.StoredProcedure; public class StoredProcedureDao { private GetSysdateProcedure getSysdate; @Autowired public void init(DataSource dataSource) { this.getSysdate = new GetSysdateProcedure(dataSource); } public Date getSysdate() { return getSysdate.execute(); } private class GetSysdateProcedure extends StoredProcedure { private static final String SQL = "sysdate"; public GetSysdateProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { setDataSource(dataSource); setFunction(true); setSql(SQL); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("date", Types.DATE)); compile(); } public Date execute() { // the 'sysdate' sproc has no input parameters, so an empty Map is supplied... Map<String, Object> results = execute(new HashMap<String, Object>()); Date sysdate = (Date) results.get("date"); return sysdate; } } }
The following example of a StoredProcedure
has two output parameters (in this case, Oracle REF cursors).
import oracle.jdbc.OracleTypes; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlOutParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.StoredProcedure; import javax.sql.DataSource; import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.Map; public class TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure extends StoredProcedure { private static final String SPROC_NAME = "AllTitlesAndGenres"; public TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { super(dataSource, SPROC_NAME); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("titles", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new TitleMapper())); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("genres", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new GenreMapper())); compile(); } public Map<String, Object> execute() { // again, this sproc has no input parameters, so an empty Map is supplied return super.execute(new HashMap<String, Object>()); } }
Notice how the overloaded variants of the
declareParameter(..) method that have been used in
the TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure constructor
are passed RowMapper implementation
instances; this is a very convenient and powerful way to reuse existing
functionality. The code for the two
RowMapper implementations is provided
below.
The TitleMapper class maps a
ResultSet to a
Title domain object for each row in the supplied
ResultSet:
import org.springframework.jdbc.core.RowMapper; import java.sql.ResultSet; import java.sql.SQLException; import com.foo.domain.Title; public final class TitleMapper implements RowMapper<Title> { public Title mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Title title = new Title(); title.setId(rs.getLong("id")); title.setName(rs.getString("name")); return title; } }
The GenreMapper class maps a
ResultSet to a
Genre domain object for each row in the supplied
ResultSet.
import org.springframework.jdbc.core.RowMapper; import java.sql.ResultSet; import java.sql.SQLException; import com.foo.domain.Genre; public final class GenreMapper implements RowMapper<Genre> { public Genre mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { return new Genre(rs.getString("name")); } }
To pass parameters to a stored procedure that has one or more
input parameters in its definition in the RDBMS, you can code a strongly
typed execute(..) method that would delegate to the
superclass' untyped execute(Map parameters) method
(which has protected access); for
example:
import oracle.jdbc.OracleTypes; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlOutParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.StoredProcedure; import javax.sql.DataSource; import java.sql.Types; import java.util.Date; import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.Map; public class TitlesAfterDateStoredProcedure extends StoredProcedure { private static final String SPROC_NAME = "TitlesAfterDate"; private static final String CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM = "cutoffDate"; public TitlesAfterDateStoredProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { super(dataSource, SPROC_NAME); declareParameter(new SqlParameter(CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM, Types.DATE); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("titles", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new TitleMapper())); compile(); } public Map<String, Object> execute(Date cutoffDate) { Map<String, Object> inputs = new HashMap<String, Object>(); inputs.put(CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM, cutoffDate); return super.execute(inputs); } }
Common problems with parameters and data values exist in the different approaches provided by the Spring Framework JDBC.
Usually Spring determines the SQL type of the parameters based on the type of parameter passed in. It is possible to explicitly provide the SQL type to be used when setting parameter values. This is sometimes necessary to correctly set NULL values.
You can provide SQL type information in several ways:
Many update and query methods of the
JdbcTemplate take an additional parameter in
the form of an int array. This array is used to
indicate the SQL type of the coresponding parameter using constant
values from the java.sql.Types class. Provide
one entry for each parameter.
You can use the SqlParameterValue class
to wrap the parameter value that needs this additional information.
Create
a new instance for each value and pass in the SQL type and parameter
value in the constructor. You can also provide an optional scale
parameter for numeric values.
For methods working with named parameters, use the
SqlParameterSource classes
BeanPropertySqlParameterSource or
MapSqlParameterSource. They both have methods
for registering the SQL type for any of the named parameter
values.
You can store images, other binary objects, and large chunks of
text. These large object are called BLOB for binary data and CLOB for
character data. In Spring you can handle these large objects by using
the JdbcTemplate directly and also when using the higher abstractions
provided by RDBMS Objects and the SimpleJdbc classes. All
of these approaches use an implementation of the
LobHandler interface for the actual management of
the LOB data. The LobHandler provides access to a
LobCreator class, through the
getLobCreator method, used for creating new LOB
objects to be inserted.
The LobCreator/LobHandler provides the
following support for LOB input and output:
BLOB
byte[] – getBlobAsBytes and setBlobAsBytes
InputStream – getBlobAsBinaryStream and setBlobAsBinaryStream
CLOB
String – getClobAsString and setClobAsString
InputStream – getClobAsAsciiStream and setClobAsAsciiStream
Reader – getClobAsCharacterStream and setClobAsCharacterStream
The next example shows how to create and insert a BLOB. Later you will see how to read it back from the database.
This example uses a JdbcTemplate and an
implementation of the
AbstractLobCreatingPreparedStatementCallback.
It implements one method, setValues. This method provides a
LobCreator that you use to set the values for the LOB
columns in your SQL insert statement.
For this example we assume that there is a variable,
lobHandler, that already is set to an instance
of a DefaultLobHandler. You typically set this
value through dependency injection.
final File blobIn = new File("spring2004.jpg"); final InputStream blobIs = new FileInputStream(blobIn); final File clobIn = new File("large.txt"); final InputStream clobIs = new FileInputStream(clobIn); final InputStreamReader clobReader = new InputStreamReader(clobIs); jdbcTemplate.execute( "INSERT INTO lob_table (id, a_clob, a_blob) VALUES (?, ?, ?)", new AbstractLobCreatingPreparedStatementCallback(lobHandler) {protected void setValues(PreparedStatement ps, LobCreator lobCreator) throws SQLException { ps.setLong(1, 1L); lobCreator.setClobAsCharacterStream(ps, 2, clobReader, (int)clobIn.length());
lobCreator.setBlobAsBinaryStream(ps, 3, blobIs, (int)blobIn.length());
} } ); blobIs.close(); clobReader.close();
| Pass in the lobHandler that in this example is a plain
|
| Using the method
|
| Using the method
|
Now it's time to read the LOB data from the database. Again, you
use a JdbcTemplate with the same instance variable
lobHandler and a reference to a
DefaultLobHandler.
List<Map<String, Object>> l = jdbcTemplate.query("select id, a_clob, a_blob from lob_table", new RowMapper<Map<String, Object>>() { public Map<String, Object> mapRow(ResultSet rs, int i) throws SQLException { Map<String, Object> results = new HashMap<String, Object>(); String clobText = lobHandler.getClobAsString(rs, "a_clob");results.put("CLOB", clobText); byte[] blobBytes = lobHandler.getBlobAsBytes(rs, "a_blob");
results.put("BLOB", blobBytes); return results; } });
| Using the method |
| Using the method |
The SQL standard allows for selecting rows based on an expression
that includes a variable list of values. A typical example would be
select * from T_ACTOR where id in (1, 2, 3). This variable
list is not directly supported for prepared statements by the JDBC
standard; you cannot declare a variable number of placeholders. You need
a number of variations with the desired number of placeholders prepared,
or you need to generate the SQL string dynamically once you know how
many placeholders are required. The named parameter support provided in
the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate and
SimpleJdbcTemplate takes the latter approach.
Pass in the values as a java.util.List of
primitive objects. This list will be used to insert the required
placeholders and pass in the values during the statement
execution.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Be careful when passing in many values. The JDBC standard does
not guarantee that you can use more than 100 values for an
|
In addition to the primitive values in the value list, you can
create a java.util.List of object arrays. This
list would support multiple expressions defined for the in
clause such as select * from T_ACTOR where (id, last_name) in ((1,
'Johnson'), (2, 'Harrop')). This of course requires that your
database supports this syntax.
When you call stored procedures you can sometimes use complex
types specific to the database. To accommodate these types, Spring
provides a SqlReturnType for handling them when
they are returned from the stored procedure call and
SqlTypeValue when they are passed in as a
parameter to the stored procedure.
Here is an example of returning the value of an Oracle
STRUCT object of the user declared type
ITEM_TYPE. The SqlReturnType
interface has a single method named getTypeValue
that must be implemented. This interface is used as part of the
declaration of an SqlOutParameter.
final TestItem - new TestItem(123L, "A test item", new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-M-d").parse("2010-12-31");); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("item", OracleTypes.STRUCT, "ITEM_TYPE", new SqlReturnType() { public Object getTypeValue(CallableStatement cs, int colIndx, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { STRUCT struct = (STRUCT)cs.getObject(colIndx); Object[] attr = struct.getAttributes(); TestItem item = new TestItem(); item.setId(((Number) attr[0]).longValue()); item.setDescription((String)attr[1]); item.setExpirationDate((java.util.Date)attr[2]); return item; } }));
You use the SqlTypeValue to
pass in the value of a Java object like TestItem
into a stored procedure. The
SqlTypeValue interface has a single method named
createTypeValue that you must implement. The
active connection is passed in, and you can use it to create
database-specific objects such as
StructDescriptors, as shown in the following
example, or ArrayDescriptors.
final TestItem - new TestItem(123L, "A test item", new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-M-d").parse("2010-12-31");); SqlTypeValue value = new AbstractSqlTypeValue() { protected Object createTypeValue(Connection conn, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { StructDescriptor itemDescriptor = new StructDescriptor(typeName, conn); Struct item = new STRUCT(itemDescriptor, conn, new Object[] { testItem.getId(), testItem.getDescription(), new java.sql.Date(testItem.getExpirationDate().getTime()) }); return item; } };
This SqlTypeValue can now be added
to the Map containing the input parameters for the execute call of the
stored procedure.
Another use for the SqlTypeValue is passing
in an array of values to an Oracle stored procedure. Oracle has its own
internal ARRAY class that must be used in this
case, and you can use the SqlTypeValue to create
an instance of the Oracle ARRAY and populate it
with values from the Java ARRAY.
final Long[] ids = new Long[] {1L, 2L}; SqlTypeValue value = new AbstractSqlTypeValue() { protected Object createTypeValue(Connection conn, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { ArrayDescriptor arrayDescriptor = new ArrayDescriptor(typeName, conn); ARRAY idArray = new ARRAY(arrayDescriptor, conn, ids); return idArray; } };
The org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.embedded
package provides support for embedded Java database engines. Support for
HSQL, H2, and Derby is provided natively. You
can also use an extensible API to plug in new embedded database types and
DataSource implementations.
An embedded database is useful during the development phase of a project because of its lightweight nature. Benefits include ease of configuration, quick startup time, testability, and the ability to rapidly evolve SQL during development.
If you want to expose an embedded database instance as a bean in a Spring ApplicationContext, use the embedded-database tag in the spring-jdbc namespace:
<jdbc:embedded-database id="dataSource"> <jdbc:script location="classpath:schema.sql"/> <jdbc:script location="classpath:test-data.sql"/> </jdbc:embedded-database>
The preceding configuration creates an embedded HSQL database
populated with SQL from schema.sql and testdata.sql resources in the
classpath. The database instance is made available to the Spring
container as a bean of type javax.sql.DataSource.
This bean can then be injected into data access objects as
needed.
The EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder class provides
a fluent API for constructing an embedded database programmatically. Use
this when you need to create an embedded database instance in a
standalone environment, such as a data access object unit test:
EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder builder = new EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder(); EmbeddedDatabase db = builder.setType(H2).addScript("my-schema.sql").addScript("my-test-data.sql").build(); // do stuff against the db (EmbeddedDatabase extends javax.sql.DataSource) db.shutdown()
Spring JDBC embedded database support can be extended in two ways:
Implement EmbeddedDatabaseConfigurer
to support a new embedded database type, such as Apache
Derby.
Implement DataSourceFactory to
support a new DataSource implementation, such as a connection
pool, to manage embedded database connections.
You are encouraged to contribute back extensions to the Spring community at jira.springframework.org.
Spring supports HSQL 1.8.0 and above. HSQL is the default embedded
database if no type is specified explicitly. To specify HSQL explicitly,
set the type attribute of the
embedded-database tag to HSQL. If
you are using the builder API, call the
setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with
EmbeddedDatabaseType.HSQL.
Spring supports the H2 database as well. To enable H2, set the
type attribute of the
embedded-database tag to H2. If
you are using the builder API, call the
setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with
EmbeddedDatabaseType.H2.
Spring also supports Apache Derby 10.5 and above. To enable Derby,
set the type attribute of the
embedded-database tag to Derby. If
using the builder API, call the
setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with
EmbeddedDatabaseType.Derby.
Embedded databases provide a lightweight way to test data access code. The following is a data access unit test template that uses an embedded database:
public class DataAccessUnitTestTemplate { private EmbeddedDatabase db; @Before public void setUp() { // creates a HSQL in-memory db populated from default scripts classpath:schema.sql and classpath:test-data.sql db = new EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder().addDefaultScripts().build(); } @Test public void testDataAccess() { JdbcTemplate template = new JdbcTemplate(db); template.query(...); } @After public void tearDown() { db.shutdown(); } }
The org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.init
package provides support for initializing an existing
DataSource. The embedded database support provides
one option for creating and initializing a
DataSource for an application, but sometimes you
need to initialize an instance running on a server somewhere.
If you want to initialize a database and you can provide a
reference to a DataSource bean, use the
initialize-database tag in the
spring-jdbc namespace:
<jdbc:initialize-database data-source="dataSource"> <jdbc:script location="classpath:com/foo/sql/db-schema.sql"/> <jdbc:script location="classpath:com/foo/sql/db-test-data.sql"/> </jdbc:initialize-database>
The example above runs the two scripts specified against the
database: the first script is a schema creation, and the second is a
test data set insert. The script locations can also be patterns with
wildcards in the usual ant style used for resources in Spring (e.g.
classpath*:/com/foo/**/sql/*-data.sql). If a pattern is
used the scripts are executed in lexical order of their URL or
filename.
The default behaviour of the database initializer is to unconditionally execute the scripts provided. This will not always be what you want, for instance if running against an existing database that already has test data in it. The likelihood of accidentally deleting data is reduced by the commonest pattern (as shown above) that creates the tables first and then inserts the data - the first step will fail if the tables already exist.
However, to get more control over the creation and deletion of existing data, the XML namespace provides a couple more options. The first is flag to switch the initialization on and off. This can be set according to the environment (e.g. to pull a boolean value from system properties or an environment bean), e.g.
<jdbc:initialize-database data-source="dataSource"
enabled="#{systemProperties.INITIALIZE_DATABASE}">
<jdbc:script location="..."/>
</jdbc:initialize-database>The second option to control what happens with existing data is to be more tolerant of failures. To this end you can control the ability of the initializer to ignore certain errors in the SQL it executes from the scripts, e.g.
<jdbc:initialize-database data-source="dataSource" ignore-failures="DROPS">
<jdbc:script location="..."/>
</jdbc:initialize-database>In this example we are
saying we expect that sometimes the scripts will be run against an empty
dtabase and there are some DROP statements in the scripts which would
therefore fail. So failed SQL DROP statements will be
ignored, but other failures will cause an exception. This is useful if
your SQL dialect doesn't support DROP ... IF EXISTS (or
similar) but you want to unconditionally remove all test data before
re-creating it. In that case the first script is usually a set of drops,
followed by a set of CREATE statements.
The ignore-failures option can be set to
NONE (the default), DROPS (ignore failed
drops) or ALL (ignore all failures).
If you need more control than you get from the XML namespace, you
can simply use the DataSourceInitializer
directly, and define it as a component in your application.
A large class of applications can just use the database initializer with no further complications: those that do not use the database until after the Spring context has started. If your application is not one of those then you might need to read the rest of this section.
The database initializer depends on a data source instance and
runs the scripts provided in its initialization callback (c.f.
init-method in an XML bean definition or
InitializingBean). If other beans depend on the same data
source and also use the data source in an initialization callback then
there might be a problem because the data has not yet been
initialized. A common example of this is a cache that initializes
eagerly and loads up data from the database on application
startup.
To get round this issue you two options: change your cache initialization strategy to a later phase, or ensure that the database initializer is initialized first.
The first option might be easy if the application is in your control, and not otherwise. Some suggestions for how to implement this are
Make the cache initialize lazily on first usage, which improves application startup time
Have your cache or a separate component that initializes
the cache implement Lifecycle or
SmartLifecycle. When the application context starts
up a SmartLifecycle can be automatically started if
its autoStartup flag is set, and a
Lifecycle can be started manually by calling
ConfigurableApplicationContext.start() on the
enclosing context.
Use a Spring ApplicationEvent or similar
custom observer mechanism to trigger the cache initialization.
ContextRefreshedEvent is always published by the
context when it is ready for use (after all beans have been
initialized), so that is often a useful hook (this is how the
SmartLifecycle works by default).
The second option can also be easy. Some suggestions on how to implement this are
Rely on Spring BeanFactory default behaviour, which is that beans are initialized in registration order. You can easily arrange that by adopting the common practice of a set of <import/> elements that order your application modules, and ensure that the database and database initialization are listed first
Separate the datasource and the business components that use it and control their startup order by putting them in separate ApplicationContext instances (e.g. parent has the datasource and child has the business components). This structure is common in Spring web applications, but can be more generally applied.
Use a modular runtime like SpringSource dm Server and separate the data source and the components that depend on it. E.g. specify the bundle start up order as datasource -> initializer -> business components.
The Spring Framework supports integration with Hibernate, Java Persistence API (JPA), Java Data Objects (JDO) and iBATIS SQL Maps for resource management, data access object (DAO) implementations, and transaction strategies. For example, for Hibernate there is first-class support with several convenient IoC features that address many typical Hibernate integration issues. You can configure all of the supported features for O/R (object relational) mapping tools through Dependency Injection. They can participate in Spring's resource and transaction management, and they comply with Spring's generic transaction and DAO exception hierarchies. The recommended integration style is to code DAOs against plain Hibernate, JPA, and JDO APIs. The older style of using Spring's DAO templates is no longer recommended; however, coverage of this style can be found in the Section A.1, “Classic ORM usage” in the appendices.
Spring adds significant enhancements to the ORM layer of your choice when you create data access applications. You can leverage as much of the integration support as you wish, and you should compare this integration effort with the cost and risk of building a similar infrastructure in-house. You can use much of the ORM support as you would a library, regardless of technology, because everything is designed as a set of reusable JavaBeans. ORM in a Spring IoC container facilitates configuration and deployment. Thus most examples in this section show configuration inside a Spring container.
Benefits of using the Spring Framework to create your ORM DAOs include:
Easier testing. Spring's IoC approach makes
it easy to swap the implementations and configuration locations of
Hibernate SessionFactory instances,
JDBC DataSource instances, transaction
managers, and mapped object implementations (if needed). This in turn makes it
much easier to test each piece of persistence-related code in
isolation.
Common data access exceptions. Spring can wrap exceptions from your ORM tool, converting them from proprietary (potentially checked) exceptions to a common runtime DataAccessException hierarchy. This feature allows you to handle most persistence exceptions, which are non-recoverable, only in the appropriate layers, without annoying boilerplate catches, throws, and exception declarations. You can still trap and handle exceptions as necessary. Remember that JDBC exceptions (including DB-specific dialects) are also converted to the same hierarchy, meaning that you can perform some operations with JDBC within a consistent programming model.
General resource management. Spring
application contexts can handle the location and configuration of
Hibernate SessionFactory instances, JPA
EntityManagerFactory instances, JDBC
DataSource instances, iBATIS SQL Maps
configuration objects, and other related resources. This makes these
values easy to manage and change. Spring offers efficient, easy, and
safe handling of persistence resources. For example, related code that
uses Hibernate generally needs to use the same Hibernate
Session to ensure efficiency and proper
transaction handling. Spring makes it easy to create and bind a
Session to the current thread
transparently, by
exposing a current Session through the
Hibernate SessionFactory. Thus Spring
solves many chronic problems of typical Hibernate usage, for any local
or JTA transaction environment.
Integrated transaction management. You can
wrap your ORM code with a declarative, aspect-oriented programming
(AOP) style method interceptor either through the
@Transactional annotation or by
explicitly configuring the transaction AOP advice in an XML
configuration file. In both cases, transaction semantics and exception
handling (rollback, and so on) are handled for you. As discussed
below, in Resource and transaction
management, you can also swap various transaction managers,
without affecting your ORM-related code. For example, you can swap
between local transactions and JTA, with the same full services (such
as declarative transactions) available in both scenarios.
Additionally, JDBC-related code can fully integrate transactionally
with the code you use to do ORM. This is useful for data access that
is not suitable for ORM, such as batch processing and BLOB streaming,
which still need to
share common transactions with ORM operations.
TODO: provide links to current samples
This section highlights considerations that apply to all ORM technologies. The Section 14.3, “Hibernate” section provides more details and also show these features and configurations in a concrete context.
The major goal of Spring's ORM integration is clear application layering, with any data access and transaction technology, and for loose coupling of application objects. No more business service dependencies on the data access or transaction strategy, no more hard-coded resource lookups, no more hard-to-replace singletons, no more custom service registries. One simple and consistent approach to wiring up application objects, keeping them as reusable and free from container dependencies as possible. All the individual data access features are usable on their own but integrate nicely with Spring's application context concept, providing XML-based configuration and cross-referencing of plain JavaBean instances that need not be Spring-aware. In a typical Spring application, many important objects are JavaBeans: data access templates, data access objects, transaction managers, business services that use the data access objects and transaction managers, web view resolvers, web controllers that use the business services,and so on.
Typical business applications are cluttered with repetitive resource management code. Many projects try to invent their own solutions, sometimes sacrificing proper handling of failures for programming convenience. Spring advocates simple solutions for proper resource handling, namely IoC through templating in the case of JDBC and applying AOP interceptors for the ORM technologies.
The infrastructure provides proper resource handling and
appropriate conversion of specific API exceptions to an unchecked
infrastructure exception hierarchy. Spring
introduces a DAO exception hierarchy, applicable to any data access
strategy. For direct JDBC, the JdbcTemplate class
mentioned in a previous section provides connection handling and proper
conversion of SQLException to the
DataAccessException hierarchy, including
translation of database-specific SQL error codes to meaningful exception
classes. For ORM technologies, see the next section for how to get the
same exception translation benefits.
When it comes to transaction management, the
JdbcTemplate class hooks in to the Spring
transaction support and supports both JTA and JDBC transactions, through
respective Spring transaction managers. For the supported ORM
technologies Spring offers Hibernate, JPA and JDO support through the
Hibernate, JPA, and JDO transaction managers as well as JTA support. For
details on transaction support, see the Chapter 11, Transaction Management
chapter.
When you use Hibernate, JPA, or JDO in a DAO, you must decide how
to handle the persistence technology's native exception classes. The DAO
throws a subclass of a HibernateException,
PersistenceException or
JDOException depending on the technology.
These exceptions are all run-time exceptions and do not have to be
declared or caught. You may also have to deal with
IllegalArgumentException and
IllegalStateException. This means that callers
can only treat exceptions as generally fatal, unless they want to depend
on the persistence technology's own exception structure. Catching
specific causes such as an optimistic locking failure is not possible
without tying the caller to the implementation strategy. This trade off
might be acceptable to applications that are strongly ORM-based and/or
do not need any special exception treatment. However, Spring enables
exception translation to be applied transparently through the
@Repository annotation:
@Repository public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { // class body here... }
<beans> <!-- Exception translation bean post processor --> <bean class="org.springframework.dao.annotation.PersistenceExceptionTranslationPostProcessor"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"/> </beans>
The postprocessor automatically looks for all exception
translators (implementations of the
PersistenceExceptionTranslator interface)
and advises all beans marked with the
@Repository annotation so that the
discovered translators can intercept and apply the appropriate
translation on the thrown exceptions.
In summary: you can implement DAOs based on the plain persistence technology's API and annotations, while still benefiting from Spring-managed transactions, dependency injection, and transparent exception conversion (if desired) to Spring's custom exception hierarchies.
We will start with a coverage of Hibernate 3 in a Spring environment, using it to demonstrate the approach that Spring takes towards integrating O/R mappers. This section will cover many issues in detail and show different variations of DAO implementations and transaction demarcation. Most of these patterns can be directly translated to all other supported ORM tools. The following sections in this chapter will then cover the other ORM technologies, showing briefer examples there.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
As of Spring 3.0, Spring requires Hibernate 3.2 or later. |
To avoid tying application objects to hard-coded resource lookups,
you can define resources such as a JDBC
DataSource or a Hibernate
SessionFactory as beans in the Spring
container. Application objects that need to access resources receive
references to such predefined instances through bean references, as
illustrated in the DAO definition in the next section.
The following excerpt from an XML application context definition
shows how to set up a JDBC DataSource and a
Hibernate SessionFactory on top of
it:
<beans> <bean id="myDataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost:9001"/> <property name="username" value="sa"/> <property name="password" value=""/> </bean> <bean id="mySessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="myDataSource"/> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>product.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.HSQLDialect </value> </property> </bean> </beans>
Switching from a local Jakarta Commons DBCP
BasicDataSource to a JNDI-located
DataSource (usually managed by an
application server) is just a matter of configuration:
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="myDataSource" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds"/> </beans>
You can also access a JNDI-located
SessionFactory, using Spring's
JndiObjectFactoryBean /
<jee:jndi-lookup> to retrieve and expose it.
However, that is typically not common outside of an EJB context.
Hibernate 3 has a feature called contextual sessions, wherein
Hibernate itself manages one current
Session per transaction. This is roughly
equivalent to Spring's synchronization of one Hibernate
Session per transaction. A corresponding
DAO implementation resembles the following example, based on the plain
Hibernate API:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private SessionFactory sessionFactory; public void setSessionFactory(SessionFactory sessionFactory) { this.sessionFactory = sessionFactory; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { return this.sessionFactory.getCurrentSession() .createQuery("from test.Product product where product.category=?") .setParameter(0, category) .list(); } }
This style is similar to that of the Hibernate reference
documentation and examples, except for holding the
SessionFactory in an instance variable.
We strongly recommend such an instance-based setup over the old-school
static HibernateUtil class
from Hibernate's CaveatEmptor sample application. (In general, do not
keep any resources in static variables unless
absolutely necessary.)
The above DAO follows the dependency injection pattern: it fits
nicely into a Spring IoC container, just as it would if coded against
Spring's HibernateTemplate. Of course, such a DAO
can also be set up in plain Java (for example, in unit tests). Simply
instantiate it and call setSessionFactory(..)
with the desired factory reference. As a Spring bean definition, the DAO
would resemble the following:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory"/> </bean> </beans>
The main advantage of this DAO style is that it depends on Hibernate API only; no import of any Spring class is required. This is of course appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and will no doubt feel more natural to Hibernate developers.
However, the DAO throws plain
HibernateException (which is unchecked, so does
not have to be declared or caught), which means that callers can only
treat exceptions as generally fatal - unless they want to depend on
Hibernate's own exception hierarchy. Catching specific causes such as an
optimistic locking failure is not possible without tying the caller to
the implementation strategy. This trade off might be acceptable to
applications that are strongly Hibernate-based and/or do not need any
special exception treatment.
Fortunately, Spring's
LocalSessionFactoryBean supports Hibernate's
SessionFactory.getCurrentSession() method for
any Spring transaction strategy, returning the current Spring-managed
transactional Session even with
HibernateTransactionManager. Of course, the
standard behavior of that method remains the return of the current
Session associated with the ongoing JTA
transaction, if any. This behavior applies regardless of whether you are
using Spring's JtaTransactionManager, EJB
container managed transactions (CMTs), or JTA.
In summary: you can implement DAOs based on the plain Hibernate 3 API, while still being able to participate in Spring-managed transactions.
We recommend that you use Spring's declarative transaction support, which enables you to replace explicit transaction demarcation API calls in your Java code with an AOP transaction interceptor. This transaction interceptor can be configured in a Spring container using either Java annotations or XML.This declarative transaction capability allows you to keep business services free of repetitive transaction demarcation code and to focus on adding business logic, which is the real value of your application.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Prior to continuing, you are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, “Declarative transaction management” if you have not done so. |
Furthermore, transaction semantics like propagation behavior and isolation level can be changed in a configuration file and do not affect the business service implementations.
The following example shows how you can configure an AOP transaction interceptor, using XML, for a simple service class:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- SessionFactory, DataSource, etc. omitted --> <bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.SimpleProductService"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
This is the service class that is advised:
public class ProductServiceImpl implements ProductService { private ProductDao productDao; public void setProductDao(ProductDao productDao) { this.productDao = productDao; } // notice the absence of transaction demarcation code in this method // Spring's declarative transaction infrastructure will be demarcating // transactions on your behalf public void increasePriceOfAllProductsInCategory(final String category) { List productsToChange = this.productDao.loadProductsByCategory(category); // ... } }
We also show an attribute-support based configuration, in the following example. You annotate the service layer with @Transactional annotations and instruct the Spring container to find these annotations and provide transactional semantics for these annotated methods.
public class ProductServiceImpl implements ProductService { private ProductDao productDao; public void setProductDao(ProductDao productDao) { this.productDao = productDao; } @Transactional public void increasePriceOfAllProductsInCategory(final String category) { List productsToChange = this.productDao.loadProductsByCategory(category); // ... } @Transactional(readOnly = true) public List<Product> findAllProducts() { return this.productDao.findAllProducts(); } }
As you can see from the following configuration example, the configuration is much simplified, compared to the XML example above, while still providing the same functionality driven by the annotations in the service layer code. All you need to provide is the TransactionManager implementation and a "<tx:annotation-driven/>" entry.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- SessionFactory, DataSource, etc. omitted --> <bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <tx:annotation-driven/> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.SimpleProductService"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
You can demarcate transactions in a higher level of the
application, on top of such lower-level data access services spanning
any number of operations. Nor do restrictions exist on the
implementation of the surrounding business service; it just needs a
Spring PlatformTransactionManager. Again, the
latter can come from anywhere, but preferably as a bean reference
through a setTransactionManager(..) method,
just as the productDAO should be set by a
setProductDao(..) method. The following
snippets show a transaction manager and a business service definition in
a Spring application context, and an example for a business method
implementation:
<beans> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="myTxManager"/> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
public class ProductServiceImpl implements ProductService { private TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; private ProductDao productDao; public void setTransactionManager(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); } public void setProductDao(ProductDao productDao) { this.productDao = productDao; } public void increasePriceOfAllProductsInCategory(final String category) { this.transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallbackWithoutResult() { public void doInTransactionWithoutResult(TransactionStatus status) { List productsToChange = this.productDao.loadProductsByCategory(category); // do the price increase... } } ); } }
Spring's TransactionInterceptor allows any
checked application exception to be thrown with the callback code, while
TransactionTemplate is restricted to unchecked
exceptions within the callback.
TransactionTemplate triggers a rollback in case
of an unchecked application exception, or if the transaction is marked
rollback-only by the application (via
TransactionStatus).
TransactionInterceptor behaves the same way by
default but allows configurable rollback policies per method.
Both TransactionTemplate and
TransactionInterceptor delegate the actual
transaction handling to a
PlatformTransactionManager instance, which can be
a HibernateTransactionManager (for a single
Hibernate SessionFactory, using a
ThreadLocal
Session under the hood) or a
JtaTransactionManager (delegating to the JTA
subsystem of the container) for Hibernate applications. You can even use
a custom PlatformTransactionManager
implementation. Switching from native Hibernate transaction management
to JTA, such as when facing distributed transaction requirements for
certain deployments of your application, is just a matter of
configuration. Simply replace the Hibernate transaction manager with
Spring's JTA transaction implementation. Both transaction demarcation
and data access code will work without changes, because they just use
the generic transaction management APIs.
For distributed transactions across multiple Hibernate session
factories, simply combine JtaTransactionManager
as a transaction strategy with multiple
LocalSessionFactoryBean definitions. Each DAO
then gets one specific SessionFactory
reference passed into its corresponding bean property. If all underlying
JDBC data sources are transactional container ones, a business service
can demarcate transactions across any number of DAOs and any number of
session factories without special regard, as long as it is using
JtaTransactionManager as the strategy.
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource1" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds1"/> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource2" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds2"/> <bean id="mySessionFactory1" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="myDataSource1"/> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>product.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.MySQLDialect hibernate.show_sql=true </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="mySessionFactory2" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="myDataSource2"/> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>inventory.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.OracleDialect </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory1"/> </bean> <bean id="myInventoryDao" class="product.InventoryDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory2"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> <property name="inventoryDao" ref="myInventoryDao"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> </beans>
Both HibernateTransactionManager and
JtaTransactionManager allow for proper JVM-level
cache handling with Hibernate, without container-specific transaction
manager lookup or a JCA connector (if you are not using EJB to initiate
transactions).
HibernateTransactionManager can export the
Hibernate JDBC Connection to plain JDBC
access code, for a specific DataSource.
This capability allows for high-level transaction demarcation with mixed
Hibernate and JDBC data access completely without JTA, if you are
accessing only one database.
HibernateTransactionManager automatically exposes
the Hibernate transaction as a JDBC transaction if you have set up the
passed-in SessionFactory with a
DataSource through the
dataSource property of the
LocalSessionFactoryBean class. Alternatively, you
can specify explicitly the DataSource for
which the transactions are supposed to be exposed through the
dataSource property of the
HibernateTransactionManager class.
You can switch between a container-managed JNDI
SessionFactory and a
locally defined one, without having to change a single line of
application code. Whether to keep resource definitions in the container
or locally within the application is mainly a matter of the transaction
strategy that you use. Compared to a Spring-defined local
SessionFactory, a manually registered
JNDI SessionFactory does not provide any
benefits. Deploying a SessionFactory
through Hibernate's JCA connector provides the added value of
participating in the Java EE server's management infrastructure, but
does not add actual value beyond that.
Spring's transaction support is not bound to a container.
Configured with any strategy other than JTA, transaction support also
works in a stand-alone or test environment. Especially in the typical
case of single-database transactions, Spring's single-resource local
transaction support is
a lightweight and powerful alternative to JTA. When you use local EJB
stateless session beans to drive transactions, you depend both on an EJB
container and JTA, even if you access only a single database, and only
use stateless session beans to provide declarative transactions through
container-managed transactions. Also,
direct use of JTA programmatically requires a Java EE environment as
well. JTA does not involve only container dependencies in terms of JTA
itself and of JNDI DataSource instances.
For non-Spring, JTA-driven Hibernate transactions, you have to use the
Hibernate JCA connector, or extra Hibernate transaction code with the
TransactionManagerLookup configured for
proper JVM-level caching.
Spring-driven transactions can work as well with a locally defined
Hibernate SessionFactory as they do with
a local JDBC DataSource if they are
accessing a single database. Thus you only have to use Spring's JTA
transaction strategy when you have distributed transaction requirements.
A JCA connector requires container-specific deployment steps, and
obviously JCA support in the first place. This configuration requires
more work than deploying a simple web application with local resource
definitions and Spring-driven transactions. Also, you often need the
Enterprise Edition of your container if you are using, for example,
WebLogic Express, which does not provide JCA. A Spring application with
local resources and transactions spanning one single database works in
any Java EE web container (without JTA, JCA, or EJB) such as Tomcat,
Resin, or even plain Jetty. Additionally, you can easily reuse such a
middle tier in desktop applications or test suites.
All things considered, if you do not use EJBs, stick with local
SessionFactory setup and Spring's
HibernateTransactionManager or
JtaTransactionManager. You get all of the
benefits, including proper transactional JVM-level caching and
distributed transactions, without the inconvenience of container
deployment. JNDI registration of a Hibernate
SessionFactory through the JCA connector
only adds value when used in conjunction with EJBs.
In some JTA environments with very strict
XADataSource implementations -- currently
only some WebLogic Server and WebSphere versions -- when Hibernate is
configured without regard to the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager object for
that environment, it is possible for spurious warning or exceptions to
show up in the application server log. These warnings or exceptions
indicate that the connection being accessed is no longer valid, or JDBC
access is no longer valid, possibly because the transaction is no longer
active. As an example, here is an actual exception from WebLogic:
java.sql.SQLException: The transaction is no longer active - status: 'Committed'. No further JDBC access is allowed within this transaction.
You resolve this warning by simply making Hibernate aware of the
JTA PlatformTransactionManager instance,
to which it will synchronize (along with Spring). You have two options
for doing this:
If in your application context you are already directly
obtaining the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager object
(presumably from JNDI through
JndiObjectFactoryBean/)
and feeding it, for example, to Spring's
<jee:jndi-lookup>JtaTransactionManager, then the easiest way
is to specify a reference to the bean defining this JTA
PlatformTransactionManager
instance as
the value of the jtaTransactionManager property
for LocalSessionFactoryBean. Spring then makes
the object available to Hibernate.
More likely you do not already have the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager instance,
because Spring's JtaTransactionManager can
find it itself. Thus
you need to configure Hibernate to look up JTA
PlatformTransactionManager directly.
You do this by configuring an application server- specific
TransactionManagerLookup class in the Hibernate
configuration, as described in the Hibernate manual.
The remainder of this section describes the sequence of events
that occur with and without Hibernate's awareness of the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager.
When Hibernate is not configured with any awareness of the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager, the following
events occur when a JTA transaction commits:
The JTA transaction commits.
Spring's JtaTransactionManager is
synchronized to the JTA transaction, so it is called back through an
afterCompletion callback by the JTA transaction
manager.
Among other activities, this synchronization can
trigger a callback by Spring to Hibernate, through Hibernate's
afterTransactionCompletion callback (used
to clear the Hibernate cache), followed by an explicit
close() call on the Hibernate Session, which
causes Hibernate to attempt to close() the JDBC
Connection.
In some environments, this
Connection.close() call then triggers the
warning or error, as the application server no longer considers the
Connection usable at all, because the
transaction has already been committed.
When Hibernate is configured with awareness of the JTA
PlatformTransactionManager, the following
events occur when a JTA transaction commits:
the JTA transaction is ready to commit.
Spring's JtaTransactionManager is
synchronized to the JTA transaction, so the transaction is called
back through a beforeCompletion callback by the
JTA transaction manager.
Spring is aware that Hibernate itself is synchronized to the
JTA transaction, and behaves differently than in the previous
scenario. Assuming the Hibernate
Session needs to be closed at all,
Spring will close it now.
The JTA transaction commits.
Hibernate is synchronized to the JTA transaction, so the transaction is called back through an afterCompletion callback by the JTA transaction manager, and can properly clear its cache.
Spring supports the standard JDO 2.0 and 2.1 APIs as data access
strategy, following the same style as the Hibernate support. The
corresponding integration classes reside in the
org.springframework.orm.jdo package.
Spring provides a
LocalPersistenceManagerFactoryBean class that
allows you to define a local JDO
PersistenceManagerFactory within a Spring
application context:
<beans> <bean id="myPmf" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.LocalPersistenceManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="configLocation" value="classpath:kodo.properties"/> </bean> </beans>
Alternatively, you can set up a
PersistenceManagerFactory through direct
instantiation of a
PersistenceManagerFactory implementation
class. A JDO PersistenceManagerFactory
implementation class follows the JavaBeans pattern, just like a JDBC
DataSource implementation class, which is
a natural fit for a configuration that uses Spring. This setup style
usually supports a Spring-defined JDBC
DataSource, passed into the
connectionFactory property. For example, for the
open source JDO implementation DataNucleus (formerly JPOX) (http://www.datanucleus.org/),
this is the XML configuration of the
PersistenceManagerFactory
implementation:
<beans> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <bean id="myPmf" class="org.datanucleus.jdo.JDOPersistenceManagerFactory" destroy-method="close"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="dataSource"/> <property name="nontransactionalRead" value="true"/> </bean> </beans>
You can also set up JDO
PersistenceManagerFactory in the JNDI
environment of a Java EE application server, usually through the JCA
connector provided by the particular JDO implementation. Spring's
standard JndiObjectFactoryBean /
can be used to
retrieve and expose such a
<jee:jndi-lookup>PersistenceManagerFactory. However,
outside an EJB context, no real benefit exists in holding the
PersistenceManagerFactory in JNDI: only
choose such a setup for a good reason. See Section 14.3.6, “Comparing container-managed and locally defined resources” for a discussion; the arguments
there apply to JDO as well.
DAOs can also be written directly against plain JDO API, without
any Spring dependencies, by using an injected
PersistenceManagerFactory. The following
is an example of a corresponding DAO implementation:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private PersistenceManagerFactory persistenceManagerFactory; public void setPersistenceManagerFactory(PersistenceManagerFactory pmf) { this.persistenceManagerFactory = pmf; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { PersistenceManager pm = this.persistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager(); try { Query query = pm.newQuery(Product.class, "category = pCategory"); query.declareParameters("String pCategory"); return query.execute(category); } finally { pm.close(); } } }
Because the above DAO follows the dependency injection pattern, it
fits nicely into a Spring container, just as it would if coded against
Spring's JdoTemplate:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> </beans>
The main problem with such DAOs is that they always get a new
PersistenceManager from the factory. To
access a Spring-managed transactional
PersistenceManager, define a
TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy
(as included in Spring) in front of your target
PersistenceManagerFactory, then passing a
reference to that proxy into your DAOs as in the following example:
<beans> <bean id="myPmfProxy" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy"> <property name="targetPersistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmfProxy"/> </bean> </beans>
Your data access code will receive a transactional
PersistenceManager (if any) from the
PersistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager()
method that it calls. The latter method call goes through the proxy,
which first checks for a current transactional
PersistenceManager before getting a new
one from the factory. Any close() calls on the
PersistenceManager are ignored in case of
a transactional
PersistenceManager.
If your data access code always runs within an active transaction
(or at least within active transaction synchronization), it is safe to
omit the PersistenceManager.close() call and
thus the entire finally block, which you might do to
keep your DAO implementations concise:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private PersistenceManagerFactory persistenceManagerFactory; public void setPersistenceManagerFactory(PersistenceManagerFactory pmf) { this.persistenceManagerFactory = pmf; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { PersistenceManager pm = this.persistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager(); Query query = pm.newQuery(Product.class, "category = pCategory"); query.declareParameters("String pCategory"); return query.execute(category); } }
With such DAOs that rely on active transactions, it is recommended
that you enforce active transactions through turning off
TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy's
allowCreate flag:
<beans> <bean id="myPmfProxy" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy"> <property name="targetPersistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> <property name="allowCreate" value="false"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmfProxy"/> </bean> </beans>
The main advantage of this DAO style is that it depends on JDO API only; no import of any Spring class is required. This is of course appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and might feel more natural to JDO developers.
However, the DAO throws plain
JDOException (which is unchecked, so does
not have to be declared or caught), which means that callers can only
treat exceptions as fatal, unless you want to depend on JDO's own
exception structure. Catching specific causes such as an optimistic
locking failure is not possible without tying the caller to the
implementation strategy. This trade off might be acceptable to
applications that are strongly JDO-based and/or do not need any special
exception treatment.
In summary, you can DAOs based on the plain JDO API, and they can
still participate in Spring-managed transactions. This strategy might
appeal to you if you are already familiar with JDO. However, such DAOs
throw plain JDOException, and you would
have to convert explicitly to Spring's
DataAccessException (if desired).
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, “Declarative transaction management” if you have not done so, to get a more detailed coverage of Spring's declarative transaction support. |
To execute service operations within transactions, you can use Spring's common declarative transaction facilities. For example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.JdoTransactionManager"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> </beans>
JDO requires an active transaction to modify a persistent object.
The non-transactional flush concept does not exist in JDO, in contrast
to Hibernate. For this reason, you need to set up the chosen JDO
implementation for a specific environment. Specifically, you need to set
it up explicitly for JTA synchronization, to detect an active JTA
transaction itself. This is not necessary for local transactions as
performed by Spring's JdoTransactionManager, but
it is necessary to participate in JTA transactions, whether driven by
Spring's JtaTransactionManager or by EJB CMT and
plain JTA.
JdoTransactionManager is capable of
exposing a JDO transaction to JDBC access code that accesses the same
JDBC DataSource, provided that the
registered JdoDialect supports retrieval of the
underlying JDBC Connection. This is the
case for JDBC-based JDO 2.0 implementations by default.
As an advanced feature, both JdoTemplate
and JdoTransactionManager support a custom
JdoDialect that can be passed into the
jdoDialect bean property. In this scenario, the DAOs will
not receive a PersistenceManagerFactory
reference but rather a full JdoTemplate instance
(for example, passed into the jdoTemplate
property of JdoDaoSupport). Using a
JdoDialect implementation, you can enable
advanced features supported by Spring, usually in a vendor-specific
manner:
Applying specific transaction semantics such as custom isolation level or transaction timeout
Retrieving the transactional JDBC
Connection for exposure to JDBC-based
DAOs
Applying query timeouts, which are automatically calculated from Spring-managed transaction timeouts
Eagerly flushing a
PersistenceManager, to make
transactional changes visible to JDBC-based data access code
Advanced translation of JDOExceptions to
Spring DataAccessExceptions
See the JdoDialect Javadoc for more details
on its operations and how to use them within Spring's JDO
support.
The Spring JPA, available under the
org.springframework.orm.jpa package, offers
comprehensive support for the Java
Persistence API in a similar manner to the integration with
Hibernate or JDO, while being aware of the underlying implementation in
order to provide additional features.
The Spring JPA support offers three ways of setting up the JPA
EntityManagerFactory that will be used by
the application to obtain an entity manager.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Only use this option in simple deployment environments such as stand-alone applications and integration tests. |
The LocalEntityManagerFactoryBean creates
an EntityManagerFactory suitable for
simple deployment environments where the application uses only JPA for
data access. The factory bean uses the JPA
PersistenceProvider autodetection
mechanism (according to JPA's Java SE bootstrapping) and, in most
cases, requires you to specify only the persistence unit name:
<beans> <bean id="myEmf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="persistenceUnitName" value="myPersistenceUnit"/> </bean> </beans>
This form of JPA deployment is the simplest and the most
limited. You cannot refer to
an existing JDBC DataSource bean
definition and no support for global transactions exists. Furthermore,
weaving (byte-code transformation) of persistent classes is
provider-specific, often requiring a specific JVM agent to specified
on startup. This option is sufficient only for stand-alone
applications and test environments, for which the JPA specification is
designed.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Use this option when deploying to a Java EE 5 server. Check your server's documentation on how to deploy a custom JPA provider into your server, allowing for a different provider than the server's default. |
Obtaining an EntityManagerFactory
from JNDI (for example in a Java EE 5 environment), is simply a matter
of changing the XML configuration:
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="myEmf" jndi-name="persistence/myPersistenceUnit"/> </beans>
This action assumes standard Java EE 5 bootstrapping: the Java
EE server autodetects persistence units (in effect,
META-INF/persistence.xml files in application jars)
and persistence-unit-ref entries in the Java EE
deployment descriptor (for example, web.xml) and
defines environment naming context locations for those persistence
units.
In such a scenario, the entire persistence unit deployment,
including the weaving (byte-code transformation) of persistent
classes, is up to the Java EE server. The JDBC
DataSource is defined through a JNDI
location in the META-INF/persistence.xml file;
EntityManager transactions are integrated with the server's JTA
subsystem. Spring merely uses the obtained
EntityManagerFactory, passing it on to
application objects through dependency injection, and managing
transactions for the persistence unit,
typically through JtaTransactionManager.
If multiple persistence units are used in the same application,
the bean names of such JNDI-retrieved persistence units should match
the persistence unit names that the application uses to refer to them,
for example, in @PersistenceUnit and
@PersistenceContext annotations.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Use this option for full JPA capabilities in a Spring-based application environment. This includes web containers such as Tomcat as well as stand-alone applications and integration tests with sophisticated persistence requirements. |
The
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean gives
full control over EntityManagerFactory
configuration and is appropriate for environments where fine-grained
customization is required. The
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean creates
a PersistenceUnitInfo instance based
on the persistence.xml file, the supplied
dataSourceLookup strategy, and the specified
loadTimeWeaver. It is thus possible to work with
custom data sources outside of JNDI and to control the weaving
process. The following example shows a typical bean definition for a
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean:
<beans> <bean id="myEmf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="someDataSource"/> <property name="loadTimeWeaver"> <bean class="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.InstrumentationLoadTimeWeaver"/> </property> </bean> </beans>
The following example shows a typical
persistence.xml file:
<persistence xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/persistence" version="1.0"> <persistence-unit name="myUnit" transaction-type="RESOURCE_LOCAL"> <mapping-file>META-INF/orm.xml</mapping-file> <exclude-unlisted-classes/> </persistence-unit> </persistence>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
The |
Using the
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean is the
most powerful JPA setup option, allowing for flexible local
configuration within the application. It supports links to an existing
JDBC DataSource, supports both local
and global transactions, and so on. However, it also imposes
requirements on the runtime environment, such as the availability of
a weaving-capable class loader if the persistence provider demands
byte-code transformation.
This option may conflict with the built-in JPA capabilities of a
Java EE 5 server. In a full Java EE 5 environment, consider obtaining
your EntityManagerFactory from JNDI.
Alternatively, specify a custom
persistenceXmlLocation on your
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean
definition, for example, META-INF/my-persistence.xml, and only include
a descriptor with that name in your application jar files. Because the
Java EE 5 server only looks for default
META-INF/persistence.xml files, it ignores such
custom persistence units and hence avoid conflicts with a
Spring-driven JPA setup upfront. (This applies to Resin 3.1, for
example.)
The LoadTimeWeaver interface is a
Spring-provided class that allows JPA
ClassTransformer instances to be
plugged in a specific manner, depending whether the environment is a
web container or application server.
Hooking ClassTransformers through a Java 5 agent
typically is not efficient. The agents work against the
entire virtual machine and inspect
every class that is loaded, which is usually
undesirable in a production server environment.
Spring provides a number of
LoadTimeWeaver implementations for
various environments, allowing
ClassTransformer instances to be
applied only per class loader and not per
VM.
Refer to Section 8.8.4.5, “Spring configuration” in the AOP chapter for more insight regarding the
LoadTimeWeaver implementations and their setup, either generic or customized to
various platforms (such as Tomcat, WebLogic, OC4J, GlassFish, Resin and JBoss).
As described in the aforementioned section, you can configure a context-wide LoadTimeWeaver
using the context:load-time-weaver configuration element. (This has been available since Spring 2.5.)
Such a global weaver is picked up by all JPA LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBeans
automatically. This is the preferred way of setting up a load-time weaver, delivering autodetection of the platform
(WebLogic, OC4J, GlassFish, Tomcat, Resin, JBoss or VM agent) and automatic propagation of the weaver to all weaver-aware beans:
<context:load-time-weaver/> <bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> ... </bean>
However, if needed, one can manually specify a dedicated weaver through the loadTimeWeaver property:
<bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="loadTimeWeaver"> <bean class="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.ReflectiveLoadTimeWeaver"/> </property> </bean>
No matter how the LTW is configured, using this technique, JPA applications relying on instrumentation can run in the target platform (ex: Tomcat) without needing an agent. This is important especially when the hosting applications rely on different JPA implementations because the JPA transformers are applied only at class loader level and thus are isolated from each other.
For applications that rely on multiple persistence units
locations, stored in various JARS in the classpath, for example,
Spring offers the
PersistenceUnitManager to act as a
central repository and to avoid the persistence units discovery
process, which can be expensive. The default implementation allows
multiple locations to be specified that are parsed and later retrieved
through the persistence unit name. (By default, the classpath is
searched for META-INF/persistence.xml
files.)
<bean id="pum" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.persistenceunit.DefaultPersistenceUnitManager"> <property name="persistenceXmlLocations"> <list> <value>org/springframework/orm/jpa/domain/persistence-multi.xml</value> <value>classpath:/my/package/**/custom-persistence.xml</value> <value>classpath*:META-INF/persistence.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="dataSources"> <map> <entry key="localDataSource" value-ref="local-db"/> <entry key="remoteDataSource" value-ref="remote-db"/> </map> </property> <!-- if no datasource is specified, use this one --> <property name="defaultDataSource" ref="remoteDataSource"/> </bean> <bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="persistenceUnitManager" ref="pum"/> <property name="persistenceUnitName" value="myCustomUnit"/> </bean>
The default implementation allows customization of the
PersistenceUnitInfo instances,
before they are fed to the JPA provider, declaratively through its
properties,
which affect all hosted units, or
programmatically, through the
PersistenceUnitPostProcessor, which
allows persistence unit selection. If no
PersistenceUnitManager is specified,
one is created and used internally by
LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Although |
It is possible to write code against the plain JPA without any
Spring dependencies, by using an injected
EntityManagerFactory or
EntityManager. Spring can understand
@PersistenceUnit and
@PersistenceContext annotations both at
field and method level if a
PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor is
enabled. A plain JPA DAO implementation using the
@PersistenceUnit annotation might
look like this:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private EntityManagerFactory emf; @PersistenceUnit public void setEntityManagerFactory(EntityManagerFactory emf) { this.emf = emf; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { EntityManager em = this.emf.createEntityManager(); try { Query query = em.createQuery("from Product as p where p.category = ?1"); query.setParameter(1, category); return query.getResultList(); } finally { if (em != null) { em.close(); } } } }
The DAO above has no dependency on Spring and still fits nicely
into a Spring application context. Moreover, the DAO takes advantage of
annotations to require the injection of the default
EntityManagerFactory:
<beans> <!-- bean post-processor for JPA annotations --> <bean class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.support.PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"/> </beans>
As an alternative to defining a
PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor
explicitly, consider using the Spring
context:annotation-config XML element in your
application context configuration. Doing so automatically registers all
Spring standard post-processors for annotation-based configuration,
including CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor and
so on.
<beans> <!-- post-processors for all standard config annotations --> <context:annotation-config/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"/> </beans>
The main problem with such a DAO is that it always creates a new
EntityManager through the factory. You
can avoid this by requesting a transactional
EntityManager (also called "shared
EntityManager" because it is a shared, thread-safe proxy for the actual
transactional EntityManager) to be injected instead of the
factory:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { @PersistenceContext private EntityManager em; public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { Query query = em.createQuery("from Product as p where p.category = :category"); query.setParameter("category", category); return query.getResultList(); } }
The @PersistenceContext annotation has an
optional attribute type, which defaults to
PersistenceContextType.TRANSACTION. This default is
what you need to receive a shared EntityManager proxy. The alternative,
PersistenceContextType.EXTENDED, is a completely
different affair: This results in a so-called extended EntityManager,
which is not thread-safe and hence must not be used
in a concurrently accessed component such as a Spring-managed singleton
bean. Extended EntityManagers are only supposed to be used in stateful
components that, for example, reside in a session, with the lifecycle of
the EntityManager not tied to a current transaction but rather being
completely up to the application.
The injected EntityManager is
Spring-managed (aware of the ongoing transaction). It is important to
note that even though the new DAO implementation uses method level
injection of an EntityManager instead of
an EntityManagerFactory, no change is
required in the application context XML due to annotation usage.
The main advantage of this DAO style is that it only depends on Java Persistence API; no import of any Spring class is required. Moreover, as the JPA annotations are understood, the injections are applied automatically by the Spring container. This is appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and might feel more natural to JPA developers.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
You are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, “Declarative transaction management” if you have not done so, to get a more detailed coverage of Spring's declarative transaction support. |
To execute service operations within transactions, you can use Spring's common declarative transaction facilities. For example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.JpaTransactionManager"> <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="myEmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> </beans>
Spring JPA allows a configured
JpaTransactionManager to expose a JPA transaction
to JDBC access code that accesses the same JDBC
DataSource, provided that the registered
JpaDialect supports retrieval of the
underlying JDBC Connection. Out of the
box, Spring provides dialects for the Toplink, Hibernate and OpenJPA JPA
implementations. See the next section for details on the
JpaDialect mechanism.
As an advanced feature JpaTemplate,
JpaTransactionManager and subclasses of
AbstractEntityManagerFactoryBean support a custom
JpaDialect, to be passed into the
jpaDialect bean property. In such a scenario, the
DAOs do not receive an
EntityManagerFactory reference but rather
a full JpaTemplate instance (for example,
passed
into the jpaTemplate property of
JpaDaoSupport). A JpaDialect
implementation can enable some advanced features supported by Spring,
usually in a vendor-specific manner:
Applying specific transaction semantics such as custom isolation level or transaction timeout)
Retrieving the transactional JDBC
Connection for exposure to JDBC-based
DAOs)
Advanced translation of
PersistenceExceptions to Spring
DataAccessExceptions
This is particularly valuable for special transaction semantics
and for advanced translation of exception. The default implementation
used (DefaultJpaDialect) does not provide any
special capabilities and if the above features are required, you have to
specify the appropriate dialect.
See the JpaDialect Javadoc for more
details of its operations and how they are used within Spring's JPA
support.
The iBATIS support in the Spring Framework much resembles the JDBC support in that it supports the same template style programming, and as with JDBC and other ORM technologies, the iBATIS support works with Spring's exception hierarchy and lets you enjoy Spring's IoC features.
Transaction management can be handled through Spring's standard
facilities. No special transaction strategies are necessary for iBATIS,
because no special transactional resource involved other than a JDBC
Connection. Hence, Spring's standard JDBC
DataSourceTransactionManager or
JtaTransactionManager are perfectly
sufficient.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Spring supports iBATIS 2.x. The iBATIS 1.x support classes are no longer provided. |
Using iBATIS SQL Maps involves creating SqlMap configuration files
containing statements and result maps. Spring takes care of loading
those using the SqlMapClientFactoryBean. For the
examples we will be using the following Account
class:
public class Account {
private String name;
private String email;
public String getName() {
return this.name;
}
public void setName(String name) {
this.name = name;
}
public String getEmail() {
return this.email;
}
public void setEmail(String email) {
this.email = email;
}
}To map this Account class with iBATIS 2.x we
need to create the following SQL map
Account.xml:
<sqlMap namespace="Account"> <resultMap id="result" class="examples.Account"> <result property="name" column="NAME" columnIndex="1"/> <result property="email" column="EMAIL" columnIndex="2"/> </resultMap> <select id="getAccountByEmail" resultMap="result"> select ACCOUNT.NAME, ACCOUNT.EMAIL from ACCOUNT where ACCOUNT.EMAIL = #value# </select> <insert id="insertAccount"> insert into ACCOUNT (NAME, EMAIL) values (#name#, #email#) </insert> </sqlMap>
The configuration file for iBATIS 2 looks like this:
<sqlMapConfig> <sqlMap resource="example/Account.xml"/> </sqlMapConfig>
Remember that iBATIS loads resources from the class path, so be
sure to add theAccount.xml file to the class
path.
We can use the SqlMapClientFactoryBean in
the Spring container. Note that with iBATIS SQL Maps 2.x, the JDBC
DataSource is usually specified on the
SqlMapClientFactoryBean, which enables lazy
loading. This is the configuration needed for these bean
definitions:
<beans> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <bean id="sqlMapClient" class="org.springframework.orm.ibatis.SqlMapClientFactoryBean"> <property name="configLocation" value="WEB-INF/sqlmap-config.xml"/> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> </beans>
The SqlMapClientDaoSupport class offers a
supporting class similar to the SqlMapDaoSupport.
We extend it to implement our DAO:
public class SqlMapAccountDao extends SqlMapClientDaoSupport implements AccountDao { public Account getAccount(String email) throws DataAccessException { return (Account) getSqlMapClientTemplate().queryForObject("getAccountByEmail", email); } public void insertAccount(Account account) throws DataAccessException { getSqlMapClientTemplate().update("insertAccount", account); } }
In the DAO, we use the pre-configured
SqlMapClientTemplate to execute the queries,
after setting up the SqlMapAccountDao in the
application context and wiring it with our
SqlMapClient instance:
<beans> <bean id="accountDao" class="example.SqlMapAccountDao"> <property name="sqlMapClient" ref="sqlMapClient"/> </bean> </beans>
An SqlMapTemplate instance can also be
created manually, passing in the SqlMapClient as
constructor argument. The SqlMapClientDaoSupport base
class simply preinitializes a
SqlMapClientTemplate instance for us.
The SqlMapClientTemplate offers a generic
execute method, taking a custom
SqlMapClientCallback implementation as argument. This
can, for example, be used for batching:
public class SqlMapAccountDao extends SqlMapClientDaoSupport implements AccountDao { public void insertAccount(Account account) throws DataAccessException { getSqlMapClientTemplate().execute(new SqlMapClientCallback() { public Object doInSqlMapClient(SqlMapExecutor executor) throws SQLException { executor.startBatch(); executor.update("insertAccount", account); executor.update("insertAddress", account.getAddress()); executor.executeBatch(); } }); } }
In general, any combination of operations offered by the native
SqlMapExecutor API can be used in such a callback.
Any thrown SQLException is converted automatically to
Spring's generic DataAccessException
hierarchy.
DAOs can also be written against plain iBATIS API, without any
Spring dependencies, directly using an injected
SqlMapClient. The following example shows a
corresponding DAO implementation:
public class SqlMapAccountDao implements AccountDao { private SqlMapClient sqlMapClient; public void setSqlMapClient(SqlMapClient sqlMapClient) { this.sqlMapClient = sqlMapClient; } public Account getAccount(String email) { try { return (Account) this.sqlMapClient.queryForObject("getAccountByEmail", email); } catch (SQLException ex) { throw new MyDaoException(ex); } } public void insertAccount(Account account) throws DataAccessException { try { this.sqlMapClient.update("insertAccount", account); } catch (SQLException ex) { throw new MyDaoException(ex); } } }
In this scenario, you need to handle the
SQLException thrown by the iBATIS API in a custom
fashion, usually by wrapping it in your own application-specific DAO
exception. Wiring in the application context would still look like it
does in the example for the
SqlMapClientDaoSupport,
due to the fact that the plain iBATIS-based DAO still follows the
dependency injection pattern:
<beans> <bean id="accountDao" class="example.SqlMapAccountDao"> <property name="sqlMapClient" ref="sqlMapClient"/> </bean> </beans>
In this chapter, we will describe Spring's Object/XML Mapping support. Object/XML Mapping, or O/X mapping for short, is the act of converting an XML document to and from an object. This conversion process is also known as XML Marshalling, or XML Serialization. This chapter uses these terms interchangeably.
Within the field of O/X mapping, a marshaller is responsible for serializing an object (graph) to XML. In similar fashion, an unmarshaller deserializes the XML to an object graph. This XML can take the form of a DOM document, an input or output stream, or a SAX handler.
Some of the benefits of using Spring for your O/X mapping needs are:
Ease of configuration. Spring's bean factory makes it easy to configure marshallers, without needing to construct JAXB context, JiBX binding factories, etc. The marshallers can be configured as any other bean in your application context. Additionally, XML Schema-based configuration is available for a number of marshallers, making the configuration even simpler.
Consistent Interfaces.
Spring's O/X mapping operates through two global interfaces: the
Marshaller and Unmarshaller interface.
These abstractions allow you to switch O/X mapping
frameworks with relative ease, with little or no changes required on the classes that do the
marshalling. This approach has the additional benefit of making it possible to do XML marshalling with
a mix-and-match approach (e.g. some marshalling performed using JAXB, other using XMLBeans) in a
non-intrusive fashion, leveraging the strength of each technology.
Consistent Exception Hierarchy.
Spring provides a conversion from exceptions from the underlying O/X mapping tool to its own exception
hierarchy with the XmlMappingException as the root exception. As can be expected,
these runtime exceptions wrap the original exception so no information is lost.
As stated in the introduction, a marshaller serializes an object to XML, and an unmarshaller deserializes XML stream to an object. In this section, we will describe the two Spring interfaces used for this purpose.
Spring abstracts all marshalling operations behind the
org.springframework.oxm.Marshaller interface, the main methods of which
is listed below.
public interface Marshaller { /** * Marshals the object graph with the given root into the provided Result. */ void marshal(Object graph, Result result) throws XmlMappingException, IOException; }
The Marshaller interface has one main method, which marshals the given
object to a given javax.xml.transform.Result. Result is a tagging
interface that basically represents an XML output abstraction: concrete implementations wrap various XML
representations, as indicated in the table below.
Result implementation | Wraps XML representation |
|---|---|
DOMResult | org.w3c.dom.Node |
SAXResult | org.xml.sax.ContentHandler |
StreamResult |
java.io.File,
java.io.OutputStream, or
java.io.Writer
|
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Although the |
Similar to the Marshaller, there is the
org.springframework.oxm.Unmarshaller interface.
public interface Unmarshaller { /** * Unmarshals the given provided Source into an object graph. */ Object unmarshal(Source source) throws XmlMappingException, IOException; }
This interface also has one method, which reads from the given
javax.xml.transform.Source (an XML input abstraction), and returns the
object read. As with Result, Source is a tagging interface that has three concrete implementations. Each
wraps a different XML representation, as indicated in the table below.
Source implementation | Wraps XML representation |
|---|---|
DOMSource | org.w3c.dom.Node |
SAXSource |
org.xml.sax.InputSource, and
org.xml.sax.XMLReader
|
StreamSource |
java.io.File,
java.io.InputStream, or
java.io.Reader
|
Even though there are two separate marshalling interfaces (Marshaller
and Unmarshaller), all implementations found in Spring-WS implement both in
one class. This means that you can wire up one marshaller class and refer to it both as a marshaller and an
unmarshaller in your applicationContext.xml.
Spring converts exceptions from the underlying O/X mapping tool to its own exception hierarchy with the
XmlMappingException as the root exception. As can be expected, these runtime
exceptions wrap the original exception so no information will be lost.
Additionally, the MarshallingFailureException and
UnmarshallingFailureException provide a distinction between marshalling and
unmarshalling operations, even though the underlying O/X mapping tool does not do so.
The O/X Mapping exception hierarchy is shown in the following figure:

O/X Mapping exception hierarchy
Spring's OXM can be used for a wide variety of situations. In the following example, we will use it to marshal the settings of a Spring-managed application as an XML file. We will use a simple JavaBean to represent the settings:
public class Settings { private boolean fooEnabled; public boolean isFooEnabled() { return fooEnabled; } public void setFooEnabled(boolean fooEnabled) { this.fooEnabled = fooEnabled; } }
The application class uses this bean to store its settings. Besides a main method, the class has two
methods: saveSettings() saves the settings bean to a file named
settings.xml, and loadSettings() loads these settings again. A
main() method constructs a Spring application context, and calls these two methods.
import java.io.FileInputStream; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.IOException; import javax.xml.transform.stream.StreamResult; import javax.xml.transform.stream.StreamSource; import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import org.springframework.oxm.Marshaller; import org.springframework.oxm.Unmarshaller; public class Application { private static final String FILE_NAME = "settings.xml"; private Settings settings = new Settings(); private Marshaller marshaller; private Unmarshaller unmarshaller; public void setMarshaller(Marshaller marshaller) { this.marshaller = marshaller; } public void setUnmarshaller(Unmarshaller unmarshaller) { this.unmarshaller = unmarshaller; } public void saveSettings() throws IOException { FileOutputStream os = null; try { os = new FileOutputStream(FILE_NAME); this.marshaller.marshal(settings, new StreamResult(os)); } finally { if (os != null) { os.close(); } } } public void loadSettings() throws IOException { FileInputStream is = null; try { is = new FileInputStream(FILE_NAME); this.settings = (Settings) this.unmarshaller.unmarshal(new StreamSource(is)); } finally { if (is != null) { is.close(); } } } public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { ApplicationContext appContext = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("applicationContext.xml"); Application application = (Application) appContext.getBean("application"); application.saveSettings(); application.loadSettings(); } }
The Application requires both a marshaller
and unmarshaller property to be set. We can do so using the following
applicationContext.xml:
<beans> <bean id="application" class="Application"> <property name="marshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> <property name="unmarshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> </bean> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller"/> </beans>
This application context uses Castor, but we could have used any of the other marshaller instances described
later in this chapter. Note that Castor does not require any further configuration by default, so the bean
definition is rather simple. Also note that the CastorMarshaller implements both
Marshaller and Unmarshaller, so we can refer
to the castorMarshaller bean in both the marshaller and
unmarshaller property of the application.
This sample application produces the following settings.xml file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <settings foo-enabled="false"/>
Marshallers could be configured more concisely using tags from the OXM namespace. To make these tags available, the appropriate schema has to be referenced first in the preamble of the XML configuration file. Note the 'oxm' related text below:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:oxm="http://www.springframework.org/schema/oxm" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/oxm http://www.springframework.org/schema/oxm/spring-oxm-3.0.xsd">
Currently, the following tags are available:
Each tag will be explained in its respective marshaller's section. As an example though, here is how the configuration of a JAXB2 marshaller might look like:
<oxm:jaxb2-marshaller id="marshaller" contextPath="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema"/>
The JAXB binding compiler translates a W3C XML Schema into one or more Java classes, a
jaxb.properties file, and possibly some resource files. JAXB also offers a
way to generate a schema from annotated Java classes.
Spring supports the JAXB 2.0 API as XML marshalling strategies, following the
Marshaller and Unmarshaller
interfaces described in Section 15.2, “Marshaller and Unmarshaller”. The corresponding integration
classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.jaxb package.
The Jaxb2Marshaller class implements both the Spring
Marshaller and Unmarshallerinterface. It
requires a context path to operate, which you can set using the contextPath
property. The context path is a list of colon (:) separated Java package names that contain schema
derived classes. It also offers a classesToBeBound property, which allows you to set an array of
classes to be supported by the marshaller. Schema validation is performed by specifying one or more
schema resource to the bean, like so:
<beans> <bean id="jaxb2Marshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Jaxb2Marshaller"> <property name="classesToBeBound"> <list> <value>org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Flight</value> <value>org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Flights</value> </list> </property> <property name="schema" value="classpath:org/springframework/oxm/schema.xsd"/> </bean> ... </beans>
The jaxb2-marshaller tag configures a org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Jaxb2Marshaller.
Here is an example:
<oxm:jaxb2-marshaller id="marshaller" contextPath="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema"/>
Alternatively, the list of classes to bind can be provided to the marshaller via the class-to-be-bound child tag:
<oxm:jaxb2-marshaller id="marshaller"> <oxm:class-to-be-bound name="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema.Airport"/> <oxm:class-to-be-bound name="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema.Flight"/> ... </oxm:jaxb2-marshaller>
Available attributes are:
| Attribute | Description | Required |
|---|---|---|
id | the id of the marshaller | no |
contextPath | the JAXB Context path | no |
Castor XML mapping is an open source XML binding framework. It allows you to transform the data contained in a java object model into/from an XML document. By default, it does not require any further configuration, though a mapping file can be used to have more control over the behavior of Castor.
For more information on Castor, refer to the Castor web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.castor package.
As with JAXB, the CastorMarshaller implements both the
Marshaller and Unmarshaller interface.
It can be wired up as follows:
<beans> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller" /> ... </beans>
Although it is possible to rely on Castor's default marshalling behavior, it might be necessary to have more control over it. This can be accomplished using a Castor mapping file. For more information, refer to Castor XML Mapping.
The mapping can be set using the mappingLocation resource property, indicated below with a classpath resource.
<beans> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller" > <property name="mappingLocation" value="classpath:mapping.xml" /> </bean> </beans>
XMLBeans is an XML binding tool that has full XML Schema support, and offers full XML Infoset
fidelity. It takes a different approach to that of most other O/X mapping frameworks, in that
all classes that are generated from an XML Schema are all derived from
XmlObject, and contain XML binding information in them.
For more information on XMLBeans, refer to the XMLBeans web site . The Spring-WS integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans package.
The XmlBeansMarshaller
implements both the Marshaller
and Unmarshaller
interfaces. It can be configured as follows:
<beans> <bean id="xmlBeansMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans.XmlBeansMarshaller" /> ... </beans>
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Note that the |
The xmlbeans-marshaller tag configures a org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans.XmlBeansMarshaller.
Here is an example:
<oxm:xmlbeans-marshaller id="marshaller"/>
Available attributes are:
| Attribute | Description | Required |
|---|---|---|
id | the id of the marshaller | no |
options | the bean name of the XmlOptions that is to be used for this marshaller. Typically a
XmlOptionsFactoryBean definition | no |
The JiBX framework offers a solution similar to that which JDO provides for ORM: a binding definition defines the rules for how your Java objects are converted to or from XML. After preparing the binding and compiling the classes, a JiBX binding compiler enhances the class files, and adds code to handle converting instances of the classes from or to XML.
For more information on JiBX, refer to the JiBX web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.jibx package.
The JibxMarshaller class implements both the
Marshaller and Unmarshaller interface.
To operate, it requires the name of the class to marshal in, which you can set using the
targetClass property. Optionally, you can set the binding name using the
bindingName property. In the next sample, we bind the
Flights class:
<beans> <bean id="jibxFlightsMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.jibx.JibxMarshaller"> <property name="targetClass">org.springframework.oxm.jibx.Flights</property> </bean> ...
A JibxMarshaller is configured for a single class. If you want to marshal
multiple classes, you have to configure multiple JibxMarshallers with
different targetClass property values.
The jibx-marshaller tag configures a org.springframework.oxm.jibx.JibxMarshaller.
Here is an example:
<oxm:jibx-marshaller id="marshaller" target-class="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema.Flight"/>
Available attributes are:
| Attribute | Description | Required |
|---|---|---|
id | the id of the marshaller | no |
target-class | the target class for this marshaller | yes |
bindingName | the binding name used by this marshaller | no |
XStream is a simple library to serialize objects to XML and back again. It does not require any mapping, and generates clean XML.
For more information on XStream, refer to the XStream web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.xstream package.
The XStreamMarshaller does not require any configuration, and can be configured
in an application context directly. To further customize the XML, you can set an
alias map, which consists of string aliases mapped to classes:
<beans> <bean id="xstreamMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.XStreamMarshaller"> <property name="aliases"> <props> <prop key="Flight">org.springframework.oxm.xstream.Flight</prop> </props> </property> </bean> ... </beans>
![]() | Warning |
|---|---|
By default, XStream allows for arbitrary classes to be unmarshalled, which can result in security
vulnerabilities.
As such, it is recommended to set the supportedClasses property on the
<bean id="xstreamMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.XStreamMarshaller"> <property name="supportedClasses" value="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.Flight"/> ... </bean> This will make sure that only the registered classes are eligible for unmarshalling. Additionally, you can register custom converters to make sure that only your supported classes can be unmarshalled. |
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Note that XStream is an XML serialization library, not a data binding library. Therefore, it has limited namespace support. As such, it is rather unsuitable for usage within Web services. |
This part of the reference documentation covers the Spring Framework's support for the presentation tier (and specifically web-based presentation tiers).
The Spring Framework's own web framework, Spring Web MVC, is covered in the first couple of chapters. A number of the remaining chapters in this part of the reference documentation are concerned with the Spring Framework's integration with other web technologies, such as Struts and JSF (to name but two).
This section concludes with coverage of Spring's MVC portlet framework.
The Spring Web model-view-controller (MVC) framework is designed
around a DispatcherServlet that dispatches requests
to handlers, with configurable handler mappings, view resolution, locale
and theme resolution as well as support for uploading files. The default
handler is based on the @Controller and
@RequestMapping annotations, offering a
wide range of flexible handling methods. With the introduction of Spring
3.0, the @Controller mechanism also allows
you to create RESTful Web sites and applications, through the
@PathVariable annotation and other
features.
In Spring Web MVC you can use any object as a command or form-backing object; you do not need to implement a framework-specific interface or base class. Spring's data binding is highly flexible: for example, it treats type mismatches as validation errors that can be evaluated by the application, not as system errors. Thus you need not duplicate your business objects' properties as simple, untyped strings in your form objects simply to handle invalid submissions, or to convert the Strings properly. Instead, it is often preferable to bind directly to your business objects.
Spring's view resolution is extremely flexible. A
Controller is typically responsible for
preparing a model Map with data and selecting a
view name but it can also write directly to the response stream and
complete the request. View name resolution is highly configurable through
file extension or Accept header content type negotiation, through bean
names, a properties file, or even a custom
ViewResolver implementation. The model (the
M in MVC) is a Map interface, which allows
for the complete abstraction of the view technology. You can integrate
directly with template based rendering technologies such as JSP, Velocity
and Freemarker, or directly generate XML, JSON, Atom, and many other types
of content. The model Map is simply
transformed into an appropriate format, such as JSP request attributes, a
Velocity template model.
Spring's web module includes many unique web support features:
Clear separation of roles. Each role —
controller, validator, command object, form object, model object,
DispatcherServlet, handler mapping, view
resolver, and so on — can be fulfilled by a specialized
object.
Powerful and straightforward configuration of both framework and application classes as JavaBeans. This configuration capability includes easy referencing across contexts, such as from web controllers to business objects and validators.
Adaptability, non-intrusiveness, and flexibility. Define any controller method signature you need, possibly using one of the parameter annotations (such as @RequestParam, @RequestHeader, @PathVariable, and more) for a given scenario.
Reusable business code, no need for duplication. Use existing business objects as command or form objects instead of mirroring them to extend a particular framework base class.
Customizable binding and validation. Type mismatches as application-level validation errors that keep the offending value, localized date and number binding, and so on instead of String-only form objects with manual parsing and conversion to business objects.
Customizable handler mapping and view resolution. Handler mapping and view resolution strategies range from simple URL-based configuration, to sophisticated, purpose-built resolution strategies. Spring is more flexible than web MVC frameworks that mandate a particular technique.
Flexible model transfer. Model transfer
with a name/value Map supports easy
integration with any view technology.
Customizable locale and theme resolution, support for JSPs with or without Spring tag library, support for JSTL, support for Velocity without the need for extra bridges, and so on.
A simple yet powerful JSP tag library known as the Spring tag library that provides support for features such as data binding and themes. The custom tags allow for maximum flexibility in terms of markup code. For information on the tag library descriptor, see the appendix entitled Appendix F, spring.tld
A JSP form tag library, introduced in Spring 2.0, that makes writing forms in JSP pages much easier. For information on the tag library descriptor, see the appendix entitled Appendix G, spring-form.tld
Beans whose lifecycle is scoped to the current HTTP
request or HTTP Session.
This is not a specific feature of Spring MVC itself, but rather of
the WebApplicationContext
container(s) that Spring MVC uses. These bean scopes are described
in Section 4.5.4, “Request, session, and global session scopes”
Non-Spring MVC implementations are preferable for some projects. Many teams expect to leverage their existing investment in skills and tools. A large body of knowledge and experience exist for the Struts framework. If you can abide Struts' architectural flaws, it can be a viable choice for the web layer; the same applies to WebWork and other web MVC frameworks.
If you do not want to use Spring's web MVC, but intend to leverage
other solutions that Spring offers, you can integrate the web MVC
framework of your choice with Spring easily. Simply start up a Spring
root application context through its
ContextLoaderListener, and access it through
its
ServletContext attribute (or Spring's
respective helper method) from within a Struts or WebWork action. No
"plug-ins" are involved, so no dedicated integration is necessary. From
the web layer's point of view, you simply use Spring as a library, with
the root application context instance as the entry point.
Your registered beans and Spring's services can be at your fingertips even without Spring's Web MVC. Spring does not compete with Struts or WebWork in this scenario. It simply addresses the many areas that the pure web MVC frameworks do not, from bean configuration to data access and transaction handling. So you can enrich your application with a Spring middle tier and/or data access tier, even if you just want to use, for example, the transaction abstraction with JDBC or Hibernate.
Spring's web MVC framework is, like many other web MVC frameworks,
request-driven, designed around a central Servlet that dispatches requests
to controllers and offers other functionality that facilitates the
development of web applications. Spring's
DispatcherServlet however, does more than just
that. It is completely integrated with the Spring IoC container and as
such allows you to use every other feature that Spring has.
The request processing workflow of the Spring Web MVC
DispatcherServlet is illustrated in the following
diagram. The pattern-savvy reader will recognize that the
DispatcherServlet is an expression of the
“Front Controller” design pattern (this is a pattern that
Spring Web MVC shares with many other leading web frameworks).

The request processing workflow in Spring Web MVC (high level)
The DispatcherServlet is an actual
Servlet (it inherits from the
HttpServlet base class), and as such is declared in
the web.xml of your web application. You need to map
requests that you want the DispatcherServlet to
handle, by using a URL mapping in the same web.xml
file. This is standard Java EE Servlet configuration; the following example
shows such a DispatcherServlet declaration and
mapping:
<web-app> <servlet> <servlet-name>example</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>example</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/example/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
In the preceding example, all requests startig with
/example will be handled by the
DispatcherServlet instance named
example. This is only the first step in setting up
Spring Web MVC. You
now need to configure the various beans used by the Spring Web MVC
framework (over and above the DispatcherServlet
itself).
As detailed in Section 4.14, “Additional Capabilities of the
ApplicationContext”,
ApplicationContext instances in Spring can
be scoped. In the Web MVC framework, each
DispatcherServlet has its own
WebApplicationContext, which inherits all
the beans already defined in the root
WebApplicationContext. These inherited
beans can be overridden in the servlet-specific scope, and you can define
new scope-specific beans local to a given Servlet instance.

Upon initialization of a DispatcherServlet,
Spring MVC looks for a file named
[servlet-name]-servlet.xml in the
WEB-INF directory of your web application and creates
the beans defined there, overriding the definitions of any beans defined
with the same name in the global scope.
Consider the following DispatcherServlet
Servlet configuration (in the web.xml file):
<web-app> <servlet> <servlet-name>golfing</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>golfing</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/golfing/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
With the above Servlet configuration in place, you
will need to have a file called /WEB-INF/golfing-servlet.xml in your
application; this file will contain all of your Spring Web MVC-specific
components (beans). You can change the exact location of this
configuration file through a Servlet initialization parameter (see below
for details).
The WebApplicationContext is an
extension of the plain ApplicationContext
that has some extra features necessary for web applications. It differs
from a normal ApplicationContext in that it
is capable of resolving themes (see Section 16.9, “Using themes”),
and that it knows which Servlet it is associated with (by having a link to
the ServletContext). The
WebApplicationContext is bound in the
ServletContext, and by using static methods
on the RequestContextUtils class you can always
look up the WebApplicationContext if you
need access to it.
The Spring DispatcherServlet uses special
beans to process requests and render the appropriate views. These beans
are part of Spring MVC. You can choose which special beans to use
by simply configuring one or more of them in the
WebApplicationContext.
However, you don't need to do that initially since Spring MVC
maintains a list of default beans to use if you don't configure any.
More on that in the next section. First see the table below
listing the special bean types the
DispatcherServlet relies on.
Table 16.1. Special bean types in the
WebApplicationContext
| Bean type | Explanation |
|---|---|
| HandlerMapping | Maps incoming requests to handlers and a list of
pre- and post-processors (handler interceptors) based on some
criteria the details of which vary by HandlerMapping
implementation. The most popular implementation supports
annotated controllers but other implementations exists as well. |
| HandlerAdapter | Helps the DispatcherServlet to
invoke a handler mapped to a request regardless of the handler
is actually invoked. For example, invoking an annotated controller
requires resolving various annotations. Thus the main purpose
of a HandlerAdapter is to shield the
DispatcherServlet from such details. |
| HandlerExceptionResolver | Maps exceptions to views also allowing for more complex exception handling code. |
| ViewResolver | Resolves logical String-based view names to actual View types. |
| LocaleResolver | Resolves the locale a client is using, in order to be able to offer internationalized views |
| ThemeResolver | Resolves themes your web application can use, for example, to offer personalized layouts |
| MultipartResolver | Parses multi-part requests for example to support processing file uploads from HTML forms. |
| FlashMapManager | Stores and retrieves the "input" and the "output"
FlashMap that can be used to pass attributes
from one request to another, usually across a redirect. |
As mentioned in the previous section for each special bean
the DispatcherServlet maintains a list
of implementations to use by default. This information is
kept in the file DispatcherServlet.properties
in the package org.springframework.web.servlet.
All special beans have some reasonable defaults of
their own. Sooner or later though you'll need to customize
one or more of the properties these beans provide.
For example it's quite common to configure
an InternalResourceViewResolver
settings its prefix property to
the parent location of view files.
Regardless of the details, the important concept
to understand here is that once
you configure a special bean such as an
InternalResourceViewResolver
in your WebApplicationContext, you
effectively override the list of default implementations
that would have been used otherwise for that special bean
type. For example if you configure an
InternalResourceViewResolver,
the default list of ViewResolver
implementations is ignored.
In Section 16.14, “Configuring Spring MVC” you'll learn about other options for configuring Spring MVC including MVC Java config and the MVC XML namespace both of which provide a simple starting point and assume little knowledge of how Spring MVC works. Regardless of how you choose to configure your application, the concepts explained in this section are fundamental should be of help to you.
After you set up a DispatcherServlet, and a
request comes in for that specific
DispatcherServlet, the
DispatcherServlet starts processing the request as
follows:
The WebApplicationContext is
searched for and bound in the request as an attribute that the
controller and other elements in the process can use. It
is bound by default under the key
DispatcherServlet.WEB_APPLICATION_CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE.
The locale resolver is bound to the request to enable elements in the process to resolve the locale to use when processing the request (rendering the view, preparing data, and so on). If you do not need locale resolving, you do not need it.
The theme resolver is bound to the request to let elements such as views determine which theme to use. If you do not use themes, you can ignore it.
If you specify a multipart file resolver, the request is
inspected for multiparts; if multiparts are found, the request is
wrapped in a MultipartHttpServletRequest for
further processing by other elements in the process. See Section 16.10, “Spring's multipart (file upload) support” for further information about multipart
handling.
An appropriate handler is searched for. If a handler is found, the execution chain associated with the handler (preprocessors, postprocessors, and controllers) is executed in order to prepare a model or rendering.
If a model is returned, the view is rendered. If no model is returned, (may be due to a preprocessor or postprocessor intercepting the request, perhaps for security reasons), no view is rendered, because the request could already have been fulfilled.
Handler exception resolvers that are declared in the
WebApplicationContext pick up exceptions
that are thrown during processing of the request. Using these exception
resolvers allows you to define custom behaviors to address
exceptions.
The Spring DispatcherServlet also supports
the return of the last-modification-date, as
specified by the Servlet API. The process of determining the last
modification date for a specific request is straightforward: the
DispatcherServlet looks up an appropriate handler
mapping and tests whether the handler that is found implements the
LastModified
interface. If so, the value of the long
getLastModified(request) method of the
LastModified interface is returned to the
client.
You can customize individual
DispatcherServlet instances by adding Servlet
initialization parameters (init-param elements) to the
Servlet declaration in the web.xml file. See the
following table for the list of supported parameters.
Table 16.2. DispatcherServlet initialization
parameters
| Parameter | Explanation |
|---|---|
contextClass | Class that implements
WebApplicationContext, which
instantiates the context used by this Servlet. By default, the
XmlWebApplicationContext is used. |
contextConfigLocation | String that is passed to the context instance (specified by
contextClass) to indicate where context(s) can
be found. The string consists potentially of multiple strings
(using a comma as a delimiter) to support multiple contexts. In
case of multiple context locations with beans that are defined
twice, the latest location takes precedence. |
namespace | Namespace of the
WebApplicationContext. Defaults to
[servlet-name]-servlet. |
Controllers provide access to the application behavior that you typically define through a service interface. Controllers interpret user input and transform it into a model that is represented to the user by the view. Spring implements a controller in a very abstract way, which enables you to create a wide variety of controllers.
Spring 2.5 introduced an annotation-based programming model for MVC
controllers that uses annotations such as
@RequestMapping,
@RequestParam,
@ModelAttribute, and so on. This annotation
support is available for both Servlet MVC and Portlet MVC. Controllers
implemented in this style do not have to extend specific base classes or
implement specific interfaces. Furthermore, they do not usually have
direct dependencies on Servlet or Portlet APIs, although you can easily
configure access to Servlet or Portlet facilities.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Available in the samples repository, a number of web applications leverage the annotation support described in this section including MvcShowcase, MvcAjax, MvcBasic, PetClinic, PetCare, and others. |
@Controller public class HelloWorldController { @RequestMapping("/helloWorld") public String helloWorld(Model model) { model.addAttribute("message", "Hello World!"); return "helloWorld"; } }
As you can see, the @Controller and
@RequestMapping annotations allow flexible
method names and signatures. In this particular example the method accepts
a Model and returns a view name as a
String, but various other method parameters and
return values can be used as explained later in this section.
@Controller and
@RequestMapping and a number of other
annotations form the basis for the Spring MVC implementation. This section
documents these annotations and how they are most commonly used in a
Servlet environment.
The @Controller annotation
indicates that a particular class serves the role of a
controller. Spring does not require you to extend
any controller base class or reference the Servlet API. However, you can
still reference Servlet-specific features if you need to.
The @Controller annotation acts as
a stereotype for the annotated class, indicating its role. The
dispatcher scans such annotated classes for mapped methods and detects
@RequestMapping annotations (see the next
section).
You can define annotated controller beans explicitly, using a
standard Spring bean definition in the dispatcher's context. However,
the @Controller stereotype also allows
for autodetection, aligned with Spring general support for detecting
component classes in the classpath and auto-registering bean definitions
for them.
To enable autodetection of such annotated controllers, you add component scanning to your configuration. Use the spring-context schema as shown in the following XML snippet:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:component-scan base-package="org.springframework.samples.petclinic.web"/> <!-- ... --> </beans>
You use the @RequestMapping
annotation to map URLs such as /appointments onto
an entire class or a particular handler method. Typically the
class-level annotation maps a specific request path (or path pattern)
onto a form controller, with additional method-level annotations
narrowing the primary mapping for a specific HTTP method request method
("GET", "POST", etc.) or an HTTP request parameter condition.
The following example from the Petcare sample shows a controller in a Spring MVC application that uses this annotation:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/appointments") public class AppointmentsController { private final AppointmentBook appointmentBook; @Autowired public AppointmentsController(AppointmentBook appointmentBook) { this.appointmentBook = appointmentBook; } @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.GET) public Map<String, Appointment> get() { return appointmentBook.getAppointmentsForToday(); } @RequestMapping(value="/{day}", method = RequestMethod.GET) public Map<String, Appointment> getForDay(@PathVariable @DateTimeFormat(iso=ISO.DATE) Date day, Model model) { return appointmentBook.getAppointmentsForDay(day); } @RequestMapping(value="/new", method = RequestMethod.GET) public AppointmentForm getNewForm() { return new AppointmentForm(); } @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String add(@Valid AppointmentForm appointment, BindingResult result) { if (result.hasErrors()) { return "appointments/new"; } appointmentBook.addAppointment(appointment); return "redirect:/appointments"; } }
In the example, the @RequestMapping
is used in a number of places. The first usage is on the type (class)
level, which indicates that all handling methods on this controller are
relative to the /appointments path. The
get() method has a further
@RequestMapping refinement: it only
accepts GET requests, meaning that an HTTP GET for
/appointments invokes this method. The
post() has a similar refinement, and the
getNewForm() combines the definition of HTTP
method and path into one, so that GET requests for
appointments/new are handled by that method.
The getForDay() method shows another
usage of @RequestMapping: URI templates.
(See the next
section ).
A @RequestMapping on the class
level is not required. Without it, all paths are simply absolute, and
not relative. The following example from the
PetClinic sample application shows a multi-action
controller using @RequestMapping:
@Controller public class ClinicController { private final Clinic clinic; @Autowired public ClinicController(Clinic clinic) { this.clinic = clinic; } @RequestMapping("/") public void welcomeHandler() { } @RequestMapping("/vets") public ModelMap vetsHandler() { return new ModelMap(this.clinic.getVets()); } }
![]() | Using @RequestMapping On Interface Methods |
|---|---|
A common pitfall when working with annotated controller classes
happens when applying functionality that requires creating a proxy for
the controller object (e.g.
|
Spring 3.1 introduced a new set of support classes for
@RequestMapping methods called
RequestMappingHandlerMapping and
RequestMappingHandlerAdapter respectively.
They are recommended for use and even required to take advantage of
new features in Spring MVC 3.1 and going forward. The new support
classes are enabled by default by the MVC namespace and MVC Java
config (@EnableWebMvc) but must be configured
explicitly if using neither. This section describes a few
important differences between the old and the new support classes.
Prior to Spring 3.1, type and method-level request mappings were
examined in two separate stages -- a controller was selected first
by the DefaultAnnotationHandlerMapping and the
actual method to invoke was narrowed down second by
the AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter.
With the new support classes in Spring 3.1, the
RequestMappingHandlerMapping is the only place
where a decision is made about which method should process the request.
Think of controller methods as a collection of unique endpoints
with mappings for each method derived from type and method-level
@RequestMapping information.
This enables some new possibilities. For once a
HandlerInterceptor or a
HandlerExceptionResolver can now expect the
Object-based handler to be a HandlerMethod,
which allows them to examine the exact method, its parameters and
associated annotations. The processing for a URL no longer needs to
be split across different controllers.
There are also several things no longer possible:
Select a controller first with a
SimpleUrlHandlerMapping or
BeanNameUrlHandlerMapping and then narrow
the method based on @RequestMapping
annotations.
Rely on method names as a fall-back mechanism to
disambiguate between two @RequestMapping methods
that don't have an explicit path mapping URL path but otherwise
match equally, e.g. by HTTP method. In the new support classes
@RequestMapping methods have to be mapped
uniquely.
Have a single default method (without an explicit path mapping) with which requests are processed if no other controller method matches more concretely. In the new support classes if a matching method is not found a 404 error is raised.
The above features are still supported with the existing support classes. However to take advantage of new Spring MVC 3.1 features you'll need to use the new support classes.
URI templates can be used for convenient
access to selected parts of a URL in a
@RequestMapping method.
A URI Template is a URI-like string, containing one or more
variable names. When you substitute values for these variables, the
template becomes a URI. The proposed
RFC for URI Templates defines how a URI is parameterized. For
example, the URI Template
http://www.example.com/users/{userId} contains the
variable userId. Assigning the value
fred to the variable yields
http://www.example.com/users/fred.
In Spring MVC you can use the
@PathVariable annotation on a method
argument to bind it to the value of a URI template variable:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable String ownerId, Model model) { Owner owner = ownerService.findOwner(ownerId); model.addAttribute("owner", owner); return "displayOwner"; }
The URI Template "/owners/{ownerId}"
specifies the variable name ownerId. When the
controller handles this request, the value of
ownerId is set to the value found in the
appropriate part of the URI. For example, when a request comes in for
/owners/fred, the value of ownerId is
fred.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
To process the @PathVariable annotation, Spring MVC needs to find the matching URI template variable by name. You can specify it in the annotation: @RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable("ownerId") String theOwner, Model model) { // implementation omitted } Or if the URI template variable name matches the method argument name you can omit that detail. As long as your code is not compiled without debugging information, Spring MVC will match the method argument name to the URI template variable name: @RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable String ownerId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } |
A method can have any number of
@PathVariable annotations:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { Owner owner = ownerService.findOwner(ownerId); Pet pet = owner.getPet(petId); model.addAttribute("pet", pet); return "displayPet"; }
A URI template can be assembled from type and path level
@RequestMapping annotations. As a result the
findPet() method can be invoked with a URL
such as /owners/42/pets/21.
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping("/pets/{petId}") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
A @PathVariable argument can be
of any simple type such as int, long,
Date, etc. Spring automatically converts to the appropriate type or
throws a TypeMismatchException if it fails to
do so. You can also register support for parsing additional data
types. See Section 16.3.3.14, “Method Parameters And Type Conversion” and Section 16.3.3.15, “Customizing WebDataBinder
initialization”.
Sometimes you need more precision in defining URI template
variables. Consider the URL
"/spring-web/spring-web-3.0.5.jar". How do you break it
down into multiple parts?
The @RequestMapping annotation
supports the use of regular expressions in URI template variables. The
syntax is {varName:regex} where the first part defines
the variable name and the second - the regular expression.For
example:
@RequestMapping("/spring-web/{symbolicName:[a-z-]+}-{version:\d\.\d\.\d}.{extension:\.[a-z]}") public void handle(@PathVariable String version, @PathVariable String extension) { // ... } }
In addition to URI templates, the
@RequestMapping annotation also
supports Ant-style path patterns (for example,
/myPath/*.do). A combination of URI templates and
Ant-style globs is also supported (for example,
/owners/*/pets/{petId}).
You can narrow the primary mapping by specifying a list of consumable media types. The request will be matched only if the Content-Type request header matches the specified media type. For example:
@Controller @RequestMapping(value = "/pets", method = RequestMethod.POST, consumes="application/json") public void addPet(@RequestBody Pet pet, Model model) { // implementation omitted }
Consumable media type expressions can also be negated as in !text/plain to match to all requests other than those with Content-Type of text/plain.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
The consumes condition is supported on the type and on the method level. Unlike most other conditions, when used at the type level, method-level consumable types override rather than extend type-level consumeable types. |
You can narrow the primary mapping by specifying a list of producible media types. The request will be matched only if the Accept request header matches one of these values. Furthermore, use of the produces condition ensures the actual content type used to generate the response respects the media types specified in the produces condition. For example:
@Controller @RequestMapping(value = "/pets/{petId}", method = RequestMethod.GET, produces="application/json") @ResponseBody public Pet getPet(@PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted }
Just like with consumes, producible media type expressions can be negated as in !text/plain to match to all requests other than those with an Accept header value of text/plain.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
The produces condition is supported on the type and on the method level. Unlike most other conditions, when used at the type level, method-level producible types override rather than extend type-level producible types. |
You can narrow request matching through request parameter
conditions such as "myParam", "!myParam", or
"myParam=myValue". The first two test for request
parameter presense/absence and the third for a specific parameter
value. Here is an example with a request parameter value
condition:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping(value = "/pets/{petId}", method = RequestMethod.GET, params="myParam=myValue") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
The same can be done to test for request header presence/absence or to match based on a specific request header value:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping(value = "/pets", method = RequestMethod.GET, headers="myHeader=myValue") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Although you can match to Content-Type and Accept header values using media type wild cards (for example "content-type=text/*" will match to "text/plain" and "text/html"), it is recommended to use the consumes and produces conditions respectively instead. They are intended specifically for that purpose. |
An @RequestMapping handler method can have
a very flexible signatures. The supported method arguments and return
values are described in the following section. Most arguments can be
used in arbitrary order with the only exception of
BindingResult arguments. This is described in the
next section.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Spring 3.1 introduced a new set of support classes for
|
The following are the supported method arguments:
Request or response objects (Servlet API). Choose any
specific request or response type, for example
ServletRequest or
HttpServletRequest.
Session object (Servlet API): of type
HttpSession. An argument of this
type enforces the presence of a corresponding session. As a
consequence, such an argument is never
null.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Session access may not be thread-safe, in particular in
a Servlet environment. Consider setting the
|
org.springframework.web.context.request.WebRequest
or
org.springframework.web.context.request.NativeWebRequest.
Allows for generic request parameter access as well as
request/session attribute access, without ties to the native
Servlet/Portlet API.
java.util.Locale for the current
request locale, determined by the most specific locale resolver
available, in effect, the configured
LocaleResolver in a Servlet
environment.
java.io.InputStream /
java.io.Reader for access to the
request's content. This value is the raw InputStream/Reader as
exposed by the Servlet API.
java.io.OutputStream /
java.io.Writer for generating the
response's content. This value is the raw OutputStream/Writer as
exposed by the Servlet API.
java.security.Principal
containing the currently authenticated user.
@PathVariable annotated parameters
for access to URI template variables. See Section 16.3.2.2, “URI Template Patterns”.
@RequestParam annotated parameters
for access to specific Servlet request parameters. Parameter
values are converted to the declared method argument type. See
Section 16.3.3.3, “Binding request parameters to method parameters with
@RequestParam”.
@RequestHeader annotated
parameters for access to specific Servlet request HTTP headers.
Parameter values are converted to the declared method argument
type.
@RequestBody annotated
parameters for access to the HTTP request body. Parameter values
are converted to the declared method argument type using
HttpMessageConverters. See Section 16.3.3.4, “Mapping the request body with the @RequestBody
annotation”.
@RequestPart annotated
parameters for access to the content of a "multipart/form-data"
request part. See Section 16.10.5, “Handling a file upload request from programmatic clients” and Section 16.10, “Spring's multipart (file upload) support”.
HttpEntity<?> parameters for
access to the Servlet request HTTP headers and contents. The
request stream will be converted to the entity body using
HttpMessageConverters. See Section 16.3.3.6, “Using HttpEntity<?>”.
java.util.Map /
org.springframework.ui.Model /
org.springframework.ui.ModelMap for
enriching the implicit model that is exposed to the web
view.
org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.support.RedirectAttributes
to specify the exact set of attributes to use in case of a
redirect and also to add flash attributes (attributes stored
temporarily on the server-side to make them available to the
request after the redirect).
RedirectAttributes is used instead of the
implicit model if the method returns a "redirect:" prefixed view
name or RedirectView.
Command or form objects to bind request parameters to bean
properties (via setters) or directly to fields, with
customizable type conversion, depending on
@InitBinder methods and/or the
HandlerAdapter configuration. See the
webBindingInitializer property on
RequestMappingHandlerAdapter. Such
command objects along with their validation results will be
exposed as model attributes by default, using the command class
class name - e.g. model attribute "orderAddress" for a command
object of type "some.package.OrderAddress". The
ModelAttribute annotation can be used on
a method argument to customize the model attribute name
used.
org.springframework.validation.Errors
/
org.springframework.validation.BindingResult
validation results for a preceding command or form object (the
immediately preceding method argument).
org.springframework.web.bind.support.SessionStatus
status handle for marking form processing as complete, which
triggers the cleanup of session attributes that have been
indicated by the @SessionAttributes
annotation at the handler type level.
org.springframework.web.util.UriComponentsBuilder
a builder for preparing a URL relative to the current request's
host, port, scheme, context path, and the literal part of the
servlet mapping.
The Errors or
BindingResult parameters have to follow
the model object that is being bound immediately as the method
signature might have more that one model object and Spring will create
a separate BindingResult instance for
each of them so the following sample won't work:
Example 16.1. Invalid ordering of BindingResult and @ModelAttribute
@RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, Model model, BindingResult result) { … }
Note, that there is a Model
parameter in between Pet and
BindingResult. To get this working
you have to reorder the parameters as follows:
@RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result, Model model) { … }
The following are the supported return types:
A ModelAndView object, with the
model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results
of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data
accessor methods.
A Model object, with the
view name implicitly determined through a
RequestToViewNameTranslator and
the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the
results of @ModelAttribute annotated
reference data accessor methods.
A Map object for exposing a
model, with the view name implicitly determined through a
RequestToViewNameTranslator and
the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the
results of @ModelAttribute annotated
reference data accessor methods.
A View object, with the
model implicitly determined through command objects and
@ModelAttribute annotated reference data
accessor methods. The handler method may also programmatically
enrich the model by declaring a
Model argument (see above).
A String value that is interpreted
as the logical view name, with the model implicitly determined
through command objects and @ModelAttribute
annotated reference data accessor methods. The handler method
may also programmatically enrich the model by declaring a
Model argument (see
above).
void if the method handles the response
itself (by writing the response content directly, declaring an
argument of type ServletResponse
/ HttpServletResponse for that
purpose) or if the view name is supposed to be implicitly
determined through a
RequestToViewNameTranslator (not
declaring a response argument in the handler method
signature).
If the method is annotated with
@ResponseBody, the return type is
written to the response HTTP body. The return value will be
converted to the declared method argument type using
HttpMessageConverters. See Section 16.3.3.5, “Mapping the response body with the
@ResponseBody annotation”.
A HttpEntity<?> or
ResponseEntity<?> object to provide
access to the Servlet response HTTP headers and contents. The
entity body will be converted to the response stream using
HttpMessageConverters. See Section 16.3.3.6, “Using HttpEntity<?>”.
Any other return type is considered to be a single model
attribute to be exposed to the view, using the attribute name
specified through @ModelAttribute at the
method level (or the default attribute name based on the return
type class name). The model is implicitly enriched with command
objects and the results of @ModelAttribute
annotated reference data accessor methods.
Use the @RequestParam annotation to bind
request parameters to a method parameter in your controller.
The following code snippet shows the usage:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/pets") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { // ... @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.GET) public String setupForm(@RequestParam("petId") int petId, ModelMap model) { Pet pet = this.clinic.loadPet(petId); model.addAttribute("pet", pet); return "petForm"; } // ...
Parameters using this annotation are required by default, but
you can specify that a parameter is optional by setting
@RequestParam's
required attribute to false
(e.g., @RequestParam(value="id",
required=false)).
Type conversion is applied automatically if the target method
parameter type is not String. See Section 16.3.3.14, “Method Parameters And Type Conversion”.
The @RequestBody method parameter
annotation indicates that a method parameter should be bound to the
value of the HTTP request body. For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/something", method = RequestMethod.PUT) public void handle(@RequestBody String body, Writer writer) throws IOException { writer.write(body); }
You convert the request body to the method argument by using an
HttpMessageConverter.
HttpMessageConverter is responsible for
converting from the HTTP request message to an object and converting
from an object to the HTTP response body. The
RequestMappingHandlerAdapter supports the
@RequestBody annotation with the following
default HttpMessageConverters:
ByteArrayHttpMessageConverter
converts byte arrays.
StringHttpMessageConverter converts
strings.
FormHttpMessageConverter converts
form data to/from a MultiValueMap<String, String>.
SourceHttpMessageConverter converts
to/from a javax.xml.transform.Source.
For more information on these converters, see Message Converters. Also note that if using the MVC namespace, a wider range of message converters are registered by default. See ??? for more information.
If you intend to read and write XML, you will need to configure
the MarshallingHttpMessageConverter with a
specific Marshaller and an
Unmarshaller implementation from the
org.springframework.oxm package. For
example:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.method.annotation.RequestMappingHandlerAdapter"> <property name="messageConverters"> <util:list id="beanList"> <ref bean="stringHttpMessageConverter"/> <ref bean="marshallingHttpMessageConverter"/> </util:list> </property </bean> <bean id="stringHttpMessageConverter" class="org.springframework.http.converter.StringHttpMessageConverter"/> <bean id="marshallingHttpMessageConverter" class="org.springframework.http.converter.xml.MarshallingHttpMessageConverter"> <property name="marshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> <property name="unmarshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> </bean> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller"/>
An @RequestBody method parameter can be
annotated with @Valid, in which case it will be
validated using the configured Validator
instance. When using the MVC namespace a JSR-303 validator is
configured automatically assuming a JSR-303 implementation is
available on the classpath.
Unlike @ModelAttribute parameters, for which
a BindingResult can be used to examine the errors,
@RequestBody validation errors always result in a
MethodArgumentNotValidException being raised.
The exception is handled in the
DefaultHandlerExceptionResolver, which sends
a 400 error back to the client.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Also see ??? for information on configuring message converters and a validator through the MVC namespace. |
The @ResponseBody annotation is
similar to @RequestBody. This
annotation can be put on a method and indicates that the return type
should be written straight to the HTTP response body (and not placed
in a Model, or interpreted as a view name). For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/something", method = RequestMethod.PUT) @ResponseBody public String helloWorld() { return "Hello World"; }
The above example will result in the text Hello
World being written to the HTTP response stream.
As with @RequestBody, Spring
converts the returned object to a response body by using an
HttpMessageConverter. For more
information on these converters, see the previous section and Message Converters.
The HttpEntity is similar to
@RequestBody and
@ResponseBody. Besides getting access
to the request and response body, HttpEntity
(and the response-specific subclass
ResponseEntity) also allows access to the
request and response headers, like so:
@RequestMapping("/something") public ResponseEntity<String> handle(HttpEntity<byte[]> requestEntity) throws UnsupportedEncodingException { String requestHeader = requestEntity.getHeaders().getFirst("MyRequestHeader")); byte[] requestBody = requestEntity.getBody(); // do something with request header and body HttpHeaders responseHeaders = new HttpHeaders(); responseHeaders.set("MyResponseHeader", "MyValue"); return new ResponseEntity<String>("Hello World", responseHeaders, HttpStatus.CREATED); }
The above example gets the value of the
MyRequestHeader request header, and reads the body
as a byte array. It adds the MyResponseHeader to
the response, writes Hello World to the response
stream, and sets the response status code to 201 (Created).
As with @RequestBody and
@ResponseBody, Spring uses
HttpMessageConverter to convert from
and to the request and response streams. For more information on these
converters, see the previous section and Message Converters.
The @ModelAttribute annotation
can be used on methods or on method arguments. This section explains
its usage on methods while the next section explains its usage on
method arguments.
An @ModelAttribute on a method
indicates the purpose of that method is to add one or more model
attributes. Such methods support the same argument types as
@RequestMapping methods but cannot be
mapped directly to requests. Instead
@ModelAttribute methods in a controller
are invoked before @RequestMapping
methods, within the same controller. A couple of examples:
// Add one attribute // The return value of the method is added to the model under the name "account" // You can customize the name via @ModelAttribute("myAccount") @ModelAttribute public Account addAccount(@RequestParam String number) { return accountManager.findAccount(number); } // Add multiple attributes @ModelAttribute public void populateModel(@RequestParam String number, Model model) { model.addAttribute(accountManager.findAccount(number)); // add more ... }
@ModelAttribute methods are used
to populate the model with commonly needed attributes for example to
fill a drop-down with states or with pet types, or to retrieve a
command object like Account in order to use it to represent the data
on an HTML form. The latter case is further discussed in the next
section.
Note the two styles of
@ModelAttribute methods. In the first,
the method adds an attribute implicitly by returning it. In the
second, the method accepts a Model and adds any
number of model attributes to it. You can choose between the two
styles depending on your needs.
A controller can have any number of
@ModelAttribute methods. All such
methods are invoked before
@RequestMapping methods of the same
controller.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
What happens when a model attribute name is not explicitly
specified? In such cases a default name is assigned to the model
attribute based on its type. For example if the method returns an
object of type |
The @ModelAttribute annotation
can be used on @RequestMapping methods
as well. In that case the return value of the
@RequestMapping method is interpreted
as a model attribute rather than as a view name. The view name is
derived from view name conventions instead much like for methods
returning void — see Section 16.12.3, “The View -
RequestToViewNameTranslator”.
As explained in the previous section
@ModelAttribute can be used on methods
or on method arguments. This section explains its usage on method
arguments.
An @ModelAttribute on a method
argument indicates the argument should be retrieved from the model. If
not present in the model, the argument should be instantiated first
and then added to the model. Once present in the model, the argument's
fields should be populated from all request parameters that have
matching names. This is known as data binding in Spring MVC, a very
useful mechanism that saves you from having to parse each form field
individually.
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute Pet pet) { }
Given the above example where can the Pet instance come from? There are several options:
It may already be in the model due to use of
@SessionAttributes — see Section 16.3.3.9, “Using @SessionAttributes to store model
attributes in the HTTP session between requests”.
It may already be in the model due to an
@ModelAttribute method in the same
controller — as explained in the previous section.
It may be retrieved based on a URI template variable and type converter (explained in more detail below).
It may be instantiated using its default constructor.
An @ModelAttribute method is a
common way to to retrieve an attribute from the database, which may
optionally be stored between requests through the use of
@SessionAttributes. In some cases it
may be convenient to retrieve the attribute by using an URI template
variable and a type converter. Here is an example:
@RequestMapping(value="/accounts/{account}", method = RequestMethod.PUT) public String save(@ModelAttribute("account") Account account) { }
In this example the name of the model attribute (i.e. "account")
matches the name of a URI template variable. If you register
Converter<String, Account> that can turn
the String account value into an
Account instance, then the above example will
work without the need for an
@ModelAttribute method.
The next step is data binding. The
WebDataBinder class matches request parameter
names — including query string parameters and form fields — to model
attribute fields by name. Matching fields are populated after type
conversion (from String to the target field type) has been applied
where necessary. Data binding and validation are covered in Chapter 6, Validation, Data Binding, and Type Conversion. Customizing the data binding process for a
controller level is covered in Section 16.3.3.15, “Customizing WebDataBinder
initialization”.
As a result of data binding there may be errors such as missing
required fields or type conversion errors. To check for such errors
add a BindingResult argument immediately
following the @ModelAttribute
argument:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result) { if (result.hasErrors()) { return "petForm"; } // ... }
With a BindingResult you can check if
errors were found in which case it's common to render the same form
where the errors can be shown with the help of Spring's
<errors> form tag.
In addition to data binding you can also invoke validation using
your own custom validator passing the same
BindingResult that was used to record data
binding errors. That allows for data binding and validation errors to
be accumulated in one place and subsequently reported back to the
user:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result) { new PetValidator().validate(pet, result); if (result.hasErrors()) { return "petForm"; } // ... }
Or you can have validation invoked automatically by adding the
JSR-303 @Valid annotation:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@Valid @ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result) { if (result.hasErrors()) { return "petForm"; } // ... }
See Section 6.7, “Spring 3 Validation” and Chapter 6, Validation, Data Binding, and Type Conversion for details on how to configure and use validation.
The type-level @SessionAttributes
annotation declares session attributes used by a specific handler.
This will typically list the names of model attributes or types of
model attributes which should be transparently stored in the session
or some conversational storage, serving as form-backing beans between
subsequent requests.
The following code snippet shows the usage of this annotation, specifying the model attribute name:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/editPet.do") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { // ... }
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
When using controller interfaces (e.g., for AOP proxying),
make sure to consistently put all your mapping
annotations - such as |
By default all model attributes are considered to be exposed as URI template variables in the redirect URL. Of the remaining attributes those that are primitive types or collections/arrays of primitive types are automatically appended as query parameters.
In annotated controllers however the model may contain
additional attributes originally added for rendering purposes (e.g.
drop-down field values). To gain precise control over the attributes
used in a redirect scenario, an
@RequestMapping method can declare an
argument of type RedirectAttributes and
use it to add attributes for use in
RedirectView. If the controller method does
redirect, the content of
RedirectAttributes is used. Otherwise
the content of the default Model is
used.
The RequestMappingHandlerAdapter provides
a flag called "ignoreDefaultModelOnRedirect" that
can be used to indicate the content of the default
Model should never be used if a
controller method redirects. Instead the controller method should
declare an attribute of type
RedirectAttributes or if it doesn't do
so no attributes should be passed on to
RedirectView. Both the MVC namespace and the
MVC Java config (via @EnableWebMvc)
keep this flag set to false in order to maintain
backwards compatibility. However, for new applications we recommend
setting it to true
The RedirectAttributes interface
can also be used to add flash attributes. Unlike other redirect
attributes, which end up in the target redirect URL, flash attributes
are saved in the HTTP session (and hence do not appear in the URL).
The model of the controller serving the target redirect URL
automatically receives these flash attributes after which they are
removed from the session. See Section 16.6, “Using flash attributes”
for an overview of the general support for flash attributes in Spring
MVC.
The previous sections covered use of
@ModelAttribute to support form
submission requests from browser clients. The same annotation is
recommended for use with requests from non-browser clients as well.
However there is one notable difference when it comes to working with
HTTP PUT requests. Browsers can submit form data via HTTP GET or HTTP
POST. Non-browser clients can also submit forms via HTTP PUT. This
presents a challenge because the Servlet specification requires the
ServletRequest.getParameter*() family of methods to
support form field access only for HTTP POST, not for HTTP PUT.
To support HTTP PUT requests, the spring-web
module provides the filter
HttpPutFormContentFilter, which can be
configured in web.xml:
<filter> <filter-name>httpPutFormFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>org.springframework.web.filter.HttpPutFormContentFilter</filter-class> </filter> <filter-mapping> <filter-name>httpPutFormFilter</filter-name> <servlet-name>dispatcherServlet</servlet-name> </filter-mapping> <servlet> <servlet-name>dispatcherServlet</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> </servlet>
The above filter intercepts HTTP PUT requests with content type
application/x-www-form-urlencoded, reads the form
data from the body of the request, and wraps the
ServletRequest in order to make the form data
available through the
ServletRequest.getParameter*() family of
methods.
The @CookieValue annotation
allows a method parameter to be bound to the value of an HTTP
cookie.
Let us consider that the following cookie has been received with an http request:
JSESSIONID=415A4AC178C59DACE0B2C9CA727CDD84
The following code sample demonstrates how to get the value of
the JSESSIONID cookie:
@RequestMapping("/displayHeaderInfo.do") public void displayHeaderInfo(@CookieValue("JSESSIONID") String cookie) { //... }
Type conversion is applied automatically if the target method
parameter type is not String. See Section 16.3.3.14, “Method Parameters And Type Conversion”.
This annotation is supported for annotated handler methods in Servlet and Portlet environments.
The @RequestHeader annotation
allows a method parameter to be bound to a request header.
Here is a sample request header:
Host localhost:8080 Accept text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9 Accept-Language fr,en-gb;q=0.7,en;q=0.3 Accept-Encoding gzip,deflate Accept-Charset ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7 Keep-Alive 300
The following code sample demonstrates how to get the value of
the Accept-Encoding and
Keep-Alive headers:
@RequestMapping("/displayHeaderInfo.do") public void displayHeaderInfo(@RequestHeader("Accept-Encoding") String encoding, @RequestHeader("Keep-Alive") long keepAlive) { //... }
Type conversion is applied automatically if the method parameter
is not String. See Section 16.3.3.14, “Method Parameters And Type Conversion”.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
Built-in support is available for converting a comma-separated
string into an array/collection of strings or other types known to
the type conversion system. For example a method parameter annotated
with |
This annotation is supported for annotated handler methods in Servlet and Portlet environments.
String-based values extracted from the request including request
parameters, path variables, request headers, and cookie values may
need to be converted to the target type of the method parameter or
field (e.g., binding a request parameter to a field in an
@ModelAttribute parameter) they're
bound to. If the target type is not String,
Spring automatically converts to the appropriate type. All simple
types such as int, long, Date, etc. are supported. You can further
customize the conversion process through a
WebDataBinder (see Section 16.3.3.15, “Customizing WebDataBinder
initialization”) or by registering
Formatters with the
FormattingConversionService (see Section 6.6, “Spring 3 Field Formatting”).
To customize request parameter binding with PropertyEditors
through Spring's WebDataBinder, you can use
either @InitBinder-annotated methods
within your controller or externalize your configuration by providing
a custom WebBindingInitializer.
Annotating controller methods with
@InitBinder allows you to configure
web data binding directly within your controller class.
@InitBinder identifies methods that
initialize the WebDataBinder that will be
used to populate command and form object arguments of annotated
handler methods.
Such init-binder methods support all arguments that
@RequestMapping supports, except for
command/form objects and corresponding validation result objects.
Init-binder methods must not have a return value. Thus, they are
usually declared as void. Typical arguments
include WebDataBinder in combination with
WebRequest or
java.util.Locale, allowing code to register
context-specific editors.
The following example demonstrates the use of
@InitBinder to configure a
CustomDateEditor for all
java.util.Date form properties.
@Controller public class MyFormController { @InitBinder public void initBinder(WebDataBinder binder) { SimpleDateFormat dateFormat = new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-MM-dd"); dateFormat.setLenient(false); binder.registerCustomEditor(Date.class, new CustomDateEditor(dateFormat, false)); } // ... }
To externalize data binding initialization, you can provide a
custom implementation of the
WebBindingInitializer interface,
which you then enable by supplying a custom bean configuration for
an AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter, thus
overriding the default configuration.
The following example from the PetClinic application shows a
configuration using a custom implementation of the
WebBindingInitializer interface,
org.springframework.samples.petclinic.web.ClinicBindingInitializer,
which configures PropertyEditors required by several of the
PetClinic controllers.
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.method.annotation.RequestMappingHandlerAdapter"> <property name="cacheSeconds" value="0" /> <property name="webBindingInitializer"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.petclinic.web.ClinicBindingInitializer" /> </property> </bean>
An @RequestMapping method may
wish to support 'Last-Modified' HTTP requests, as
defined in the contract for the Servlet API's
getLastModified method, to facilitate content
caching. This involves calculating a lastModified
long value for a given request, comparing it
against the 'If-Modified-Since' request header
value, and potentially returning a response with status code 304 (Not
Modified). An annotated controller method can achieve that as
follows:
@RequestMapping public String myHandleMethod(WebRequest webRequest, Model model) { long lastModified = // 1. application-specific calculation if (request.checkNotModified(lastModified)) { // 2. shortcut exit - no further processing necessary return null; } // 3. or otherwise further request processing, actually preparing content model.addAttribute(...); return "myViewName"; }
There are two key elements to note: calling
request.checkNotModified(lastModified) and returning
null. The former sets the response status to 304
before it returns true. The latter, in combination
with the former, causes Spring MVC to do no further processing of the
request.
In previous versions of Spring, users were required to define one or
more HandlerMapping beans in the web
application context to map incoming web requests to appropriate handlers.
With the introduction of annotated controllers, you generally don't need
to do that because the RequestMappingHandlerMapping
automatically looks for @RequestMapping
annotations on all @Controller beans.
However, do keep in mind that all HandlerMapping
classes extending from AbstractHandlerMapping have
the following properties that you can use to customize their
behavior:
interceptorsList of interceptors to use.
HandlerInterceptors are discussed in
Section 16.4.1, “Intercepting requests with a
HandlerInterceptor”.
defaultHandlerDefault handler to use, when this handler mapping does not result in a matching handler.
orderBased on the value of the order property (see the
org.springframework.core.Ordered interface),
Spring sorts all handler mappings available in the context and
applies the first matching handler.
alwaysUseFullPathIf true , Spring uses the full path within
the current Servlet context to find an appropriate handler. If
false (the default), the path within the current
Servlet mapping is used. For example, if a Servlet is mapped using
/testing/* and the
alwaysUseFullPath property is set to true,
/testing/viewPage.html is used, whereas if the
property is set to false, /viewPage.html is
used.
urlDecodeDefaults to true, as of Spring 2.5. If you
prefer to compare encoded paths, set this flag to
false. However, the
HttpServletRequest always exposes the
Servlet path in decoded form. Be aware that the Servlet path will
not match when compared with encoded paths.
The following example shows how to configure an interceptor:
<beans> <bean id="handlerMapping" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.method.annotation.RequestMappingHandlerMapping"> <property name="interceptors"> <bean class="example.MyInterceptor"/> </property> </bean> <beans>
Spring's handler mapping mechanism includes handler interceptors, which are useful when you want to apply specific functionality to certain requests, for example, checking for a principal.
Interceptors located in the handler mapping must implement
HandlerInterceptor from the
org.springframework.web.servlet package. This
interface defines three methods: preHandle(..) is
called before the actual handler is executed;
postHandle(..) is called after
the handler is executed; and afterCompletion(..) is
called after the complete request has finished.
These three methods should provide enough flexibility to do all kinds of
preprocessing and postprocessing.
The preHandle(..) method returns a boolean
value. You can use this method to break or continue the processing of
the execution chain. When this method returns true,
the handler execution chain will continue; when it returns false, the
DispatcherServlet assumes the interceptor itself
has taken care of requests (and, for example, rendered an appropriate
view) and does not continue executing the other interceptors and the
actual handler in the execution chain.
Interceptors can be configured using the
interceptors property, which is present on all
HandlerMapping classes extending from
AbstractHandlerMapping. This is shown in the
example below:
<beans> <bean id="handlerMapping" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.method.annotation.RequestMappingHandlerMapping"> <property name="interceptors"> <list> <ref bean="officeHoursInterceptor"/> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="officeHoursInterceptor" class="samples.TimeBasedAccessInterceptor"> <property name="openingTime" value="9"/> <property name="closingTime" value="18"/> </bean> <beans>
package samples; public class TimeBasedAccessInterceptor extends HandlerInterceptorAdapter { private int openingTime; private int closingTime; public void setOpeningTime(int openingTime) { this.openingTime = openingTime; } public void setClosingTime(int closingTime) { this.closingTime = closingTime; } public boolean preHandle( HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response, Object handler) throws Exception { Calendar cal = Calendar.getInstance(); int hour = cal.get(HOUR_OF_DAY); if (openingTime <= hour && hour < closingTime) { return true; } else { response.sendRedirect("http://host.com/outsideOfficeHours.html"); return false; } } }
Any request handled by this mapping is intercepted by the
TimeBasedAccessInterceptor. If the current time
is outside office hours, the user is redirected to a static HTML file
that says, for example, you can only access the website during office
hours.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
When using the
|
As you can see, the Spring adapter class
HandlerInterceptorAdapter makes it easier to
extend the HandlerInterceptor
interface.
![]() | Tip |
|---|---|
In the example above, the configured interceptor will apply to all requests handled with annotated controller methods. If you want to narrow down the URL paths to which an interceptor applies, you can use the MVC namespace to do that. See ???. |
All MVC frameworks for web applications provide a way to address views. Spring provides view resolvers, which enable you to render models in a browser without tying you to a specific view technology. Out of the box, Spring enables you to use JSPs, Velocity templates and XSLT views, for example. See Chapter 17, View technologies for a discussion of how to integrate and use a number of disparate view technologies.
The two interfaces that are important to the way Spring handles
views are ViewResolver and
View. The
ViewResolver provides a mapping between
view names and actual views. The View
interface addresses the preparation of the request and hands the request
over to one of the view technologies.
As discussed in Section 16.3, “Implementing Controllers”, all handler
methods in the Spring Web MVC controllers must resolve to a logical view
name, either explicitly (e.g., by returning a String,
View, or ModelAndView) or
implicitly (i.e., based on conventions). Views in Spring are addressed
by a logical view name and are resolved by a view resolver. Spring comes
with quite a few view resolvers. This table lists most of them; a couple
of examples follow.
Table 16.3. View resolvers
ViewResolver | Description |
|---|---|
AbstractCachingViewResolver | Abstract view resolver that caches views. Often views need preparation before they can be used; extending this view resolver provides caching. |
XmlViewResolver | Implementation of
ViewResolver that accepts a
configuration file written in XML with the same DTD as Spring's
XML bean factories. The default configuration file is
/WEB-INF/views.xml. |
ResourceBundleViewResolver | Implementation of
ViewResolver that uses bean
definitions in a ResourceBundle,
specified by the bundle base name. Typically you define the
bundle in a properties file, located in the classpath. The
default file name is
views.properties. |
UrlBasedViewResolver | Simple implementation of the
ViewResolver interface that
effects the direct resolution of logical view names to URLs,
without an explicit mapping definition. This is appropriate if
your logical names match the names of your view resources in a
straightforward manner, without the need for arbitrary
mappings. |
InternalResourceViewResolver | Convenient subclass of
UrlBasedViewResolver that supports
InternalResourceView (in effect, Servlets
and JSPs) and subclasses such as JstlView
and TilesView. You can specify the view
class for all views generated by this resolver by using
setViewClass(..). See the Javadocs for the
UrlBasedViewResolver class for
details. |
VelocityViewResolver /
FreeMarkerViewResolver | Convenient subclass of
UrlBasedViewResolver that supports
VelocityView (in effect, Velocity
templates) or FreeMarkerView
,respectively, and custom subclasses of them. |
ContentNegotiatingViewResolver | Implementation of the
ViewResolver interface that
resolves a view based on the request file name or
Accept header. See Section 16.5.4, “ContentNegotiatingViewResolver”. |
As an example, with JSP as a view technology, you can use the
UrlBasedViewResolver. This view resolver
translates a view name to a URL and hands the request over to the
RequestDispatcher to render the view.
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.UrlBasedViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean>
When returning test as a logical view name,
this view resolver forwards the request to the
RequestDispatcher that will send the request to
/WEB-INF/jsp/test.jsp.
When you combine different view technologies in a web application,
you can use the
ResourceBundleViewResolver:
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ResourceBundleViewResolver"> <property name="basename" value="views"/> <property name="defaultParentView" value="parentView"/> </bean>
The ResourceBundleViewResolver inspects the
ResourceBundle identified by the basename, and
for each view it is supposed to resolve, it uses the value of the
property [viewname].(class) as the view class and the
value of the property [viewname].url as the view url.
Examples can be found in the next chapter which covers view
technologies. As you can see, you can identify a parent view, from which
all views in the properties file “extend”. This way you can
specify a default view class, for example.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
Subclasses of |
Spring supports multiple view resolvers. Thus you can chain
resolvers and, for example, override specific views in certain
circumstances. You chain view resolvers by adding more than one resolver
to your application context and, if necessary, by setting the
order property to specify ordering. Remember, the
higher the order property, the later the view resolver is positioned in
the chain.
In the following example, the chain of view resolvers consists of
two resolvers, an InternalResourceViewResolver,
which is always automatically positioned as the last resolver in the
chain, and an XmlViewResolver for specifying
Excel views. Excel views are not supported by the
InternalResourceViewResolver.
<bean id="jspViewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean> <bean id="excelViewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.XmlViewResolver"> <property name="order" value="1"/> <property name="location" value="/WEB-INF/views.xml"/> </bean> <!-- in views.xml --> <beans> <bean name="report" class="org.springframework.example.ReportExcelView"/> </beans>
If a specific view resolver does not result in a view, Spring
examines the context for other view resolvers. If additional view
resolvers exist, Spring continues to inspect them until a view is
resolved. If no view resolver returns a view, Spring throws a
ServletException.
The contract of a view resolver specifies that a view resolver
can return null to indicate the view could not be
found. Not all view resolvers do this, however, because in some cases,
the resolver simply cannot detect whether or not the view exists. For
example, the InternalResourceViewResolver uses
the RequestDispatcher internally, and dispatching
is the only way to figure out if a JSP exists, but this action can only
execute once. The same holds for the
VelocityViewResolver and some others. Check the
Javadoc for the view resolver to see whether it reports non-existing
views. Thus, putting an
InternalResourceViewResolver in the chain in a
place other than the last, results in the chain not being fully
inspected, because the
InternalResourceViewResolver will
always return a view!
As mentioned previously, a controller typically returns a logical
view name, which a view resolver resolves to a particular view
technology. For view technologies such as JSPs that are processed
through the Servlet or JSP engine, this resolution is usually handled
through the combination of
InternalResourceViewResolver and
InternalResourceView, which issues an internal
forward or include via the Servlet API's
RequestDispatcher.forward(..) method or
RequestDispatcher.include() method. For other view
technologies, such as Velocity, XSLT, and so on, the view itself writes
the content directly to the response stream.
It is sometimes desirable to issue an HTTP redirect back to the
client, before the view is rendered. This is desirable, for example,
when one controller has been called with POSTed data,
and the response is actually a delegation to another controller (for
example on a successful form submission). In this case, a normal
internal forward will mean that the other controller will also see the
same POST data, which is potentially problematic if
it can confuse it with other expected data. Another reason to perform a
redirect before displaying the result is to eliminate the possibility of
the user submitting the form data multiple times. In this scenario, the
browser will first send an initial POST; it will then
receive a response to redirect to a different URL; and finally the
browser will perform a subsequent GET for the URL
named in the redirect response. Thus, from the perspective of the
browser, the current page does not reflect the result of a
POST but rather of a GET. The end
effect is that there is no way the user can accidentally
re-POST the same data by performing a refresh. The
refresh forces a GET of the result page, not a resend
of the initial POST data.
One way to force a redirect as the result of a controller
response is for the controller to create and return an instance of
Spring's RedirectView. In this case,
DispatcherServlet does not use the normal view
resolution mechanism. Rather because it has been given the (redirect)
view already, the DispatcherServlet simply
instructs the view to do its work.
The RedirectView issues an
HttpServletResponse.sendRedirect() call that
returns to the client browser as an HTTP redirect. By default all
model attributes are considered to be exposed as URI template
variables in the redirect URL. Of the remaining attributes those that
are primitive types or collections/arrays of primitive types are
automatically appended as query parameters.
Appending primitive type attributes as query parameters may be
the desired result if a model instance was prepared specifically for
the redirect. However, in annotated controllers the model may contain
additional attributes added for rendering purposes (e.g. drop-down
field values). To avoid the possibility of having such attributes
appear in the URL an annotated controller can declare an argument of
type RedirectAttributes and use it to
specify the exact attributes to make available to
RedirectView. If the controller method decides
to redirect, the content of
RedirectAttributes is used. Otherwise
the content of the model is used.
Note that URI template variables from the present request are
automatically made available when expanding a redirect URL and do not
need to be added explicitly neither through
Model nor
RedirectAttributes. For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/files/{path}", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String upload(...) { // ... return "redirect:files/{path}"; }
If you use RedirectView and the view is
created by the controller itself, it is recommended that you configure
the redirect URL to be injected into the controller so that it is not
baked into the controller but configured in the context along with the
view names. The next section discusses this process.
While the use of RedirectView works fine,
if the controller itself creates the
RedirectView, there is no avoiding the fact
that the controller is aware that a redirection is happening. This is
really suboptimal and couples things too tightly. The controller
should not really care about how the response gets handled. In general
it should operate only in terms of view names that have been injected
into it.
The special redirect: prefix allows you to
accomplish this. If a view name is returned that has the prefix
redirect:, the
UrlBasedViewResolver (and all subclasses) will
recognize this as a special indication that a redirect is needed. The
rest of the view name will be treated as the redirect URL.
The net effect is the same as if the controller had returned a
RedirectView, but now the controller itself can
simply operate in terms of logical view names. A logical view name
such as redirect:/myapp/some/resource will redirect
relative to the current Servlet context, while a name such as
redirect:http://myhost.com/some/arbitrary/path will
redirect to an absolute URL.
It is also possible to use a special forward:
prefix for view names that are ultimately resolved by
UrlBasedViewResolver and subclasses. This
creates an InternalResourceView (which
ultimately does a RequestDispatcher.forward())
around the rest of the view name, which is considered a URL.
Therefore, this prefix is not useful with
InternalResourceViewResolver and
InternalResourceView (for JSPs for example).
But the prefix can be helpful when you are primarily using another
view technology, but still want to force a forward of a resource to be
handled by the Servlet/JSP engine. (Note that you may also chain
multiple view resolvers, instead.)
As with the redirect: prefix, if the view
name with the forward: prefix is injected into the
controller, the controller does not detect that anything special is
happening in terms of handling the response.
The ContentNegotiatingViewResolver does not
resolve views itself but rather delegates to other view resolvers,
selecting the view that resembles the representation requested by the
client. Two strategies exist for a client to request a representation
from the server:
Use a distinct URI for each resource, typically by using a
different file extension in the URI. For example, the URI
http://www.example.com/users/fred.pdf requests a PDF
representation of the user fred, and
http://www.example.com/users/fred.xml requests an
XML representation.
Use the same URI for the client to locate the resource, but
set the Accept HTTP request header to list the
media
types that it understands. For example, an HTTP request for
http://www.example.com/users/fred with an
Accept header set to application/pdf
requests a PDF representation of the user fred, while
http://www.example.com/users/fred with an
Accept header set to text/xml
requests an XML representation. This strategy is known as content
negotiation.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
One issue with the Accept: text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8 For this reason it is common to see the use of a distinct URI for each representation when developing browser based web applications. |
To support multiple representations of a resource, Spring provides
the ContentNegotiatingViewResolver to resolve a
view based on the file extension or Accept header of
the HTTP request. ContentNegotiatingViewResolver
does not perform the view resolution itself but instead delegates to a
list of view resolvers that you specify through the bean property
ViewResolvers.
The ContentNegotiatingViewResolver selects
an appropriate View to handle the request by
comparing the request media type(s) with the media type (also known as
Content-Type) supported by the
View associated with each of its
ViewResolvers. The first
View in the list that has a compatible
Content-Type returns the representation to the
client. If a compatible view cannot be supplied by the
ViewResolver chain, then the list of views
specified through the DefaultViews property will be
consulted. This latter option is appropriate for singleton
Views that can render an appropriate
representation of the current resource regardless of the logical view
name. The Accept header may include wild cards, for
example text/*, in which case a
View whose Content-Type was
text/xml is a compatible match.
To support the resolution of a view based on a file extension, use
the ContentNegotiatingViewResolver bean property
mediaTypes to specify a mapping of file extensions to
media types. For more information on the algorithm used to determine the
request media type, refer to the API documentation for
ContentNegotiatingViewResolver.
Here is an example configuration of a
ContentNegotiatingViewResolver:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ContentNegotiatingViewResolver"> <property name="mediaTypes"> <map> <entry key="atom" value="application/atom+xml"/> <entry key="html" value="text/html"/> <entry key="json" value="application/json"/> </map> </property> <property name="viewResolvers"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.BeanNameViewResolver"/> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean> </list> </property> <property name="defaultViews"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.json.MappingJacksonJsonView" /> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="content" class="com.springsource.samples.rest.SampleContentAtomView"/>
The InternalResourceViewResolver handles
the translation of view names and JSP pages, while the
BeanNameViewResolver returns a view based on the
name of a bean. (See "Resolving views with the
ViewResolver interface" for more details on how Spring looks up
and instantiates a view.) In this example, the
content bean is a class that inherits from
AbstractAtomFeedView, which returns an Atom RSS
feed. For more information on creating an Atom Feed representation, see
the section Atom Views.
In the above configuration, if a request is made with an
.html extension, the view resolver looks for a view
that matches the text/html media type. The
InternalResourceViewResolver provides the
matching view for text/html. If the request is made
with the file extension .atom, the view resolver
looks for a view that matches the
application/atom+xml media type. This view is
provided by the BeanNameViewResolver that maps to
the SampleContentAtomView if the view name
returned is content. If the request is made with
the file extension .json, the
MappingJacksonJsonView instance from the
DefaultViews list will be selected regardless of the
view name. Alternatively, client requests can be made without a file
extension but with the Accept header set to the
preferred media-type, and the same resolution of request to views would
occur.
![]() | Note |
|---|---|
If |
The corresponding controller code that returns an Atom RSS feed
for a URI of the form http://localhost/content.atom
or http://localhost/content with an
Accept header of application/atom+xml is shown
below.
@Controller public class ContentController { private List<SampleContent> contentList = new ArrayList<SampleContent>(); @RequestMapping(value="/content", method=RequestMethod.GET) public ModelAndView getContent() { ModelAndView mav = new ModelAndView(); mav.setViewName("content"); mav.addObject("sampleContentList", contentList); return mav; } }
Flash attributes provide a way for one request to store attributes intended for use in another. This is most commonly needed when redirecting — for example, the Post/Redirect/Get pattern. Flash attributes are saved temporarily before the redirect (typically in the session) to be made available to the request after the redirect and removed immediately.
Spring MVC has two main abstractions in support of flash attributes.
FlashMap is used to hold flash attributes while
FlashMapManager is used to store, retrieve,
and manage FlashMap instances.
Flash attribute support is always "on" and does not need to enabled
explicitly although if not used, it never causes HTTP session creation. On
each request there is an "input" FlashMap with
attributes passed from a previous request (if any) and an "output"
FlashMap with attributes to save for a subsequent
request. Both FlashMap instances are accessible
from anywhere in Spring MVC through static methods in
RequestContextUtils.
Annotated controllers typically do not need to work with
FlashMap directly. Instead an
@RequestMapping method can accept an
argument of type RedirectAttributes and use
it to add flash attributes for a redirect scenario. Flash attributes added
via RedirectAttributes are automatically
propagated to the "output" FlashMap. Similarly after the redirect
attributes from the "input" FlashMap are
automatically added to the Model of the
controller serving the target URL.
Spring MVC provides a mechanism for building and encoding a URI
using UriComponentsBuilder and
UriComponents.
For example you can expand and encode a URI template string:
UriComponents uriComponents =
UriComponentsBuilder.fromUriString("http://example.com/hotels/{hotel}/bookings/{booking}").build();
URI uri = uriComponents.expand("42", "21").encode().toUri();
Note that UriComponents is immutable and
the expand() and encode()
operations return new instances if necessary.
You can also expand and encode using individual URI components:
UriComponents uriComponents =
UriComponentsBuilder.newInstance()
.scheme("http").host("example.com").path("/hotels/{hotel}/bookings/{booking}").build()
.expand("42", "21")
.encode();
In a Servlet environment the
ServletUriComponentsBuilder sub-class provides
static factory methods to copy available URL information from a
Servlet requests:
HttpServletRequest request = ... // Re-use host, scheme, port, path and query string // Replace the "accountId" query param ServletUriComponentsBuilder ucb = ServletUriComponentsBuilder.fromRequest(request).replaceQueryParam("accountId", "{id}").build() .expand("123") .encode();
Alternatively, you may choose to copy a subset of the available information up to and including the context path:
// Re-use host, port and context path // Append "/accounts" to the path ServletUriComponentsBuilder ucb = ServletUriComponentsBuilder.fromContextPath(request).path("/accounts").build()
Or in cases where the DispatcherServlet is mapped
by name (e.g. /main/*), you can also have the literal part
of the servlet mapping included:
// Re-use host, port, context path // Append the literal part of the servlet mapping to the path // Append "/accounts" to the path ServletUriComponentsBuilder ucb = ServletUriComponentsBuilder.fromServletMapping(request).path("/accounts").build()
Most parts of Spring's architecture support internationalization,
just as the Spring web MVC framework does.
DispatcherServlet enables you to automatically
resolve messages using the client's locale. This is done with
LocaleResolver objects.
When a request comes in, the
DispatcherServlet looks for a locale resolver, and
if it finds one it tries to use it to set the locale. Using the
RequestContext.getLocale() method, you can always
retrieve the locale that was resolved by the locale resolver.
In addition to automatic locale resolution, you can also attach an interceptor to the handler mapping (see Section 16.4.1, “Intercepting requests with a HandlerInterceptor” for more information on handler mapping interceptors) to change the locale under specific circumstances, for example, based on a parameter in the request.
Locale resolvers and interceptors are defined in the
org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n package and are
configured in your application context in the normal way. Here is a
selection of the locale resolvers included in Spring.
This locale resolver inspects the
accept-language header in the request that was sent
by the client (e.g., a web browser). Usually this header field contains
the locale of the client's operating system.
This locale resolver inspects a Cookie that
might exist on the client to see if a locale is specified. If so, it
uses the specified locale. Using the properties of this locale resolver,
you can specify the name of the cookie as well as the maximum age. Find
below an example of defining a
CookieLocaleResolver.
<bean id="localeResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.CookieLocaleResolver"> <property name="cookieName" value="clientlanguage"/> <!-- in seconds. If set to -1, the cookie is not persisted (deleted when browser shuts down) --> <property name="cookieMaxAge" value="100000"> </bean>
Table 16.4. CookieLocaleResolver properties
| Property | Default | Description |
|---|---|---|
| cookieName | classname + LOCALE | The name of the cookie |
| cookieMaxAge | Integer.MAX_INT | The maximum time a cookie will stay persistent on the client. If -1 is specified, the cookie will not be persisted; it will only be available until the client shuts down his or her browser. |
| cookiePath | / | Limits the visibility of the cookie to a certain part of your site. When cookiePath is specified, the cookie will only be visible to that path and the paths below it. |
The SessionLocaleResolver allows you to
retrieve locales from the session that might be associated with the
user's request.
You can enable changing of locales by adding the
LocaleChangeInterceptor to one of the handler
mappings (see Section 16.4, “Handler mappings”). It will detect a
parameter in the request and change the locale. It calls
setLocale() on the
LocaleResolver that also exists in the
context. The following example shows that calls to all
*.view resources containing a parameter named
siteLanguage will now change the locale. So, for
example, a request for the following URL,
http://www.sf.net/home.view?siteLanguage=nl will
change the site language to Dutch.
<bean id="localeChangeInterceptor" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.LocaleChangeInterceptor"> <property name="paramName" value="siteLanguage"/> </bean> <bean id="localeResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.CookieLocaleResolver"/> <bean id="urlMapping" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.handler.SimpleUrlHandlerMapping"> <property name="interceptors"> <list> <ref bean="localeChangeInterceptor"/> </list> </property> <property name="mappings"> <value>/**/*.view=someController</value> </property> </bean>
You can apply Spring Web MVC framework themes to set the overall look-and-feel of your application, thereby enhancing user experience. A theme is a collection of static resources, typically style sheets and images, that affect the visual style of the application.
To use themes in your web application, you must set up an
implementation of the
org.springframework.ui.context.ThemeSource
interface. The WebApplicationContext
interface extends ThemeSource but
delegates its responsibilities to a dedicated implementation. By default
the delegate will be an
org.springframework.ui.context.support.ResourceBundleThemeSource
implementation that loads properties files from the root of the
classpath. To use a custom ThemeSource
implementation or to configure the base name prefix of the
ResourceBundleThemeSource, you can register a
bean in the application context with the reserved name
themeSource. The web application context
automatically detects a bean with that name and uses it.
When using the ResourceBundleThemeSource, a
theme is defined in a simple properties file. The
properties file lists the resources that make up the theme. Here is an
example:
styleSheet=/themes/cool/style.css background=/themes/cool/img/coolBg.jpg
The keys of the properties are the names that refer to the themed
elements from view code. For a JSP, you typically do this using the
spring:theme custom tag, which is very similar to the
spring:message tag. The following JSP fragment uses
the theme defined in the previous example to customize the look and
feel:
<%@ taglib prefix="spring" uri="http://www.springframework.org/tags"%> <html> <head> <link rel="stylesheet" href="<spring:theme code='styleSheet'/>" type="text/css"/> </head> <body style="background=<spring:theme code='background'/>"> ... </body> </html>
By default, the ResourceBundleThemeSource
uses an empty base name prefix. As a result, the properties files are
loaded from the root of the classpath. Thus you would put the
cool.properties theme definition in a directory at
the root of the classpath, for example, in
/WEB-INF/classes. The
ResourceBundleThemeSource uses the standard Java
resource bundle loading mechanism, allowing for full
internationalization of themes. For example, we could have a
/WEB-INF/classes/cool_nl.properties that references a
special background image with Dutch text on it.
After you define themes, as in the preceding section, you decide
which theme to use. The DispatcherServlet will
look for a bean named themeResolver to find out
which ThemeResolver implementation to
use. A theme resolver works in much the same way as a
LocaleResolver. It detects the theme to
use for a particular request and can also alter the request's theme. The
following theme resolvers are provided by Spring:
Table 16.5. ThemeResolver
implementations
| Class | Description |
|---|---|
FixedThemeResolver | Selects a fixed theme, set using the
defaultThemeName property. |
SessionThemeResolver | The theme is maintained in the user's HTTP session. It only needs to be set once for each session, but is not persisted between sessions. |
CookieThemeResolver | The selected theme is stored in a cookie on the client. |
Spring also provides a
ThemeChangeInterceptor that allows theme changes
on every request with a simple request parameter.